Handleiding Mercedes E-CLASS CABRIOLET 2021 (pagina 445 van 450) (Engels)

773693

445

Verklein

Vergroot

Pagina terug

1/450

Pagina verder

DigitDigital – in tal – in the vhe vehicle Vehicle Vehicle document wehicle document walletallet

Familiarize yourself with the con-

tents of the Operator's Manual

directly via thevehicle's multime-

dia system (menu item "Vehicle

information"). Start with thequick

guide or broaden your knowledge

with practical tips.

Here you can nd comprehensive

information about operating your

vehicle and about services and

guarantees in printed form.

É2385842411@ËÍ

2385842411

Order no. P238 0847 13 Part no. 238 584 24 11

Edition B-2022

E-Class Convertible

Operator's Manual

Mercedes-Benz

Mercedes-Benz E-Class Convertible

Publication detPublication detailsails

IntInterernetnet

Further information about Mercedes-Benz vehi-

cles and about Mercedes‑Benz AG can be found

on thefollowing websites:

https://www.mbusa.com (USA only)

https://www.mercedes-benz.ca (Canada only)

Document

Documentation tation teameam

©Mercedes‑Benz AG: Not to be reprinted, transla-

ted or otherwise reproduced, in whole or in part,

without written permission from

Mercedes‑Benz AG.

Vehicle manufehicle manufacturacturerer

Mercedes‑Benz AG

Mercedesstraße 120

70372 Stuttgart

Germany

FFrront passengont passenger airbag wer airbag wararningning

Airbag warning stickerfor USA and Canada

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death if the co-

driver airbag is enabled

If the co-driver airbag is enabled, a child on

the co-driver seat may be struck by the co-

driver airbag during an accident.

NEVER use a rearward-facing child restraint

system on a seat with an ENABLED FRONT

AIRBAG; DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the

CHILD can occur.

Observe thechapter "Children in thevehicle".

As at 17.02.21

Thank yThank you fou for buying Meror buying Mercedes-Benzcedes-Benz

Before you rst drive o, read this Operator's

Manual carefully and familiarize yourself with your

vehicle. Foryour own safety and a longer operat-

ing lifespan of thevehicle, follow the instructions

and warning notices in this Operator's Manual.

Disregarding them may lead to damage to the

vehicle or injury to people.

Damage to thevehicle resulting from the disre-

gard of the instructions is not coveredby the

Mercedes-Benz LimitedWarranty.

The standard equipment and product description

of your vehicle may vary and depends on thefol-

lowing factors:

RModel

ROrder

RNational version

RAvailability

Your vehicle may therefore dier, in individual

cases, from that shown in the descriptions and

illustrations.

Mercedes-Benz reservestheright to introduce

changes in thefollowing areas:

RDesign

REquipment

RTechnical features

The following documents are integral parts of the

vehicle:

RDigital Operator's Manual

RPrinted Operator's Manual

RMaintenance Booklet

REquipment-dependent supplements

RSupplementary documents

Keep these documents in thevehicle at all times.

Ensure that all documents are in thevehicle or

passed on in theevent of sale or rental.

Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC

Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.

A Daimler Company

2385842411

SymbolsSymbols .......................................................... 55

AAt a glancet a glance ...................................................... 66

Cockpit ........................................................... 6

Indicator and warning lamps .......................... 10

Overhead control panel ................................. 12

Door operating unit and seat adjustment .......14

Emergencies and breakdowns ....................... 16

DigitDigital Operal Operatator's Manualor's Manual .............................. 1818

Calling up the Digital Operator's Manual ........ 18

GenerGeneral notal noteses ............................................... 2020

Protection of the environment ....................... 20

Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts ....................... 20

Operator's Manual ........................................ 21

Service and vehicle operation ........................ 22

Operating safety ............................................ 23

Declaration of conformity forvehicle

installed radio components ........................... 25

Diagnostics connection .................................26

Qualied specialist workshop ........................ 27

Correct use of thevehicle ............................. 27

Notesfor persons with electronic medical

aids .............................................................. 27

Problems with your vehicle ............................28

Reporting safety defects ................................ 28

Limited Warranty ...........................................29

QR code forrescue card ...............................29

Data storage .................................................29

Occupant safeOccupant safetyty ............................................ 3535

Restraint system ...........................................35

Seat belts .....................................................37

Airbags ......................................................... 42

Roll bar ......................................................... 49

PRE-SAFE®system ........................................ 49

Safely transporting children in thevehicle ...... 50

Notes on pets in thevehicle .......................... 63

Opening and closingOpening and closing ...................................... 6464

SmartKey ...................................................... 64

Doors ............................................................ 68

Trunk ............................................................ 71

So top .........................................................75

Installing and removing thefolding wind

screen .......................................................... 79

Side windows ................................................ 82

Anti-the protection ...................................... 85

Seats and stoSeats and stowingwing .........................................8787

Notes on the correct driver's seat position ....87

Seats ............................................................ 88

Steering wheel ..............................................98

Easy entry and exit feature .......................... 100

Memory function ......................................... 101

Stowage areas ............................................ 102

Sockets ....................................................... 108

Wireless charging of the mobile phone

and connection with theexterior antenna .... 109

Installing and removing the oor mats ......... 111

Light and visibilityLight and visibility ........................................ 112112

Exterior lighting ........................................... 112

Interior lighting ............................................ 120

Windshield wiper and windshield washer

system ........................................................ 121

Mirrors ........................................................ 125

22Contents

ClimatClimate contre controlol ...........................................129129

Overview of climate control systems ............ 129

Operating the climate control system .......... 130

DrDriving and pariving and parkingking ..................................... 136136

Driving ........................................................136

DYNAMIC SELECT switch ............................148

Automatic transmission ...............................150

Function of the 4MATIC ...............................154

Refueling .....................................................154

Parking .......................................................156

Driving and driving safety systems ............... 163

Vehicle towing instructions .......................... 216

InsInstrtrument displaument display and on-boary and on-board com-d com-

putputerer ........................................................... 217217

Notes on the instrument display and on-

board computer .......................................... 217

Overview of instrument display .................... 218

Overview of buttons on the steering wheel ... 219

Operating the on-board computer ................219

Overview of displays on the instrument

display ........................................................ 221

Head-up Display .......................................... 221

MBUX multimedia systMBUX multimedia systemem ............................224224

Overview and operation ............................... 224

System settings .......................................... 232

Navigation ...................................................236

Telephone ................................................... 244

Mercedes me app ....................................... 248

Mercedes-Benz emergency call system ....... 255

Radio & media .............................................258

Sound settings ............................................ 265

MaintMaintenance and carenance and caree................................. 266266

ASSYST PLUS service interval display .......... 266

Engine compartment ................................... 267

Cleaning and care ....................................... 273

BrBreakdoeakdown assistwn assistanceance ................................. 282282

Emergency .................................................. 282

Flat tire ....................................................... 283

Battery (vehicle) .......................................... 289

Tow starting or towing away ........................ 294

Electrical fuses ............................................ 298

Wheels and tirWheels and tireses .........................................302302

Notes on noise or unusual handling char-

acteristics ................................................... 302

Notes on regularly inspecting wheels and

tires ............................................................ 302

Notes on snow chains ................................. 303

Tire pressure ............................................... 303

Loading thevehicle .....................................309

Tire labeling ................................................ 314

Denition of termsfor tires and loading ....... 319

Changing a wheel ........................................ 321

Emergency spare wheel ...............................331

TTecechnical dathnical dataa............................................. 333333

Notes on technical data .............................. 333

Vehicle electronics ...................................... 333

Regulatory radio identication and notes ..... 335

Vehicle identication plate, VIN and

engine number overview .............................. 335

Operating uids ...........................................337

Vehicle data ................................................ 344

Contents 33

DisplaDisplay messagy messages and wes and wararning/indicatning/indicatoror

lamlampsps .......................................................... 346346

Display messages ........................................ 346

Warning and indicator lamps ....................... 399

IndeIndexx.......................................................... 416416

44Contents

In this Operator's Manual, you will nd thefollow-

ing symbols:

&DDANANGERGER Danger due to not observing the

warning notices

Warning notices draw your attention to haz-

ards that may endanger your health or life, or

the health or life of others.

#Observe thewarning notices.

+ENVIRENVIRONMENTONMENTAL NOAL NOTETE Environmental

damage due to failure to observe environ-

mental notes

Environmental notes include information on

environmentally responsible behavior or envi-

ronmentally responsible disposal.

#Observe environmental notes.

*NNOOTETE Damage to property due to failure

to observe notes on material damage

Notes on material damage inform you of risks

which may lead to your vehicle being dam-

aged.

#Observe notes on material damage.

%These symbols indicate useful instructions or

further information that could be helpful to

you.

#Instruction

(/page) Further information on a topic

Display Display eld in the Instrument Dis-

play/media display

4Highest menu level, which is to be

selected in the multimedia system

5Relevant submenus, which are to be

selected in the multimedia system

*Indicates a cause

Symbols 55

Le-hand-drive vehicles

66At a glance – Cockpit

1Steering wheel gearshi paddles →152

2Combination switch →113

3Instrument display →218

4DIRECT SELECT lever →150

5Media display →224

6Start/stop button →137

7Calls up MBUX multimedia system applications →227

8Climate control systems →130

9Glove box →105

A£Hazard warning light system →114

BStorage compartment →105

CTouchpad →227

D8Controller forvolume and switching

sound on/o

→224

EÜSwitches the MBUX multimedia system

on/o

→224

FõExtends/retracts the seat belt feeder →40

GùOpens/closes the so top →75

HôActivates/deactivates AIRCAP →78

IOpens the storage compartment →105

JöOpens/closes the side windows →82

KèECO start/stop function →145

LcActive Parking Assist →211

MÉSets thevehicle level →198

NDYNAMIC SELECT switch →149

OPASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps →46

PControl panel forthe MBUX multimedia system →219

QAdjusts the steering wheel mechanically →98

RAdjusts the steering wheel electrically →99

ýSwitches the steering wheel heater

on/o

→99

SControl panel:

On-board computer →219

Cruise control →172

At a glance – Cockpit 77

HActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC →175

TDiagnostics connection →26

UOpens the hood →267

V!Electric parking brake →160

WLight switch →112

88At a glance – Cockpit

Instrument display

1010 At a glance – Indicator and warning lamps

1#! Turn signal lights →113

26Restraint system →401

3åESP®OFF →411

÷ESP®→411

4RRear fog light →113

5KHigh beam →113

LLow beam →112

TParking lights →112

6ÿCoolant temperature →403

7Coolant temperature display →218

8!Electric parking brake (yellow) →407

9éRecuperative Brake System, USA only →407

JBrakes (yellow), Canada only →407

A#Electrical malfunction →403

BLDistance warning →410

C!ABS →411

DÙElectric power steering →402

EhTire pressure monitoring system →414

F8Reserve fuel with fuel ller ap location

indicator

→403

GFuel level →218

HElectric parking brake (red) →407

FUSA only

!Canada only

IBrakes (red) →407

$USA only

JCanada only

JüSeat belt →401

K;Check Engine →403

LäSuspension →410

At a glance – Indicator and warning lamps 1111

1212 At a glance – Overhead control panel

1pSwitches the le-hand reading lamp

on/o

→120

2cSwitches the front interior lighting on/o →120

3uSwitches therear interior lighting on/o →120

4|Switches automatic interior lighting con-

trol on/o

→120

5pSwitches theright-hand reading lamp

on/o

→120

6Sun visors

7Eyeglasses compartment

8;me button →248

9Inside rearview mirror →126

AGSOS button →248

At a glance – Overhead control panel 1313

1414 At a glance – Door operating unit and seat adjustment

1Adjusts the seats electrically →90

2wSwitches the seat heating on/o →95

3sSwitches the seat ventilation on/o →96

4USwitches AIRSCARF on/o →97

5&%Locks/unlocksthevehicle →68

6pOpens the trunk lid →71

7ÍOperates the outside mirrors →125

8WOpens/closes theright side window →82

9WOpens/closes therear right side window →82

ATChild safety lock fortherear side win-

dows

→62

BWOpens/closes therear le side window →82

CWOpens/closes the le side window →82

DOpens the door →68

EVOperates the memory function →102

FAdjusts the seat fore-and-a position →88

GAdjusts the 4-way lumbar support →91

HCongures the seat settings →93

IAdjusts the head restraints →91

JAdjusts the seat height →88

KAdjusts the seat backrest inclination →88

At a glance – Door operating unit and seat adjustment 1515

1616 At a glance – Emergencies and breakdowns

1B-pillar with:

QR code for accessing therescue card →29

2Safetyvests →282

3;me button →248

GSOS button →248

4Checking and relling operating uids →337

5Tow-starting or towing away →295

6Flat tire →283

7Starting assistance →292

8£Hazard warning light system →114

9Fuel ller ap with:

information label on fuel type →154

Information label on tire pressure →305

QR code for accessing therescue card →29

ATow-starting or towing away →295

BTIREFIT kit →285

CFirst-aid kit (so sided) →283

DWarning triangle →282

At a glance – Emergencies and breakdowns 1717

Calling up tCalling up the Digithe Digital Operal Operatator's Manualor's Manual

Multimedia system:

4©5Info 5Operator's Manual

5Õ

The Digital Operator's Manual describes the func-

tions and operation of thevehicle and the multi-

media system.

#Select one of thefollowing menu items in the

Digital Operator's Manual:

RSearch: search forkeywords in order to nd

quick answers to questions about the opera-

tion of thevehicle.

RQuick start: here is where you nd the rst

steps towards setting up your vehicle.

RTips: nd information that prepares youfor

certain everyday situations with your vehicle.

RAnimations:watch animations of thevehicle

functions.

RMessages:receive additional information

about the messages in the Instrument Display.

RBookmarks:gain access to your personally

saved bookmarks.

RLanguage: select the language forthe Digital

Operator's Manual.

1Back

2Adds bookmarks

3Picture

4Contents section

5Directions of movement of contents section

6Menu

Some sections in the Digital Operator's Manual,

such as warning notes, can be expanded and col-

lapsed.

Additional metdditional methods of calling up thods of calling up the Digithe Digital Oper-al Oper-

atator's Manual:or's Manual:

1818 Digital Operator's Manual

DirDirect access:ect access: open therequired content in the

Digital Operator's Manual by pressing and holding

an entry on thetab bar in the multimedia system:

InsInstrtrument Displayument Display::call up brief information as

display messages in the instrument cluster

VVoice Controice Control Systol System:em: call up via thevoice control

system

For safetyreasons, the Digital Operator's Manual

is deactivated while driving.

Digital Operator's Manual 1919

ProtProtection of tection of the enhe envirvironmentonment

+ENVIRENVIRONMENTONMENTAL NOAL NOTETE Environmental

damage due to operating conditions and

personal driving style

The pollutant emission of thevehicle is

directly related to thewayyou operate the

vehicle.

Operate your vehicle in an environmentally

responsible manner to help protect the envi-

ronment. Please observe thefollowing recom-

mendations on operating conditions and per-

sonal driving style.

OperOperating conditions:ating conditions:

#Make sure that the tire pressure is cor-

rect.

#Do not carry any unnecessary weight

(e.g. roof luggage racks once you no lon-

ger need them).

#Adhere to the service intervals.

Aregularly serviced vehicle will contrib-

ute to environmental protection.

#Always have maintenance work carried

out at a qualied specialist workshop.

Perersonal drsonal driving siving stytyle:le:

#Do not depress the accelerator pedal

when starting the engine.

#Do not warm up thevehicle while sta-

tionary.

#Drive carefully and maintain a suitable

distance from thevehicle in front.

#Avoid frequent, sudden acceleration and

braking.

#Change gear in good time and use each

gear only up to Ôof its maximum

engine speed.

#Switch o thevehicle in stationary traf-

fic, e.g. by using the ECO start/stop

function.

#Drive in a fuel-ecient manner. Observe

the ECO display for an economical driv-

ing style.

EnEnvirvironmentonmental issues and ral issues and recommendationsecommendations

It is recommended that youre-use or recycle

materials instead of just disposing of them.

The relevant environmental guidelines and regula-

tions serve to protect the environment and must

be strictly observed.

Genuine MerGenuine Mercedes-Benz parcedes-Benz partsts

+ENVIRENVIRONMENTONMENTAL NOAL NOTETE Environmental

damage due to not using recycled recon-

ditioned components

Mercedes‑Benz AG oers recycled recondi-

tioned components and parts with the same

quality as new parts. The same entitlement

from the Limited Warranty is valid as for new

parts.

#Use recycled reconditioned components

and parts from Mercedes‑Benz AG.

2020 General notes

*NNOOTETE Impairment of the operating e-

ciency of therestraint systems from

installing accessory parts or from repairs

or welding

Airbags and Emergency Tensioning Devices,

as well as control units and sensors forthe

restraint systems, may be installed in thefol-

lowing areas of your vehicle:

RDoors

RDoor pillars

RDoor sills

RSeats

RCockpit

RInstrument cluster

RCenter console

RLateral roof frame

#Do not install accessory parts such as

audio systems in these areas.

#Do not carry out repairs or welding.

#Have accessory parts retrotted at a

qualied specialist workshop.

You could jeopardize the operating safety of your

vehicle if you use parts, tires and wheels as well

as accessories relevant to safety which have not

been approvedby Mercedes-Benz. Safety-relevant

systems, e.g. the brake system, may malfunction.

Only use genuine Mercedes-Benz parts or parts of

equal quality. Only use tires, wheels and acces-

sory parts that have been specically approved

foryour vehicle model.

Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts are subject to

strict quality inspections. Each part has been spe-

cially developed, manufactured or selected for

Mercedes-Benz vehicles and adaptedto them.

Therefore, only genuine Mercedes-Benz parts

should be used.

More than 300,000 dierent genuine Mercedes-

Benz parts are available for Mercedes-Benz mod-

els.

All authorized Mercedes-Benz Centers maintain a

supply of genuine Mercedes-Benz parts for neces-

sary service and repair work. In addition, strategi-

cally located parts delivery centers provide for

quick and reliable parts service.

Always specify thevehicle identication number

(VIN) (/page 335) when ordering genuine

Mercedes-Benz parts.

OperOperatator's Manualor's Manual

This Operator's Manual and the Digital Operator's

Manual in thevehicle describe thefollowing mod-

els and the standard and special equipment for

your vehicle:

RThe models and the standard and special

equipment available at the time of this Opera-

tor's Manual going to press.

RThe models and the standard and special

equipment only available in certain countries.

RThe models and the standard and special

equipment, which will only be available at a

later date.

Note that your vehicle may not be equipped with

all features described. This is also the case for

systems relevant to safety. Therefore, the equip-

ment on your vehicle may dier from that in the

descriptions and illustrations.

General notes 2121

The original purchase agreement foryour vehicle

contains a list of the equipment in your vehicle at

the time of delivery.

Should you have any questions concerning equip-

ment and operation, please consult an authorized

Mercedes-Benz Center.

The Operator's Manual, Supplement, further sup-

plementary documents and Maintenance Booklet

are important documents and should be kept in

thevehicle.

SerService and vvice and vehicle operehicle operationation

VVehicle operehicle operation outside tation outside the UShe USA or CanadaA or Canada

When you are abroad with your vehicle, observe

thefollowing points:

RService points or replacement parts may not

be available immediately.

RUnleaded fuel may not be available forvehi-

cles with a catalytic converter. Leaded fuel

may cause damage to the catalytic converter.

RThe fuel may have an extremely low octane

number. Unsuitable fuel can cause engine

damage.

Some Mercedes-Benz models are available in

Europe through our European Delivery Program.

For more information, please consult an author-

ized Mercedes‑Benz service center, or write to

one of thefollowing address:

In t

In the UShe USA:A:

Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC

European Delivery Department

One Mercedes-Benz Drive

Sandy Springs, GA 30328

In Canada:

Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.

European Delivery Department

98 Vanderhoof Avenue

Toronto, Ontario M4G 4C9

MaintMaintenanceenance

Your customer advisor conrms the service in the

service report.

RRoadside Assistoadside Assistanceance

The Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Program

oers technical help in the case of a breakdown.

Your calls to thetoll-free Roadside Assistance

Hotline are answeredby our agents 24 hours a

day, 365 days ayear.

1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) (USA)

1-800-387-0100 (Canada)

You can nd further information in the Mercedes-

Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure

(USA) or the "Roadside Assistance" section in the

Service and Warranty booklet (Canada). You will

nd both in thevehicle document wallet.

ChangChange of addre of address or cess or changhange of oe of ownerwnershipship

In theevent of a change of address, please send

us the "Notication of address change" in the

Service and Guarantee booklet or simply call the

Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center

(USA) on the hotline number

1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) or Cus-

tomer Service (Canada) on 1-800-387-0100. We

2222 General notes

can then reach you in a timely fashion, if neces-

sary.

If you sell your Mercedes, please leave all litera-

ture in thevehicle so that it is available to the next

owner. If you have purchased a used vehicle,

please send us the "Notice of Purchase of Used

Car" in the Service and Guarantee booklet or sim-

ply call the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance

Center (USA) at the hotline number

1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) or Cus-

tomer Service (Canada) at 1-800-387-0100.

PPossible dangossible danger due ter due to substo substances hazarances hazardous todous to

healthhealth

In compliance with Proposition 65 ("Prop65"), the

following detachable label has been added to

each vehicle sold in California:

OperOperating safeating safetyty

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to mal-

functions or system failures

To avoid malfunctions or system failures:

#Always have the prescribed service and

maintenance work as well any required

repairs carried out at a qualied special-

ist workshop.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident or injury due

to incorrect modications on electronic

component parts

Modication of electronic components, their

soware or wiring could impair their function

and/or the function of other networked com-

ponent parts or safety-relevant systems.

This can endanger the operating safety of the

vehicle.

#Nevertamper with the wiring and elec-

tronic component parts or their so-

ware.

#You should have all work on electrical

and electronic components carried out

at a qualied specialist workshop.

Observe the "On-board electronics" section in

"Technical data".

General notes 2323

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of re due to ammable

materials on hot parts of theexhaust sys-

tem

Flammable material such as leaves, grass or

twigs may ignite if they come into contact with

hot parts of theexhaust system.

#When driving on unpavedroads or o-

road, regularlycheck thevehicle under-

side.

#Remove trapped plants or other amma-

ble material, in particular.

#If there is damage, consult a qualied

specialist workshop immediately.

*NNOOTETE Damage to thevehicle due to driv-

ing toofast and due to impacts to the

vehicle underbody or suspension compo-

nents

In thefollowing situations, in particular, there

is a risk of damage to thevehicle:

RThe vehicle becomes grounded, e.g. on a

high curb or an unpavedroad

RThe vehicle is driven toofast over an

obstacle, e.g. a curb, speed bump or pot-

hole

RA heavy object strikes the underbody or

suspension components

In situations such as these, damage to the

body, underbody, suspension components,

wheels or tires may not be visible. Compo-

nents damaged in this way can unexpectedly

fail or, in the case of an accident, may no lon-

ger absorb theresulting force as intended.

If the underbody paneling is damaged, am-

mable materials such as leaves, grass or twigs

can collect between the underbody and the

underbody paneling. These materials may

ignite if they come into contact with hot parts

of theexhaust system.

#Have thevehicle checked and repaired

immediately at a qualied specialist

workshop.

#If driving safety is impaired while con-

tinuing your journey, pull over and stop

thevehicle immediately, while paying

attention to road and trac conditions,

and contact a qualied specialist work-

shop.

VVehicles witehicles with a 48 V on-boarh a 48 V on-board electrd electrical systical systemem

&DDANANGERGER Risk of fatal injury by touching

damaged high-voltage components

Vehicles with a 48 V on-board electrical sys-

tem contain individual high-voltage compo-

nents. These high-voltage components are

under high voltage.

2424 General notes

If you modify component parts of these high-

voltage components or touch damaged com-

ponent parts, you may be electrocuted.

High voltage components may be damaged in

an accident, although the damage may not be

visible.

#Never perform modications to compo-

nent parts of high-voltage components.

#Nevertouch damaged component parts

of high-voltage components.

#Nevertouch component parts of high-

voltage components aer an accident.

Vehicles with a 48 V on-board electrical system

contain high voltage components. These compo-

nents are marked with a high voltage label:

All work on high voltage components must be car-

ried out at a qualied specialist workshop.

DeclarDeclaration of confation of conforormity fmity for vor vehicle instehicle installedalled

rradio comadio componentsponents

USA: "Radio based devices of this vehicle comply

with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is sub-

ject to thefollowing two conditions: 1) These devi-

ces may not cause harmful interference, and 2)

These devices must accept any interference

received, including interference that may cause

undesired operation.Changes or modications not

expressly approvedby the party responsible for

compliance could void the user’s authority to

operate the equipment."

Canada: "This vehicle contains licence-exempt

transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Inno-

vation, Science and Economic Development Can-

ada’s licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject

to thefollowing two conditions: (1) These devices

may not cause interference. (2) These devices

must accept any interference, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired operation of the

devices." "Les émetteurs/récepteurs dans cette

véhicule sont conforme aux CNR d’Innovation,

Sciences et Développement économique Canada

applicables aux appareils radio exempts de

licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux con-

ditions suivantes : 1) Ces appareils ne doivent pas

produire de brouillage; 2) Ces appareils doivent

acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi,

même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en com-

promettre le fonctionnement."

General notes 2525

DiagnosDiagnostics connectiontics connection

The diagnostics connection is a technical inter-

face in thevehicle. It is used, forexample, in the

context of repair and maintenance work or for

reading out vehicle data by a specialist workshop.

Diagnostic devices should therefore only be con-

nected by aqualied specialist workshop.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to con-

necting devices to the diagnostics con-

nection

If you connect devices to the diagnostics con-

nection of thevehicle, the function of vehicle

systems and operating safety may be

impaired.

#For safetyreasons, we recommend that

you only use and connect products

approvedby your authorized Mercedes-

Benz Center.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to objects

in the driver's footwell

Objects in the driver's footwell may impede

pedal travel or block a depressed pedal.

This jeopardizes the operating and road safety

of thevehicle.

#Stow all objects in thevehicle securely

so that they cannot get into the driver's

footwell.

#Always install the oor mats securely

and as prescribed in order to ensure that

there is always sucient room forthe

pedals.

#Do not use loose oor mats and do not

place oor mats on top of one another.

*NNOOTETE Battery discharging from using devi-

ces connected to the diagnostics connec-

tion

Using devices at the diagnostics connection

drains the battery.

#Check thecharge level of the battery.

#If thecharge level is low, charge the bat-

tery, e.g. by driving a considerable dis-

tance.

Please also note the information about the 12 V

battery and short-distance trips in the "Driving

and Parking" chapter (/page 141).

2626 General notes

Connecting and using another device with the

diagnostics connection can have thefollowing

eects:

RMalfunctions in thevehicle system

RPermanent damage to vehicle components

Please referto thewarranty terms and conditions

forthis matter.

Moreover, connecting equipment to the diagnos-

tics connection can lead to emissions monitoring

information being reset, forexample. This may

lead to thevehicle failing to meet therequire-

ments of the next emissions inspection during the

main inspection.

QualiedQualied specialisspecialist wt workorkshopshop

An authorized Mercedes-Benz Center is a quali-

ed specialist workshop. It has the necessary

special skills, tools and qualications to correctly

carry out thework required on your vehicle. This

particularly applies to safety-relevant works.

Always have thefollowing work carried out on

your vehicle at a qualied specialist workshop:

RSafety-relevant works

RService and maintenance work

RRepair work

RModications as well as installations and con-

versions

RWork on electronic components

Vehicles witehicles with 48 V on-boarh 48 V on-board electrd electrical systical system:em:

work on the high-voltage component of the 48

V on-board electrical system

Mercedes‑Benz recommends a Mercedes‑Benz

service center.

CorrCorrect use of tect use of the vhe vehicleehicle

If youremove any warning stickers,you or others

could fail to recognize certain dangers. Leave

warning stickers in position.

Observe thefollowing information in particular

when driving your vehicle:

RThe safety notes in this Operator's Manual,

vehicle-specic supplements and further sup-

plementary documents

RTechnical data forthevehicle

RTrac rules and regulations

RLaws and safetystandards pertaining to motor

vehicles

NNoottes fes for peror persons witsons with electrh electronic medical aidsonic medical aids

Mercedes-Benz AG cannot, despite carefully

developing vehicle systems, completely rule out

the interaction of vehicle systems with electronic

medical aids such as cardiac pacemakers.

In addition, there are components installed in the

vehicle that, regardless of the operating status of

thevehicle, can generate magnetic elds on a par

with permanent magnets. These elds can be

found, forexample, in the area around the multi-

media and sound system or also in the area of the

seats, depending on thevehicle equipment.

General notes 2727

Forthis reason, thefollowing can occur in isolated

cases, depending on the aids used:

RMedical aids malfunctioning

RAdverse health eects

Observe the notes and warnings of the manufac-

turer of the medical aids; if in doubt, contact the

device manufacturer and/or your doctor. If there

is continuing uncertainty concerning the possibil-

ity of medical aids malfunctioning, Mercedes-

Benz AG recommends using only few electrical

vehicle systems and/or maintaining a distance

from the components.

Only have repairs and maintenance work in the

area of thefollowing components carried out by a

qualied specialist workshop:

RVehicle components carrying live voltage

RTransmission antenna

RMultimedia system and sound system

If you have any queries or suggestions, consult a

qualied specialist workshop.

PrProblems witoblems with yh your vour vehicleehicle

If you should experience a problem with your vehi-

cle, particularly one that you believe may aect its

safe operation, we urge youto contact an author-

ized Mercedes-Benz Center immediately to have

the problem diagnosed and rectied. If the prob-

lem is not resolvedto your satisfaction, please

discuss the problem again with an authorized

Mercedes-Benz Center or, if necessary, contact

us at one of thefollowing addresses:

In tIn the UShe USA:A:

Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC

Customer Assistance Center

One Mercedes-Benz Drive

Sandy Springs, GA 30328

In Canada:

Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.

Customer Relations Department

98 Vanderhoof Avenue

Toronto, Ontario M4G 4C9

RReporeporting safeting safety defty defectsects

USUSA only:A only:

The following text is published as required of man-

ufacturers under Title 49, Code of U.S. Federal

Regulations, Part 575 pursuant to the "National

Trac and MotorVehicle SafetyAct of 1966".

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which

could cause a crash or could cause injury or

death, you should immediately inform theNational

Highway Trac SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in

addition to notifying Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open

an investigation, and if it nds that a safety defect

exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall

and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot

become involved in individual problems between

you, your dealer, or Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC.

To contact NHTSA,you may call theVehicle

Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236

(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to the https://

www.safercar.gov/; or write to:Administrator,

NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street,SW., Washington, DC

20590,: USA.

2828 General notes

You can also obtain other information about motor

vehicle safety from: https://www.safercar.gov

Canada only:Canada only:

The following text is published as required of man-

ufacturers under subsection 18.4 (4) of the Motor

Vehicle SafetyRegulations.

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which

could cause a crash or could cause injury or

death, you should immediately inform Transport

Canada in addition to notifying Mercedes-Benz

Canada Inc.

If Transport Canada received similar complaints, it

may open an investigation, and if it nds that a

safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may

order a recall and remedy campaign. However,

Transport Canada cannot become involved in indi-

vidual problems between you, your dealer or

Mercedes-Benz Canada Inc.

To contact Transport Canada, you may call the

Defect Investigations and Recalls Division toll-free

in Canada at 1-800-333-0510 or 819-994-3328in

the Gatineau-Ottawa area or internationally; you

may also go to thefollowing websites for more

information:

REnglish: https://www.tc.gc.ca/recalls

RFrench: https://www.tc.gc.ca/rappels

LimitLimited Wed Warrarrantyanty

*NONOTETE Damage to thevehicle arising from

violation of these operating instructions.

Damage to thevehicle can arise from violation

of these operating instructions.

This damage is not covered either by the

Mercedes-Benz implied warranty or by the

New‑ or Used-Vehicle Warranty.

#Follow the instructions in these operat-

ing instructions on proper operation of

your vehicle as well as on possible vehi-

cle damage.

QR code fQR code for ror rescue cardescue card

QR codes are attached in the fuel ller ap and on

the opposite side on the B-pillar. In theevent of

an accident, rescue services can use the QR code

to quickly nd the appropriate rescue card for

your vehicle. The current rescue card contains the

most important information about your vehicle in

a compact form, e.g. therouting of the electric

lines.

Further information can be obtained at https://

www.mercedes-benz.de/qr-code.

DatData sta stororageage

DatData pra processing in tocessing in the vhe vehicleehicle

ElectrElectronic contronic control unitsol units

Electronic control units are installed in your vehi-

cle. Control units process data which, forexam-

ple, they receive from vehicle sensors,generate

themselves or exchange between themselves.

Some control units are required forthe safe oper-

ation of your vehicle, some assist you when driv-

ing, such as driver assistance systems, while oth-

ers enable convenience or infotainment functions.

The following provides you with general informa-

tion regarding data processing in thevehicle.

Additional information regarding exactly which

data in your vehicle are collected, saved and

transmitted to third parties, and for what purpose,

General notes 2929

can be found in the information directly related to

the functional characteristics in question in their

respective Operator's Manual. This information is

also available online and, depending on thevehi-

cle equipment, digitally.

PPerersonal datasonal data

Every vehicle is identied by a unique vehicle

identication number. Depending on the country,

this vehicle identication number can be used by,

forexample, governmental authorities to deter-

mine the identity of theowner. There are other

possibilities to use data collected from thevehicle

to identify theowner or driver, such as the license

plate number.

Therefore, data generated or processed by control

units may be attributable to a person or, under

certain conditions, become attributable to a per-

son. Depending on which vehicle data are availa-

ble, it may be possible to make inferences about,

forexample, your driving behavior, your location,

your route or your use patterns.

LegLegal ral reqequiruirements rements regegararding tding the disclosurhe disclosure ofe of

datadata

If legally required to do so, manufacturers are, in

individual cases, legally obliged to provide govern-

mental entities, upon request and to theextent

required, data stored by the manufacturer. For

example, this may be the case during the investi-

gation of a criminal oense.

Governmental entities are themselves, in individ-

ual cases and within the applicable legal frame-

work, authorized to read out data from thevehi-

cle. In the case of an accident, information that

can help with an investigation can, therefore, be

taken from the airbag control unit, forexample.

Oper

Operational datational data in ta in the vhe vehicleehicle

This is data regarding the operation of thevehicle,

which have been processed by control units.

This includes thefollowing data, forexample:

RVehicle status information such as the speed,

longitudinal acceleration, lateral acceleration,

number of wheel revolutions or thefastened

seat belts display

RAmbient conditions, such as temperature, rain

sensor or distance sensor

Generally, the use of these data is temporary;

they will not be stored beyond the period of oper-

ation and will only be processed within thevehicle

itself. Control units oen contain data memories

forvehicle keys,forexample. Their use permits

thetemporary or permanent documentation of

technical information about thevehicle's operat-

ing state, component loads, maintenance require-

ments and technical events or malfunctions.

Depending on thevehicle equipment, thefollow-

ing data are stored:

ROperating status of system components, such

as ll levels, tire pressure or battery status

RMalfunctions or faults in important system

components, such as lights or brakes

RSystem reactions in special driving situations,

such as airbag deployment or the intervention

of stability control systems

RInformation on events leading to vehicle dam-

age

In certain cases, it may be required to store data

that would have otherwise been used only tempo-

rarily. This may be the case if thevehicle has

detected a malfunction, forexample.

3030 General notes

If you use services, such as repair services and

maintenance work, stored operational data as

well as thevehicle identication number can be

read out and used. They can be read out by

service network employees, such as workshops

and manufacturers or third parties, such as break-

down services. The same is true in the case of

warranty claims and quality assurance measures.

In general, thereadout is performed via the legally

prescribed port forthe diagnostics connection in

thevehicle. The operational data that are read out

document technical states of thevehicle or of

individual components and assist in the diagnosis

of malfunctions, compliance with warranty obliga-

tions and quality improvement. To that end, these

data, in particular information about component

loads, technical events, malfunctions and other

faults may be transmitted along with thevehicle

identication number to the manufacturer. Fur-

thermore, the manufacturer is subject to product

liability. Forthis reason the manufacturer also

uses operational data from thevehicle, forexam-

ple, forrecalls. These data can also be used to

examine the customer's warranty and guarantee

claims.

Fault memories in thevehicle can be reset by a

service outlet or at your request as part of repair

or maintenance work.

ConvConvenience and infotenience and infotainment functionsainment functions

You can store convenience settings and individual

settings in thevehicle and change or reset them

at any time.

Depending on thevehicle equipment, this

includes thefollowing settings, forexample:

RSeat and steering wheel positions

RSuspension and climate control settings

RIndividual settings, such as interior lighting

Depending on the selected equipment, you can

import data into vehicle infotainment functions

yourself.

Depending on thevehicle equipment, this

includes thefollowing data, forexample:

RMultimedia data, such as music, lms or pho-

tosfor playback in an integrated multimedia

system

RAddress book data for use in connection with

an integrated hands-free system or an integra-

ted navigation system

REntered navigation destinations

RData about the use of Internet services

These data for convenience and infotainment

functions may be saved locally in thevehicle or

they may be located on a device which you have

connected to thevehicle, such as a smartphone,

USB ash drive or MP3 player. If you have entered

these data yourself, you can delete them at any

time.

This data is transmitted from thevehicle to third

parties only at your request. This applies, in par-

ticular, when you use online services in accord-

ance with the settings that you have selected.

Smar

Smartphone inttphone integregration (e.g. Andration (e.g. Android Aoid Aututo oro or

Apple CarPlayApple CarPlay®®))

If your vehicle is accordingly equipped, you can

connect your smartphone or another mobile end

device to thevehicle. You can then control them

by means of the control elements integrated in

thevehicle. Images and audio from the smart-

General notes 3131

phone can be output via the multimedia system.

Certain information is simultaneously transferred

to your smartphone. Depending on the type and

integration, this includes position data, day/night

mode and other general vehicle statuses. For

more information please consult the Operator's

Manual of thevehicle/infotainment system.

This integration allows the use of selected smart-

phone apps, such as navigation or music player

apps. There is no further interaction between the

smartphone and thevehicle; in particular, vehicle

data is not directly accessible. The type of addi-

tional data processing is determined by the pro-

vider of the app being used. Which settings you

can make, if any, depends on the specic app and

the operating system of your smartphone.

Online serOnline servicesvices

WWirireless neeless netwtworork connectionk connection

If your vehicle has a wireless network connection,

it enables data to be exchanged between your

vehicle and additional systems. The wireless net-

work connection is made possible by thevehicle's

own transmitter and receiver or by a mobile end

device that you have brought into thevehicle, for

example, a smartphone. Online functions can be

used via the wireless network connection. This

includes online services and applications/apps

provided to youby the manufacturer or by other

providers.

ManufManufacturacturer's serer's servicesvices

Regarding the manufacturer's online services, the

individual functions are described by the manu-

facturer in a suitable place, forexample, in the

Operator's Manual or on the manufacturer's web-

site, where therelevant data protection informa-

tion is also given. Personal data may be used for

the provision of online services. Data are

exchanged via a secure connection, such as the

manufacturer's designated IT systems. Any per-

sonal data which are collected, processed and

used, other than forthe provision of services, is

done so exclusively on the basis of legal permis-

sion. This is the case, forexample, for a legally

prescribed emergency call system, a contractual

agreement or when consent has been given.

You can have services and functions, some of

which are subject to afee, activated or deactiva-

ted. This excludes legally prescribed functions and

services, such as an emergency call system.

ThirThird pard party serty servicesvices

If you use online services from other providers

(third parties), these services are theresponsibil-

ity of the provider in question and subject to that

provider's data protection conditions and terms of

use. As a general rule, the manufacturer has no

inuence on the content exchanged.

Forthis reason, when services are provided by

third parties, please ask the service provider in

question for information about the type, extent

and purpose of the collection and use of personal

data.

DatData prota protection rection rightsights

Depending on your country or the equipment and

range of functions of your vehicle as well as the

services you use and the services on oer, you

are entitled to dierent data protection rights.

Further information on data protection and your

data protection rights can either be found on the

manufacturer's website or you will receive this

information as part of thevarious services and

3232 General notes

service oers. There you will also nd the contact

information forthe manufacturer and its data pro-

tection ocers.

At aworkshop, forexample, with the support of a

specialist and possibly for a fee, you can have

data read out which is stored only locally in the

vehicle.

MBUX multimedia systMBUX multimedia system/Merem/Mercedes me connectcedes me connect

If thevehicle is equipped with the MBUX multime-

dia system or Mercedes me connect, additional

data about thevehicle's operation, the use of the

vehicle in certain situations, and the location of

thevehicle may be compiled by the MBUX multi-

media system or Mercedes me connect.

For additional information, please referto the

"MBUX multimedia system" section and/or the

Mercedes me connect Terms and Conditions.

EvEvent datent data ra recorecordersders

USUSA onlyA only::

This vehicle is equipped with an event data

recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to

record, in certain crash or near crash-like situa-

tions, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a

road obstacle, data that will assist in understand-

ing how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR

is designed to record data related to vehicle

dynamics and safety systems for a short period of

time, typically 30 seconds or less.

The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such

data as:

RHow various systems in your vehicle were

operating

RWhether or not the driver and front passenger

seat belts were buckled/fastened

RHow far (if at all) the driver was depressing the

accelerator and/or brake pedal and

RHow fast thevehicle was traveling

This data can help provide a better understanding

of the circumstances in which accidents and inju-

ries occur. NOTE: EDR data is recorded by your

vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs;

no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driv-

ing conditions and no personal data (e.g. name,

gender, age and accident location) is recorded.

However, other parties, such as law enforcement,

could combine EDR data with the type of person-

ally identifying data routinely acquired during a

crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equip-

ment is required, and access to thevehicle or the

EDR is needed. In addition to thevehicle manu-

facturer, other parties that have the special equip-

ment, such as law enforcement, can read the

information by accessing thevehicle or the EDR.

EDR data may be used in civil and criminal mat-

ters as a tool in accident reconstruction, accident

claims and vehicle safety. Since the Crash Data

Retrieval (CDR) tool that is used to extract data

from the EDR is commercially available,

Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC ("MBUSA") expressly

disclaims any and all liability arising from the

extraction of this information by unauthorized

Mercedes-Benz personnel.

MBUSA will not share EDR data with others with-

out the consent of thevehicle owner or, if the

vehicle is leased, without the consent of the les-

see. Exceptions to this representation include

responses to subpoenas by law enforcement; by

federal, state or local government; in connection

with or arising out of litigation involving MBUSA or

General notes 3333

its subsidiaries and aliates; or, as required by

law.

Warning: The EDR is a component of theRestraint

System Module. Tampering with, altering, modify-

ing or removing the EDR component may result in

a malfunction of theRestraint System Module and

other systems.

State laws or regulations regarding EDRs that

conict with federal regulation are pre-empted.

This means that in theevent of such conict, the

federal regulation governs. As of December 2016,

17 states have enacted laws relating to EDRs.

CopCopyryrightight

FFrree and open souree and open sourcece sowsowareare

Information on license for free and open-source

soware used in your vehicle can be found on the

data carrier in your vehicle document wallet and

with updates on thefollowing website:

https://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensource

RRegistegisterered tred trademarksademarks

RBluetooth®is a registered trademark of Blue-

tooth SIG, Inc.

RDTS™ is a registered trademark of DTS, Inc.

RDolby®and MLP™ are registered trademarks

of DOLBY Laboratories.

RESP®and PRE-SAFE®are registered trade-

marks of Daimler AG.

RHomeLink®is a registered trademark of Gen-

tex Corporation.

RiPod®and iTunes®are registered trademarks

of Apple Inc.

RBurmester®is a registered trademark of

Burmester Audiosysteme GmbH.

RMicroso®and Windows Media®are regis-

tered trademarks of Microso Corporation.

RSIRIUS®is a registered trademark of Sirius

XM Radio Inc.

RHD Radio™ is a registered trademark of iBiq-

uity Digital Corporation.

RGracenote®is a registered trademark of

Gracenote, Inc.

RZAGAT Survey®and related brands are regis-

tered trademarks of Zagat Survey, LLC.

3434 General notes

RResestrtraint systaint systemem

ProtProtection proection provided bvided by ty the rhe resestrtraint systaint systemem

The restraint system includes thefollowing com-

ponents:

RSeat belt system

RAirbags

RChild restraint system

RChild seat securing systems

The restraint system can help prevent thevehicle

occupants from coming into contact with parts of

thevehicle interior in theevent of an accident. In

theevent of an accident, therestraint system can

also reduce theforces to which thevehicle occu-

pants are subjected.

A seat belt can only provide the best level of pro-

tection if it is worn correctly. Depending on the

detected accident situation, Emergency Tension-

ing Devices and/or airbags supplement the pro-

tection oered by a correctly worn seat belt.

Emergency Tensioning Devices and/or airbags

are not deployed in every accident.

In order fortherestraint system to provide the

intended level of protection, each vehicle occu-

pant must observe thefollowing information:

RFasten seat belts correctly.

RSit in an almost upright seat position with their

back against the seat backrest.

RSit with their feet resting on the oor, if possi-

ble.

RAlways secure persons under 5  (1.50 m) tall

in an additional restraint system suitable for

Mercedes-Benz vehicles.

However, no system available today can com-

pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities in every

accident situation. In particular, the seat belt and

airbag generally do not protect against objects

penetrating thevehicle from the outside. It is also

not possible to completely rule out therisk of

injury caused by the airbag deploying.

RReduced reduced resestrtraint systaint system protem protectionection

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to

modications to therestraint system

Vehicle occupants may no longer be protected

as intended if alterations are made to the

restraint system.

#Never alter the parts of therestraint sys-

tem.

#Nevertamper with the wiring or any elec-

tronic component parts or their so-

ware.

If it is necessary to modify thevehicle to accom-

modate a person with disabilities, contact an

authorized Mercedes-Benz Centerfor details.

USA only: for details, contact our Customer Assis-

tance Center on 1-800-FOR-MERCedes

(1‑800‑367‑6372).

RResestrtraint systaint system functionalityem functionality

When thevehicle is switched on, a self-test is per-

formed, during which the6restraint system

Occupant safety 3535

warning lamp lights up. It goes out no later than a

few seconds aer thevehicle is started. The com-

ponents of therestraint system are then func-

tional.

Malfunctioning rMalfunctioning resestrtraint systaint systemem

A malfunction has occurred in therestraint sys-

tem if:

RThe 6restraint system warning lamp does

not light up when thevehicle is switched on

RThe 6restraint system warning lamp lights

up continuously or repeatedly during a journey

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to malfunc-

tions in therestraint system

Components in therestraint system may be

activated unintentionally or not deploy as plan-

ned in an accident.

#Have therestraint system checked and

repaired immediately at a qualied spe-

cialist workshop.

FFunction of tunction of the rhe resestrtraint systaint system in an accidentem in an accident

How therestraint system works is determined by

the severity of the impact detected and the type

of accident anticipated:

RFrontal impact

RRear impact

RSide impact

RRollover

The activation thresholds forthe components of

therestraint system are determined based on the

evaluation of the sensor values measured at vari-

ous points in thevehicle. This process is pre-emp-

tive in nature. The triggering/deployment of the

components of therestraint system must take

place in good time at the start of the collision.

Factors which can only be seen and measured

aer a collision has occurred do not play a deci-

sive role in the deployment of an airbag. Nor do

they provide an indication of airbag deployment.

The vehicle may be deformed signicantly without

an airbag being deployed. This is the case if only

parts which are relatively easily deformed are

aected and therate of vehicle deceleration is

not high. Conversely, an airbag may be deployed

even though thevehicle suers only minor defor-

mation. If very rigid vehicle parts such as longitu-

dinal members are hit, this may result in su-

ciently high levels of vehicle deceleration.

Depending on the detected deployment situation,

the components of therestraint system can be

activated or deployed independently of each

other:

REmergency Tensioning Device: frontal impact,

rear impact, side impact, rollover

RDriver's airbag, front passenger airbag: frontal

impact

RKnee airbag: frontal impact

RSide airbag: side impact

RHead airbag: side impact, rollover, frontal

impact

The front passenger airbag can only be deployed

in an accident if thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF

indicator lamp is o. If the front passenger seat is

occupied, make sure, both before and during the

journey, that the status of the front passenger air-

bag is correct (/page 46).

3636 Occupant safety

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns from hot air bag

components

The air bag parts are hot aer an air bag has

been deployed.

#Do not touch the air bag parts.

#Have a deployed air bag replaced at a

qualied specialist workshop as soon as

possible.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the

vehicle towedto aqualied specialist workshop

aer an accident. Take this into account, particu-

larly if an Emergency Tensioning Device is trig-

gered or an airbag deployed.

If the Emergency Tensioning Devices are triggered

or an airbag is deployed, you will hear a bang, and

a small amount of powder may also be released:

RThe bang will not generally aect your hearing.

RIn general, the powder released is not hazard-

ous to health but may cause short-term

breathing diculties to persons suering from

asthma or other pulmonary conditions.

Provided it is safe to do so, leave thevehicle

immediately or open the window in order to

prevent breathing diculties.

Airbags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning

Devices contain perchlorate material, which may

require special handling or environmental protec-

tion measures. National guidelines regarding

waste disposal must be observed. In California,

see https://dtsc.ca.gov/. Using the search func-

tion, you will nd information on perchlorate, for

example.

Seat beltsSeat belts

ProtProtection proection provided bvided by ty the seat belthe seat belt

Alwaysfasten your seat belt correctly before

starting a journey. A seat belt can only provide

the best level of protection if it is worn correctly.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to

incorrectly fastened seat belt

If the seat belt is not worn correctly, it cannot

perform its intended protective function.

In addition, an incorrectly fastened seat belt

can also cause injuries, forexample, in the

event of an accident or when braking or

changing direction suddenly.

#Always ensure that all vehicle occupants

have their seat belts fastened correctly

and are sitting properly.

Always observe the instructions about the correct

driver's seat position and adjusting the seat

(/page 87).

In order forthe correctly worn seat belt to provide

the intended level of protection, each vehicle

occupant must observe thefollowing information:

RThe seat belt must not be twisted and must t

tightly and snugly across the body.

RThe seat belt must be routed across the cen-

ter of the shoulder and as low down across

the hips as possible.

RThe shoulder section of the seat belt should

not touch your neck nor be routed under your

arm or behind your back.

RAvoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a winter

coat.

Occupant safety 3737

RPush the lap belt down as far as possible

across your hips and pull tight with the shoul-

der section of the belt. Neverroute the lap

belt across your abdomen.

Pregnant women must also take particular

care with this.

RNeverroute the seat belt across sharp, poin-

ted, abrasive or fragile objects.

ROnly one person should use each seat belt at

any one time. Never allow babies and children

to travel sitting on the lap of another vehicle

occupant.

RNever secure objects with a seat belt if the

seat belt is also being used by one of thevehi-

cle's occupants. Always observe the instruc-

tions for loading thevehicle when securing

objects, luggage or loads (/page 102).

Also ensure that no objects, e.g. a cushion,

are ever placed between a person and the

seat.

The seat belts on thefollowing seats are equipped

with a special seat belt retractor:

RFront passenger seat

RRear seats

Activate or deactivate the special seatbelt retrac-

tor (/page 55).

If children are traveling in thevehicle, be sure to

observe the instructions and safety notes on

"Children in thevehicle" (/page 51).

LimitLimitations of tations of the prothe protection proection provided bvided by ty the seathe seat

beltbelt

WARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to

an incorrect seat position

The seat belt does not oer the intended level

of protection if you have not movedthe seat

backrest to an almost vertical position.

In particular, you could slip beneath the seat-

belt and become injured.

#Adjust the seat properly before begin-

ning your journey.

#Always ensure that the seat backrest is

in an almost vertical position and that

the shoulder belt is routed across the

center of your shoulder.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to

an extended seat belt extender while the

vehicle is in motion

If the seat belt does not sit correctly on the

body, it cannot perform its intended protective

function.

#Always ensure that the seat belt

extender is retracted while thevehicle is

in motion.

If the seat belt extender does not retract automat-

ically, it can be retracted manually. To do so,

press the seat belt extender back as far as it will

go before starting thevehicle. Pressing the seat

belt extender back into place requires force.

3838 Occupant safety

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death when

additional restraint systems are not used

for persons with a smaller stature

Persons under 5  (1.50 m ) tall cannot wear

the seat belt correctly without a suitable addi-

tional restraint system.

#Always secure persons under 5 

(1.50 m) tall in a suitable restraint sys-

tem.

&WWARNINGARNING Danger of injury or death due

to blocked seat belt buckles

If seat belt buckles are blocked and cannot be

moved downwards, the function of the Emer-

gency Tensioning Devices is impaired.

The seat belts may no longer perform their

intended protective function.

#Always ensure that the seat belt buckles

are not blocked.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to

damaged or modied seat belts

Seat belts cannot provide protection in thefol-

lowing situations:

RThe seat belt is damaged, has been modi-

ed, is extremely dirty, bleached or dyed

RThe seat belt buckle is damaged or

extremely dirty

RModications have been made to the

Emergency Tensioning Device, seat belt

anchorage or seat belt retractor

Seat belts may sustain non-visible damage in

an accident, e.g. due to glass splinters.

Modied or damaged seat belts could tear or

fail in theevent of an accident, forexample.

Modied Emergency Tensioning Devices could

accidentally trigger or fail to function as inten-

ded.

#Never modify the seat belt system, for

example the seat belt, seat belt buckle,

Emergency Tensioning Device, seat belt

anchorage and seat belt retractor.

#Make sure that the seat belts are undam-

aged, not worn and clean.

#Always have the seat belts checked

immediately aer an accident at a quali-

ed specialist workshop.

Only use seat belts which have been approvedfor

your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death from

deployedpyrotechnic Emergency Tension-

ing Devices

Pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices

that have been deployed are no longer opera-

tional and are unable to perform their inten-

ded protective function.

#Therefore, have deployedpyrotechnic

Emergency Tensioning Devices immedi-

ately replaced at a qualied specialist

workshop.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the

vehicle towedto aqualied specialist workshop

aer an accident.

Occupant safety 3939

*NNOOTETE Damage caused by trapping the

seat belt

If an unused seat belt is not fully retracted, it

may become trapped in the door or in the seat

mechanism.

#Always ensure that an unused seat belt

is fully retracted.

ExtExtending/reending/retrtracting tacting the seat belt ehe seat belt extxtenderender

When the door is closed, the seat belt extender

extends.

*NNOOTETE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

#Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize

dangers.

The seat belt extender button is not available in

Mercedes-AMG vehicles.

You can also extend the seat-belt extender by

using theõseat-belt extender button in the

center console.

#Switch on the ignition.

#Press theõseat belt extender button.

The seat belt extender extends.

The seat belt extender retracts again in thefollow-

ing cases:

RThe seat belt tongue is engaged in the seat

belt buckle

RThe seat belt tongue is not engaged in the

seat belt buckle within 60 seconds

If you press theõseat belt extender but-

ton again in this case, the seat belt extender

will extend again.

RThe respective door is opened

RYoufold the seat backrest forwards

RNobody is sitting in the front passenger seat

If you press theõseat belt extender but-

ton again in this case, the seat belt extender

will no longer extend.

The seat belt extender must always be retracted

while thevehicle is in motion.

FFastastening seat beltsening seat belts

If the seat belt is pulled quickly or sharply, the

seat belt retractor locks. The seat belt strap can-

not be pulled out any further.

#Always engage seat belt tongue 2of the seat

belt into seat belt buckle 1of the corre-

sponding seat.

4040 Occupant safety

%A seat belt can only provide the best level of

protection if it is worn correctly. Observe the

notes on fastening the seat belt (/page 37).

*NNOOTETE Deployment of components of the

restraint system when the front passenger

seat is unoccupied and a seat belt is

buckled

When the front passenger seat is unoccupied

and the seat belt tongue of the seat belt is

engaged in the seat belt buckle, components

of therestraint system may deploy unnecessa-

rily on the front passenger side, e.g. the Emer-

gency Tensioning Device.

#Only buckle the seat belts as intended.

%Observe the notes on storage areas

(/page 102).

Information on installing a child restraint sys-

tem and on children traveling in thevehicle

can be found in the "Children in thevehicle"

section (/page 54).

Seat belt adjusSeat belt adjustment functiontment function

VVehicles witehicles with PRE-Sh PRE-SAFEAFE®®::Aer a front seat belt

has been fastened, the automatic seat belt adjust-

ment may apply a certain tightening force. Do not

hold the seat belt tightly while it is adjusting.

You can activate and deactivate the seat belt

adjustment function using the multimedia system

(/page 41).

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating seat belt adjusating seat belt adjustment viatment via

tthe multimedia systhe multimedia systemem

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Vehicle

#Activate or deactivate Belt Adjustment.

RReleasing seat beltseleasing seat belts

#Press therelease button in the seat belt

buckle and guide the seat belt back with the

seat belt tongue.

Seat belt wSeat belt wararning function fning function for tor the drhe driviver and frer and frontont

passengpassengerer

The üseat belt warning lamp in the Instru-

ment Display is a reminder that all vehicle occu-

pants must wear their seat belts correctly.

The üseat belt warning lamp lights up for six

seconds every time thevehicle is started.

In addition, a warning tone may sound.

When the driver's and front passenger's doors are

closed and the driver and front passenger have

fastened their seat belts, the seat belt warning

goes out.

In thefollowing cases, the seat belt warning lights

up during a journey if:

RThe vehicle speed exceeds 15 mph (25 km/h)

and the driver's or front passenger seat belt is

not fastened.

RThe driver or front passenger unfastens their

seat belt while thevehicle is in motion.

Occupant safety 4141

AirbagsAirbags

OvOverervieview of airbagsw of airbags

1Driver's knee airbag

2Driver's airbag

3Front passenger airbag

4Front passenger knee airbag

5Head airbag

6Side airbag

The installation location of an airbag is identied

by the AIRBAG symbol.

When enabled, an airbag can provide additional

protection fortherespective vehicle occupant.

Potential protection provided by each airbag:

RKnee airbag: thigh, knee and lower leg

RDriver's airbag, front passenger airbag: head

and ribcage

RHead airbag: head

RSide airbag: ribcage, also pelvis for front seat

occupants

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death if the co-

driver airbag is enabled

If the co-driver airbag is enabled, a child on

the co-driver seat may be struck by the co-

driver airbag during an accident.

NEVER use a rearward-facing child restraint

system on a seat with an ENABLED FRONT

AIRBAG; DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the

CHILD can occur.

When installing a child restraint system on the

front passenger seat, observethevehicle-specic

information (/page 60). Also, always observe

the notes on rearward-facing or forward-facing

child restraint systems on the front passenger

seat.

InfInforormation on autmation on automatic fromatic front passengont passenger airbager airbag

shutshutoo

The front passenger airbag can only be deployed

in an accident if thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF

indicator lamp is o. If the front passenger seat is

occupied, make sure, both before and during the

journey, that the status of the front passenger air-

bag is correct (/page 46).

*NONOTETE Deployment of components of the

restraint system when the front passenger

seat is unoccupied

In an accident, the components of the

restraint system may deploy unnecessarily on

the front passenger side if:

RThere are heavy objects on the front

passenger seat.

RThe seat belt tongue is engaged in the seat

belt buckle of the front passenger seat and

the front passenger seat is unoccupied.

#Store objects in a suitable place.

#Only one person should use each seat

belt at any one time.

4242 Occupant safety

Depending on the detected accident situation, the

head airbag on the front passenger side may

deploy. The airbag is deployedregardless of

whether the front passenger seat is occupied.

ProtProtectivective capacity of te capacity of the airbagshe airbags

Depending on the accident situation, an airbag

may supplement the protection oered by a cor-

rectly fastened seat belt.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to

an incorrect seat position

If you deviate from the correct seat position,

the airbag cannot perform its intended protec-

tive function.

Each vehicle occupant must make sure of the

following:

RFasten seat belts correctly. Pregnant

women must take particular care to ensure

that the lap belt never lies across the

abdomen.

RAdopt the correct seat position and keep

as faraway as possible from the airbags.

RObserve thefollowing information.

#Always make sure that there are no

objects between the airbag and vehicle

occupant.

To avoid therisks resulting from the deployment

of an airbag, each vehicle occupant must observe

thefollowing information in particular:

RBefore starting your journey, adjust your seat

correctly; the driver's seat and front

passenger seat should be moved as far back

as possible.

When doing so, always observe the informa-

tion on the correct driver's seat position

(/page 87).

ROnly hold the steering wheel by the steering

wheel rim. This allows the airbag to be fully

deployed.

RAlways lean against the seat backrest when

thevehicle is in motion. Do not lean forwards

or against the door or side window. You may

otherwise be in the deployment area of the

airbags.

RThe occupants must alwayskeep their feet on

the oor. Do not put your feet on the cockpit,

forexample. Your feet may otherwise be in the

deployment area of the airbag.

RIf children are traveling in thevehicle, observe

the additional notes (/page 51).

RAlways store and secure objects correctly.

Objects in thevehicle interior may prevent an air-

bag from functioning correctly. Each vehicle occu-

pant must always make sure of thefollowing in

particular:

RThere are no people, animals or objects

between thevehicle occupants and an airbag.

RThere are no objects between the seat, door

and door pillar (B-pillar).

RThere are no hard objects, e.g. coat hangers,

hanging on thegrab handles or coat hooks.

RThere are no accessory parts, such as mobile

navigation devices, mobile phones or cup

holders, within the deployment area of an air-

Occupant safety 4343

bag, e.g. on the cockpit, on the door, on the

side window or on the side trim.

In addition, no connecting cables, tensioning

straps or retaining straps must be routed or

attached to thevehicle within the deployment

area of an airbag. Always comply with the

accessory manufacturer's installation instruc-

tions and, in particular, the notes on suitable

places for installation.

RThere are no heavy, sharp-edged or fragile

objects in the pockets of your clothing. Store

such objects in a suitable place.

LimitLimitations of tations of the prothe protection proection provided bvided by airbagsy airbags

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to modica-

tions to the cover of an airbag

If you modify the cover of an airbag or ax

objects such as stickers to it, the airbag may

no longer function correctly.

#Never modify the cover of an airbag and

do not ax objects to it.

The installation location of an airbag is identied

by the AIRBAG symbol (/page 42).

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury if the cover of the

head airbag is damaged

If the cover of a head airbag is damaged, the

head airbag may no longer function as inten-

ded and may even cause additional injuries if

deployed. In particular, the cover of the head

airbag can be damaged by people sitting on it

or by heavy objects.

#Before commencing your journey, make

sure that the head airbag covers are

undamaged. Have a damaged head air-

bag coverreplaced immediately at a

qualied specialist workshop.

#Never sit on the cover of the head air-

bag.

#Do not place heavy objects on the cover

of the head airbag.

The head airbags are integrated into the beltline

of the doors (/page 42).

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to

the use of unsuitable seat covers

Due to unsuitable seat covers,the airbags

cannot protect vehicle occupants as intended.

In addition, the operation of the automatic

front passenger airbag shuto could be

restricted.

#You should only use seat covers that

have been approved forthe correspond-

ing seats by Mercedes-Benz.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to malfunc-

tioning sensors in the door

The function of the airbags can be impaired

due to modications or incorrect work per-

formed on the doors or door trim, or if the

doors are damaged.

#Never modify the doors or parts of the

doors.

#Always have work on the doors or door

trim carried out at a qualied specialist

workshop.

4444 Occupant safety

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to deployed

airbag

A deployed airbag no longer oers any protec-

tion.

#Have thevehicle towedto a qualied

specialist workshop in order to have the

deployed airbag replaced.

Have deployed airbags replaced immediately.

SSttatus of tatus of the frhe front passengont passenger frer front airbagont airbag

FFunction of tunction of the authe automatic fromatic front passengont passenger airbager airbag

shutshutoo

The automatic front passenger airbag shuto is

able to detect whether the front passenger seat is

occupied by a person or a child restraint system.

The front passenger airbag and front passenger

knee airbag are enabled or disabled accordingly.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to

objects under the co-driver seat

Objects trapped under the co-driver seat can

interfere with the function of the automatic

co-driver airbag shuto or damage the system.

#Do not store any objects under the co-

driver seat.

#When the co-driver seat is occupied,

make sure that no objects are trapped

under the co-driver seat.

When installing a child restraint system on the

front passenger seat, observethevehicle-specic

information (/page 60). Also, always observe

the notes on rearward-facing or forward-facing

child restraint systems on the front passenger

seat (/page 60).

A person on the front passenger seat must

observe thefollowing information:

RFasten seat belts correctly (/page 37).

RSit in an almost upright seat position with their

back against the seat backrest.

RSit with their feet resting on the oor, if possi-

ble.

The front passenger airbag may otherwise be dis-

abled by mistake, forexample, in thefollowing sit-

uations:

RThe front passenger transfers their weight by

supporting themselves on a vehicle armrest.

RThe front passenger sits in such a waythat

their weight is raised from the seat surface.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to a

disabled front passenger airbag

The front passenger airbag is disabled when

thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp

is lit.

A person in the front passenger seat could

then, forexample, come into contact with the

vehicle interior, especially if the person is sit-

ting too close to the cockpit.

Occupant safety 4545

If the front passenger seat is occupied, always

ensure that:

RThe classication of the person in the front

passenger seat is correct and the front

passenger airbag is enabled or disabled in

accordance with the person in the front

passenger seat.

RThe front passenger seat has been moved

as far back as possible.

RThe person is seated correctly.

#Both before and during the journey,

ensure that the status of the front

passenger airbag is correct.

If the front passenger seat is occupied, the classi-

cation of the person or child restraint system on

the front passenger seat takes place aer the

front passenger airbag shuto self-test. The

PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps display the

status of the front passenger airbag.

Always observe the notes on the function of the

PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps

(/page 46).

FFunction of tunction of the Phe PASSENASSENGER AIR BAGER AIR BAG indicatG indicatoror

lamlampsps

Self-tSelf-tesest of autt of automatic fromatic front passengont passenger airbag shut-er airbag shut-

oo

When thevehicle is switched on, a self-test is per-

formed during which the two PASSENGER AIR

BAG ON and OFF indicator lamps light up simulta-

neously.

The status of the front passenger airbag is dis-

played via thePASSENGER AIR BAG indicator

lamps aer the self-test:

RON is lit:

ON is lit: the front passenger airbag may

deploy during an accident.

The indicator lamp goes out aer 60 seconds.

RON and OFF arON and OFF are noe not lit:t lit: the front passenger

airbag may deploy during an accident.

ROFF is lit:

OFF is lit: the front passenger airbag is disa-

bled. It will then not be deployed in theevent

of an accident.

If thePASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is

o, only thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator

lamp shows the status of the front passenger air-

bag. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp

may be lit continuously or be o.

If thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp

and the6restraint system warning lamp light

up simultaneously, the front passenger seat may

not be used. Also in this case, do not install a

child restraint system on the front passenger

seat. Have the automatic front passenger airbag

4646 Occupant safety

shuto checked and repaired immediately at a

qualied specialist workshop.

SSttatus displayatus display

If the front passenger seat is occupied, ensure,

both before and during the journey, that the sta-

tus of the front passenger airbag is correct forthe

current situation.

AerAer instinstalling a ralling a rearwearwarard-fd-facing cacing child rhild resestrtraintaint

systsystem on tem on the frhe front passengont passenger seater seat::PASSENGER

AIR BAG OFF must be lit continuously.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or fatal injury

when using a rearward-facing child

restraint system while the co-driver airbag

is enabled

If you secure a child in a rearward-facing child

restraint system on the co-driver seat and the

PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is

o, the co-driver airbag can deploy in the

event of an accident.

The child could be struck by the airbag.

#Always ensure that the co-driver airbag is

disabled. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF

indicator lamp must be lit.

#NEVER use a rearward-facing child

restraint system on a seat with an ENA-

BLED FRONT AIRBAG; DEATH or SERI-

OUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.

When installing a child restraint system on the

front passenger seat, observethevehicle-specic

information (/page 60).

Depending on thechild restraint system and the

stature of thechild, thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF

indicator lamp may be o. In this case, do not

install therearward-facing child restraint system

on the front passenger seat.

Instead, install therearward-facing child restraint

system on a suitable rear seat.

AerAer instinstalling a falling a forworwarard-fd-facing cacing child rhild resestrtraint syaint sys-s-

ttem on tem on the frhe front passengont passenger seater seat::depending on

thechild restraint system and the stature of the

child, PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF may be lit contin-

uously or be o. Always observe thefollowing

information.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to

incorrect positioning of theforward-facing

child restraint system

If you secure a child in a forward-facing child

restraint system on the front passenger seat

that is positioned too close to the cockpit, in

theevent of an accident, thechild could:

Rcome into contact with parts of thevehi-

cle's interior if thePASSENGER AIR BAG

OFF indicator lamp is lit, forexample

Rbe struck by the airbag if thePASSENGER

AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is o

#Always move the front passenger seat as

far back as possible and fully retract the

seat cushion length adjustment. While

doing so, always make sure that the

shoulder belt strap is correctly routed

from the seat belt outlet of thevehicle to

the shoulder belt guide on thechild

restraint system. The shoulder belt strap

must be routed forwards and downwards

from the seat belt outlet. If necessary,

Occupant safety 4747

adjust the front passenger seat accord-

ingly.

#Always comply with thechild restraint

system manufacturer's installation

instructions.

When installing a child restraint system on the

front passenger seat, observethevehicle-specic

information (/page 60).

If a perIf a person is sitting on tson is sitting on the frhe front passengont passenger seater seat::

PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF may be lit continuously

or be o, depending on the person's stature.

A person on the front passenger seat must always

observe thefollowing information:

RIf the front passenger seat is occupied by an

adult or a person with a stature corresponding

to that of an adult, thePASSENGER AIR BAG

OFF indicator lamp must be o. This indicates

that the front passenger airbag is enabled.

If thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator

lamp is lit continuously, an adult or person

with a build corresponding to that of an adult

must not use the front passenger seat.

Instead, they should use a rear seat.

RIf the front passenger seat is occupied by a

person of smaller stature (e.g. a teenager or

small adult), thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF

indicator lamp is either lit continuously or

remains o, depending on the classication.

-If thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator

lamp is o: move the front passenger seat

as far back as possible, or the person of

smaller stature should use a rear seat.

-If thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator

lamp is lit continuously: the person of

smaller stature should not use the front

passenger seat.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death when

thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator

lamp is lit

If thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator

lamp remains lit aer the self-test, the front

passenger airbag is disabled.

If the front passenger seat is occupied, always

ensure that:

RThe classication of the person in the front

passenger seat is correct and the front

passenger airbag is enabled or disabled in

accordance with the person in the front

passenger seat.

RThe person is seated properly with a cor-

rectly fastened seat belt.

RThe front passenger seat has been moved

as far back as possible.

Be sure to also observe thefollowing further rela-

ted subjects:

RChild restraint system on the front passenger

seat (/page 60)

4848 Occupant safety

RRoll baroll bar

DANANGERGER Risk of injury or death due to a

malfunction of theroll bars

The roll bars cannot protect vehicle occupants

as intended.

#Have theroll bars checked immediately

at a qualied specialist workshop.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury when theroll bars

are triggered

There is a risk of injury.

Always make sure that there is nothing in the

sweep behind therear head restraints.

&WWARNINGARNING Danger of injury or death due

to obstructed roll bars

If you leave objects or items of clothing on the

covers of theroll bars, theroll bars cannot

protect as intended.

Furthermore, the objects may endanger vehi-

cle occupants when theroll bars extend.

#Always make sure that thethere is noth-

ing in the sweep of theroll bars.

#Always stow and secure objects in the

vehicle correctly.

The roll bars are under the covers behind therear

head restraints. The roll bars are triggered when

danger of thevehicle rolling over is detected.

Once theroll bars have been triggered, you can

no longer close a so topthat is open. In this

case, consult the next qualied specialist work-

shop.

PRE-SPRE-SAFEAFE®®systsystemem

FFunction of PRE-Sunction of PRE-SAFEAFE®®(anticipat(anticipatorory occupanty occupant

protprotection)ection)

PRE-SAFE®is able to detect certain critical driv-

ing situations and implement pre-emptive meas-

ures to protect thevehicle occupants.

PRE-SAFE®can implement thefollowing meas-

ures independently of each other:

RTightening the seat belts on the driver's seat

and front passenger seat.

RClosing the side windows.

RVVehicles witehicles with memorh memory function:y function: Moving the

front passenger seat to a more favourable seat

position.

RVVehicles witehicles with multiconth multicontour seatour seat::Increasing the

air pressure in the seat side bolsters of the

seat backrest.

RPRE-SAFE®Sound: provided that the multime-

dia system is switched on, generating a brief

noise signal to stimulate the innate protective

mechanism of a person's hearing.

Occupant safety 4949

*NNOOTETE Damage caused by objects in the

footwell or behind the seat

The automatic adjustment of the seat position

may result in damage to the seat and/or the

object.

#Stow objects in a suitable place.

RReevverersing tsing the PRE-She PRE-SAFEAFE®®systsystem measurem measureses

If an accident did not occur, the pre-emptive

measures that were taken are reversed.

You will need to perform certain settings yourself.

#If the seat belt pre-tensioning is not reduced,

move the seat backrest back slightly.

The locking mechanism releases.

FFunction of PRE-Sunction of PRE-SAFEAFE®®PLPLUS (anticipatUS (anticipatorory occu-y occu-

pant protpant protection plus)ection plus)

PRE-SAFE®PLUS can detect certain impacts, par-

ticularly an imminent rear impact, and take pre-

emptive measures to protect thevehicle occu-

pants. These measures cannot necessarily pre-

vent an imminent impact.

PRE-SAFE®PLUS can implement thefollowing

measures independently of each other:

RTightening the seat belts on the driver's seat

and front passenger seat.

RIncreasing brake pressure when thevehicle is

stationary. This brake application is canceled

automatically when thevehicle pulls away.

If an accident did not occur, the pre-emptive

measures that were taken are reversed.

SystSystem limitsem limits

The system will not initiate any action in thefol-

lowing situations:

RWhen backing up

The system will not initiate any braking application

in thefollowing situations:

RWhilst driving

RWhen entering or exiting a parking space while

using Active Parking Assist

SafSafelely try transporansporting cting childrhildren in ten in the vhe vehicleehicle

AlwayAlways observs observe when ce when childrhildren aren are trave traveling in teling in thehe

vvehicleehicle

%Also strictly observe the safety notesforthe

specic situation. In this wayyou can recog-

nize potential risks and avoid dangers if chil-

dren are traveling in thevehicle

(/page 51).

Be dilig

Be diligentent

Bear in mind that negligence when securing a

child in thechild restraint system may have seri-

ous consequences. Always be diligent in securing

achild carefully before every journey.

Never allow babies and children to travel sitting

on the lap of another vehicle occupant.

To improve protection forchildren younger than

12 years old or under 5  (1.50 m) in height,

Mercedes-Benz recommends you observe thefol-

lowing information:

RAlways secure thechild in a child restraint sys-

tem suitable forthis Mercedes-Benz vehicle.

RThe child restraint system must be appropriate

to the age, weight and size of thechild.

5050 Occupant safety

RThe vehicle seat must be suitable for installing

achild restraint system.

Accident statistics show that children secured on

therear seats are generally saferthan children

secured on the front seats. Forthis reason,

Mercedes-Benz strongly advises that you install a

child restraint system on a rear seat.

The gThe genereneric tic tererm cm child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemem

The generic term child restraint system is used in

this Operator's Manual. A child restraint system

is, forexample:

RA baby car seat

RArearward-facing child seat

RAforward-facing child seat

RAchild booster seat with a backrest and seat

belt guide

Mercedes-Benz recommends using a child

booster seat with a backrest.

The child restraint system must be appropriate to

the age, weight and size of thechild.

Observ

Observe lawe laws and legs and legal ral reqequiruirementsements

Always observe the legal requirements when

using a child restraint system in thevehicle.

ObservObserve ste standarandards fds for cor child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemsems

All child restraint systems must meet thefollowing

standards:

RU.S. Federal MotorVehicle SafetyStandards

213 and 225

RCanadian MotorVehicle SafetyStandards 213

and 210.2

Conrmation that thechild restraint system com-

plies with the standards can be found on an

instruction label on thechild restraint system.

This conrmation can also be found in the instal-

lation instructions that are included with thechild

restraint system.

DetDetecting recting riskisks, avs, avoiding dangoiding dangerer

SecurSecuring systing systems fems for cor child rhild resestrtraint systaint systems inems in

tthe vhe vehicleehicle

Only use thefollowing securing systems forchild

restraint systems:

RThe LATCH-type (ISOFIX) securing rings

RThe vehicle's seat belt system

RThe TopTether anchorages

Installing an LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint

system is preferred.

Simply attaching to the securing rings on thevehi-

cle can reduce therisk of installing thechild

restraint system incorrectly.

When securing a child with the integrated seat

belt of theLATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint

system, always comply with the permissible gross

weight forthechild and child restraint system

(/page 55).

A booster seat may be necessary to achieve

proper seat belt positioning forchildren over

40 lbs (18 kg) in weight or until they reach a

Occupant safety 5151

height where a three-point seat belt can be fas-

tened properly without a booster seat.

Mercedes-Benz recommends a suitable child

booster seat with a backrest and seat belt guide.

AAdvdvantantagage of a re of a rearwearwarard-fd-facing cacing child rhild resestrtraint syaint sys-s-

ttemem

It is preferable to transport a baby or a small child

in a suitable rearward-facing child restraint sys-

tem. In this case, thechild sits in the opposite

direction to the direction of travel and faces back-

wards.

Babies and small children have comparatively

weak neck muscles in relation to the size and

weight of their head. The risk of injury to the cer-

vical spine during an accident can be reduced in a

rearward-facing child restraint system.

AlwayAlways securs secure a ce a child rhild resestrtraint systaint system correm correctlyectly

WARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to

incorrect installation of thechild restraint

system

The child can then not be protected or

restrained as intended.

#Be sure to comply with the manufactur-

er's installation instructions forthechild

restraint system and its correct use.

#Make sure that the entire base of the

child restraint system always rests on

the sitting surface of the seat.

#Never place objects (e.g. cushions)

under or behind thechild restraint sys-

tem.

#Use child restraint systems only with the

original cover designed forthem.

#Alwaysreplace damaged covers with

genuine covers.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to

unsecured child restraint systems in the

vehicle

If thechild restraint system is incorrectly

installed or not secured, it can come loose.

The child restraint system could be ung

around and hit vehicle occupants.

#Always install child restraint systems cor-

rectly, even when not in use.

#Always comply with thechild restraint

system manufacturer's installation

instructions.

RAlways observe thechild restraint system

manufacturer's installation and operating

instructions as well as thevehicle-specic

information:

-Installing theLATCH-type (ISOFIX) child

restraint system on theright and le rear

seats (/page 55).

-Securing thechild restraint system with

the seat belt on therear seat

(/page 58).

-Securing thechild restraint system with

the seat belt on the front passenger seat

(/page 60). Observe the specic

instructions fortherearward-facing and

forward-facing child restraint systems

(/page 60).

If the front passenger seat is occupied,

ensure, both before and during the jour-

5252 Occupant safety

ney, that the status of the front passenger

airbag is correct forthe current situation

(/page 46).

RObserve thewarning labels in thevehicle inte-

rior and on thechild restraint system.

RAlso secure TopTether if present.

Do noDo not modify tt modify the che child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemem

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to modica-

tions to thechild restraint system

The child restraint system can no longer func-

tion properly. This poses an increased risk of

injury.

#Never modify a child restraint system.

#Only ax accessories which have been

specially approvedforthis child restraint

system by thechild restraint system's

manufacturer.

OnlOnly use cy use child rhild resestrtraint systaint systems whicems which arh are ine in

prproper woper wororking conditionking condition

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death caused

by the use of damaged child restraint sys-

tems

Child restraint systems or their retaining sys-

tems that have been subjected to stress in an

accident may not be able to perform their

intended protective function.

It may be the case that thechild cannot be

properly restrained.

#Always immediately replace child

restraint systems that have been dam-

aged or involved in an accident.

#Have the securing systems forthechild

restraint systems checked at a qualied

specialist workshop before installing a

child restraint system again.

AAvvoid diroid direct sunlightect sunlight

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns when thechild

seat is exposed to direct sunlight

If thechild restraint system is exposed to

direct sunlight or heat, parts could heat up

excessively.

Children could suer burns from these parts,

particularly the metallic parts of thechild

restraint system.

#Always make sure that thechild restraint

system is not exposed to direct sunlight.

#Coverthechild restraint system with a

blanket,forexample.

#If thechild restraint system has been

exposed to direct sunlight, allow it to

cool before securing a child into it.

#Never leave children unattended in the

vehicle.

Occupant safety 5353

ObservObserve when ste when stopping or paropping or parkingking

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due

to children le unattended in thevehicle

If children are le unsupervised in thevehicle,

they could, in particular:

Ropen doors, thereby endangering other

persons or road users.

Rget out and be struck by oncoming trac.

Roperate vehicle equipment and become

trapped, forexample.

In addition, thechildren could also set the

vehicle in motion, forexample by:

Rreleasing the parking brake.

Rchanging the transmission position.

Rstarting thevehicle.

#Never leave children unattended in the

vehicle.

#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the

SmartKey with you and lock thevehicle.

#Keep thevehicle SmartKey out of reach

of children.

&WWARNINGARNING Danger to life due to exposure

to extreme heat or cold in thevehicle

If people, particularly children, are exposed to

extreme temperatures over an extended

period of time, there is a risk of serious injury

or danger to life.

#Never leave persons, children in particu-

lar, unattended in thevehicle.

OvOverervieview of suitw of suitable seats in table seats in the vhe vehicle fehicle for instor instal-al-

ling a cling a child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemem

Le/rLe/rightight rrear seatear seat

Preferred securing system:

®LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seat securing

system

¯Also secure TopTether if present

(/page 57).

Alternative securing system:

7Vehicle seat belt

Also secure TopTether if present (/page 57).

Frront passengont passenger seater seat

Securing system:

7Vehicle seat belt

Be sure to observe:

RIf the front passenger seat is occupied,

ensure, both before and during the journey,

that the status of the front passenger airbag is

correct forthe current situation (/page 46).

RNotes on automatic front passenger airbag

shuto (/page 45).

5454 Occupant safety

AActivctivating or deactivating or deactivating tating the special seat belthe special seat belt

reretrtractactor of tor of the seat belthe seat belt

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death if a seat

belt is unfastened while thevehicle is in

motion

If the seat belt is released while thevehicle is

in motion, the special seat belt retractor is

deactivated and thechild restraint system is

no longer correctly secured. The seat belt is

drawn in slightly by the inertia reel and cannot

be immediately closed again.

#Stop thevehicle immediately in accord-

ance with the trac conditions.

#Activate the special seat belt retractor

again and correctly secure thechild

restraint system.

When enabled, the special seat belt retractor

ensures that the seat belts of the front passenger

seat and rear seats do not slacken once thechild

restraint system is secured.

The seat belts on thefollowing seats are equipped

with a special seat belt retractor:

RFront passenger seat

RRear seats

InstInstalling a calling a child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemem

#When installing a child restraint system,

always observe the manufacturer's installation

and operating instructions as well as the infor-

mation in this Operator's Manual.

#Pull the seat belt smoothly from the seat belt

outlet.

#Engage the seat belt tongue in the seat belt

buckle.

Activctivating tating the special seat belt rehe special seat belt retrtractactoror

#Pull the seat belt out fully and let the inertia

reel retract it again.

When the special seat belt retractor is activa-

ted, you will hear a ratcheting sound.

#Push thechild restraint system down until the

seat belt sits tightly.

Deactiv

Deactivating tating the special seat belt rehe special seat belt retrtractactoror

#Press therelease button of the seat belt

buckle.

#Hold the seat belt tongue and guide back to

the seat belt outlet.

InstInstalling a LATCalling a LATCH-type (ISOFIX) cH-type (ISOFIX) child rhild resestrtraintaint

systsystem on tem on thehe lele and rand right right rear seatsear seats

InstInstalling a LATCalling a LATCH-type (ISOFIX) cH-type (ISOFIX) child rhild resestrtraintaint

systsystem on tem on thehe lele and rand right right rear seatsear seats

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if therear

bench seat, rear seat and seat backrest

are not engaged

The rear bench seat, rear seat and seat back-

rest mayfold forwards, even when you are

driving.

RAs a result, thevehicle occupant will be

pushed into the seat belt with increased

force. The seat belt will not be able to pro-

tect as intended and could cause addi-

tional injury.

Occupant safety 5555

RObjects or loads in the trunk or cargo

compartment will not be restrained by the

seat backrest.

#Make sure that therear bench seat, the

rear seat and the seat backrest are

engaged before every trip.

If the le and right seat backrests are not

engaged and locked in place, this will be shown

on the display on the instrument cluster.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death if the

permissible gross mass of thechild and

child restraint system together is excee-

ded.

Too much load may be placed on theLATCH-

type (ISOFIX) child restraint system and the

child may not be restrained correctly in the

event of an accident, forexample.

#If thechild and thechild restraint system

together weigh more than the permissi-

ble gross mass of 73 lb (33 kg ), only use

aLATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint

system with which thechild is secured

with thevehicle seat belt.

#Also secure thechild restraint system

with theTopTether belt, if available.

Always comply with the information about the

mass of thechild restraint system:

RIn the manufacturer's installation and operat-

ing instructions forthechild restraint system

used

ROn a label on thechild restraint system, if

present

Regularlycheck that the permissible gross mass

of thechild and child restraint system is still com-

plied with.

When installing a child restraint system, observe

thefollowing:

OAlways observe the correct use of the seats

and consider their suitability for attaching a

child restraint system.

OAlways comply with the manufacturer's

installation and operating instructions forthe

child restraint system used.

OMake sure that thechild's feet do not touch

the front seat. If necessary, move the front

seat slightly forwards.

®When installing a LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child

restraint system, also observethefollowing:

OWhen using a bab

When using a baby car seat in wy car seat in weight greight groupoup

0/0+ and a r0/0+ and a rearwearwarard-fd-facing cacing child rhild resestrtraintaint

systsystem in wem in weight greight group I on a roup I on a rear seatear seat::

adjust the front seat so that the seat does

not touch thechild restraint system.

OWhen using a fWhen using a forworwarard-fd-facing cacing child rhild resestrtraintaint

systsystem in wem in weight greight group I:oup I: remove the head

restraint from therespective seat, if possible.

In addition, the backrest of thechild restraint

system must lie as at as possible against

the backrest of thevehicle seat.

Aer thechild restraint system has been

removed, replace the head restraint immedi-

ately and adjust all head restraints correctly.

OIf the head restraint of thechild seat cannot

be fully extended when it is installed in the

vehicle, this will result in restrictions on the

maximum size setting forchild restraint sys-

tems in weight group II or III.

5656 Occupant safety

Contact with theroof when the head

restraint is fully extended and locked in place

will not result in any restrictions on use.

OThe child restraint system must not be put

under strain between theroof and the seat

cushion and/or be installed facing the wrong

direction. Where possible, adjust the seat

cushion inclination accordingly.

OThe child restraint system must not be put

under strain by the head restraint. Adjust the

head restraints as appropriate.

1LATCH-type (ISOFIX) mounting bracket

Before every journey, make sure that theLATCH-

type (ISOFIX) child restraint system is engaged

correctly in both mounting brackets in thevehicle.

#Remove and stow away covers 1.

#Attach theLATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint

system to both mounting brackets in thevehi-

cle.

#Aer removing thechild seat, reattach covers

FFastastening a Tening a Top Tetop Tetherher

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death if the

rear seat backrests are not locked aer

TopTether belts are installed

The rear seat backrests may fold forwards

when you are driving.

As a result, child restraint systems will no lon-

ger be able to perform their intended protec-

tive function. This may also cause additional

injuries.

#Always lock rear seat backrests aer

installing TopTether belts.

#Observe the lock verication indicator.

If the le and right seat backrests are not

engaged and locked in place, this will be shown

on the display on the instrument cluster.

¯If thechild restraint system is equipped

with aTopTether belt:

Occupant safety 5757

The risk of injury may be reduced by Top

Tether. The TopTether belt enables an

additional connection between thechild

restraint system attached with LATCH-type

(ISOFIX) (le and right rear seats) or the

seat belt (all rear seats) and thevehicle.

#Place theLATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint

system with TopTether on therear seat. It is

essential to comply with thechild restraint

system manufacturer's installation instruc-

tions.

#Fold therear seat backrest forward

(/page 105).

#Attach TopTether hook 2to TopTether

anchorage 1.

#Fold therear seat backrest back

(/page 106).

#Make sure that TopTether belt 3is not twis-

ted and therear seat backrest is locked in

place.

#Secure thechild restraint system with LATCH-

type (ISOFIX) (/page 55).

#Tension TopTether belt 3from the trunk.

#Make sure that there is sucient seat belt

strap for pulling tight.

#It is essential to comply with thechild restraint

system manufacturer's installation instruc-

tions.

SecurSecuring ting the che child rhild resestrtraint systaint system witem with th the seathe seat

beltbelt

SecurSecuring ting the che child rhild resestrtraint systaint system witem with th the seathe seat

belt on tbelt on the rhe rear seatear seat

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if therear

bench seat, rear seat and seat backrest

are not engaged

The rear bench seat, rear seat and seat back-

rest mayfold forwards, even when you are

driving.

RAs a result, thevehicle occupant will be

pushed into the seat belt with increased

force. The seat belt will not be able to pro-

5858 Occupant safety

tect as intended and could cause addi-

tional injury.

RObjects or loads in the trunk or cargo

compartment will not be restrained by the

seat backrest.

#Make sure that therear bench seat, the

rear seat and the seat backrest are

engaged before every trip.

If the le and right seat backrests are not

engaged and locked in place, this will be shown

on the display on the instrument cluster.

When instWhen installing a belt-securalling a belt-secured ced child rhild resestrtraint syaint sys-s-

ttem, observem, observe te the fhe folloollowing:wing:

OAlways comply with the manufacturer's

installation and operating instructions forthe

child restraint system used.

OAlso secure TopTether if present

(/page 57).

OWhen using a wWhen using a weight cateight categoregory 0/0+ baby 0/0+ babyy

car seat and a wcar seat and a weight cateight categoregory I ry I rearwearwarard-d-

ffacing cacing child rhild resestrtraint systaint system on a rem on a rear seatear seat::

adjust the front seat so that the seat does

not touch thechild restraint system.

OWhen using a w

When using a weight cateight categoregory I fy I forworwarard-d-

ffacing cacing child rhild resestrtraint systaint system:em: remove the

head restraint from therespective seat, if

possible.

Aer thechild restraint system has been

removed, replace the head restraint immedi-

ately and adjust all head restraints correctly.

OThe backrest of theforward-facing child

restraint system must, as far as possible, be

resting on the seat backrest of therear seat.

OIf the head restraint of thechild seat cannot

be fully extended when it is installed in the

vehicle, this will result in restrictions on the

maximum size setting forchild restraint sys-

tems in weight category II or III.

Contact with theroof when the head

restraint is fully extended and locked in place

will not result in any restrictions on use.

OThe child restraint system must not be put

under strain between theroof and the seat

cushion and/or be installed facing the wrong

direction. Where possible, adjust the seat

cushion inclination accordingly.

OThe child restraint system must not be put

under strain by the head restraint. Adjust the

head restraints as appropriate.

OMake sure that thechild's feet do not touch

the front seat. If necessary, move the front

seat slightly forwards.

%Before opening or closing the so top, child

restraint systems in weight category II or III

must be removed or the head restraints of the

child restraint systems must be movedto the

lowest position. In this case, let thechild get

out before opening or closing the so top.

The seat belts on thefollowing seats are equipped

with a special seatbelt retractor:

RFront passenger seat

RRear seats

When enabled, the special seatbelt retractor

ensures that the seat belts of the front passenger

seat and rear seats do not slacken once thechild

restraint system is secured (/page 55).

Occupant safety 5959

#Install thechild restraint system.

The entire base of thechild restraint system

must always rest on the seat surface of the

rear seat.

#Always make sure that the shoulder belt strap

is correctly routed from the seat belt outlet of

thevehicle to the shoulder belt guide on the

child restraint system.

The shoulder belt strap must be routed

forward from the seat belt outlet.

NNoottes on res on rearwearwarard-fd-facing and facing and forworwarard-fd-facing cacing childhild

rresestrtraint systaint systems on tems on the frhe front passengont passenger seater seat

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or fatal injury

when using a rearward-facing child

restraint system while the co-driver airbag

is enabled

If you secure a child in a rearward-facing child

restraint system on the co-driver seat and the

PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is

o, the co-driver airbag can deploy in the

event of an accident.

The child could be struck by the airbag.

#Always ensure that the co-driver airbag is

disabled. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF

indicator lamp must be lit.

#NEVER use a rearward-facing child

restraint system on a seat with an ENA-

BLED FRONT AIRBAG; DEATH or SERI-

OUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.

Observe the specic instructions fortherear-

ward-facing and forward-facing child restraint sys-

tems (/page 60).

Always observe the status of the front passenger

airbag on thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator

lamp:

RWhen using a rearward-facing child restraint

system on the front passenger seat, the front

passenger airbag must always be disabled.

This is only the case if thePASSENGER AIR

BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit continuously

(/page 46).

RIf thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator

lamp is o, the front passenger airbag is ena-

bled. The front passenger airbag may deploy

during an accident.

SecurSecuring ting the che child rhild resestrtraint systaint system witem with th the seathe seat

belt on tbelt on the frhe front passengont passenger seater seat

When installing a belt-secured child restraint sys-

tem on the front passenger seat, always observe

thefollowing:

OObserve the notes on rearward-facing and

forward-facing child restraint systems on the

front passenger seat (/page 60).

OObserve thechild restraint system manufac-

turer's installation and operating instructions.

OWhen using a forward-facing child restraint

system in weight category I: remove the head

restraint from therespective seat, if possible.

Aer thechild restraint system has been

removed, replace the head restraint immedi-

ately and adjust all head restraints correctly.

OThe backrest of theforward-facing child

restraint system must, as far as possible, be

resting on the seat backrest of the front

passenger seat.

OIf the head restraint of thechild seat cannot

be fully extended when it is installed in the

vehicle, this will result in restrictions on the

6060 Occupant safety

maximum size setting forchild restraint sys-

tems in weight category II or III.

Contact with theroof when the head

restraint is fully extended and locked in place

will not result in any restrictions on use.

OThe child restraint system must not be put

under strain between theroof and the seat

cushion and/or be installed facing the wrong

direction.

OThe child restraint system must not be put

under strain by the head restraint. Adjust the

head restraints as appropriate.

ONever place objects (e.g. cushions) under or

behind thechild restraint system.

The seat belt on the front passenger side is equip-

ped with a special seatbelt retractor.

When enabled, the special seatbelt retractor

ensures that the seat belt does not slacken once

thechild seat is secured (/page 55).

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to

objects between the seat surface and the

child restraint system

Objects between the seat surface and the

child restraint system could aect the function

of the automatic front passenger airbag shut-

o.

#Do not place any objects between the

seat surface and thechild restraint sys-

tem.

#Always make sure that thechild restraint

system is correctly installed.

#Set the front passenger seat as far back as

possible and move the seat into the highest

position if possible.

#Fully retract the seat cushion length adjust-

ment.

#Adjust the seat cushion inclination so that the

front edge of the seat cushion is in the highest

position and therear edge of the seat cushion

is in the lowest position.

#Set the seat backrest to the most vertical

position possible.

#Install thechild restraint system.

The entire base of thechild restraint system

must always rest on the sitting surface of the

front passenger seat.

#Always make sure that the shoulder belt strap

is correctly routed from the seat belt outlet of

thevehicle to the shoulder belt guide on the

child restraint system.

The shoulder belt strap must be routed for-

wards and downwards from the seat belt out-

let.

#If necessary, adjust the seat belt outlet and

the front passenger seat accordingly.

Occupant safety 6161

Child safeChild safety locksty locks

AActivctivating and deactivating and deactivating tating the che child safehild safety lockty lock

ffor tor the rhe rear side windowsear side windows

WARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due

to children le unattended in thevehicle

If children are le unsupervised in thevehicle,

they could, in particular:

Ropen doors, thereby endangering other

persons or road users.

Rget out and be struck by oncoming trac.

Roperate vehicle equipment and become

trapped, forexample.

In addition, thechildren could also set the

vehicle in motion, forexample by:

Rreleasing the parking brake.

Rchanging the transmission position.

Rstarting thevehicle.

#Never leave children unattended in the

vehicle.

#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the

SmartKey with you and lock thevehicle.

#Keep thevehicle SmartKey out of reach

of children.

&WWARNINGARNING Danger to life due to exposure

to extreme heat or cold in thevehicle

If people, particularly children, are exposed to

extreme temperatures over an extended

period of time, there is a risk of serious injury

or danger to life.

#Never leave persons, children in particu-

lar, unattended in thevehicle.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due

to children le unattended in thevehicle

If children are traveling in thevehicle, they

could, in particular:

ROpen doors, thereby endangering other

persons or road users.

RGet out and be struck by oncoming trac.

ROperate vehicle equipment and become

trapped, forexample.

#Always activate the installed child safety

locks if children are traveling in thevehi-

cle.

#Never leave children unattended in the

vehicle.

#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the

SmartKey with you and lock thevehicle.

Child safety locks are available forthe side win-

dows in therear passenger compartment.

6262 Occupant safety

#TTo activo activatate/deactive/deactivatate:e: press button 2.

Opening/closing the side window in therear

passenger compartment is possible:

RIndicator lamp 1is lit: via the switch on

the driver's door

RIndicator lamp 1is o: via the switch on

the corresponding rear door or driver's

door

NNoottes on pees on pets in tts in the vhe vehicleehicle

WARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due

to animals le unsecured or unattended in

thevehicle

If you leave animals in thevehicle unattended

or unsecured, they could possibly press but-

tons or switches.

An animal may:

RActivate vehicle equipment and become

trapped, forexample

RSwitch systems on or o and endanger

other road users

Unsecured animals may be thrown around in

thevehicle in theevent of an accident or sud-

den steering and braking maneuvers and

injure vehicle occupants in the process.

#Never leave animals in thevehicle unat-

tended.

#Always correctly secure animals while

driving, e.g. using a suitable animal car-

rier.

Occupant safety 6363

SmarSmartKeytKey

OvOverervieview of Smarw of SmartKetKey functionsy functions

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due

to children le unattended in thevehicle

If children are le unsupervised in thevehicle,

they could, in particular:

Ropen doors, thereby endangering other

persons or road users.

Rget out and be struck by oncoming trac.

Roperate vehicle equipment and become

trapped, forexample.

In addition, thechildren could also set the

vehicle in motion, forexample by:

Rreleasing the parking brake.

Rchanging the transmission position.

Rstarting thevehicle.

#Never leave children unattended in the

vehicle.

#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the

SmartKey with you and lock thevehicle.

#Keep thevehicle SmartKey out of reach

of children.

*NNOOTETE Damage to the SmartKey caused by

magnetic elds

#Keep the SmartKey away from strong

magnetic elds.

Vehicle SmartKey with panic alarm

1Locks

2Indicator lamp

3Unlocks

4Opens the trunk lid

5Panic alarm

%If indicator lamp 2does not light up aer

pressing theÜor ßbutton, the battery

is weak or possibly discharged. Replace the

battery as soon as possible.

Replace the SmartKey battery (/page 66).

The SmartKey locks and unlocks thefollowing

components:

RDoors

RFuel ller ap

RTrunk lid

If thevehicle is not opened within approximately

40 seconds aer unlocking, it locks again. Anti-

the protection is armed again.

Do not keep the SmartKey together with elec-

tronic devices or metal objects. This can aect

the SmartKey's functionality.

6464 Opening and closing

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating tating the acoushe acoustic loctic lockingking vvereri-i-

cationcation signalsignal

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Vehicle

#Activate or deactivate Acoustic Lock.

ArArming/disarming/disarming tming the panic alarmhe panic alarm

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe vehicle is switched o.

#TTo activo activatate:e: press button1for approximately

one second.

A visual and audible alarm is triggered.

#TTo deactivo deactivatate:e: briey press button 1again.

#Press the start/stop button.

A SmartKey belonging to thevehicle must be

detected in thevehicle.

Changing tChanging the unloche unlocking seking settingsttings

Possible unlocking functions of the SmartKey:

RCentral unlocking

RUnlocking the driver's door and fuel ller ap

#TTo switco switch beh betwtween seeen settings:ttings: press theÜ

and ßbuttons simultaneously for approx-

imately six seconds until the indicator lamp

ashes twice.

Options if the unlocking function forthe driver's

door and fuel ller ap has been selected:

RTTo unloco unlock tk the vhe vehicle centrehicle centrallyally::press the

Übutton twice.

RVVehicles witehicles with KEYLESS-GO:h KEYLESS-GO: if youtouch the

inner surface of the door handle on the driv-

er's door, only the driver's door and the fuel

ller ap are unlocked.

DeactivDeactivating tating the function of the function of the Smarhe SmartKeytKey

VVehicles witehicles with KEYLESS-GO:h KEYLESS-GO: if you deactivate the

function of the SmartKey,the KEYLESS-GO func-

tions are also deactivated. Access or drive author-

ization by KEYLESS-GO is then no longer possible

with that particular SmartKey.Activate the func-

tion of the SmartKey so that all its functions will

again be available.

You can also deactivate the function of the Smart-

Keyto reduce the energy consumption of the

SmartKey if you do not use thevehicle or a Smart-

Keyfor an extended period of time.

#TTo deactivo deactivatate:e: press theßbutton on the

SmartKey twice in quick succession.

The SmartKey indicator lamp ashes twice

briey and lights up once.

#TTo activo activatate:e: press any button on the SmartKey.

%When thevehicle is started with the SmartKey

in the marked space of the center console,

the function of the SmartKey is automatically

activated (/page 138).

Opening and closing 6565

RRemoemoving/inserving/inserting tting the emerghe emergency keyency key

RRemoemoving tving the emerghe emergency keyency key

#Press release button 1.

Emergency key2is pushed out slightly.

#Pull out emergency key2until it engages in

the intermediate position.

#Press release button 1again and fully

remove emergency key2.

InserInserting tting the emerghe emergency keyency key

#Press release button 1.

#Insert emergency key2to the intermediate

position or fully until it engages.

%You can use the intermediate position of

emergency key2to attach the SmartKey to

akeyring.

RReplacing teplacing the Smarhe SmartKetKey batty batteryery

&DDANANGERGER Risk of fatal injuries due to swal-

lowing batteries

Batteries contain toxic and corrosive substan-

ces. Swallowing batteries may cause severe

internal burns to occur within two hours.

There is a risk of fatal injury.

#Keep batteries out of thereach of chil-

dren.

#If the cap and/or the battery compart-

ment does not close securely, do not use

the SmartKey any longer and keep out of

thereach of children.

#If batteries are swallowed, seek medical

attention immediately.

+ENVIRENVIRONMENTONMENTAL NOAL NOTETE Environmental

damage due to improper disposal of bat-

teries

Batteries contain pollutants. It is

illegal to dispose of them with the household

rubbish.

Dispose of batteries in an

environmentally responsible manner.

Take discharged batteries to aqualied

specialist workshop or to a collection

point for used batteries.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RYourequire a CR 2032 3 V cell battery.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the

battery replaced at a qualied specialist work-

shop.

#Remove the emergency key (/page 66).

6666 Opening and closing

#Press release knob 2down fully and slide

cover1in the direction of the arrow.

#Fold out cover1in the direction of the arrow

and remove.

#Remove battery compartment 3and take

out the discharged battery.

#Insert the new battery into battery compart-

ment 3. Observe the positive pole marking in

the battery compartment and on the battery

when doing this.

#Push in battery compartment 3.

#Re-attach cover1and push it until it

engages.

PrProblems witoblems with th the Smarhe SmartKeytKey, tr, troubleshoooubleshootingting

YYou can no longou can no longer locer lock or unlock or unlock tk the vhe vehicleehicle

Possible causes:

RThe SmartKey battery is weak or discharged.

#Check the battery using the indicator lamp

(/page 64).

#Replace the SmartKey battery, if necessary

(/page 66).

#Use thereplacement SmartKey.

#Use the emergency keyto lock or unlock

(/page 70).

#Have the SmartKey checked at a qualied spe-

cialist workshop.

TherThere is inte is interferfererence frence from a powom a powererful rful radio signaladio signal

soursourcece

Possible causes if the function of the SmartKey is

impaired:

RHigh voltage power lines

RMobile phones

RElectronic devices (notebooks, tablets)

RShielding due to metal objects or induction

loops for electrical gate systems or automatic

barriers

#Make sure that there is sucient distance

between the SmartKey and the potential

source of interference.

YYou havou have lose lost a Smart a SmartKeytKey

#Have the SmartKey deactivated at a qualied

specialist workshop.

#If necessary, have the mechanical lock

replaced as well.

Opening and closing 6767

DoorsDoors

UUnlocnlocking/opening tking/opening the doorhe doors frs from tom the insidehe inside

#Pull door handle 2.

Locking pin 1pops up when the door is

unlocked.

CentrCentrallally locy locking and unlocking and unlocking tking the vhe vehicle frehicle fromom

tthe insidehe inside

To unloco unlock:k: press button 1.

#TTo loco lock:k: press button 2.

%The buttons are also on the front passenger

door.

This does not lock or unlock the fuel ller ap.

The vehicle is not unlocked:

RIf you have lockedthevehicle using the Smart-

Key

RIf you have lockedthevehicle using KEYLESS-

LocLocking/unlocking/unlocking tking the vhe vehicle witehicle with KEYLESS-GOh KEYLESS-GO

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe SmartKey is outside thevehicle.

RThe distance between the SmartKey and the

vehicle does not exceed 3  (1 m).

RThe driver's door and the door on which the

door handle is used are closed.

*NO

NOTETE Damage to thevehicle caused by

unintentionally opening the trunk lid

RWhen using an automatic car wash

RWhen using a high pressure cleaner

#Deactivate the function of the SmartKey

in these situations.

6868 Opening and closing

#Make sure that the SmartKey is at a min-

imum distance of 10  (3 m) away from

thevehicle.

Observe the notes:

ROn washing thevehicle in a car wash

(/page 273)

ROn using a high pressure cleaner

(/page 274)

#TTo unloco unlock tk the vhe vehicle:ehicle: touch the inner surface

of the door handle.

#TTo loco lock tk the vhe vehicle:ehicle: touch sensor surface 1

or 2.

#ConvConvenience closing:enience closing: touch recessed sensor

surface 2until the closing process has been

completed.

%Further information on convenience closing

(/page 84).

If you open the trunk lid from outside, it is auto-

matically unlocked.

PrProblems witoblems with KEYLESS-GO, trh KEYLESS-GO, troubleshoooubleshootingting

YYou can no longou can no longer locer lock or unlock or unlock tk the vhe vehicle usingehicle using

KEYLESS-GOKEYLESS-GO

Possible causes:

RThe function of the SmartKey has been deacti-

vated.

RThe SmartKey battery is weak or discharged.

#Activate the function of the SmartKey

(/page 65).

#Check the battery using the indicator lamp

(/page 64).

#Replace the SmartKey battery, if necessary

(/page 66).

#Use thereplacement SmartKey.

#Use the emergency keyto lock or unlock

(/page 70).

#Have thevehicle and SmartKey checked at a

qualied specialist workshop.

TherThere is inte is interferfererence frence from a powom a powererful rful radio signaladio signal

soursourcece

Possible causes if the function of KEYLESS-GO is

impaired:

RHigh voltage power lines

RMobile phones

RElectronic devices (notebooks, tablets)

RShielding due to metal objects or induction

loops for electrical gate systems or automatic

barriers

#Make sure that there is sucient distance

between the SmartKey and the potential

source of interference.

Opening and closing 6969

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating tating the authe automatic locomatic locking fking fea-ea-

tureture

The vehicle is locked automatically when thevehi-

cle is switched on and the wheels are turning

faster than walking pace.

#TTo activo activatate:e: press and hold button 2for

approximately ve seconds until an acoustic

signal sounds.

#TTo deactivo deactivatate:e: press and hold button 1for

approximately ve seconds until an acoustic

signal sounds.

In thefollowing situations, there is a danger of

being locked out when the function is activated:

RWhile thevehicle is being tow-started or

pushed

RIf thevehicle is being tested on a roller dyna-

mometer

PPoowwer closing functioner closing function

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped when

the doors close automatically

Body parts or objects can become trapped,

causing injuries.

#Ensure that no body parts or objects are

in the closing area.

#Automatic closing of the doors can be

canceled by pulling the outer or inner

door handle.

If you push the door into the lock to the rst

detent position, the power closing function will

automatically pull the door into the lock.

LocLocking/unlocking/unlocking tking the drhe driviver's door witer's door with th thehe

emergemergency keyency key

%If you wish to lock thevehicle entirely using

the emergency key, rst press the button for

locking from the inside while the driver's door

is open. Then proceed to lock the driver's

door using the emergency key.

7070 Opening and closing

#Remove the emergency key (/page 66).

#Insert the emergency key as far as it will go

into opening 1in the cover.

#Pull and hold the door handle.

#Pull the cover on the emergency key as

straight as possible away from thevehicle until

it releases.

#Release the door handle.

#TTo unloco unlock:k: turn the emergency key counter-

clockwise to position 1.

#TTo loco lock:k: turn the emergency key clockwise to

position 1.

#Carefully press the cover onto the lock cylin-

der until it engages and is seated rmly.

TTrrunkunk

Opening tOpening the trhe trunk lidunk lid

&DDANANGERGER Risk of exhaust gas poisoning

Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust

gases such as carbon monoxide. Exhaust

gases can enter thevehicle interior if the trunk

lid is open when thevehicle is running, espe-

cially if thevehicle is in motion.

#Always switch o thevehicle before

opening the trunk lid.

#Never drive with the trunk lid open.

*NNOOTETE Damage to the trunk lid by obsta-

cles above thevehicle

The trunk lid swings upwards when it is

opened.

#Therefore, make sure that there is su-

cient clearance above the trunk lid.

#With the trunk lid unlocked, press thetop of

the Mercedes star.

Opening and closing 7171

%To open, pull on thefolded-out Mercedes star

when therear view camera is activated.

#VVehicles witehicles with HANDS-FREE Ah HANDS-FREE ACCESS:CCESS: Make a

kicking movement with your foot below the

bumper (/page 73).

#Pull remote operating switch 1until the

trunk lid opens.

#Press and hold thepbutton on the Smart-

Key.

Closing tClosing the trhe trunk lidunk lid

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from unsecured

items in thevehicle

If objects, luggage or loads are not secured or

not secured suciently, they could slip, tip

over or be thrown around and thereby hit vehi-

cle occupants.

There is a risk of injury, particularly in the

event of sudden braking or a sudden change

in direction.

#Always stow objects in such a waythat

they cannot be thrown around.

#Before the journey, secure objects, lug-

gage or loads against slipping or tipping

over.

Observe the notes on loading thevehicle.

NNoottes on closing tes on closing the trhe trunk lid:unk lid: your vehicle is

equipped with automatic SmartKey recognition. If

a SmartKey belonging to thevehicle is detected in

thevehicle, the trunk lid will not be locked and will

pop open again.

Note that the trunk lid will not be locked if thefol-

lowing situation occurs:

RYou have lockedthevehicle and close the

trunk lid while a SmartKey belonging to the

vehicle is inside thevehicle.

and

RA second SmartKey belonging to thevehicle is

not detected outside thevehicle.

Automatic SmartKey recognition is only an aid

and is not a substitute foryour attentiveness.

#Before locking, ensure that at least one

SmartKey belonging to thevehicle is outside

thevehicle.

#TTo close to close the trhe trunk lid:unk lid: pull the trunk lid down-

wards using the handle recess and push it

closed.

7272 Opening and closing

HANDS-FREE AHANDS-FREE ACCESS functionCCESS function

With HANDS-FREE ACCESS you can open the

trunk lid by performing a kicking movement under

the bumper.

Observe the notes when opening the trunk lid

(/page 71).

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns caused by a hot

exhaust system

The vehicle exhaust system can become very

hot. If you use HANDS-FREE ACCESS, you

could burn yourself by touching theexhaust

system.

#Always ensure that you only make a kick-

ing movement within the detection range

of the sensors.

*NNOOTETE Damage to thevehicle caused by

unintentionally opening the trunk lid

RWhen using an automatic car wash

RWhen using a high pressure cleaner

#Deactivate the function of the SmartKey

in these situations.

#Make sure that the SmartKey is at a min-

imum distance of 10  (3 m) away from

thevehicle.

When making the kicking movement, make sure

that you are standing rmly on theground. You

could otherwise lose your balance, e.g. on ice.

Observe thefollowing notes:

RThe SmartKey is behind thevehicle.

RStand at least 12 in (30 cm) away from the

vehicle while performing the kicking move-

ment.

RDo not come into contact with the bumper

while making the kicking movement.

RDo not carry out the kicking movement too

slowly.

RThe kicking movement must be towardsthe

vehicle and back again.

Opening and closing 7373

1Detection range of the sensors

If several consecutive kicking movements are not

successful, wait ten seconds.

Syst

System limitsem limits

The system may be impaired or may not function

in thefollowing cases:

RThe sensors are dirty, e.g. due to road salt or

snow.

RThe kicking movement is made using a pros-

thetic leg.

The trunk lid could be opened unintentionally, in

thefollowing situations:

RA person's arms or legs are moving in the sen-

sor detection range, e.g. when polishing the

vehicle or picking up objects.

RObjects are moved or placed behind thevehi-

cle, e.g. the fuel pump hose or luggage.

RClamping straps, tarps or other coverings are

pulled overthe bumper.

RA protective mat with a length reaching over

the trunk sill down into the detection range of

the sensors is used.

RThe protective mat is not secured correctly.

Deactivate the function of the SmartKey

(/page 65) or do not carry the SmartKey about

your person in such situations.

SwitcSwitching separhing separatate tre trunk locunk locking on orking on or oo

If you centrally unlock thevehicle while separate

locking is activated, the trunk will remain locked.

#TTo switco switch on:h on: slide the switch to position 1.

#TTo switco switchho:o: slide the switch to position 2.

%If an accident has been detected, the trunk

will unlock even if separate locking is

switched on.

7474 Opening and closing

UUnlocnlocking and opening tking and opening the trhe trunk frunk from inside withom inside with

tthe emerghe emergency rency releaseelease

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe 12 V vehicle battery is connected and

charged.

#Press emergency release button 1briey.

SoSo ttopop

Opening or closing tOpening or closing thehe soso ttop using top using thehe so-tso-topop

switchswitch

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped due

to the so top lowering unexpectedly

If you do not fully open/close the so top, the

so-top hydraulics will depressurize aer a

short time.

#Always fully open or close the so top.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped when

opening or closing the so top

Parts of the body could become trapped.

#Ensure that there are no body parts in

the immediate vicinity of moving parts

during opening and closing.

#Stop the operation immediately if some-

body becomes trapped. The opening/

closing process will be stopped.

*NNOOTETE Possible damage to the so top dur-

ing opening or closing

The so top may be damaged while being

opened or closed.

#Ensure that sucient clearance is availa-

ble above the so top.

#Load the trunk only below the level of

the trunk partition so that this is not

pushed upwards.

#Make sure that the trunk lid is closed.

#If thefabric is dirty, wet or icy, do not

open the so top.

#When thevehicle is being transported

(e.g. on a motorail), do not open or close

the so top.

#Make sure that no child seats are instal-

led on therear bench seat and that no

other objects (e.g. behind therear seats)

interfere with the movement of the so

top above the dash support.

Opening and closing 7575

*NNOOTETE Damage to the so top due to

heavy objects

Heavy, pointed or sharp-edged objects placed

on the so top may damage it.

#Do not place any heavy objects on the

so top.

#Do not sit on the so top.

For safetyreasons, Mercedes-Benz recommends

opening or closing the so top when thevehicle is

stationary.

To open or close the so top while you are driving,

do not exceed a maximum speed of 30 mph

(50 km/h). To avoid interrupting the closing proc-

ess while you are slightly exceeding this speed, do

not drive at a speed greater than 37 mph

(60 km/h).

#Make sure that the trunk partition is closed.

#Close the trunk lid.

#Switch on thevehicle.

#Keep the brake pedal depressed when the

vehicle is stationary.

#TTo open:o open: pull and hold so-top switch 1until

the so top is fully open.

The instrument display will show the opening

process of the so top.

#TTo close:o close: press and hold so-top switch 1

until the so top is fully closed.

The instrument display will show the closing

process of the so top.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to exces-

sive speed during the so top opening or

closing procedure

If thevehicle speed exceeds 37 mph

(60 km/h), the so top will stop during the

opening or closing procedure.

#Reduce thevehicle speed to below

37 mph (60 km/h) or stop thevehicle in

accordance with the trac conditions.

#Operate the so-top switch again to

open or close the so top fully.

The current procedure will be stopped at a speed

greater than 37 mph (60 km/h). The message is

shown on the instrument display.

#Reduce your speed and press or pull so-top

switch 1again.

If the so top does not close fully because of

strong headwinds, drive more slowly or stop.

7676 Opening and closing

RRelocelocking tking thehe soso ttopop

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped due

to the so top lowering unexpectedly

If you do not fully open/close the so top, the

so-top hydraulics will depressurize aer a

short time.

#Always fully open or close the so top.

If the so top has not been completely locked, the

instrument display will show the message Open/

Close Soft Top Completely . In addition, you will

hear a warning tone for up to ten seconds while

driving.

#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance

with the trac conditions.

#Make sure that thevehicle is switched on.

#Fully close the so top using the so-top

switch.

Opening or closing tOpening or closing the trhe trunk parunk partitiontition

The trunk partition covers luggage or loads in the

trunk.

Depending on the equipment, thevehicle may be

equipped with a manual or automatic trunk parti-

tion.

The so top can be opened only when the manual

trunk partition is closed.

In vehicles with an automatic trunk partition, this

will automatically close when the so top is

opened.

*NNOOTETE Damage to the so top or loads due

to long objects

The so top or the load may be damaged

when the so top is open.

#Do not place objects that are too long in

or behind the side parcel nets when the

trunk partition is open.

#Make sure that the load does not push

the trunk partition upwards.

#VVehicles witehicles with a manual trh a manual trunk parunk partition:tition: to

open, push trunk partition 2in the opposite

direction to the arrow and into its upper end

position using the handle.

#VVehicles witehicles with a manual trh a manual trunk parunk partition:tition: to

close, pull trunk partition 2in the direction

of the arrowby the handle until it rests on the

sides of the trunk.

Opening and closing 7777

#VVehicles witehicles with an auth an automatic tromatic trunk parunk partition:tition:

press button 1.

Trunk partition 2will open or close automati-

cally.

%In theevent of a system failure, close auto-

matic trunk partition 2manually.

AActivctivating or deactivating or deactivating AIRCating AIRCAPAP

AIRCAPreduces the dra in the front and rear

passenger compartment when you are driving

with the so top open.

Particularly turbulent air can reduce the eect of

AIRCAP. This can occur when you are driving

behind another vehicle or if there is a crosswind,

forexample.

AIRCAP consists of thefollowing components:

RA wind deector above the windshield

RA wind screen behind the two rear seat head

restraints

When AIRCAP is activated, the wind deector and

the wind screen will extend simultaneously.

AIRCAP can be activated or deactivated at speeds

of up to approximately 100 mph (160 km/h).

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped when

retracting AIRCAP

Somebody could become trapped.

#Make sure that nobody holds on to the

upper frame of the windshield or touches

the wind deector or wind screen.

#Switch on thevehicle.

#TTo activo activatate:e: pull button1.

AIRCAP will extend and the indicator lamp on

button 1will light up.

#TTo deactivo deactivatate:e: press button 1.

AIRCAP will retract and the indicator lamp on

button 1will go out.

7878 Opening and closing

If thevehicle is parked with the so top open and

thevehicle is switched o, AIRCAP will retract

automatically.

When yourestart thevehicle aer having been

parked, AIRCAP will extend again automatically.

PrProblems witoblems with th thehe soso ttopop

TheThe soso ttop will noop will not open or close.t open or close.

Possible causes:

RThe vehicle is not switched on.

#Make sure that thevehicle is switched on.

RThe brake pedal was not depressed with the

vehicle stationary.

#Depress the brake pedal.

RThe trunk partition is not closed.

#Remove overhanging luggage and close the

trunk partition.

RThe trunk lid is open.

#Close the trunk lid (/page 72).

RThe so top has been opened and closed sev-

eral times in a row. The so top drive has

been switched o automatically and will be

available again aer approximately ten

minutes.

#Repeat the opening or closing procedure aer

approximately ten minutes.

RYou are driving at a speed greater than

37 mph (60 km/h).

#Reduce your speed to below 37 mph

(60 km/h).

RThe so top mechanical components or con-

trol system are defective.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

InstInstalling and ralling and remoemoving tving the fhe folding wind scrolding wind screeneen

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident when using the

wind screen in poor visibility conditions

The wind screen impairs your rear view.

#If visibility is impaired, fold the wind

screen in or do not use it.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due

to an incorrectly installed wind screen

The wind screen may become loose while you

are driving and endanger other road users.

#Install the wind screen as described.

#Do not place any objects on the installed

wind screen.

*NNOOTETE The wind screen can be damaged if

installed when the so top is closed

The vehicle interior or the wind screen can be

damaged if installed when the so top closed.

#To install, open the so top.

*NNOOTETE Damage to the wind screen due to

objects placed on it

Objects placed on top of the installed wind

screen may damage it.

Opening and closing 7979

#Do not place any objects on the installed

wind screen.

*NNOOTETE Damage to the wind screen due to

collision with seat backrests

The wind screen may collide with the front

seat backrests when installed.

#Adjust the backrest positions of the front

seats.

The folding wind screen is installed overtherear

seats to protect against wind when you are driving

with the so top open. Only the front seats can be

occupied when thefolding wind screen is instal-

led.

The bag containing thefolding wind screen is

attached to thethrough-loading feature behind

therear seats. If thethrough-loading feature is

being used, loosen the bag's lashing strap and

stow it in the trunk. Fasten the lashing strap to

the luggage hook.

You should preferably perform operations involv-

ing thefolding wind screen on the side of the

vehicle facing away from trac.

#Open all side windows and the so top.

#Fold therear seats forward to remove the bag.

#Remove thefolding wind screen from the bag.

#Fold out folding wind screen 1as shown.

#Fold out the two brackets 2on the le and

right.

8080 Opening and closing

#Align brackets 2of folding wind screen 1

with both rear xtures 3on thevehicle.

Perform thefollowing steps in sequence on both

sides of thevehicle:

*NNOOTETE Damage to the side trim

If thefollowing step is not performed, the side

trim may be damaged.

#Before inserting thefolding wind screen

into the side xture, pull the handle in

the direction of the arrow.

#Pull handle 5in the direction of the arrow.

#Align folding wind screen 1with side xture

4on thevehicle from above and insert.

#Push handle 5on folding wind screen 1

back as far as it will go.

Make sure that thered marking of the lock

verication indicator is no longer visible.

Folding wind screen 1is locked.

Follow the instructions in reverse order to remove

thefolding wind screen.

Opening and closing 8181

Side windowsSide windows

Opening and closing tOpening and closing the side windowshe side windows

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of entrapment when open-

ing a side window

When opening a side window, parts of the

body could be drawn in or become trapped

between the side window and window frame.

#When opening, make sure that nobody is

touching the side window.

#If someone is trapped, release the but-

ton immediately or pull it in order to

close the side window again.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped when

closing a side window

When closing a side window, body parts could

be trapped in the closing area in the process.

#When closing, make sure that no body

parts are in the closing area.

#If someone is trapped, release the but-

ton immediately or press the button in

order to reopen the side window.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped when

children operate the side windows

Children could become trapped if they operate

the side windows, particularly when unatten-

ded.

#Activate thechild safety lock fortherear

passenger compartment side windows.

#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the

SmartKey with you and lock thevehicle.

#Never leave children unattended in the

vehicle.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe power supply or thevehicle has been

switched on.

1Closes

2Opens

The buttons on the driver's door take precedence.

#TTo sto starart autt automatic operomatic operation:ation: press theW

button beyond the point of resistance or pull

and release it.

#TTo into interrerrupupt autt automatic operomatic operation:ation: press or pull

theWbutton again.

8282 Opening and closing

%Automatic operation for closing is available

only forthe front side windows.

When thevehicle is switched o, you can con-

tinue to operate the side windows.

This function is available for around four minutes

or until a door is opened.

All side windows can be opened or closed simul-

taneously using button 1.

#Switch on thevehicle.

#TTo open:o open: press and hold button1to the

point of resistance.

#TTo open fullyo open fully::press and hold button 1

beyond the point of resistance.

To close:o close: pull and hold button 1.

AAututomatic revomatic reverersing function of tsing function of the side windowshe side windows

If an obstacle impedes a side window during the

closing process, the side window will open again

automatically. The automatic reversing function is

only an aid and is not a substitute foryour atten-

tiveness.

#During the closing process, make sure that no

body parts are in the closing area.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped

despite there being reversing protection

on the side window

The reversing function does not react:

RTo so, light and thin objects, e.g. ngers.

RDuring resetting.

The reversing function cannot prevent some-

one from becoming trapped in these situa-

tions.

#During the closing process, make sure

that no body parts are in the closing

area.

#If someone becomes trapped, press the

Wbutton to open the side window

again.

ConvConvenience opening (venience opening (ventilating tentilating the vhe vehicleehicle

bef

beforore ste stararting a jourting a journeney)y)

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of entrapment when open-

ing a side window

When opening a side window, parts of the

body could be drawn in or become trapped

between the side window and window frame.

#When opening, make sure that nobody is

touching the side window.

#Release the button immediately if some-

body becomes trapped.

Opening and closing 8383

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped when

opening or closing the so top

Parts of the body could become trapped.

#Ensure that there are no body parts in

the immediate vicinity of moving parts

during opening and closing.

#Stop the operation immediately if some-

body becomes trapped. The opening/

closing process will be stopped.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe SmartKey is in the immediate vicinity of

thevehicle.

#Press and hold theÜbutton on the Smart-

Key.

The following functions are performed:

RThe vehicle is unlocked.

RThe side windows are opened when the

trunk partition is open.

RThe so top is opened when the trunk par-

tition is closed.

RThe seat ventilation of the driver's seat is

switched on.

#TTo into interrerrupupt convt convenience opening:enience opening: release the

Übutton.

To continue convo continue convenience opening:enience opening: press and

hold theÜbutton again.

ConvConvenience closing (closing tenience closing (closing the vhe vehicle frehicle from out-om out-

side)side)

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of entrapment due to not

paying attention during convenience clos-

ing

When the convenience closing feature is oper-

ating, parts of the body could become trapped

in the closing area of the side windows.

#When the convenience closing feature is

operating, monitorthe entire closing

process and make sure that no body

parts are in the closing area.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped when

opening or closing the so top

Parts of the body could become trapped.

#Ensure that there are no body parts in

the immediate vicinity of moving parts

during opening and closing.

#Stop the operation immediately if some-

body becomes trapped. The opening/

closing process will be stopped.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe SmartKey is in the immediate vicinity of

thevehicle.

#Press and hold theßbutton on the Smart-

Key.

The following functions are performed:

RThe vehicle is locked.

RThe so top is closed.

The side windows are closed when the so

top is closed.

#TTo into interrerrupupt convt convenience closing:enience closing: release the

ßbutton.

8484 Opening and closing

#TTo continue convo continue convenience closing:enience closing: press and

hold theßbutton again.

%Convenience closing also functions with KEY-

LESS-GO (/page 68).

RResolesolving prving problems witoblems with th the side windowshe side windows

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped or

fatally injured if reversing protection is not

activated

If you close a side window again immediately

aer it has been blocked, the side window will

close with increased or maximum force. The

reversing function is then not active and body

parts may become trapped.

#Make sure that no parts of the body are

in the closing area.

#To stop the closing process, release the

button or press the button again to

reopen the side window.

A side windoA side window cannow cannot be closed and yt be closed and you cannotou cannot

see tsee the cause.he cause.

#Check to see whether any objects are in the

window guide.

#Adjust the side windows.

AAdjusdjusting tting the side windowhe side windowss

If a side window is obstructed during closing and

reopens again immediately:

#Immediately aer this, pull and hold the corre-

sponding button again until the side window

has closed and hold the button for at least one

more second (re-adjustment).

The side window will be closed without the

automatic reversing function.

If the side window is obstructed again and

reopens again immediately:

#Immediately aer this, pull and hold the corre-

sponding button again until the side window

has closed and hold the button for at least one

more second (follow-up adjustment).

The side window will be closed without the

automatic reversing function.

The side window

The side windows cannos cannot be opened or closedt be opened or closed

using tusing the convhe convenience opening fenience opening featureature.e.

Possible causes:

RThe SmartKey battery is weak or discharged.

#Check the battery using the indicator lamp

(/page 64).

#Replace the SmartKey battery, if necessary

(/page 66).

Anti-tAnti-thehe protprotectionection

FFunction of tunction of the immobilizerhe immobilizer

The immobilizer prevents your vehicle from being

started without the correct SmartKey.

The immobilizer is automatically activated when

thevehicle is switched o, and deactivated when

thevehicle is switched on.

When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the Smart-

Key with you and lock thevehicle. Anyone can

start thevehicle if a valid SmartKey has been le

inside thevehicle.

Opening and closing 8585

%In theevent the engine cannot be started (yet

thevehicle’s battery is charged), the system is

not operational. Contact an authorized

Mercedes-Benz Center or call

1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) or

1-800-387-0100 (in Canada).

AATTAA(anti-t(anti-thehe alaralarm systm system)em)

FFunction of tunction of the AThe ATA systA systemem

If theATA system is armed, a visual and audible

alarm is triggered in thefollowing situations:

RWhen a door is opened

RWhen the trunk lid is opened

RWhen the hood is opened

The ATA system is armed automatically aer

approximately ten seconds in thefollowing situa-

tions:

RAer locking thevehicle with the SmartKey

RAer locking thevehicle using KEYLESS-GO

Indicator lamp 1ashes when theATA system is

armed.

The ATA system is deactivated automatically in the

following situations:

RAer unlocking thevehicle with the SmartKey

RAer unlocking thevehicle using KEYLESS-GO

RAer pressing the start/stop button with the

SmartKey in the marked space (/page 138)

%When the Mercedes‑Benz emergency call sys-

tem is active and the alarm stays on for more

than 30 seconds, a message is automatically

sent to the Customer Assistance Center

(/page 256).

%In the case of severe battery discharging, the

anti-the alarm system is automatically deac-

tivated to facilitate the next engine start.

DeactivDeactivating tating the ATAhe ATA

#Press theÜ,ßor pbutton on the

SmartKey.

#Press the start/stop button with the SmartKey

in the stowage compartment (/page 138)

DeactivDeactivating tating the alarhe alarm using KEYLESS-GOm using KEYLESS-GO

#Grasp the outside door handle with the Smart-

Key outside thevehicle.

8686 Opening and closing

NNoottes on tes on the corrhe correct drect driviver's seat positioner's seat position

WARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to adjust-

ing vehicle settings while thevehicle is in

motion

You could lose control of thevehicle in thefol-

lowing situations in particular:

RIf you adjust the driver's seat, the head

restraints, the steering wheel or the mirror

while thevehicle is in motion.

RIf youfasten your seat belt while thevehi-

cle is in motion.

#Before starting the engine: adjust the

driver's seat, the head restraints, the

steering wheel and the mirror and fasten

your seat belt.

Ensure thefollowing when adjusting steering

wheel 1, seat belt 2and driver's seat 3:

RYou are sitting as faraway from the driver's

airbag as possible, taking thefollowing points

into consideration.

RYou are sitting in an upright position.

RYour thighs are slightly supportedby the seat

cushion.

RYour legs are not fully extended and you can

depress the pedals properly.

RThe back of your head is supported at eye

levelby the center of the head restraint.

RYou can hold the steering wheel with your

arms slightly bent.

RYou can move your legs freely.

RYou can see all the displays on the instrument

cluster clearly.

RYou have a good overview of the trac condi-

tions.

RYour seat belt sits snugly against your body

and passes across the center of your shoulder

and across your hips in the pelvic area.

Seats and stowing 8787

SeatsSeats

AAdjusdjusting tting the frhe front seat manuallont seat manually and electry and electricallyically

(wit(without Seat Comfhout Seat Comforort Pt Packackagage)e)

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the

seats are adjusted by children

Children could become trapped if they adjust

the seats, particularly when unattended.

#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the

SmartKey with you and lock thevehicle.

#Never leave children unattended in the

vehicle.

You can adjust the seats when thevehicle is

switched o.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped when

adjusting the seat

When you adjust a seat, you or other vehicle

occupants could become trapped, e.g. on the

seat guide rail.

#When adjusting a seat, make sure that

no one has any part of their body within

the sweep of the seat.

Observe the safety notes on "Airbags" and "Chil-

dren in thevehicle".

WARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to the

driver's seat not being engaged

The driver's seat may move unexpectedly

while driving.

This could cause youto lose control of the

vehicle.

#Always make sure that the driver's seat

is engaged before starting thevehicle.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to adjust-

ing thevehicle settings while thevehicle is

in motion

You could lose control of thevehicle in thefol-

lowing situations in particular:

RIf you adjust the driver's seat, the head

restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror

while thevehicle is in motion

RIf youfasten your seat belt while thevehi-

cle is in motion

#Before starting thevehicle: in particular,

adjust the driver's seat, head restraint,

steering wheel and mirror, and fasten

your seat belt.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the

seat height is adjusted carelessly

If you adjust the seat height carelessly, you or

other vehicle occupants could be trapped and

thereby injured.

8888 Seats and stowing

Children in particular could accidentally press

the electrical seat adjustment buttons and

become trapped.

#While moving the seats, make sure that

hands or other body parts do not get

under the lever assembly of the seat

adjustment system.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to head

restraints not being installed or being

adjusted incorrectly

If head restraints have not been installed or

have not been adjusted correctly, there is an

increased risk of injury in the head and neck

area, e.g. in theevent of an accident or when

braking.

#Always drive with the head restraints

installed.

#Before driving o, make sure forevery

vehicle occupant that the center of the

head restraint supports the back of the

head at about eye level.

Do not interchange the head restraints of the

front and rear seats. Otherwise, you will not be

able to adjust the height and angle of the head

restraints correctly.

Adjust the head restraint fore-and-a position so

that it is as close as possible to the back of your

head.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to

an incorrect seat position

The seat belt does not oer the intended level

of protection if you have not movedthe seat

backrest to an almost vertical position.

In particular, you could slip beneath the seat-

belt and become injured.

#Adjust the seat properly before begin-

ning your journey.

#Always ensure that the seat backrest is

in an almost vertical position and that

the shoulder belt is routed across the

center of your shoulder.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to excessive

strain on thegrab handle

If you apply your full body weight to thegrab

handle or pull it abruptly, thegrab handle may

be damaged or become loose from its anchor-

age.

#Use thegrab handles only to stabilize the

seating position or to assist in getting in

and out of the seat.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to

objects under the co-driver seat

Objects trapped under the co-driver seat can

interfere with the function of the automatic

co-driver airbag shuto or damage the system.

#Do not store any objects under the co-

driver seat.

#When the co-driver seat is occupied,

make sure that no objects are trapped

under the co-driver seat.

Seats and stowing 8989

*NNOOTETE Damage to the seats when moving

the seats back

The seats may be damaged by objects when

moving the seats back.

#When moving the seats back, make sure

that there are no objects in thefootwell,

under or behind the seats.

1Seat backrest inclination

2Seat height

3Seat fore-and-a position

#TTo adjuso adjust tt the seathe seat fforore-and-ae-and-a position:position: li

lever3and slide the seat into the desired

position.

#Make sure that the seat is engaged.

AAdjusdjusting tting the frhe front seat electront seat electricallyically

1Head restraint height

2Seat backrest inclination

3Seat height

4Seat cushion length

5Seat cushion inclination

6Seat fore-and-a position

9090 Seats and stowing

#Save the settings with the memory function

(/page 102).

AAdjusdjusting tting the 4-wahe 4-way lumbar supporty lumbar support

1Higher

2Soer

3Lower

4Firmer

#Use buttons 1to 4to adjust the contour of

the backrest.

Head rHead resestrtraintsaints

AAdjusdjusting tting the head rhe head resestrtraints on taints on the frhe front seatsont seats

WARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to adjust-

ing thevehicle settings while thevehicle is

in motion

You could lose control of thevehicle in thefol-

lowing situations in particular:

RIf you adjust the driver's seat, the head

restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror

while thevehicle is in motion

RIf youfasten your seat belt while thevehi-

cle is in motion

#Before starting thevehicle: in particular,

adjust the driver's seat, head restraint,

steering wheel and mirror, and fasten

your seat belt.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to head

restraints not being installed or being

adjusted incorrectly

If head restraints have not been installed or

have not been adjusted correctly, there is an

increased risk of injury in the head and neck

area, e.g. in theevent of an accident or when

braking.

#Always drive with the head restraints

installed.

#Before driving o, make sure forevery

vehicle occupant that the center of the

head restraint supports the back of the

head at about eye level.

Do not interchange the head restraints of the

front and rear seats. Otherwise, you will not be

able to adjust the height and angle of the head

restraints correctly.

Adjust the head restraint fore-and-a position so

that it is as close as possible to the back of your

head.

Seats and stowing 9191

#TTo ro raise:aise: pull the head restraint up.

#TTo lowo lowerer::press release knob 1and push the

head restraint down.

#TTo movo move fe forworwarards:ds: pull the head restraint for-

wards.

#TTo movo move bace backwkwarards:ds: press release knob 1

and push the head restraint backwards.

Inst

Installing/ralling/remoemoving tving the rhe rear seat head rear seat head resestrtraintsaints

RRemoemovingving

#Release therear seat backrest and fold it for-

wards slightly (/page 105).

#Push release knob 1in the direction of the

arrow and pull the head restraint up and out.

9292 Seats and stowing

InstInstallingalling

#Insert the head restraint such that the notches

on the bar are on the le when viewed in the

direction of travel.

#Push the head restraint down until it engages.

#Fold therear seat backrest back until it

engages.

CongurConguringing tthe seat sehe seat settingsttings

Multimedia system:

4©5Comfort 5Seat Comfort

AAdjusdjusting tting the bache backrkresest contt contour in tour in the lumbarhe lumbar

rregion of tegion of the seat bache seat backrkresest (lumbar)t (lumbar)

#Select Lumbar.

#Select the settings Zforthe desired seat.

#Adjust the air cushions.

AAdjusdjusting tting the bache backrkresest side bolstt side bolstersers

#Select Side Bolsters.

#Adjust the air cushion forthe desired seat.

SeSetting ttting the seat heating balancehe seat heating balance

#Select Seat Heating Balance.

#Adjust the heat distribution forthe desired

seat.

SeSetting auttting automatic seat adjusomatic seat adjustmenttment

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped dur-

ing adjustment of the driver's seat aer

calling up a driver prole

Selecting a user prole may trigger an adjust-

ment of the driver's seat to the position saved

under the user prole. You or other vehicle

occupants could be injured in the process.

#Make sure that when the position of driv-

er's seat is being adjusted using the mul-

timedia system, no people or body parts

are in the seat's range of movement.

If there is a risk of someone becoming trap-

ped, stop the adjustment process immedi-

ately:

#a) Tapthewarning message on the

media display.

#b) Press a memory position button or a

seat adjustment switch on the driver's

door.

The adjustment process will be stopped.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RAdapting the driver's seat position to body

size: automatic seat adjustment has been

switched on.

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Vehicle

5Automatic Seat Adjustment

SwitcSwitching authing automatic seat adjusomatic seat adjustmenttment on/oon/o

When the active user prole is changed while the

vehicle is stationary, the driver's seat, outside mir-

rors and seat contour will automatically be adap-

tedto the driver.

#Select On or Off.

Seats and stowing 9393

%This setting is available only for individual user

proles. Forthe guest prole, automatic seat

adjustment cannot be switched on or o.

AAdjusdjusting tting the drhe driviver's seat position ter's seat position to body sizeo body size

The vehicle will calculate a suitable driver's seat

position on the basis of the driver's body size and

set this directly.

#TTo seo set tt the unit of measurhe unit of measurementement::select cm or

ft/in.

#Set the size using the scale.

#Select Start Positioning.

The driver's seat position will be adjusted to

the body size that has been set.

%If the driver's seat position calculated by the

vehicle is not practical or comfortable, it can

be changed manually at any time via the but-

tons.

The exterior mirrors are not set via this func-

tion. Instead, they have to be set manually via

the switches.

%You can also congure these settings via the

Mercedes me portalforyour user prole. By

synchronizing the proles in thevehicle and

the Mercedes me connect proles, you can

carry over these settings foryour vehicle. Fur-

ther information about synchronizing user

proles .

Setting ttting the easy entrhe easy entry and ey and exit fxit featureeature

#Switch the function on or o.

%If you use an individual user prole and have

set your body size, this information is carried

overforthe easy entry and exit feature. This

causes the driver's seat to automatically move

into the correct position .

OvOverervieview of massagw of massage pre progrogramsams

The following programs can be selected:

RRelaxing Massage It starts by massaging the

back, beginning in the pelvic area.

RActivating Massage Activating massage with

upward-moving massage waves.

RClassic Massage Relaxing back massage.

RMobilizing Massage Mobilizing massage with

upward-moving massage waves. The program

can promote slower, deeper respiration. This

can improve the supply of oxygento cells and

the brain.

Selecting tSelecting the massaghe massage pre progrogram fam for tor the frhe front seatsont seats

Multimedia system:

4©5Comfort 5Massage

#Start the programforthe desired seat ;.

#TTo seo set tt the massaghe massage inte intensityensity::switch High

Intensity on or o .

RReseesetting seat setting seat settingsttings

Multimedia system:

4©5Comfort 5Seat Comfort

#Select Îforthe desired seat.

#Conrm the prompt.

FFolding tolding the frhe front seat bacont seat backrkresest ft forworwarards/backds/back

(v(vehicles witehicles with memorh memory function)y function)

If youfold the seat backrest forwards, the seat

will move forwards with the EASY-ENTRY function.

9494 Seats and stowing

This allows passengers to get into and out of the

rear passenger compartment comfortably.

#TTo fo fold fold forworwarard:d: pull seat release handle 1

and fold the seat backrest forwards as far as it

will go.

The seat will automatically move to thefore-

most position.

#TTo fo fold bacold back:k: swing the seat backrest back

horizontally.

If the seat backrest is not engaged, this will be

shown on the multifunction display on the

instrument cluster. A warning tone will also

sound.

The seat will automatically move to the stored

position.

SwitcSwitching thing the seat heatinghe seat heating on/oon/o

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns due to repeatedly

switching on the seat heating

Repeatedly switching on the seat heating can

cause the seat cushion and seat backrest pad-

ding to become very hot.

In particular, the health of persons with limited

temperature sensitivity or a limited ability to

react to high temperatures may be aected or

they may even suer burn-like injuries.

#Do not repeatedly switch on the seat

heating.

To protect against overheating, the seat heating

may be temporarily deactivated aer it has been

switched on repeatedly.

*NNOOTETE Damage to the seats caused by

objects or documents when the seat heat-

ing is switched on

When the seat heating is switched on, over-

heating may occur due to objects or docu-

ments placed on the seats, e.g. seat cushions

or child seats. This could cause damage to the

seat surface.

#Make sure that no objects or documents

are on the seats when the seat heating is

switched on.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe power supply is switched on.

Seats and stowing 9595

#Press button 1repeatedly until the desired

heating level is set.

Depending on the heating level, up to three

indicator lamps will light up. If all indicator

lamps are o, the seat heating is switched o.

%The seat heating will automatically switch

down from thethree heating levels aer 8, 10

and 20 minutes until the seat heating

switches o.

SeSetting ttting the panel heatinghe panel heating

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Vehicle

5Panel Heating

When the seat heating is switched on, the armr-

ests and the center console can be heated.

#Switch the function forthe desired seats on or

o.

SwitcSwitching thing the seat vhe seat ventilationentilation on/oon/o

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe power supply is switched on.

9696 Seats and stowing

#Press button 1repeatedly until the desired

blower setting has been reached.

Depending on the blower setting, up to three

indicator lamps will light up. If all indicator

lamps are o, the seat ventilation is switched

o.

SwitcSwitching AIRSChing AIRSCARFARF on/oon/o

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns caused by the

heating output from AIRSCARF being too

high

When AIRSCARF is switched on, very hot air

can ow from the outlet opening in the head

restraints.

#Turn the heating output down in good

time.

#Maintain a suitable distance from the

outlet opening.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe power supply is switched on.

AIRSCARF uses heated air to warm the head and

neck area of vehicle occupants. The warm air

ows out of thevents in the head restraints.

#Press button 1repeatedly until the desired

heating level is set.

Depending on the heating level, up to three

indicator lamps will light up. If all the indicator

lamps are o, AIRSCARF is switched o.

Seats and stowing 9797

%When switching on, the blower will start up

only aer a preheating phase lasting a few

seconds.

Aer switching o, the blower will continue to

runfor a few seconds to cool down the heat-

ing elements.

%If thevehicle battery voltage is too low, AIR-

SCARF may switch o.

#Adjust the AIRSCARF vent (/page 135).

Make sure that no objects are covering the air

inlet grille on the back of the head restraints.

Make sure that objects do not enter the air

intakes and outlets in the head restraints.

SStteereering wheeling wheel

AAdjusdjusting tting the sthe steereering wheel manuallying wheel manually

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to adjust-

ing thevehicle settings while thevehicle is

in motion

You could lose control of thevehicle in thefol-

lowing situations in particular:

RIf you adjust the driver's seat, the head

restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror

while thevehicle is in motion

RIf youfasten your seat belt while thevehi-

cle is in motion

#Before starting thevehicle: in particular,

adjust the driver's seat, head restraint,

steering wheel and mirror, and fasten

your seat belt.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of entrapment forchildren

when adjusting the steering wheel

Children could injure themselves if they adjust

the steering wheel.

#Never leave children unattended in the

vehicle.

#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the

SmartKey with you and lock thevehicle.

#TTo unloco unlock:k: push release lever1down as far

as it will go.

#Adjust height 2and distance 3to the

steering wheel.

9898 Seats and stowing

LocLockingking

#Fold release lever1up as far as it will go.

#Check and make sure that the steering col-

umn is lockedby moving the steering wheel.

AAdjusdjusting tting the sthe steereering wheel electring wheel electricallyically

The steering wheel can be adjusted when the

power supply is disconnected.

1To adjust the distance to the steering wheel

2To adjust the height

#Save the settings with the memory function

(/page 102).

SwitcSwitching thing the sthe steereering wheel heating wheel heaterer on/oon/o

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe power supply or thevehicle has been

switched on.

#Turn the lever in the direction of arrow1or

If indicator lamp 3lights up, the steering

wheel heater is switched on.

Seats and stowing 9999

When you switch thevehicle o, the steering

wheel heater will switch o.

Easy entrEasy entry and ey and exit fxit featureeature

Using tUsing the easy entrhe easy entry and ey and exit fxit featureeature

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident when pulling

away during the adjustment process of

the easy entry and exit feature

You could lose control of thevehicle.

#Alwayswait until the adjustment process

is complete before driving o.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped dur-

ing adjustment of the easy entry and exit

feature

You and other vehicle occupants – particularly

children – could become trapped.

#Ensure that no one has a body part in

the sweep of the steering wheel or driv-

er's seat.

If there is a risk of becoming trapped by the

steering wheel:

#Move the adjustment lever of the steer-

ing wheel.

The adjustment process will be stopped.

If there is a risk of becoming trapped by the

driver's seat:

#Press the seat adjustment switch.

The adjustment process will be stopped.

#Never leave children unattended in the

vehicle.

#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the

SmartKey with you and lock thevehicle.

VVehicles witehicles with memorh memory function:y function: You can stop the

adjustment process by pressing one of the mem-

ory function position switches.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped if

children activate the easy entry and exit

feature‑

Children could become trapped if they acti-

vate the easy entry‑ and exit feature, particu-

larly when unattended.

#Never leave children unattended in the

vehicle.

#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the

SmartKey with you and lock thevehicle.

If the easy entry and exit feature is active, the

steering wheel will move upwards and the driver's

seat will move back in thefollowing situations:

RYou switch o thevehicle when the driver's

door is open.

RYou open the driver's door when thevehicle is

switched o.

%The steering wheel will then move upwards

only if it is not already as high as it will go.

The driver's seat will then move backwards

only if it is not already at therear of the seat

adjustment range.

100100 Seats and stowing

The steering wheel and the driver's seat will move

back to the last drive position in thefollowing

cases:

RYou switch the power supply or thevehicle on

when the driver's door is closed

RYou close the driver's door when thevehicle is

switched on.

The last drive position will be saved when:

RYou switch o thevehicle.

Vehicles witehicles with memorh memory function:y function: You call up the

seat settings via the memory function.

Vehicles witehicles with memorh memory function:y function: You save the

seat settings via the memory function.

VVehicles witehicles with memorh memory function:y function: Press one of the

memory function position buttons to stop the

adjustment process.

SeSetting ttting the easy entrhe easy entry and ey and exit fxit featureeature

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Vehicle

5Automatic Seat Adjustment

5Easy Entry/Exit

#Activate or deactivate the function.

MemorMemory functiony function

FFunction of tunction of the memorhe memory functiony function

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident if the mem-

ory function is used while driving

If you use the memory function on the driver's

side while driving, you could lose control of

thevehicle as a result of the adjustments

being made.

#Only use the memory function on the

driver's side when thevehicle is station-

ary.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of entrapment when

adjusting the seat with the memory func-

tion

When the memory function adjusts the seat,

you and other vehicle occupants – particularly

children – could become trapped.

#During the adjustment process of the

memory function, make sure that no one

has any body parts in the sweep of the

seat.

#If someone becomes trapped, press a

preset position button or seat adjust-

ment switch immediately.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of entrapment if the mem-

ory function is activated by children

Children could become trapped if they acti-

vate the memory function, particularly when

unattended.

#Never leave children unattended in the

vehicle.

Seats and stowing 101101

#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the

SmartKey with you and lock thevehicle.

You can use the memory function when thevehi-

cle is switched o.

Seat adjustments for up to three people can be

stored and called up using the memory function.

You can save settings forthefollowing systems:

RSeat, backrest and head restraint

RSteering wheel

ROutside mirrors

RHead-up Display

OperOperating tating the memorhe memory functiony function

SSttororinging

#Set the desired position for all systems.

#Briey press theVmemory button and

then press preset position button 4,T

or Uwithin three seconds.

An acoustic signal sounds. The settings are

stored.

#TTo call up:o call up: press or briey hold preset position

button 4,Tor U.

Aer releasing the button, all systems are

moved into the stored position.

SSttoowwagage are areaseas

NNoottes on loading tes on loading the vhe vehicleehicle

&DDANANGERGER Risk of exhaust gas poisoning

Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust

gases such as carbon monoxide. Exhaust

gases can enter thevehicle interior if the trunk

lid is open when thevehicle is running, espe-

cially if thevehicle is in motion.

#Always switch o thevehicle before

opening the trunk lid.

#Never drive with the trunk lid open.

WARNINGARNING Risk of injury from unsecured

items in thevehicle

If objects, luggage or loads are not secured or

not secured suciently, they could slip, tip

102102 Seats and stowing

over or be thrown around and thereby hit vehi-

cle occupants.

There is a risk of injury, particularly in the

event of sudden braking or a sudden change

in direction.

#Always stow objects in such a waythat

they cannot be thrown around.

#Before the journey, secure objects, lug-

gage or loads against slipping or tipping

over.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to objects

being stowed incorrectly

If objects in thevehicle interior are stowed

incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around

and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup

holders, open storage spaces and mobile

phone brackets cannot alwaysretain all

objects they contain.

There is a risk of injury, particularly in the

event of sudden braking or a sudden change

in direction.

#Always stow objects in such a waythat

they cannot be thrown around in such

situations.

#Always make sure that objects do not

protrude from storage spaces, parcel

nets or storage nets.

#Close the lockable storage spaces before

starting a journey.

#Always stow and secure heavy, hard,

pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky

objects in the trunk.

VVehicles witehicles with auth automatic fromatic front passengont passenger airbager airbag

shutshuto:o: Objects trapped under the front

passenger seat may interfere with the function of

the automatic front passenger airbag shuto or

damage the system. Please observe the notes on

the function of the automatic front passenger air-

bag shuto (/page 45).

&WWARNINGARNING ‑ Risk of accident or injury

when using the cup holder while thevehi-

cle is moving

The cup holder cannot secure containers

while thevehicle is moving.

If you use a cup holder while thevehicle is

moving, the container may be ung around

and liquids may be spilled. The vehicle occu-

pants may come into contact with the liquid

and if it is hot, they could be scalded. You

could be distracted from trac conditions and

you may lose control of thevehicle.

#Only use the cup holder when thevehicle

is stationary.

#Only use the cup holder for containers of

theright size.

#Close the container, particularly if the

liquid is hot.

Seats and stowing 103103

*NNOOTETE Damage to the stowage compart-

ment under the ashtray due to intense

heat

The stowage compartment under the ashtray

is not heat resistant and could be damaged if

yourest a lit cigarette on it.

#Make sure that the ashtray is fully

engaged.

&WWARNINGARNING ‑ Risk of re and injury from hot

cigarette lighter

You can burn yourself if youtouch the hot

heating element or the socket of the cigarette

lighter.

In addition, ammable materials may ignite if:

Ryou drop the hot cigarette lighter

Rachild holds the hot cigarette lighter to

objects, forexample

#Always hold the cigarette lighter by the

knob.

#Always make sure that the cigarette

lighter is out of reach of children.

#Never leave children unattended in the

vehicle.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns from thetailpipe

and tailpipe trims

The exhaust tailpipe and tailpipe trims can

become very hot. If you come into contact

with these parts of thevehicle, you could burn

yourself.

#Always be particularly careful around the

tailpipe and thetailpipe trims and super-

vise children especially closely in this

area.

#Allow vehicle parts to cool down before

touching them.

The driving characteristics of your vehicle are

dependent on the distribution of the load within

thevehicle. You should bear thefollowing in mind

when loading thevehicle:

RNeverexceed the permissible gross mass or

thegross axle weight rating forthevehicle

(including occupants). The values are specied

on thevehicle identication plate on thevehi-

cle's B-pillar.

RThe load must not protrude above the upper

edge of the seat backrests.

RAlways place the load behind unoccupied

seats if possible.

RSecure the load using the tie-down eyes and

distribute the load evenly.

Notes on driving with a roof load

REvenly distribute theroof load, and place

heavy objects at the bottom. Also comply with

the notes on loading thevehicle

(/page 102).

RDrive attentively, and avoid suddenly pulling

away, braking and steering as well as rapid

cornering.

104104 Seats and stowing

RWhen transporting roof loads and when the

vehicle is fully loaded or fully occupied, select

drive programs ;and A. These are

designed to focus on stability (/page 148).

%For more information on stowage compart-

ments and stowage areas, please referto the

Digital Operator's Manual.

SSttoowwagage spaces in te spaces in the vhe vehicle intehicle intereriorior

OvOverervieview of tw of the frhe front stowont stowagage come comparpartmentstments

1Stowage spaces in the doors

2Stowage compartment in the armrest with

USB ports and stowage space, e.g. for an

MP3 player

3Stowage compartment in the front center

console with a USB port

4Glove box

ThrThrough-loading fough-loading featureature in te in the rhe rear bencear bench seath seat

(EASY(EASY-PAC-PACK QuicK Quickfkfold)old)

FFolding tolding the rhe rear seat bacear seat backrkresest ft forworwarardsds

WARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury if

therear bench seat/rear seat and seat

backrest are not engaged

Rear bench seat, rear seat and seat backrest

can fold forwards.

RAs a result, thevehicle occupant is

pressed against the seat belt. The seat

belt cannot perform its intended protective

function and could cause additional inju-

ries.

RObjects or loads in the trunk cannot be

restrained by the seat backrest.

#Make sure that therear bench seat, the

rear seat and the seat backrest are

engaged before every trip.

You can fold the two seat backrests forward sepa-

rately.

Seats and stowing 105105

#VVehicles witehicles with a memorh a memory function:y function: If at least

one section of therear seat backrest is folded

forwards, the corresponding front seat will

move forwards slightly, if necessary, to avoid a

collision.

#If necessary, fully insert the head restraints in

therear seat backrest.

#Pull switch 1.

#Fold the corresponding seat backrest for-

wards.

FFolding bacolding back tk the rhe rear seat bacear seat backrkrestest

*NONOTETE Damage caused by trapping the

seat belt when folding back the seat back-

rest

The seat belt could become trapped and thus

damaged when the seat backrest is folded

back.

#Make sure that the seat belt is not trap-

ped when folding back the seat backrest.

#VVehicles witehicles with a memorh a memory function:y function: If at least

one part of the seat backrest in therear

passenger compartment is folded back, the

corresponding front seat will automatically

return to the most recent original position.

#Fold the corresponding seat backrest 1back

until it engages.

If the seat backrest is not engaged and

locked, this will be shown on the multifunction

display on the instrument cluster.

OvOverervieview of tw of the tie-dohe tie-down eywn eyeses

Observe the notes on loading thevehicle

(/page 102).

106106 Seats and stowing

1Tie-down eyes

Vehicles with a wind screen: there is an additional

tie-down eye behind therear bench seat backr-

ests. To access this, the seat backrests must be

folded down (/page 105).

OvOverervieview of bag hooksw of bag hooks

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury when using bag

hooks with heavy objects

The bag hooks cannot restrain heavy objects

or items of luggage.

Objects or items of luggage may be ung

around and hit vehicle occupants.

#Only hang light objects on the bag

hooks.

#Never hang hard, sharp-edged or fragile

objects on the bag hooks.

Subject the bag hooks to a maximum load of

2.2 lbs (1 kg) and do not attach any goods to

them. 1Bag hook

%Observe the notes on loading thevehicle

(/page 102).

Seats and stowing 107107

AAttttacaching thing the parhe parcel netcel net

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to objects

being stowed incorrectly

If objects in thevehicle interior are stowed

incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around

and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup

holders, open storage spaces and mobile

phone brackets cannot alwaysretain all

objects they contain.

There is a risk of injury, particularly in the

event of sudden braking or a sudden change

in direction.

#Always stow objects in such a waythat

they cannot be thrown around in such

situations.

#Always make sure that objects do not

protrude from storage spaces, parcel

nets or storage nets.

#Close the lockable storage spaces before

starting a journey.

#Always stow and secure heavy, hard,

pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky

objects in the trunk.

Observe the notes on loading thevehicle.

#Fold up the tie-down eyes.

#Hook parcel net 1into the front and rear tie-

down eyes.

SockeSocketsts

Using tUsing the 12 V sockethe 12 V socket

RReqequiruirements:ements:

ROnly connect devices up to a maximum of

180 W (15 A).

Depending on thevehicle equipment, thevehicle

has a 12 V socket in the storage compartment in

the front center console. In addition, depending

on thevehicle equipment, thevehicle has a 12 V

socket in the storage compartment in therear

passenger compartment center console.

Example: 12 V socket in the storage compartment in

the front center console

108108 Seats and stowing

#Briey press the trim element of the cover on

the front.

The cover opens in the direction of the arrow.

#Li up cap 1of the socket and insert the

plug of the device.

If you have connected a device to the 12 V

socket, leave the cover of the storage compart-

ment open.

USB porUSB port in tt in the rhe rear passengear passenger comer comparpartmenttment

Depending on thevehicle equipment, thevehicle

has thefollowing USB ports in therear passenger

compartment:

RIn the front storage compartment

RIn the storage compartment under the front

armrest

RIn therear center console

RIn the storage compartment in therear arm-

rest

%Depending on thevehicle equipment, the

design of the storage compartment and the

number of USB ports in therear center con-

sole may vary.

When thevehicle is switched on, you can charge a

USB device, such as a mobile phone, at USB ports

using a suitable charging cable.

When thevehicle is switched on, the devices can

be charged with 5 V (up to 3 A).

WWirireless celess charharging of tging of the mobile phone and con-he mobile phone and con-

nection witnection with th the ehe extxtererior antior antennaenna

NNoottes on wires on wirelesslelessly cy charharging tging the mobile phonehe mobile phone

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to objects

being stowed incorrectly

If objects in thevehicle interior are stowed

incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around

and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup

holders, open stowage spaces and mobile

phone receptacles cannot alwaysretain all

objects within.

There is a risk of injury, particularly in the

event of sudden braking or a sudden change

in direction.

#Always stow objects so that they cannot

be thrown around in such situations.

#Always make sure that objects do not

protrude from stowage spaces, parcel

nets or stowage nets.

#Close the lockable stowage spaces

before starting a journey.

#Always stow and secure heavy, hard,

pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky

objects in the trunk/cargo compart-

ment.

Observe the notes on loading thevehicle.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of re from placing objects

in the mobile phone storage compartment

Placing other objects in the mobile phone

storage compartment could constitute a re

hazard.

#Apart from a mobile phone, do not place

any other objects in the mobile phone

storage compartment, especially those

made of metal.

Seats and stowing 109109

*NNOOTETE Damage to objects caused by plac-

ing them in the mobile phone storage

compartment

If objects are placed in the mobile phone stor-

age compartment, they may be damaged by

electromagnetic elds.

#Do not place credit cards, data storage

devices, ski passes or other objects sen-

sitive to electromagnetic elds in the

mobile phone storage compartment.

*NNOOTETE Damage to the mobile phone stow-

age compartment caused by liquids

If liquids enter the mobile phone stowage

compartment, the compartment may be dam-

aged.

#Ensure that no liquids enter the mobile

phone stowage compartment.

RDepending on thevehicle equipment, the

mobile phone is connected to thevehicle's

exterior antenna via thecharging module.

RThe charging function and wireless connection

of the mobile phone to thevehicle's exterior

antenna are only available if the ignition is

switched on.

RSmall mobile phones may not be able to be

charged in every position of the mobile phone

storage compartment.

RLarge mobile phones which do not rest at in

the mobile phone storage compartment may

not be able to be charged or connected with

thevehicle's exterior antenna.

RThe mobile phone may heat up during the

charging process. The mobile phone can be

cooled in the mobile phone storage compart-

ment when the air conditioning system is

switched on. The cooling output in the mobile

phone storage compartment is highest when

the controller in the glove box is closed.

RTo ensure more ecient charging and connec-

tion with thevehicle's exterior antenna,

remove the protective cover from the mobile

phone.

RWhen charging, the mat should be used if pos-

sible.

CharCharging a mobile phone wirging a mobile phone wirelesslyelessly

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe mobile phone is suitable for wireless

charging (Qi-compatible mobile phone).

A list of Qi-compatible mobile phones can be

found at: https://www.mercedes-benz-

mobile.com.

#Place the mobile phone as close to the center

of mat 1as possible with the display facing

upwards.

When thecharging symbol is shown in the

multimedia system, the mobile phone is being

charged.

110110 Seats and stowing

Malfunctions during thecharging process are

shown in the central display.

%The mat can be removedfor cleaning, e.g.

using clean, lukewarm water.

InstInstalling and ralling and remoemoving tving thehe ooroor matsmats

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to objects

in the driver's footwell

Objects in the driver's footwell may impede

pedal travel or block a depressed pedal.

This jeopardizes the operating and road safety

of thevehicle.

#Stow all objects in thevehicle securely

so that they cannot get into the driver's

footwell.

#Always install the oor mats securely

and as prescribed in order to ensure that

there is always sucient room forthe

pedals.

#Do not use loose oor mats and do not

place oor mats on top of one another.

#TTo insto install:all: press studs 1onto holders 2.

#TTo ro removemove:e: pull the oor mat o holders 2.

Seats and stowing 111111

ExtExtererior lightingior lighting

InfInforormation about lighting systmation about lighting systems and yems and yourour

rresponsibilityesponsibility

The various lighting systems of thevehicle are

only aids. The driver of thevehicle is responsible

for correct vehicle illumination in accordance with

the prevailing light and visibility conditions, legal

requirements and trac situation.

Light switchLight switch

OperOperating tating the light switchhe light switch

1WLe-hand standing lights

2XRight-hand standing lights

3TParking lights and license plate lamp

4ÃAutomatic driving lights (preferred light

switch position)

5LLow beam/high beam

6RSwitches therear fog light on/o

When low beam is activated, theTindicator

lamp forthe parking lights will be deactivated and

replaced by theLlow-beam indicator lamp.

#Always park your vehicle safely using sucient

lighting, in accordance with therelevant legal

stipulations.

*NNOOTETE Battery discharging by operating the

standing lights

Operating the standing lights over a period of

hours puts a strain on the battery.

#Where possible, switch on theright X

or le Wparking light.

If the battery is insuciently charged, the stand-

ing lights or parking lights will be switched o

automatically to facilitate the next engine start.

112112 Light and visibility

The exterior lighting (except standing and parking

lights) will switch o automatically when the driv-

er's door is opened.

RObserve the notes on surround lighting

(/page 120).

AAututomatic dromatic driving lights functioniving lights function

When thevehicle is switched on, the parking

lamps, low beam and daytime running lamps are

switched on automatically depending on the ambi-

ent light.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident when the low

beam is switched o in poor visibility

When the light switch is set to Ã,the low

beam may not be switched on automatically if

there is fog, snow or other causes of poor visi-

bility such as spray.

#In such cases, turn the light switch to

The automatic driving lights are only an aid. You

are responsible forvehicle lighting.

SwitcSwitching thing the rhe rear fear fog lights on orog lights on or oo

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe light switch is in theLor Ãposi-

tion.

#Press theRbutton.

Please observe the country-specic laws on the

use of rear fog lamps.

OperOperating tating the combination switche combination switch fh for tor the lightshe lights

1High beam

2Turn signal light, right

3High-beam asher

4Turn signal light, le

#Use the combination switch to activate the

desired function.

Light and visibility 113113

SwitcSwitching on high beamhing on high beam

#Turn the light switch to theLor Ã

position.

#Push the combination switch beyond the point

of resistance in the direction of arrow1.

When the high beam is activated, theL

indicator lamp for low beam will be deactiva-

ted and replaced by theKindicator lamp

for high beam.

SwitcSwitchinghing oo high beamhigh beam

#Move the combination switch back to its start-

ing position.

High-beamHigh-beam asherasher

#Pull the combination switch in the direction of

arrow3.

TTururn signal lightn signal light

#TTo indicato indicateebrbriey:iey: push the combination

switch briey to the point of resistance in the

direction of arrow2or 4.

The corresponding turn signal light will ash

three times.

To indicato indicate continuouslye continuously::push the combina-

tion switch beyond the point of resistance in

the direction of arrow2or 4.

Vehicles with Active Lane Change Assist:

RA turn signal indicator activated by the

driver may continue to operate forthe

duration of the lane change.

RIf the driver indicated directly beforehand

but a lane change was not immediately

possible, the turn signal indicator may acti-

vate automatically.

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating tating the hazarhe hazard wd wararning lightsning lights

#Press button 1.

The hazard warning lights will switch on automati-

cally if:

RThe airbag has been deployed.

114114 Light and visibility

AAdapdaptivtive functions, MULe functions, MULTIBEAM LEDTIBEAM LED

IntIntelligelligent Light Systent Light System function (Canada)em function (Canada)

The MULTIBEAM LED headlamps adapt to the

driving and weather situation and provide exten-

ded functions for improved illumination of the

road.

The system comprises thefollowing functions:

RActive headlamps (/page 115)

RCornering light (/page 115)

RHighway mode (/page 116)

REnhanced fog light function (/page 116)

RBad weather light (/page 116)

RCity lighting (/page 116)

The system is active only when it is dark.

AActivctive headlame headlamps functionps function

RThe headlamps follow the steering move-

ments.

RRelevant areas are better illuminated during a

journey.

The functions are active when the low beam is

switched on.

Depending on thevehicle's equipment, the course

of the lane in which you are driving will also be

evaluated and the active headlamps function will

adjust the light in advance.

CorCornernering light functioning light function

The cornering light improvesthe illumination of

theroad over a wide angle in the turning direc-

tion, enabling better visibility on tight curves, for

example. It can be activated only when the low

beam is switched on.

The function is active in thefollowing cases:

RAt speeds below 25 mph (40 km/h) when the

turn signal light is switched on or the steering

wheel is turned

RAt speeds between 25 mph (40 km/h) and

43 mph (70 km/h) and when the steering

wheel is turned

Light and visibility 115115

RRoundabout and intoundabout and interersection function:section function: the corner-

ing light will be activated on both sides based on

an evaluation of thevehicle's current GPS posi-

tion. It will remain active until aer thevehicle has

le theroundabout or the intersection.

HighwaHighway mode function (Canada)y mode function (Canada)

Highway mode increases therange and bright-

ness of the cone of light, enabling better visibility.

The function will be active if a highway journey is

detected by means of:

RThe vehicle's speed

RThe multifunction camera

RThe navigation system

The function is not active in thefollowing cases:

RAt speeds below 50 mph (80 km/h)

Enhanced f

Enhanced fog light function (Canada)og light function (Canada)

The enhanced fog light function reduces self-

blinding and improvesthe illumination of the edge

of theroad.

The function is automatically activated under the

following conditions:

RAt speeds below 43 mph (70 km/h) and when

therear fog light is switched on.

The function is automatically deactivated under

thefollowing conditions:

RWhen speeds greater than 62 mph

(100 km/h) are reached.

RWhen therear fog light is switched o.

Function of tunction of the bad whe bad weateather light (Canada)her light (Canada)

The bad weather light reduces reections in rainy

conditions by dimming individual LEDs in the

headlamps. The driver and other road users are

blinded less as a result.

The city lighting function (Canada)The city lighting function (Canada)

City lighting improvesthe illumination of roadsides

in urban areas using a broad distribution of light.

The function is active in thefollowing cases:

RAt low speeds

RIn illuminated parts of urban areas

Switc

Switching thing the Inthe Intelligelligent Light Systent Light Systemem on/oon/o

(Canada)(Canada)

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe vehicle is switched on.

116116 Light and visibility

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Light

5Intelligent Light System

#Switch the function on or o.

AAdapdaptivtive Highbeam Assiste Highbeam Assist

AAdapdaptivtive Highbeam Assise Highbeam Assist functiont function

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident despite Adap-

tive Highbeam Assist

Adaptive Highbeam Assist does not react to:

RRoad users without lights, e.g. pedestrians

RRoad users with poor lighting, e.g. cyclists

RRoad users whose lighting is obstructed,

e.g. by a barrier

On very rare occasions, Adaptive Highbeam

Assist may fail to recognize other road users

with their own lighting, or may recognize them

too late.

In these, or in similar situations, the automatic

high beam will not be deactivated or will be

activated despite the presence of other road

users.

#Always observe theroad and trac con-

ditions carefully and switch o the high

beam in good time.

Adaptive Highbeam Assist cannot take into

account road, weather or trac conditions.

Detection may be restricted in thefollowing

cases:

RIn poor visibility, e.g. fog, heavy rain or snow

RIf there is dirt on the sensors or the sensors

are obscured

Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only an aid. You are

responsible for adjusting thevehicle's lighting to

the prevailing light, visibility and trac conditions.

Adaptive Highbeam Assist automatically switches

between thefollowing types of light:

RLow beam

RHigh beam

At speeds greater than 19 mph (30 km/h):

RIf no other road users are detected, the high

beam will switch on automatically.

Light and visibility 117117

The high beam will switch o automatically in the

following cases:

RAt speeds below 16 mph (25 km/h)

RIf other road users are detected

RIf street lighting is sucient

%The system's optical sensor is located behind

the windshield near theoverhead control

panel.

Switc

Switching Ahing Adapdaptivtive Highbeam Assise Highbeam Assistton/oon/o

SwitcSwitching onhing on

#Turn the light switch to theÃposition.

#Switch on the high beam using the combina-

tion switch.

If Adaptive Highbeam Assist is activated,

the_indicator lamp will light up on the

central display section of the instrument dis-

play.

SwitcSwitchinghing oo

#Switch o the high beam using the combina-

tion switch.

AAdapdaptivtive Highbeam Assise Highbeam Assist Plust Plus

AAdapdaptivtive Highbeam Assise Highbeam Assist Plus function (Canada)t Plus function (Canada)

WARNINGARNING Risk of accident despite Adap-

tive Highbeam Assist Plus

Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus does not react

to:

RRoad users without lights, e.g. pedestrians

RRoad users with poor lighting, e.g. cyclists

RRoad users whose lighting is obstructed,

e.g. by a barrier

On very rare occasions, Adaptive Highbeam

Assist Plus may fail to recognize other road

users with their own lighting, or may recognize

them too late.

In these, or in similar situations, the automatic

high beam will not be deactivated or will be

activated despite the presence of other road

users.

#Always observe theroad and trac con-

ditions carefully and switch o the high

beam in good time.

Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus cannot take into

account road, weather or trac conditions.

Detection may be restricted in thefollowing

cases:

RIn poor visibility, e.g. fog, heavy rain or snow

RIf there is dirt on the sensors or the sensors

are obscured

Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus is only an aid. You

are responsible for adjusting thevehicle's lighting

to the prevailing light, visibility and trac condi-

tions.

118118 Light and visibility

Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus automatically

switches between thefollowing types of light:

RLow beam

RPartial high beam

RHigh beam

RULTRA RANGE Highbeam

ULTRA RANGE Highbeam increases the bright-

ness of the cone of light to the legally permitted

maximum.

Partial high beam does not include other road

users in the high beam area. It does not blind

them but enables full high beam illumination for

the driver apart from theexcluded vehicles.

At speeds below 16 mph (25 km/h) or when

there is sucient street lighting:

RThe partial high beam and the high beam will

be switched o automatically.

At speeds greater than 19 mph (30 km/h):

RIf no other road users are detected, the high

beam will switch on automatically.

RIf other road users are detected, the partial

high beam will switch on automatically.

At speeds above 25 mph (40 km/h):

RIf no other road users are detected on a

straight road, ULTRA RANGE Highbeam will be

switched on automatically.

RIf other road users are detected, the partial

high beam will switch on automatically.

RIf highly reective signs are detected, ULTRA

RANGE Highbeam will be switched o auto-

matically.

%The system's optical sensor is located behind

the windshield near theoverhead control

panel.

Switc

Switching Ahing Adapdaptivtive Highbeam Assise Highbeam Assist Plust Plus on/oon/o

(Canada)(Canada)

Switc

Switching onhing on

#Turn the light switch to theÃposition.

#Switch on the high beam using the combina-

tion switch.

When the high beam is switched on automati-

cally in the dark, the_indicator lamp will

light up on the central display section of the

instrument display.

SwitcSwitchinghing oo

#Switch o the high beam using the combina-

tion switch.

Light and visibility 119119

SwitcSwitching thing the dahe daytime rytime running lamunning lampsps on/oon/o

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Light

5Daytime Run. Lights

#Switch the function on or o.

SeSetting ttting the ehe extxtererior lightingior lighting switcswitch-oh-o deladelay timey time

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe light switch is in theÃposition.

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Light

5Exterior Lighting Delay

#Set the switch-o delay time.

When thevehicle engine is switched o, the

exterior lighting will be activated forthe set

time.

SwitcSwitching thing the surrhe surround lightingound lighting on/oon/o

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Light

5Locator Lighting

When Locator Lighting is active, theexterior light-

ing lights up for 40 seconds aer thevehicle is

unlocked. When you start thevehicle, the sur-

round lighting is deactivated and the automatic

driving lights are activated.

#Activate or deactivate the function.

IntIntererior lightingior lighting

AAdjusdjusting tting the inthe intererior lightingior lighting

#1uSwitches therear interior lighting

on/o

#2pSwitches the front right reading

lamp on/o

#3|Switches automatic interior lighting

control on/o

#4cSwitches the front interior lighting

on/o

#5pSwitches the front le reading lamp

on/o

AAdjusdjusting tting the ambient lightinghe ambient lighting

Multimedia system:

4©5Comfort 5Ambient Lighting

Setting ttting the colorhe color

#Select Color.

#Set the desired color.

Adjusdjusting tting the brhe brightnessightness

#Select Brightness.

#Adjust the brightness.

120120 Light and visibility

AActivctivating tating the brhe brightness fightness for zonesor zones

#Select Brightness.

#Select Brightness Zones.

#Switch the function on or o.

#Set the brightness forthe desired zones.

Activctivating multi-color lightingating multi-color lighting

#Select Color.

#Select Multi-color.

#Select a color combination.

AActivctivating multi-color animationating multi-color animation

#Select Color.

#Select Multi-color Animation.

The chosen color combination will change at

predened intervals.

Activctivating wating welcome lightingelcome lighting

#Select Color.

#Select Welcome.

When thevehicle is unlocked, a special ambi-

ent lighting sequence will run.

Activctivating dependency on air conditioning seating dependency on air conditioning set-t-

tingstings

#Select Color.

#Select Climate.

If changes are made to thetemperature set-

ting in thevehicle, the color of the ambient

lighting will change briey.

SwitcSwitching thing the inthe intererior lightingior lighting switcswitch-oh-o delaydelay

timetime on/oon/o

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Light

5Interior Lighting Delay

#Switch the switch-o delay time on or o.

When this function is active, the interior light-

ing lights up for a short time aer thevehicle

is locked.

WWindshield wiper and windshield windshield wiper and windshield washer systasher systemem

SwitcSwitching thing the windshield wiperhe windshield wipersson/oon/o

1gWindshield wipers o

2ÄIntermittent wiping, normal

3ÅIntermittent wiping, frequent

4°Continuous wiping, slow

5¯Continuous wiping, fast

Light and visibility 121121

#Turn the combination switch to the corre-

sponding position 1-5.

#Single wipe/wSingle wipe/washing:ashing: push the button on the

combination switch in the direction of arrow

RíSingle wipe

RîWiping with washer uid

%Observe the notes on washing thevehicle in a

car wash (/page 273).

RReplacing teplacing the windshield wiper bladeshe windshield wiper blades

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the

windshield wipers are switched on while

wiper blades are being replaced

If the windshield wipers begin to move while

you are changing the wiper blades, you can be

trapped by the wiper arm.

#Always switch o the windshield wipers

and vehicle before changing the wiper

blades.

MoMoving tving the wiper arhe wiper arms intms into to the rhe replacement posi-eplacement posi-

tiontion

#Switch thevehicle on and then o again

immediately.

#Within around 15 seconds, press and hold the

îbutton on the combination switch for

approximately three seconds (/page 121).

The wiper arms will move into thereplacement

position.

Remoemoving tving the wiper bladeshe wiper blades

#Fold the wiper arms away from the windshield.

#Hold the wiper arm with one hand. With the

other hand, turn the wiper blade away from

the wiper arm in the direction of arrow1as

far as it will go.

#Slide catch 2in the direction of arrow3

until it engages in theremoval position.

#Remove the wiper blade from the wiper arm in

the direction of arrow4.

122122 Light and visibility

InstInstalling talling the wiper bladeshe wiper blades

#Insert the new wiper blade into the wiper arm

in the direction of arrow1.

#Slide catch 2in the direction of arrow3

until it engages in the locking position.

#Make sure that the wiper blade is seated cor-

rectly.

#Fold the wiper arms back onto the windshield.

#Switch on thevehicle.

#Press theîbutton on the combination

switch.

The wiper arms will return to their original

positions.

#Switch o thevehicle.

%Check the condition of the wiper blades regu-

larly and replace them in theevent of visible

damage or ongoing smearing.

MaintMaintenance displayenance display

The maintenance display is available only with

standard windshield wipers.

#Remove protective lm 1from the mainte-

nance displays on the tips of the newly instal-

led wiper blades.

When the color of the maintenance displays

changes from black to yellow, replace the wiper

blades.

%The duration until the color changes varies

depending on the usage conditions.

Light and visibility 123123

RReplacing teplacing the windshield wiper blades (MAhe windshield wiper blades (MAGICGIC

VISION CVISION CONTRONTROL)OL)

MoMoving tving the wiper arhe wiper arms intms into to the rhe replacement posi-eplacement posi-

tiontion

#Switch thevehicle on and then o again

immediately.

#Within around 15 seconds, press and hold the

îbutton on the combination switch for

approximately 3 seconds (/page 121).

The wiper arms will move into thereplacement

position.

RRemoemoving tving the wiper bladeshe wiper blades

#TTo bro bring ting the wiper blade inthe wiper blade into position to position to beo be

rremovemoved:ed: raise the wiper arm away from the

windshield and hold it with one hand. With the

other hand, turn the wiper blade in the direc-

tion of arrow1beyond the point of resist-

ance.

The wiper blade will engage in theremoval

position with a click.

#TTo ro removemove te the wiper blade:he wiper blade: press release knob

2, pull the wiper blade in the direction of

arrow3and remove.

Inst

Installing talling the wiper bladeshe wiper blades

#Push the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm

in the direction of arrow1until release knob

2engages.

124124 Light and visibility

#Press the wiper blade beyond the point of

resistance in the direction of arrow3on the

wiper arm.

The wiper blade will engage with a noticeable

click and move freely again.

#Fold the wiper arm back onto the windshield.

#Switch on thevehicle.

#Press theîbutton on the combination

switch (/page 121).

The wiper arms will return to their original

positions.

%Check the condition of the wiper blades regu-

larly and replace them in theevent of visible

damage or ongoing smearing.

MirrMirrorsors

OperOperating tating the outside mirrhe outside mirrorsors

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to adjust-

ing thevehicle settings while thevehicle is

in motion

You could lose control of thevehicle in thefol-

lowing situations in particular:

RIf you adjust the driver's seat, the head

restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror

while thevehicle is in motion

RIf youfasten your seat belt while thevehi-

cle is in motion

#Before starting thevehicle: in particular,

adjust the driver's seat, head restraint,

steering wheel and mirror, and fasten

your seat belt.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to mis-

judgment of distance when using the

front-passenger mirror

The outside mirror on the front passenger side

reects objects on a smaller scale. The

objects in view are in fact closer than they

appear.

#Therefore, always look overyour shoul-

der to check the actual distance

between you and theroad users traveling

behind you.

Light and visibility 125125

FFolding tolding the outside mirrhe outside mirrorors in/outs in/out

#Briey press button 1.

RReseesetting ttting the outside mirrhe outside mirrorsors

%If the battery has been disconnected or com-

pletely discharged, the outside mirrors must

be reset. Only then will the automatic mirror

folding function work properly.

#Briey press button1.

AAdjusdjusting tting the outside mirrhe outside mirrorsors

#Press button 3or 4to select the outside

mirrorto be adjusted.

#Press button 2to adjust the position of the

mirror glass.

EngEngaging taging the outside mirrhe outside mirrorsors

#Vehicles without electrically folding outside

mirrors: manually move the outside mirror into

the correct position.

#Vehicles with electrically folding outside mir-

rors: press and hold button 1.

You will hear a click and the mirror will audibly

click into place. The outside mirror will now be

set to the correct position.

AAututomatic anti-glaromatic anti-glare mirre mirrorors functions function

WARNINGARNING Risk of acid burns and poison-

ing due to the anti-glare mirror electrolyte

Electrolyte may escape if the glass in an auto-

matic anti-glare mirror breaks.

The electrolyte is hazardous to health and cau-

ses irritation. It must not come into contact

with your skin, eyes, respiratory organs or

clothing or be swallowed.

#If you come into contact with electrolyte,

observe thefollowing:

RImmediately rinse the electrolyte

from your skin with water and seek

medical attention.

RIf electrolyte comes into contact with

your eyes, immediately rinse them

thoroughly with clean water and seek

medical attention.

RIf the electrolyte is swallowed, imme-

diately rinse your mouth out thor-

oughly. Do not induce vomiting. Seek

medical attention immediately.

RImmediately change out of clothing

which has been contaminated with

electrolyte.

RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seek

medical attention immediately.

126126 Light and visibility

The inside rearview mirror and the outside mirror

on the driver's side will automatically go into anti-

glare mode if light from a headlamp hits the sen-

sor on the inside rearview mirror.

SystSystem limitsem limits

The system will not go into anti-glare mode if:

RThe vehicle is switched o.

RReversegear is engaged.

RThe interior lighting is switched on.

FFrront-passengont-passenger outside mirrer outside mirror paror parking positionking position

functionfunction

The parking position makes parking easier.

The front-passenger outside mirror will swivel

downwards in the direction of therear wheel on

the front passenger's side when:

RThe parking position is stored (/page 127).

RThe front-passenger mirror is selected.

RReversegear is engaged.

The front-passenger outside mirror will move back

to its original position when:

RYou shi the transmission to another transmis-

sion position.

RYou are traveling at a speed greater than

9mph (15 km/h).

RYou press the button forthe outside mirror on

the driver's side.

SSttororing ting the parhe parking position of tking position of the frhe front-ont-

passengpassenger outside mirrer outside mirror using revor using revererse gse gearear

SSttororinging

#Select the front-passenger outside mirror

using button 2.

#Engage reversegear.

#Move the front-passenger outside mirror into

the desired parking position using button 1.

Light and visibility 127127

Calling upCalling up

#Select the front-passenger outside mirror

using button 2.

#Engage reversegear.

The front-passenger outside mirror will move

to the stored parking position.

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating tating the authe automatic mirromatic mirror for fold-old-

ing functioning function

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Vehicle

#Switch Automatic Folding on or o.

128128 Light and visibility

OvOverervieview of climatw of climate contre control systol systemsems

NNoottes on climates on climate contre controlol

An interior air lter in combination with the prel-

ter in the engine compartment must always be

used so that the air conditioning system, pollution

level monitoring and the air ltration work cor-

rectly. Use lters recommended and approved by

Mercedes-Benz. Always have maintenance work

carried out at a qualied specialist workshop.

OvOverervieview of tw of the air conditioning contrhe air conditioning control panelol panel

The indicator lamps on the buttons indicate that

the corresponding function is activated.

Control panel for dual-zone automatic climate con-

trol with/without stationary heater (example)

1wSets thetemperature, le

2_Sets the air distribution

3HSets the airow or switches o climate

control

4ÃSets climate control to automatic mode

(/page 131)

5¬Defrosts the windshield

6Vehicles with control panel for dual-zone auto-

matic climate control (without stationary

heater): tcalls up the air conditioning

Vehicles with control panel for dual-zone auto-

matic climate control (with stationary heater,

plug-in hybrid) or control panel for 3-zone

automatic climate control (with/without sta-

tionary heater, plug-in hybrid): !calls up

the air conditioning menu, switches residual

heat on/o (/page 132)

7¤Switches therear window heater on/o

8Vehicles with control panel for dual-zone auto-

matic climate control without stationary

heater: 0switches synchronization on/o

(/page 131)

Vehicles with control panel for 3-zone auto-

matic climate control without stationary

heater: ¿switches the A/C function

on/o (/page 130)

Vehicles with a stationary heater: &

switches the stationary heater on/o

Plug-in hybrid: &activates/deactivates

"Immediate pre-entry climate control"

Climate control 129129

9gSwitches air-recirculation mode on/o

(/page 132)

AVehicles with control panel for dual-zone auto-

matic climate control: ¿switches the A/C

function on/o (/page 130)

Vehicles with control panel for 3-zone auto-

matic climate control: _adjusts the air

distribution, right

BwSets thetemperature, right

Rear operear operating unit in vating unit in vehicles witehicles with contrh control panelol panel

ffor 3-zone autor 3-zone automatic climatomatic climate contre controlol

1Sets thetemperature

2Display

3Sets thetemperature

OperOperating tating the climathe climate contre control systol systemem

SwitcSwitching climathing climate contre controlol on/oon/o

To switco switch on:h on: set the airow to level 1 or

higher using theHbutton.

To switco switchho:o: set the airow to level 0 using

theHbutton.

If climate control is switched o, the windows

may fog up more quickly. Switch climate control

o only briey.

SwitcSwitching thing the A/C functionhe A/C function on/oon/o using tusing the airhe air

conditioning contrconditioning control panelol panel

The A/C function heats, cools and dehumidies

thevehicle's interior air.

#Press the¿button.

Switch o the A/C function only briey; other-

wise, the windows may fog up more quickly.

Condensation may drip from the underside of the

vehicle when cooling mode is active. This is not

indicative of a malfunction.

Calling up tCalling up the air conditioning menuhe air conditioning menu

Calling up tCalling up the air conditioning menu using the air conditioning menu using thehe

multimedia systmultimedia systemem

#Select one of thetemperature displays at the

lower edge of the media display.

130130 Climate control

Calling up tCalling up the airhe air-conditioning menu using t-conditioning menu using thehe

buttbutton on ton on the climathe climate contre control panelol panel

#Press the!button on the climate control

panel.

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating tating the A/C function via the A/C function via thehe

multimedia systmultimedia systemem

The A/C function heats, cools and dehumidies

thevehicle's interior air.

#Call up the air-conditioning menu

(/page 130).

#Select First Row of Seats.

#Select A/C.

SeSetting climattting climate contre control tol to auto automatic modeomatic mode

In automatic mode, the set temperature is con-

trolled and maintained at a constant levelby the

air supply.

#Press theÃbutton.

To switco switch th to manual mode:o manual mode: press theHor

_button.

ClimatClimate se stytylele

ClimatClimate se stytyle functionle function

The following climate styles are available in auto-

matic mode:

RFFOCUS:OCUS: high airow, slightly cooler setting

RMEDIUM:

MEDIUM: medium airow, standard setting

RDIFFUSE:DIFFUSE: low airow, slightly warmer and

dra-free setting

SeSetting ttting the climathe climate se stytylele

#Call up the air conditioning menu

(/page 130).

#Select First Row of Seats or Second Row of

Seats.

#Call up theCLIMATE MODE menu.

#Select a climate style.

SeSetting ttting the air dishe air distrtributionibution

#Call up the air conditioning menu

(/page 130).

#Select a row of seats.

#TTo seo set tt the air dishe air distrtribution:ibution: select ¯,P

or O.

#Set the airow.

%Several air distribution options can be selec-

ted at the same time, forexample to set the

climate controlforthe windshield and the

footwells simultaneously.

The ¯climate controlforthe windshield

can only be selected forthe rst seat row.

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating tating the climathe climate contre control syn-ol syn-

cchrhronization function via tonization function via the air conditioning con-he air conditioning con-

trtrol panelol panel

Climate control can be set centrally using the syn-

chronization function. The temperature and air

distribution settings forthe driver's side will be

adopted automatically forthe front passenger

side.

#Press the0button.

The synchronization function will be deactivated if

the settings for one of theother climate control

zones are changed.

Climate control 131131

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating tating the climathe climate contre control syn-ol syn-

cchrhronization function via tonization function via the multimedia systhe multimedia systemem

Climate control can be set centrally using the syn-

chronization function. The driver's settings for

temperature, air quantity and air distribution are

adopted automatically for all climate zones.

#Call up the air conditioning menu

(/page 130).

#Select First Row of Seats.

#Select SYNC.

RRemoemoving condensation frving condensation from tom the windowshe windows

WWindowindows fs foggogged up on ted up on the insidehe inside

#Press theÃbutton.

#If the windows continue to fog up: press the

¬button.

WWindowindows fs foggogged up on ted up on the outsidehe outside

#Switch on the windshield wipers.

#Press theÃbutton.

SwitcSwitching airhing air-r-recirecirculation modeculation mode on/oon/o

#Press thegbutton.

The interior air will be recirculated.

Air-recirculation mode automatically switches to

fresh air mode aer a while.

%If air-recirculation mode is switched on, the

windows may fog up more quickly. Switch on

air-recirculation mode only briey.

SwitcSwitching thing the rhe residual heat on oresidual heat on or oo

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe vehicle is parked.

It is possible to make use of theresidual heat

from the engine to continue heating or ventilating

the front compartment of thevehicle for approx-

imately 30 minutes.

#TTo switco switch on:h on: press the!button.

Residual heat is switched o automatically.

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating ionizationating ionization

Ionization improvesthe quality of thevehicle's

interior air. Ionization of the interior air is odor-

less.

#Call up the air conditioning menu

(/page 130).

#Select Air Quality.

#Select IONIZATION.

FFrragragrance systance systemem

SeSetting ttting the frhe fragragrance systance systemem

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RAutomatic climate control is activated.

RThe glove box is closed.

The fragrance system distributes a pleasant fra-

grance throughout thevehicle interior from a a-

con located in the glove box.

#Call up the air conditioning menu

(/page 130).

#Select Air Quality.

132132 Climate control

#Select AIR FRESHENER.

#Keep pressing until the desired intensity is

reached.

InserInserting or rting or remoemoving tving thehe aconacon of tof the frhe fragragranceance

systsystemem

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from liquid per-

fume

If children open the acon, they could drink

the liquid perfume or it could come into con-

tact with their eyes.

#Do not leave children unattended in the

vehicle.

#Consult a doctor immediately if liquid

perfume has been drunk.

#If liquid perfume comes into contact with

your eyes or skin, rinse your eyes with

clean water.

#If symptoms continue, consult a doctor.

+ENVIRENVIRONMENTONMENTAL NOAL NOTETE Environmental

damage due to improper disposal of full

acons

Full acons must not be disposed of

with household waste.

Full acons must be takento a

harmful substance collection point.

1Cap

2Flacon

#TTo inserto insert::slide the acon into the holder as far

as it will go.

#TTo ro removemove:e: pull out the acon.

If you do not use genuine Mercedes-Benz interior

perfumes, observe the manufacturers' safety noti-

ces on the perfume packaging.

Climate control 133133

Dispose of thegenuine Mercedes-Benz interior

perfume acon when it is empty and do not rell

it.

RRellableellable aconacon

#Unscrew the cap of the empty acon.

#Fill the acon with a maximum of 0.5 . oz.

(15 ml).

#Screw the cap back on to the acon.

Alwaysrell the emptyrellableacon with the

same perfume. Observe the separate information

sheet with the acon.

Air vAir ventsents

AAdjusdjusting tting the frhe front air vont air ventsents

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns or frostbite due to

being too close to the air vents

Very hot or very cold air can ow from the air

vents.

#Make sure that all vehicle occupants

always maintain a sucient distance

from the air vents.

#If necessary, direct the airow to another

area of thevehicle interior.

To guarantee the ow of fresh air through the air

vents into thevehicle interior, comply with thefol-

lowing:

RAlwayskeep thevents and ventilation grilles in

thevehicle interior clear.

RKeep the air inlet free of deposits

(/page 273).

#TTo open or close:o open or close: hold air vent 1in the cen-

ter and turn it to the le or right as far as it

will go.

#TTo seo set tt thehe airowairow dirdirection:ection: hold air vent 1in

the center and move it up or down or to the

le or right.

AAdjusdjusting tting the rhe rear air vear air ventsents

#TTo open or close:o open or close: hold air vent 1in the cen-

ter and turn it to the le or right as far as it

will go.

#TTo seo set tt thehe airowairow dirdirection:ection: hold air vent 1in

the center and move it up or down or to the

le or right.

134134 Climate control

AAdjusdjusting tting the AIRSChe AIRSCARF vARF ventsents

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns caused by the

heating output from AIRSCARF being too

high

When AIRSCARF is switched on, very hot air

can ow from the outlet opening in the head

restraints.

#Turn the heating output down in good

time.

#Maintain a suitable distance from the

outlet opening.

*NNOOTETE Damage caused to AIRSCARF by

the use of protective covers

If a protective cover is placed overthe front

seat head restraints, the ow of air from the

AIRSCARF vent is hindered.

This can cause AIRSCARF to overheat and be

damaged.

#Do not use protective covers on head

restraints with AIRSCARF.

Make sure that no objects are covering the air

inlet grille on the back of the head restraints.

#You can adjust the blower setting of AIR-

SCARF vents 1using the AIRSCARF button

(/page 97).

#You can adjust the height of AIRSCARF vents

1and the current of air by adjusting the

height of the head restraints (/page 91).

Climate control 135135

DrDrivingiving

NNoottes on Meres on Mercedes-cedes-AMG vAMG vehiclesehicles

Observe the notes on thefollowing topics in the

Supplement, otherwise you may fail to recognize

dangers.

%The availability of certain functions depends

on the equipment and model of thevehicle.

REmotion Start

RAMG performance exhaust system

RAMG ceramic high-performance composite

brake system

RDRIFT MODE

RAMG adaptive sport suspension system +

RAMG steering-wheel buttons

SwitcSwitching on thing on the powhe power suppler supply or ty or the vhe vehicleehicle

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due

to children le unattended in thevehicle

If children are le unsupervised in thevehicle,

they could, in particular:

Ropen doors, thereby endangering other

persons or road users.

Rget out and be struck by oncoming trac.

Roperate vehicle equipment and become

trapped, forexample.

In addition, thechildren could also set the

vehicle in motion, forexample by:

Rreleasing the parking brake.

Rchanging the transmission position.

Rstarting thevehicle.

#Never leave children unattended in the

vehicle.

#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the

SmartKey with you and lock thevehicle.

#Keep thevehicle SmartKey out of reach

of children.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe SmartKey is in thevehicle and is recog-

nized.

RThe brake pedal is not depressed.

136136 Driving and parking

#TTo switco switch on th on the powhe power supplyer supply::press button

1once.

You can, forexample, activate the windshield

wipers.

The power supply is switched o again if thefol-

lowing conditions are met:

RYou open the driver's door.

RYou press button 1twice more.

#TTo switco switch on th on the vhe vehicle:ehicle: press button 1

twice.

Indicator and warning lamps go on in the

instrument cluster.

The vehicle is switched o again if one of thefol-

lowing conditions is met:

RYou do not start thevehicle within 15 minutes

and the transmission is in position jor the

electric parking brake is applied.

RYou press button 1once.

SSttararting tting the vhe vehicleehicle

SSttararting tting the vhe vehicle witehicle with th the sthe starart/stt/stop buttop buttonon

DANANGERGER Risk of fatal injuries caused by

exhaust gases

Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust

gases, such as carbon monoxide. Inhaling

these exhaust gases is hazardous to health

and leads to poisoning.

#Neverrunthevehicle and, if present, the

stationary heater indoors without su-

cient ventilation.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of re due to ammable

material in the engine compartment or the

exhaust system

Flammable materials may ignite.

#Therefore, check regularlythat there are

no ammable materials in the engine

compartment or on theexhaust system.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe SmartKey is in thevehicle and is recog-

nized.

#Shi the transmission to position jor i.

#Depress the brake pedal and press button 1

once.

#If thevehicle does not start: switch o non-

essential consumers and press button1

once.

#If thevehicle still does not start and the dis-

play message Place the Key in the Marked

Space See Operator's Manual appears in the

instrument display: start thevehicle with the

SmartKey in the marked space (emergency

operation mode) (/page 138).

%You can switch o thevehicle while driving. To

do this, press button 1for about three sec-

onds or by pressing button 1three times

within three seconds. Be sure to observe the

safety notes under "Driving tips"

(/page 141).

Driving and parking 137137

Observe any information regarding display mes-

sages that can be displayed on the instrument

display.

SSttararting tting the vhe vehicle witehicle with th the Smarhe SmartKetKey in ty in thehe

markmarked space (emerged space (emergency operency operation mode)ation mode)

If thevehicle does not start and thePlace the

Key in the Marked Space See Operator's Manual

message appears in the instrument display, you

can start thevehicle in emergency operation

mode.

#Make sure that marked space 2is empty.

#Remove SmartKey1from thekeyring.

#Place SmartKey 1in marked space 2.

The vehicle will start aer a short time.

When youremove SmartKey1from marked

space 2,thevehicle can be driven. For fur-

ther engine starts however, SmartKey 1

must be located in marked space 2during

the entire journey.

#Have SmartKey1checked at a qualied spe-

cialist workshop.

If tIf the vhe vehicle does noehicle does not stt start:art:

#Place SmartKey 1in marked space 2and

leave it there.

#Depress the brake pedal and start thevehicle

using the start/stop button.

%You can switch on the power supply or the

vehicle with the start/stop button.

Observe any information regarding display mes-

sages that can be displayed on the instrument

display.

SSttararting tting the vhe vehicle via Rehicle via Remotemote Online Sere Online Servicesvices

Cooling or heating tCooling or heating the vhe vehicle intehicle intererior befior beforeore

ststararting tting the jourhe journeyney

Ensure thefollowing before starting the engine:

RThe legal stipulations in the area where your

vehicle is parked allow engine starting via

smartphone.

RIt is safe to start and runthe engine where

your vehicle is parked.

RThe fuel tank is suciently full.

RThe starter battery is suciently charged.

Char

Charging tging the sthe startarter batter batterery befy beforore ste stararting tting thehe

jourjourneyney

You can receive a message on your smartphone

when the state of charge of the starter battery is

low. You can then start thevehicle with the smart-

phone to charge the battery. The vehicle is auto-

matically switched o aer ten minutes.

Ensure thefollowing before starting thevehicle:

RThe legal stipulations in the area where your

vehicle is parked allow engine starting via

smartphone.

138138 Driving and parking

RIt is safe to start and runthe engine where

your vehicle is parked.

RThe fuel tank is suciently full.

SSttararting tting the vhe vehicle (Rehicle (Remotemote Online)e Online)

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of crushing or entrapment

due to unintentional starting of the engine

Limbs could be crushed or trapped if the

engine is started unintentionally during service

or maintenance work.

#Always secure the engine against unin-

tentional starting before carrying out

maintenance or repair work.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RPark position jis selected.

RThe anti-the alarm system is not activated.

RThe panic alarm is not activated.

RThe hazard warning light system is switched

o.

RThe hood is closed.

RThe doors are closed and locked.

RThe windows and so top are closed.

#Start thevehicle using the smartphone.

Aer every engine start, the engine runs for

ten minutes.

You can carry out a maximum of two consecutive

starting attempts. You must start the engine with

the SmartKey before trying to start thevehicle

again with the smartphone.

You can switch o thevehicle at any time as fol-

lows:

RViathe smartphone app

RBy pressing theÜor ßbutton on the

SmartKey

%Further information can be found in the

smartphone app.

SecurSecuring ting the vhe vehicle agehicle againsainst stt stararting befting beforore carry-e carry-

ing out mainting out maintenance or renance or repair wepair worork:k:

#Switch on the hazard warning light system.

#Unlock the doors.

#Open a side window or the so top.

BrBreaking-in noteaking-in noteses

To preserve the engine during the rst

1,000 miles (1,500 km):

RDrive at varying road speeds and engine

speeds.

RDo not drive at speeds greater than 85 mph

(140 km/h).

RDrive thevehicle in drive programA

or ;.

RShi to the next highest gear at thevery latest

when the needle reaches the last third before

thered area in thetachometer.

RDo not shi down manually in order to brake.

RAvoid overstraining thevehicle, e.g. driving at

full throttle.

RDo not depress the accelerator pedal past the

pressure point (kickdown).

ROnly increase the engine speed gradually and

accelerate thevehicle to full speed aer

1,000 miles (1,500 km).

Driving and parking 139139

This also applies when the engine or parts of the

drivetrain have been replaced.

Please also observe thefollowing breaking-in

notes:

RIn certain driving and driving safety systems,

the sensors adjust automatically while a cer-

tain distance is being driven aer thevehicle

has been delivered or aer repairs. Full sys-

tem eectiveness is not reached until the end

of this teach-in process.

RBrakepads, brake discs and tires that are

either new or have been replaced only achieve

optimum braking eect and grip aer several

hundred kilometers of driving. Compensate for

thereduced braking eect by applying greater

forceto the brake pedal.

NNoottes on opes on optimized accelertimized accelerationation

If all necessary requirements and activation con-

ditions are fullled, the best possible acceleration

can be achieved from a standstill.

Do not use the optimized acceleration on public

roads. Individual wheels could spin and you could

lose control of thevehicle. There is an increased

risk of skidding and/or accident.

Be sure to observe the safety notes and informa-

tion on ESP®(/page 166).

Pulling awaPulling away wity with oph optimized accelertimized accelerationation

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of skidding and having an

accident from wheels spinning

When you use optimized acceleration, individ-

ual wheels could spin and you could lose con-

trol of thevehicle.

If ESP®is deactivated, there is a risk of skid-

ding and accident.

#Make sure that no persons or obstacles

are in the close vicinity of your vehicle.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe vehicle has been broken in (/page 139).

RThe vehicle and tires are in good condition.

RYou are on a high-grip roadway.

RThe engine and transmission are at normal

operating temperature.

*NNOOTETE Increased wear due to optimized

acceleration

When pulling away with optimized accelera-

tion, all components of the drivetrain are sub-

jected to avery high load.

This can lead to increased component wear.

#Do not always pull away with optimized

acceleration.

#Engage thehdrive position (/page 152).

#Move the steering wheel to the straight-ahead

position.

#Select the sportiest available drive program

Bor C(/page 149).

#Deactivate ESP®(/page 167).

#Depress and hold the brake pedal rmly with

your le foot.

#With your right foot, fully depress the acceler-

ator pedal.

140140 Driving and parking

#Aer no more than ve seconds, take your le

foot quickly o the brake, but keep the accel-

erator pedal depressed.

The vehicle pulls away at maximum accelera-

tion.

#Switch on ESP®once the acceleration proce-

dure is complete.

Ending opEnding optimized accelertimized accelerationation

#Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.

#Reactivate the ESP®.

%Aer you pull away with optimized accelera-

tion, components of the drivetrain can

become very hot, which means that optimized

acceleration values may be reached again

only aer a few minutes.

NNoottes on dres on drivingiving

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to objects

in the driver's footwell

Objects in the driver's footwell may impede

pedal travel or block a depressed pedal.

This jeopardizes the operating and road safety

of thevehicle.

#Stow all objects in thevehicle securely

so that they cannot get into the driver's

footwell.

#Always install the oor mats securely

and as prescribed in order to ensure that

there is always sucient room forthe

pedals.

#Do not use loose oor mats and do not

place oor mats on top of one another.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to incor-

rect footwear

Incorrect footwear includes, forexample:

RShoes with platform soles

RShoes with high heels

RSlippers

There is a risk of an accident.

#Alwayswear suitable footwear so that

you can operate the pedals safely.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if thevehicle is

switched o while driving

If you switch o thevehicle while driving,

safety functions are restricted or no longer

available.

This may aect the power steering system and

the brake force boosting, forexample.

You will need to use considerably more force

to steer and brake, forexample.

#Do not switch o thevehicle while driv-

ing.

&DDANANGERGER Risk of fatal injuries caused by

exhaust gases

Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust

gases, such as carbon monoxide. Inhaling

these exhaust gases is hazardous to health

and leads to poisoning.

#Neverrunthevehicle and, if present, the

stationary heater indoors without su-

cient ventilation.

Driving and parking 141141

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of skidding and of an acci-

dent due to shiing down on slippery road

surfaces

If you shi down on slippery road surfaces to

increase the engine braking eect, the drive

wheels may lose traction.

#Do not shi down on slippery road surfa-

ces to increase the engine braking

eect.

&DDANANGERGER Risk of fatal injury due to poison-

ous exhaust gases

If thetailpipe is blocked or sucient ventila-

tion is not possible, poisonous exhaust gases

such as carbon monoxide may enter thevehi-

cle. This is the case, forexample, if thevehicle

gets stuck in the snow.

#Keep thetailpipe and the area around

thevehicle free from snow when the

vehicle or the stationary heater is run-

ning.

#Open a window on the side of thevehicle

facing away from the wind to ensure an

adequate supply of fresh air.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due

to being under the inuence of alcohol

and drugs while driving

Drinking and driving and/or taking drugs and

driving are very dangerous combinations. Even

a small amount of alcohol or drugs can aect

your reexes, perceptions and judgment.

The possibility of a serious or even fatal acci-

dent are greatly increased when you drink or

take drugs and drive.

#Do not drink or take drugs and drive or

allow anyone to drive who has been

drinking or taking drugs.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to the

brake system overheating

If you leave your foot on the brake pedal when

driving, the brake system may overheat.

This increases the braking distance and the

brake system can even fail.

#Never use the brake pedal as a footrest.

#Do not depress the brake pedal and the

accelerator pedal at the same time while

driving.

*NNOOTETE Engine damage due to excessively

high engine speeds

The engine will be damaged if you drive with

the engine in theoverrevving range.

#Do not drive with the engine in theover-

revving range.

*NNOOTETE Wearing out the brake linings by

continuously depressing the brake pedal

#Do not depress the brake pedal continu-

ously whilst driving.

#To use the braking eect of the engine,

shi to a lowergear in good time.

142142 Driving and parking

*NNOOTETE Damage to the drivetrain and

engine when pulling away

#Do not warm up the engine while the

vehicle is stationary. Pull away immedi-

ately.

#Avoid high engine speeds and driving at

full throttle until the engine has reached

its operating temperature.

*NNOOTETE Damage to the catalytic converter

due to non-combusted fuel

The engine is not running smoothly and is mis-

ring.

Non-combusted fuel may get into the catalytic

converter.

#Only depress the accelerator pedal

slightly.

#Have the cause rectied immediately at

aqualied specialist workshop.

*NNOOTETE Reduced battery life due to frequent

short-distance trips

The 12 V battery may not be suciently

charged when thevehicle is used only for

short-distance trips. This reduces the life of

the battery.

#Drive longer distances regularlyto

charge the battery.

*NNOOTETE Damage to thevehicle due to not

observing the maximum permitted head-

room clearance

If thevehicle height is greater than the maxi-

mum permitted headroom clearance, theroof

and other parts of thevehicle may be dam-

aged.

#Observe the signposted headroom clear-

ance.

#If thevehicle height is greater than the

permitted headroom clearance, do not

enter.

#Observe thechanged vehicle height with

add-on roof equipment.

NNoottes on dres on driving witiving with a rh a roof load, troof load, trailer or fullyailer or fully

laden vladen vehicleehicle

When driving with a loaded roof luggage rack or

trailer as well as with a fully laden or fully occu-

pied vehicle, thevehicle's driving and steering

characteristics change.

You should bear thefollowing in mind:

RDo not exceed the permissible roof load and

towing capacity. Also observe thetechnical

data in the printed Operator's Manual.

REvenly distribute theroof load, and place

heavy objects at the bottom. Also comply with

the notes on loading thevehicle

(/page 102).

RDrive attentively, and avoid suddenly pulling

away, braking and steering as well as rapid

cornering.

NotNotes on dres on driving on salt-triving on salt-treateated red roadsoads

The braking eect is limited on salt-treated roads.

Driving and parking 143143

Therefore, observe thefollowing notes:

RDue to salt build-up on the brake discs and

brakepads, the braking distance can increase

considerably or result in braking only on one

side

RMaintain a much greater safe distance to the

vehicle in front

To remove salt build-up:

RBrake occasionally while paying attention to

the trac conditions

RCarefully depress the brake pedal at the end

of the journey and when starting the next jour-

ney

Noottes on hes on hydrydroplaningoplaning

Hydroplaning can take place once a certain

amount of water has accumulated on theroad

surface.

Observe thefollowing notes during heavy precipi-

tation or in conditions in which hydroplaning may

occur:

RReduce speed

RAvoid tire ruts

RAvoid sudden steering movements

RBrake carefully

%Also observe the notes on regularlychecking

wheels and tires (/page 302).

Noottes on dres on driving tiving thrhrough wough watater on ter on the rhe road sur-oad sur-

ffaceace

Water which has entered into thevehicle can

damage the engine, electrics and transmission.

Water can also enter the air intake of the engine

and cause engine damage.

Observe thefollowing if you must drive through

water:

RThe water, when calm, may only reach the

lower edge of thevehicle body.

RDrive at a maximum speed of 6 mph

(10 km/h); water can otherwise enter the

vehicle interior or engine compartment.

RVehicles traveling in front, or oncoming vehi-

cles, can create waves which may exceed the

maximum permissible depth of thewater.

The braking eect of the brakes is reduced aer

fording. Brake carefully while paying attention to

the trac conditions until braking power has been

fully restored.

ECECO stO starart/stt/stop functionop function

%Depending on the engine, the ECO start/stop

function is not available in all drive programs.

Observe the status display in the instrument

display forthis.

The engine is switched o automatically in thefol-

lowing situations if all vehicle conditions for an

automatic engine stop are met:

RYou brake thevehicle to a standstill in trans-

mission position hor i.

RVVehicles witehicles with a 48 V on-boarh a 48 V on-board electrd electrical syical sys-s-

ttem:em: you depress the brake pedal when travel-

ing at a low speed.

If the system has detected one of thefollowing

situations, the engine will not stop:

RYou stop at a stop sign and there is no vehicle

in front of you.

144144 Driving and parking

RThe vehicle that stopped in front of you starts

up again.

RYou maneuver, turn the steering wheel sharply

or engage reversegear.

%If the system detects an intelligent stop inhibi-

tor, forexample, a stop sign, the engine will

not stop.

If you activate the HOLD function or engage

the park position j,the engine can be

switched o in spite of an intelligent stop

inhibitor.

The engine restarts automatically in thefollowing

cases:

RYou engage transmission position hor k.

RYou depress the accelerator pedal.

RYou open or close the so top.

RAn automatic vehicle engine start is required.

RYourelease the brake pedal.

RVVehicles witehicles with a 48 V on-boarh a 48 V on-board electrd electrical syical sys-s-

ttem:em:

-Yourelease the brake pedal on a downhill

gradient and thevehicle does not roll.

-The vehicle rolls on a downhill gradient and

does not automatically enter glide mode at

15 mph (20 km/h).

ECO start/stop function symbols in the instru-

ment display:

RThe èsymbol (green) appears when the

vehicle is at a standstill: the engine was

switched o by the ECO start/stop function.

RThe çsymbol (yellow) appears when the

vehicle is at a standstill: not all vehicle condi-

tions for an engine stop have been met.

RNeither theènor çsymbol appears

when thevehicle is at a standstill: an intelli-

gent stop inhibitor was detected, e.g. a stop

sign.

RThe ssymbol appears: the ECO start/stop

function is deactivated or there is a malfunc-

tion.

If the engine was switched o by the ECO start/

stop function and you leave thevehicle, a warning

tone sounds and the engine is not restarted. In

addition, thefollowing display message appears in

the instrument display:

Vehicle Ready to Drive Switch the Ignition Off

Before Exiting

If you do not switch o thevehicle, it is automati-

cally switched o aer three minutes.

Deactiv

Deactivating or activating or activating tating the EChe ECO stO starart/stt/stopop

functionfunction

Driving and parking 145145

#Press button 1.

If indicator lamp 2lights up, the ECO start/

stop function is activated.

%Depending on the model and thevehicle

equipment, the button may also be located at

a dierent position in the center console.

ECECO displaO display functiony function

The ECO display summarizes your driving charac-

teristics from the start of the journey to its com-

pletion and assists you in achieving the most eco-

nomical driving style.

You can inuence consumption by doing thefol-

lowing:

RDriving with particular care.

RFollowing thegearshi recommendations.

The lettering in the segment will light up brightly,

the outer edge will light up and the segment will

ll up when thefollowing driving style is adopted:

R1Steady speed

R2Gentle deceleration and rolling

R3Moderate acceleration

The lettering in the segment will be gray,the outer

edge will be dark and the segment will empty

when thefollowing driving style is adopted:

R1Fluctuations in speed

R2Heavy braking

R3Sporty acceleration

The ECO display will show you when you have

driven economically:

RThe three segments will ll up completely at

the same time

RThe edges around all three segments will light

The additional range achieved as a result of your

driving style in comparison with a driver with a

very sporty driving style will be shown on the cen-

ter of display 4. The range displayed does not

indicate a xed reduction in consumption.

ECECO AssisO Assist function (vt function (vehicles witehicles with 48 V on-boardh 48 V on-board

electrelectrical systical system)em)

ECO Assist analyzes data forthevehicle's expec-

tedroute. This allows the system to optimally

adjust the driving style fortheroute ahead, save

fuel and recuperate.

ECO Assist is displayed on theAssistance

menu(/page 219).

146146 Driving and parking

1Event ahead

2Distance display fortheevent ahead

3"Foot o the accelerator" prompt

Displayable route events 1

The segments of distance display 2show the

distance to theevent ahead as follows:

RAfew segments light up: theevent ahead is

near.

RMany segments light up: theevent ahead is

further away.

When thevehicle nears theevent, ECO Assist will

calculate the optimal speed for maximum fuel

economy and recuperative energy based on the

distance, speed and gradient. The Foot off the

Accelerator message 3appears in the Instru-

ment Display. The rst segments in front of the

vehicle will turn green. The remaining segments

will initially stay white. If youtake your foot o the

accelerator pedal in good time, theremaining seg-

ments on the display will successively turn green

until theevent shown is reached. The drivetrain

will be set for maximum fuel economy. Recupera-

tion will charge the battery. Recuperation will be

adaptedto the selected drive program.

The event will be shown for a short time aer it

has been passed. If there is no response to the

Foot off the Accelerator prompt,the segments

will remain white.

If theevent involves a vehicle in front, all seg-

ments will immediately turn green once there is a

response to theFoot off the Accelerator prompt.

For active ECO Assist in drive program;,

symbol 3will appear on the instrument display

and on the head-up display beside transmission

position h. Symbol 3will also appear when the

assistant display is not selected.

If the system does not intervene during theevent

ahead, nothing will be displayed. The system will

be passive.

ECO Assist is active only in drive programs ;

and A.

SystSystem limitsem limits

ECO Assist can function even more precisely if

theroute is adhered to when route guidance is

active. The basic function is also available without

active route guidance. Not all information and

trac situations can be foreseen. The quality

depends on the map data.

ECO Assist is only an aid. The driver is responsible

forkeeping a safe distance from thevehicle in

front, forvehicle speed and for braking in good

time. The driver must be ready to brake at all

Driving and parking 147147

times irrespective of whether the system inter-

venes.

The system may be impaired or may not function

in thefollowing situations:

RIf visibility is poor, e.g. due to insucient illu-

mination of theroad, highly variable shade

conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray.

RIf there is glare, e.g. from oncoming trac,

direct sunlight or reections.

RIf there is dirt on the windshield in the area of

the multifunction camera or the camera is fog-

ged up, damaged or obscured.

RIf road signs are hard to detect, e.g. due to

dirt, snow or insucient lighting, or because

they are obscured.

RIf the information on the navigation system's

digital map is incorrect or out of date.

RIf signs are ambiguous, e.g. road signs in road-

works or in adjacent lanes.

DDYNYNAMIC SELECT switchAMIC SELECT switch

FFunction of tunction of the Dhe DYNYNAMIC SELECT switchAMIC SELECT switch

*NNOOTETE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

#Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize

dangers.

%Depending on the engine and equipment, the

vehicle has dierent drive programs.

Use theDYNAMIC SELECT switch to change

between thefollowing drive programs.

The drive program selected appears in the multi-

function display of the on-board computer.

=Individual

RIndividual settings

BSport+

RParticularly sporty driving

REmphasizes thevehicle's ownoversteering

and understeering characteristics for a more

active driving style

ROnly suitable for good road conditions, a dry

road surface and a clear stretch of road

CSport

RContinues to oer stability but with a sporty

setup

RAllows the sporty driver a more active driving

style

ROnly suitable for good road conditions, a dry

road surface and a clear stretch of road

AComfort

RComfortable and economical driving

RBalance between traction and stability

RRecommended for all road conditions

;Eco

RParticularly economical driving

RBalance between traction and stability

RRecommended for all road conditions

148148 Driving and parking

%The ESP®settings in the drive programs ;

and Aare designed for stability. Therefore,

choose one of these driving programs, espe-

cially when transporting roof loads, in trailer

operation and when thevehicle is fully loaded

or fully occupied.

Depending on the drive program, thefollowing

systems change their characteristics:

RDrive

-Engine and transmission management

-Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC

RESP®

RElectric power steering

Selecting tSelecting the drhe drivive pre progrogramam

#Press DYNAMIC SELECT switch 1forwards

or backwards.

The drive program selected appears in the

instrument display.

CongurConguringing DDYNYNAMIC SELECT (multimedia syAMIC SELECT (multimedia sys-s-

ttem)em)

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Vehicle

5DYNAMIC SELECT

SeSetting drtting drivive pre progrogram Iam I

#Select Individual Configuration.

#Select and set a category.

SwitcSwitching thing the rhe restestororation displaation display on ory on or oo

#Switch Request at Start on or o.

FFunction on:unction on: the next time thevehicle is started a

prompt appears asking whether the last active

drive program should be restored. If the ECO

start/stop function was deactivated, an additional

prompt appears asking if the function should

remain deactivated.

%The prompt appears only if the previously

active settings deviate from the standard set-

tings.

FFunctionunction o:o: the next time thevehicle is started

theAdrive program is set automatically. The

Driving and parking 149149

ECO start/stop function is activated automati-

cally.

%This function must be activated for each user

prole separately. Only when this function is

activated will the drive program and Eco

start/stop setting forthe previous journey be

savedfortherespective user prole.

DisplaDisplaying vying vehicle dataehicle data

Multimedia system:

4©5Info

#Select Vehicle.

The vehicle data is displayed.

DisplaDisplaying engine dataying engine data

Multimedia system:

4©5Info

#Select Engine.

The engine data is displayed.

%The actual (maximum) values that can be ach-

ievedfor engine output and engine torque

may deviate from the certied values within

the country-specic guidelines for permissible

tolerances (basis: UN-ECE No. 85 or country-

specic guidelines).

Inuencing variables that can inuence this

are, forexample:

RSea level

RFuel quality

ROutside temperature

ROperating temperature of the engine

%The values displayed serve only as orienta-

tion. The values for engine output and engine

torque shown on the media display may devi-

ate from the actual values.

Calling up tCalling up the fuel consumphe fuel consumption indicattion indicatoror

Multimedia system:

4©5Info

#Select Consumption.

The current and average fuel consumption is

displayed.

AAututomatic tromatic transmissionansmission

DIRECT SELECT levDIRECT SELECT leverer

FFunction of tunction of the DIRECT SELECT levhe DIRECT SELECT leverer

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to incor-

rect gearshiing

If the engine speed is higher than the idle

speed and you engage the transmission posi-

tion hor k,thevehicle may accelerate

sharply.

#If you engage the transmission position

hor kwhen thevehicle is at a stand-

still, always depress the brake pedal

rmly and do not accelerate at the same

time.

150150 Driving and parking

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due

to children le unattended in thevehicle

If children are le unsupervised in thevehicle,

they could, in particular:

Ropen doors, thereby endangering other

persons or road users.

Rget out and be struck by oncoming trac.

Roperate vehicle equipment and become

trapped, forexample.

In addition, thechildren could also set the

vehicle in motion, forexample by:

Rreleasing the parking brake.

Rchanging the transmission position.

Rstarting thevehicle.

#Never leave children unattended in the

vehicle.

#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the

SmartKey with you and lock thevehicle.

#Keep thevehicle SmartKey out of reach

of children.

Use the DIRECT SELECT leverto switch the trans-

mission position. The current transmission posi-

tion is displayed in the instrument display.

jPark position

kReversegear

iNeutral

hDrive position

EngEngaging revaging revererse gse gear Rear R

#Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT

SELECT lever upwards past the rst point of

resistance.

EngEngaging neutraging neutral Nal N

#Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT

SELECT lever up or down to the rst point of

resistance.

%To shi into neutral iwith thevehicle

switched on, push the selector lever up or

down for several seconds to the rst point of

resistance.

Subsequently releasing the brake pedal will allow

youto move thevehicle freely, e.g. to push it or

tow it away.

PrProceed as foceed as followollows if ys if you wou want tant the authe automaticomatic

trtransmission tansmission to ro remain in neutremain in neutralal iieveven if ten if thehe

vvehicle is switcehicle is switchedhed oo or tor the drhe driviver's door iser's door is

opened:opened:

#Depress the brake pedal and engage neutral

iwhen thevehicle is stationary.

#Release the brake pedal.

#Switch o thevehicle.

Driving and parking 151151

%If youthen exit thevehicle leaving the Smart-

Key in thevehicle, the automatic transmission

remains in neutrali.

EngEngaging paraging park position Pk position P

#Observe the notes on parking thevehicle

(/page 156).

#Depress the brake pedal until thevehicle

comes to a standstill.

#When thevehicle is at a standstill, press but-

tonj.

When the transmission position display shows

j,the park position is engaged. If no trans-

mission position display jappears, secure

thevehicle to prevent it from rolling away.

%Depending on the situation, it may take a

short time until jis engaged. Therefore,

always pay attention to the transmission posi-

tion display.

Park position jis engaged automatically if one

of thefollowing conditions is met:

RYou switch the stationary vehicle o in trans-

mission position hor k.

RYou open the driver's door when thevehicle is

at a standstill or when driving at a very low

speed and the transmission position is hor

%To maneuver with an open driver's door, open

the driver's door while at a standstill and

engage transmission position hor kagain.

Eng

Engaging draging drivive position De position D

#Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT

SELECT lever down past the rst point of

resistance.

When the automatic transmission is in transmis-

sion position h, it shis thegears automatically.

This depends, among other things, on thefollow-

ing factors:

RThe selected drive program

RThe position of the accelerator pedal

RThe driving speed

ManualManual ggearearshiingshiing

When the automatic transmission is shied to

position h,you can manually shi it with the

steering wheel gearshi paddle. If permitted, the

automatic transmission shis to a higher or lower

gear depending on the steering wheel gearshi

paddle being pulled.

You have two options to manually shi the auto-

matic transmission:

RTemporary setting

RPermanent setting

The gears shi automatically when manual shiing

is deactivated.

152152 Driving and parking

TTememporporarary sey setting:tting:

#TTo activo activatate:e: pull steering wheel gearshi pad-

dle 1or 2.

Manual shiing is activated for a short time.

The transmission position display shows p

and the current gear.

%How long the manual shiing stays activated

is dependent on various factors.

Manual shiing can be automatically deactiva-

ted in thefollowing cases:

RChanging the drive program

RRestarting thevehicle

RWhen the transmission position his

engaged again

RDriving style

#TTooshishi up:up: pull steering wheel gearshi pad-

dle 2.

#TTooshishi dodown:wn: pull steering wheel gearshi

paddle 1.

#TTo deactivo deactivatate:e: pull steering wheel gearshi

paddle 2and hold it in place.

The transmission position display shows h.

Perermanent semanent setting:tting:

#Change to drive program=(/page 149).

#Select drive setting p(/page 149).

GearGearshishi rrecommendationecommendation

The gearshi recommendation assists you in

adopting an economical driving style.

#If gearshi recommendation 1appears next

to the transmission position display, shi to

therecommended gear.

Using kicUsing kickdokdownwn

#Maximum acceler

Maximum acceleration:ation: depress the accelera-

tor pedal beyond the pressure point.

To protect against engine overrev,the automatic

transmission shis up to the next gear when maxi-

mum engine speed has been reached.

Glide mode functionGlide mode function

*NNOOTETE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

#Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize

dangers.

With an anticipatory driving style, Glide mode

helps youto reduce fuel consumption.

Glide mode is characterized by thefollowing:

RThe combustion engine is disconnected from

the drivetrain and continues to run in neutral.

RThe transmission position display his shown

in green.

Driving and parking 153153

RVVehicles witehicles with 48 V on-boarh 48 V on-board electrd electrical systical system:em:

the combustion engine can be switched o.

All of thevehicle functions remain active.

Glide mode is activated if thefollowing conditions

are met:

RDrive program;is selected.

RThe speed is within a suitable range.

RThe road's course is suitable, e.g. no steep

uphill or downhill inclines or tight curves.

RYou do not depress the accelerator or brake

pedal (except for light brake applications).

%Glide mode can also be activated if you have

selected the "Eco" setting forthe drive in the

drive program=.

Glide mode is deactivated again if one of the con-

ditions is no longer met.

Glide mode can also be prevented by thefollowing

parameters:

RIncline

RDownhill gradient

RTemperature

RHeight

RSpeed

ROperating status of the engine

RTrac situation

FFunction of tunction of the 4MAhe 4MATICTIC

4MATIC ensuresthat all four wheels are driven.

Together with ESP®and 4ETS, 4MATIC improves

the traction of your vehicle whenever a driven

wheel spins due to insucient traction.

If youfail to adapt your driving style, 4MATIC can

neither reduce therisk of an accident nor override

the laws of physics. 4MATIC cannot take account

of road, weather and trac conditions. 4MATIC is

only an aid. You are responsible especially for

maintaining a safe distance from thevehicle in

front, forvehicle speed, for braking in good time

and for staying in lane.

%In wintry road conditions, the maximum eect

of 4MATIC can be achieved only if you use

winter tires (M+S tires), with snow chains if

necessary.

RRefuelingefueling

RRefueling tefueling the vhe vehicleehicle

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of re or explosion from

fuel

Fuels are highly ammable.

#Fire, open ames, smoking and creating

sparks must be avoided.

#Before refueling, switch o thevehicle

and, if installed, the stationary heater,

and leave them switched o during refu-

eling.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from fuels

Fuels are poisonous and hazardous to your

health.

#Do not swallow fuel or let it come into

contact with skin, eyes or clothing.

#Do not inhale fuel vapor.

#Keep children away from fuel.

154154 Driving and parking

#Keep doors and windows closed during

therefueling process.

If you or other people come into contact with

fuel, observe thefollowing:

#Immediately rinse fuel o your skin with

soap and water.

#If fuel comes into contact with your eyes,

immediately rinse them thoroughly with

clean water. Seek medical attention

immediately.

#If you swallow fuel, seek medical atten-

tion immediately. Do not induce vomit-

ing.

#Change immediately out of clothing that

has come into contact with fuel.

WARNINGARNING Risk of re and explosion due

to electrostatic charge

Electrostatic charge can ignite fuel vapor.

#Before you open the fuel ller cap or

take hold of the pump nozzle, touch the

metallic vehicle body.

#To avoid creating another electrostatic

charge, do not get into thevehicle again

during therefueling process.

*NNOOTETE Damage caused by the wrong fuel

Vehicles with a gasoline engine:

Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could

result in damage to the fuel system, the

engine and the emission control system.

#Only refuel with low-sulfur spark-ignition

engine fuel.

This fuel may contain up to 10% ethanol. Your

vehicle is suitable for use with E10 fuel.

Neverrefuel with one of thefollowing fuels:

RDiesel

RGasoline with more than 10% ethanol by

volume, e.g. E15, E85, E100

RGasoline with more than 3% methanol by

volume, e.g. M15, M30, M85, M100

RGasoline with additives containing metal

If you have accidentally refueled with the

wrong fuel:

#Do not switch on thevehicle.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

*NNOOTETE Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles

with a gasoline engine

If you have accidentally refueled with the

wrong fuel:

RDo not switch on thevehicle. Otherwise

fuel can enter the engine.

Even small amounts of the wrong fuel

could result in damage to the fuel system

and the engine. The repair costs are high.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

#Have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained

completely.

Driving and parking 155155

*NNOOTETE Damage to the fuel system caused

by overlled fuel tanks

#Only ll the fuel tank until the pump noz-

zle switches o.

*NNOOTETE Fuel may spray out when you

remove the fuel pump nozzle

#Only ll the fuel tank until the pump noz-

zle switches o.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe vehicle is unlocked.

%Do not get into thevehicle again during the

refueling process. Otherwise, electrostatic

charge could build up again.

Observe the notes on operating uids and fuel.

Only refuel with fuel that has at least the octane

number specied in the information label in the

fuel ller ap. Otherwise, engine output can be

reduced and fuel consumption increased.

1Fuel ller ap

2Bracketfor fuel ller cap

3Tire pressure table

4QR code forrescue card

5Stationary heater indication

6Fuel type

#Press on the back area of fuel ller ap 1.

#Turn the fuel ller cap counter-clockwise and

remove it.

#Insert fuel ller cap from above into bracket

#Completely insert the pump nozzle into the

tank ller neck, hook in place and refuel.

#Only ll the fuel tank until the pump nozzle

switches o.

#Replace the cap on the ller neck and turn

clockwise until it engages audibly.

#Close fuel ller ap 1.

PPararkingking

PPararking tking the vhe vehicleehicle

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury

caused by an insuciently secured vehi-

cle rolling away

If thevehicle is not securely parked su-

ciently, it can roll away in an uncontrolled way

even at a slight downhill gradient.

156156 Driving and parking

#On uphill or downhill gradients, turn the

front wheels so that thevehicle rolls

towardsthe curb if it starts moving.

#Apply the parking brake.

#Switch the transmission to position j.

WARNINGARNING Risk of re caused by hot

exhaust system parts

Flammable materials such as leaves, grass or

twigs may ignite.

#Park thevehicle so that no ammable

material can come into contact with hot

vehicle components.

#In particular, do not park on dry grass-

land or harvested grain elds.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due

to children le unattended in thevehicle

If children are le unsupervised in thevehicle,

they could, in particular:

Ropen doors, thereby endangering other

persons or road users.

Rget out and be struck by oncoming trac.

Roperate vehicle equipment and become

trapped, forexample.

In addition, thechildren could also set the

vehicle in motion, forexample by:

Rreleasing the parking brake.

Rchanging the transmission position.

Rstarting thevehicle.

#Never leave children unattended in the

vehicle.

#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the

SmartKey with you and lock thevehicle.

#Keep thevehicle SmartKey out of reach

of children.

*NNOOTETE Damage to thevehicle due to it roll-

ing away

#Always secure thevehicle against rolling

away.

*NNOOTETE Damage due to thevehicle lowering

VVehicles witehicles with AIR BODh AIR BODY CY CONTRONTROL or levOL or levelel

contrcontrol:ol: The vehicle can lower because of tem-

perature dierences or longer non-operational

times. This can cause damage to parts of the

body.

#When stopping thevehicle and when

driving o, make sure that there are no

obstacles such as curbs under or in the

immediate vicinity of the body.

Driving and parking 157157

#Bring thevehicle to a standstill by pressing the

brake pedal.

#On gradients, turn the front wheels so that the

vehicle will roll towardsthe curb if it starts

moving.

#Apply the electric parking brake.

#Engage transmission position jin a station-

ary vehicle with the brake pedal applied

(/page 152).

#Switch o thevehicle by pressing button 1.

#Release the service brake slowly.

#Get out of thevehicle and lock it.

%When you park thevehicle, you can still oper-

ate the side windows and the so topfor

approximately four minutes if the driver's door

is closed.

GarGaragage door openere door opener

PrProgrogramming buttamming buttons fons for tor the ghe gararagage door openere door opener

&DDANANGERGER Risk of fatal injuries caused by

exhaust gases

Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust

gases, such as carbon monoxide. Inhaling

these exhaust gases is hazardous to health

and leads to poisoning.

#Neverrunthevehicle and, if present, the

stationary heater indoors without su-

cient ventilation.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury by becoming

trapped when opening and closing a

garage door

When you operate or program a garage door

with an integratedgarage door opener, per-

sons can become trapped or struck by the

garage door if they stand within its range of

movement.

#Always make sure that nobody is within

therange of thegarage door's move-

ment.

Only operate thefollowing doors using thegarage

door opener:

RDoors with a safetystop and reversing feature

RDoors which conform to the current U.S.

safety standards

158158 Driving and parking

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe vehicle has been parked outside the

garage or outside therange of movement of

the door.

RThe vehicle is switched on.

RThe vehicle has not been started.

%The garage door opener function is always

available when thevehicle is switched on.

#Check if the transmitter frequency of the

remote control has the frequency range of

280 to 868 MHz.

Radio equipment approval number:

RNZLMUAHL5 (USA)

R4112A-MUAHL5 (Canada)

#Press and hold button 1,2or 3that you

wish to program.

Indicator lamp 4ashes yellow.

%It can take up to 20 seconds before the indi-

cator lamp ashes yellow.

#Release the previously pressed button.

Indicator lamp 4continues to ash yellow.

#Point remote control6from a distance of

0.4 in (1 cm) to 3 in (8 cm) towards button

1,2or 3.

#Press and hold button 5of remote control

6until one of thefollowing signals appears:

RIndicator lamp 4lights up green continu-

ously. Programming is complete.

RIndicator lamp 4ashes green. Program-

ming was successful. Additionally, syn-

chronization of therolling code with the

door system must be carried out.

#If indicator lamp 4does not light up or ash

green: repeat the procedure.

#Release all of the buttons.

%The remote controlforthe door drive is not

included in the scope of delivery of thegarage

door opener.

Sync

Synchrhronizing tonizing the rhe rolling codeolling code

Reqequiruirements:ements:

RThe door system uses a rolling code.

RThe vehicle must be within range of thegarage

door or door drive.

RThe vehicle as well as persons and objects are

located outside therange of movement of the

door.

#Press the programming button on the door

drive unit.

Initiate the next step within approximately

30 seconds.

Driving and parking 159159

#Press previously programmed button 1,2

or 3repeatedly until the door closes.

When the door closes, programming is com-

pleted.

%Please also read the operating instructions for

the door drive.

TTrroubleshoooubleshooting when prting when progrogramming tamming the rhe remoteemote

contrcontrolol

#Check if the transmitter frequency of remote

control6is supported.

#Replace the batteries in remote control6.

#Hold remote control 6at various angles from

a distance of 0.4 in (1 cm) to 3 in (8 cm) front

of the inside rearview mirror. You should test

every position for at least 25 seconds before

trying another position.

#Hold remote control 6at the same angles at

various distances in front of the inside rear-

view mirror. You should test every position for

at least 25 seconds before trying another

position.

#On remote controlsthat transmit only for a

limited period, press button 5on remote

control6again before transmission ends.

#Angle the antenna line of thegarage door

opener unit towardstheremote control.

%Support and additional information on pro-

gramming:

ROn thetoll free HomeLink®Hotline on

1-800-355-3515

ROn the Internet at https://

www.homelink.com/mercedes

Opening or closing tOpening or closing the ghe gararagage doore door

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe corresponding button is programmed to

operate the door.

#Press and hold buttons 1,2or 3until the

door opens or closes.

#If indicator lamp 4ashes yellow aer

approximately 20 seconds: press and hold the

previously pressed button again until the door

opens or closes.

ClearClearing ting the ghe gararagage door opener memorye door opener memory

#Press and hold buttons 1and 3.

Indicator lamp 4lights up yellow.

#If indicator lamp 4ashes green: release

buttons 1and 3.

The entire memory has been deleted.

ElectrElectric paric parking brking brakeake

FFunction of tunction of the electrhe electric paric parking brking brakake (apple (applyingying

autautomaticallomatically)y)

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due

to children le unattended in thevehicle

If children are le unsupervised in thevehicle,

they could, in particular:

Ropen doors, thereby endangering other

persons or road users.

Rget out and be struck by oncoming trac.

Roperate vehicle equipment and become

trapped, forexample.

160160 Driving and parking

In addition, thechildren could also set the

vehicle in motion, forexample by:

Rreleasing the parking brake.

Rchanging the transmission position.

Rstarting thevehicle.

#Never leave children unattended in the

vehicle.

#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the

SmartKey with you and lock thevehicle.

#Keep thevehicle SmartKey out of reach

of children.

The electrThe electric paric parking brking brakake is applied if te is applied if the trhe trans-ans-

mission is in positionmission is in position jjand one of tand one of the fhe folloollowingwing

conditions isconditions is fullled:fullled:

RThe vehicle is switched o.

RThe seat belt tongue is not inserted in the seat

belt buckle of the driver's seat and the driver's

door is opened.

%To prevent application: pull the handle of the

electric parking brake (/page 162).

In t

In the fhe folloollowing situations, twing situations, the electrhe electric paric parkingking

brbrakake is also applied:e is also applied:

RThe HOLD function is keeping thevehicle sta-

tionary.

RActive Parking Assist is keeping thevehicle

stationary.

RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC is bringing

thevehicle to a standstill.

RIn addition, one of t

In addition, one of the fhe folloollowing conditionswing conditions

musmust bet be fullled:fullled:

-The vehicle is switched o.

-The seat belt tongue is not inserted in the

seat belt buckle of the driver's seat and

the driver's door is opened.

-There is a system malfunction.

-The power supply is insucient.

-The vehicle is stationary for a lengthy

period.

When the electric parking brake is applied, the

redF(USA) or !(Canada) indicator lamp

lights up in the instrument cluster.

%The electric parking brake is not automatically

applied if thevehicle is switched o by the

ECO start/stop function.

FFunction of tunction of the electrhe electric paric parking brking brakake (re (releasingeleasing

autautomaticallomatically)y)

The electrThe electric paric parking brking brakake is re is released when teleased when thehe

ffolloollowing conditions arwing conditions areefullled:fullled:

RThe driver's door is closed.

RThe vehicle has been started.

RThe transmission is in position hor kand

you depress the accelerator pedal or you shi

from transmission position jto hor k

when on levelground.

RIf the transmission is in position k,the trunk

lid must be closed.

RThe seat belt tongue is inserted into the seat

belt buckle of the driver's seat.

If the seat belt tongue is not inserted into the

seat belt buckle of the driver's seat, one of the

following conditions must be fullled:

-You shi from transmission position j.

Driving and parking 161161

-You have previously driven at speeds

greater than 2 mph (3 km/h).

When the electric parking brake is released, the

redF(USA) or !(Canada) indicator lamp

in the instrument cluster goes out.

ApplApplying/rying/releasing teleasing the electrhe electric paric parking brking brakeake

manuallymanually

ApplApplyingying

#Push handle 1.

The redF(USA) or !(Canada) indica-

tor lamp lights up in the instrument cluster.

%The electric parking brake is only securely

applied if theredF(USA) or !(Can-

ada) indicator lamp is lit continuously.

Releasingeleasing

#Switch on thevehicle.

#Pull handle 1.

The redF(USA) or !(Canada) indica-

tor lamp in the instrument cluster goes out.

EmergEmergency brency brakingaking

#Press and hold handle 1.

As long as thevehicle is driving, thePlease

Release Parking Brake message is displayed

and theredF(USA) or !(Canada)

indicator lamp ashes.

When thevehicle has been braked to a stand-

still, the electric parking brake is applied. The

redF(USA) or !(Canada) indicator

lamp lights up in the instrument cluster.

NNoottes on pares on parking tking the vhe vehicle fehicle for an eor an extxtendedended

perperiodiod

If you leave thevehicle parkedfor longer than six

weeks, it may suer damage through disuse.

The 12 V battery may also be impaired or dam-

aged by heavy discharging.

%Further information can be obtained at a

qualied specialist workshop.

SSttandbandby mode (ey mode (extxtension of tension of the sthe startarter batter batterery'sy's

perperiod out of use)iod out of use)

SSttandbandby mode functiony mode function

%This function is not available for all models.

If standby mode is activated, energy loss will be

minimized during extended periods of non-opera-

tion.

Standby mode is characterized by thefollowing:

RThe starter battery is preserved.

RThe maximum non-operational time appears in

the media display.

RThe connection to online services is interrup-

ted.

162162 Driving and parking

RThe ATA (anti-the alarm system) is not availa-

ble.

RThe function for detecting collisions on a

parkedvehicle is not available.

If thefollowing conditions are fullled, standby

mode can be activated or deactivated using the

multimedia system:

RThe vehicle is switched on.

RThe vehicle has not been started.

Exceeding thevehicle's displayed non-operational

time may cause inconvenience; i.e. it cannot be

guaranteed that the starter battery will reliably

start thevehicle.

Charge the starter battery in thefollowing situa-

tions:

RThe vehicle's non-operational time must be

extended.

RThe Battery Charge Insufficient for Standby

Mode message appears in the media display.

%Standby mode is automatically deactivated

when thevehicle is switched on.

Activctivating/deactivating/deactivating stating standbandby mode (pary mode (parkingking

tthe vhe vehicle fehicle for an eor an extxtended perended period)iod)

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe engine is switched o.

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Vehicle

#Activate or deactivate Standby Mode.

#Select Yes.

DrDriving and driving and driving safeiving safety syty syststemsems

DrDriving systiving systems and yems and your rour responsibilityesponsibility

Your vehicle is equipped with driving systems

which assist you in driving, parking and maneuver-

ing thevehicle. The driving systems are only aids.

They are not a substitute foryour attention to the

surroundings and do not relieve you of your

responsibility pertaining to road trac law. The

driver is alwaysresponsible for maintaining a safe

distance to thevehicle in front, forvehicle speed,

for braking in good time and for staying in lane.

Pay attention to the trac conditions at all times

and intervene when necessary. Be aware of the

limitations regarding the safe use of these sys-

tems.

Driving systems can neither reduce therisk of

accident if youfail to adapt your driving style nor

override the laws of physics. They cannot always

take into account road, weather or trac condi-

tions.

InfInforormation on vmation on vehicle sensorehicle sensors and camers and camerasas

Some driving and driving safety systems use cam-

eras as well as radar or ultrasonic sensors to

monitor the area in front of, behind or next to the

vehicle.

Driving and parking 163163

1Multifunction camera

2Cameras in the outside mirrors

3Front radar

4Front camera

5Corner radars

6Ultrasonic sensors

7Rear view camera

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to restric-

ted detection performance of vehicle sen-

sors and cameras

If the area around vehicle sensors or cameras

is covered, damaged or dirty, certain driving

and safety systems cannot function correctly.

There is a risk of an accident.

#Keep the area around vehicle sensors or

cameras clear of any obstructions and

clean.

#Have damage to the bumper, radiator

grille or stone chipping in the area of the

front and rear windowsrepaired at a

qualied specialist workshop.

Particularly,keep the areas around the sensors

and cameras free of dirt, ice or slush

(/page 278). The sensors and cameras must

not be covered and the detection ranges around

them must be kept free. Do not attach additional

license plate bracket, advertisements, stickers,

foils or foils to protect against stone chippings in

the detection range of the sensors and cameras.

Make sure that there are no overhanging loads

protruding into the detection range.

If there is damage to a bumper or theradiator

grille, or aer an impact, have the function of the

sensors checked at a qualied specialist work-

shop. Have damage or stone chipping in the area

of the cameras on the front and rear windows

repaired at a qualied specialist workshop.

%The rear view camera can extend and retract

automatically forthe purpose of calibration,

even though there is no camera image in the

display.

OvOverervieview of drw of driving systiving systems and drems and driving safeiving safetyty

systsystemsems

RABS (AAnti-lock BBraking SSystem) (/page 165)

RBAS (BBrake AAssist SSystem) (/page 166)

RESP®(EElectronic SStability PProgram)

(/page 166)

RESP®Crosswind Assist (/page 167)

REBD (E

Electronic BBrakeforce DDistribution)

(/page 168)

164164 Driving and parking

RSTEER CONTROL (/page 168)

RHOLD function (/page 168)

RHill Start Assist (/page 169)

RATTENTION ASSIST (/page 169)

RCruise control (/page 171)

RTrac Sign Assist (/page 189)

RDYNAMIC BODY CONTROL (/page 197)

RAIR BODY CONTROL (/page 197)

DrDriving Assistiving Assistance packance packageage

The following functions are part of the Driving

Assistance Package. Certain functions are only

available in some countries. Some functions are

also available without the Driving Assistance

Package, albeit with restricted functionality.

RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC

(/page 173)

RActive Speed Limit Assist (country-dependent)

(/page 177)

RRoute-based speed adaptation (country-

dependent) (/page 178)

RActive Brake Assist (/page 184)

RActive Steering Assist (country-dependent)

(/page 180)

RActive Emergency Stop Assist (country-

dependent) (/page 182)

RActive Lane Change Assist (country-depend-

ent) (/page 183)

RActive Stop-and-Go Assist (country-depend-

ent) (/page 179)

RBlind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist

with exit warning (/page 193)

RActive Lane Keeping Assist (/page 195)

Pararking Pking Packackageage

RRear view camera (/page 200)

RSurround view camera (/page 202)

RParking Assist PARKTRONIC (/page 205)

RActive Parking Assist (/page 210)

FFunctions of ABSunctions of ABS

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) regulates the

brake pressure in critical driving situations:

RDuring braking, for instance, at maximum full-

stop braking or if there is insucient tire trac-

tion, the wheels are prevented from locking.

RVehicle steerability while braking is ensured.

If ABS intervenes when braking, you will feel a

pulsing in the brake pedal. The pulsating brake

pedal can be an indication of hazardous road con-

ditions and can serve as a reminder to take extra

care while driving.

SystSystem limitsem limits

RABS is active from speeds of approx. 3 mph

(5 km/h).

RABS may be impaired or may not function if a

malfunction has occurred and theyellow !

ABS warning lamp lights up continuously in

the instrument cluster aer thevehicle is star-

ted.

Driving and parking 165165

FFunction of Bunction of BASAS

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident caused by a

malfunction in BAS (Brake Assist System)

If BAS is malfunctioning, the braking distance

in an emergency braking situation is

increased.

#Depress the brake pedal with full force in

emergency braking situations. ABS pre-

vents the wheels from locking.

The Brake Assist System (BAS) supports your

emergency braking situation with additional brake

force.

If you depress the brake pedal quickly, BAS is

activated:

RBAS automatically boosts the brake pressure.

RBAS can shortenthe braking distance.

RABS prevents the wheels from locking.

The brakes will function as usual once yourelease

the brake pedal. BAS is deactivated.

FFunction of ESPunction of ESP®®

WARNINGARNING Risk of skidding if ESP®is

deactivated

If you deactivate ESP®, ESP®cannot carry out

vehicle stabilization.

#ESP®should only be deactivated in the

following situations.

*NNOOTETE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

#Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize

dangers.

The Electronic Stability Program (ESP®) can moni-

tor and improve driving stability and traction in

thefollowing situations within physical limits:

RWhen pulling away on wet or slippery road.

RWhen braking.

If thevehicle deviates from the direction desired

by the driver, ESP®can stabilize thevehicle by

intervening in thefollowing ways:

ROne or more wheels are braked.

RThe engine output is adapted according to the

situation.

When ESP®is deactivated, theåwarning

lamp lights up continuously:

RDriving stability will no longer be improved.

RThe drive wheels could spin.

RETS/4ETS traction control is still active.

%When ESP®is deactivated, you are still assis-

tedby ESP®when braking.

When the÷warning lamp ashes, one or sev-

eral wheels has reached its grip limit:

RAdapt your driving style to suit the current

road and weather conditions.

RDo not deactivate ESP®.

ROnly depress the accelerator pedal as far as is

necessary when pulling away.

166166 Driving and parking

Deactivate ESP®in thefollowing situations to

improve traction:

RWhen using snow chains.

RIn deep snow.

ROn sand or gravel.

%Spinning the wheels results in a cutting

action, which enhances traction.

If the÷ESP®warning lamp lights up continu-

ously, ESP®is not available due to a malfunction.

Observe thefollowing information:

RWarning and indicator lamps (/page 399)

RDisplay messages (/page 346)

ETS/4ETS/4ETS (ElectrS (Electronic Tronic Traction Systaction System)em)

ETS/4ETS traction control is part of ESP®and

makes it possible to pull away and accelerate on a

slippery road.

ETS/4ETS can improve thevehicle's traction by

intervening in thefollowing ways:

RThe drive wheels are braked individually if they

spin.

RMore drive torque is transferredto the wheel

or wheels with traction.

InuenceInuence of drof drivive pre progrograms on ESPams on ESP®®

The drive programs enable ESP®to adapt to dif-

ferent weather and road conditions as well as the

driver's preferred driving style. Depending on the

selected drive program, the appropriate ESP®

mode will be activated. You can select the drive

programs using theDYNAMIC SELECT switch

(/page 149).

FFunction of ESPunction of ESP®®CrCrosswind Assistosswind Assist

ESP®Crosswind Assist detects sudden gusts of

side wind and helps the driver to keep thevehicle

in the lane:

RESP®Crosswind Assist is active at vehicle

speeds between approx. 47 mph (75 km/h)

and 125 mph (200 km/h) when driving

straight ahead or cornering slightly.

RThe vehicle is stabilized by means of individual

brake application on one side.

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating ESPating ESP®®(Electr(Electronic Stonic Stabilityability

PrProgrogram)am)

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Quick Access

%ESP®can only be activated/deactivated using

quick access when at least one other function

is available in quick access. ESP®can other-

wise be found in theAssistance menu.

*NNOOTETE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

#Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize

dangers.

#Select ESP.

#Select On or åOff.

ESP®is deactivated if theåESP®OFF warn-

ing lamp lights up continuously in the instrument

cluster.

Observe the information on warning lamps and

display messages which may be shown in the

instrument cluster.

Driving and parking 167167

FFunction of EBDunction of EBD

Electronic Breakforce Distribution (EBD) is char-

acterized by thefollowing:

RMonitoring and regulating the brake pressure

on therear wheels.

RImproved driving stability when braking, espe-

cially on bends.

FFunction of Sunction of STEER CTEER CONTRONTROLOL

STEER CONTROL assists youby transmitting a

noticeable steering forceto the steering wheel in

the direction required forvehicle stabilization.

This steering recommendation is given in thefol-

lowing situations:

RBoth right wheels or both le wheels are on a

wet or slippery road surface when you brake

RThe vehicle starts to skid

Syst

System limitsem limits

STEER CONTROL may be impaired or may not

function in thefollowing situations:

RESP®is deactivated.

RESP®is malfunctioning.

RThe steering is malfunctioning.

If ESP®is malfunctioning, you will be assisted fur-

ther by the electric power steering.

HOLD functionHOLD function

The HOLD function holds thevehicle at a stand-

still without requiring youto depress the brake

pedal, e.g. while waiting in trac.

The HOLD function is only an aid. The responsibil-

ity forthevehicle safely standing still remains with

the driver.

SystSystem limitsem limits

The HOLD function is only intended to provide

assistance when driving and is not a sucient

means of safeguarding thevehicle against rolling

away when stationary.

RThe incline must not be greater than 30%.

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating tating the HOLD functionhe HOLD function

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to the

HOLD function being active when you

leave thevehicle

If thevehicle is only braked with the HOLD

function it could, in thefollowing situations,

roll away:

RIf there is a malfunction in the system or in

the power supply.

RIf the HOLD function is deactivated by

depressing the accelerator pedal or brake

pedal, e.g. by avehicle occupant.

#Always secure thevehicle against rolling

away before you leave it.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe vehicle is stationary.

RThe driver's door is closed or the seat belt on

the driver's side is fastened.

RThe vehicle has been started or has been

automatically switched o by the ECO start/

stop function.

168168 Driving and parking

RThe electric parking brake is released.

RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deactiva-

ted.

RThe transmission is in position h,kor i.

AActivctivating tating the HOLD functionhe HOLD function

#Depress the brake pedal, and aer a short

time quickly depress further until theë

display appears in the Instrument Display.

#Release the brake pedal.

DeactivDeactivating tating the HOLD functionhe HOLD function

#Depress the accelerator pedal to pull away.

#Depress the brake pedal until theëdisplay

disappears from the Instrument Display.

The HOLD function is deactivated in thefollowing

situations:

RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-

ted.

RThe transmission is shied to position j.

RThe vehicle is secured with the electric park-

ing brake.

In thefollowing situations, thevehicle is held by

transmission position jand/or by the electric

parking brake:

RThe seat belt is unfastened and the driver's

door is opened.

RThe vehicle is switched o.

RThere is a system malfunction.

RThe power supply is insucient.

FFunction of Hill Stunction of Hill Starart Assistt Assist

Hill Start Assist holds thevehicle for a short time

when pulling away on a hill under thefollowing

conditions:

RThe transmission is in position hor k.

RThe electric parking brake is released.

This gives you enough time to move your foot

from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and

depress it before thevehicle begins to roll away.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due

to thevehicle rolling away

Aer a short time, Hill Start Assist no longer

holds thevehicle.

#Swily move your foot from the brake

pedal to the accelerator pedal. Do not

leave thevehicle when it is being held by

Hill Start Assist.

AATTENTION ASSISTTTENTION ASSIST

FFunction of Aunction of ATTENTION ASSISTTTENTION ASSIST

ATTENTION ASSIST assists you on long, monoto-

nous journeys, e.g. on highways and trunk roads.

If ATTENTION ASSIST detects indicators of fatigue

or increasing lapses in concentration on the part

of the driver, it suggests taking a break.

ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid. It cannot

always detect fatigue or lapses in concentration in

time. The system is not a substitute for a well-res-

ted and attentive driver. On long journeys,take

regular breaks in good time that allow for ade-

quate recuperation.

Driving and parking 169169

You can choose between two settings:

RSSttandarandard:d: normal system sensitivity.

RSensitivSensitive:e: higher system sensitivity. The driver

is warned earlier and the attention level detec-

tedby ATTENTION ASSIST is adapted accord-

ingly.

If drowsiness or increasing lapses in concentra-

tion are detected, theATTENTION ASSIST: Take

a Break! warning appears in the Instrument Dis-

play. You can acknowledge the message and take

a break if necessary. If you do not take a break

and ATTENTION ASSIST continues to detect

increasing lapses in concentration, you will be

warned again aer a minimum of 15 minutes.

You can have thefollowing status information for

ATTENTION ASSIST displayed in the assistance

menu of the on-board computer:

RThe length of the journey since the last break.

RThe attention level determined by ATTENTION

ASSIST:

-The fuller the circle, the higher the atten-

tion level determined

-As your attention wanes, the circle in the

center of the display becomes smaller

If ATTENTION ASSIST is unable to calculate the

attention level and cannot issue a warning, the

System Suspended message appears.

If a warning is given in the Instrument Display, the

multimedia system oers to search for a rest

area. You can select a rest area and start naviga-

tion to this rest area. This function can be activa-

ted and deactivated in the multimedia system.

If ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated, theÛ

symbol appears in the assistance graphic in the

Instrument Display. Aer thevehicle is started,

ATTENTION ASSIST is automatically activated. The

last selected sensitivity levelremains stored.

Syst

System limitsem limits

ATTENTION ASSIST is active in the 37 mph

(60 km/h)to 124 mph (200 km/h) speed range.

Particularly in thefollowing situations, ATTENTION

ASSIST only functions in a restricted manner and

warnings may be delayed or not occur:

RIf you have been driving for less than approx-

imately 30 minutes.

RIf theroad condition is poor (unevenroad sur-

face or potholes).

RIf there is a strong side wind.

RIf you adopt a sporty driving style (high corner-

ing speeds or high rates of acceleration).

RIf Active Steering Assist is activated and active

(/page 180).

RIf the time has been set incorrectly.

RIf youchange lanes and vary your speed fre-

quently in active driving situations.

The ATTENTION ASSIST drowsiness or alertness

assessment is reset and restarted when continu-

ing the journey in thefollowing situations:

RYou switch o thevehicle.

170170 Driving and parking

RIf you unfasten your seat belt and open the

driver's door (e.g. to change drivers or take a

break).

SeSetting Atting ATTENTION ASSISTTTENTION ASSIST

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Assistance

5Attention Assist

SeSetting optting optionstions

#Select Standard,Sensitive or Off.

SuggSuggesesting a rting a resest art areaea

#Select Suggest Rest Area.

#Activate or deactivate the function.

If ATTENTION ASSIST detects fatigue or

increasing lack of attention, it suggests a rest

area in the vicinity.

#Select the suggested rest area.

You are guided to the selected rest area.

Speed contrSpeed control crol cruise contruise controlol

FFunction of crunction of cruise contruise controlol

Cruise control regulatesthe speed to thevalue

selected by the driver.

If you accelerate to overtake, forexample, the

stored speed is not deleted. If youremove your

foot from the accelerator pedal aer overtaking,

cruise control will resume speed regulation back

to the stored speed.

You can store any speed above 15 mph

(20 km/h)up to the maximum design speed.

Observe the notes on driving systems and your

responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize

dangers (/page 163).

Mer

Mercedes‑cedes‑AMG vAMG vehicles:ehicles: Cruise control is availa-

ble up to a maximum speed of 155 mph

(250 km/h).

DisplayDisplays in ts in the Inshe Instrtrument Displayument Display

Rh(gray): cruise control is selected but not

yet activated.

Rh(green): cruise control is active.

A stored speed appears along with thehdis-

play.

%The segments between the stored speed and

the end of the segment display light up in the

speedometer.

SystSystem limitsem limits

Cruise control may be unable to maintain the

stored speed on uphill gradients. The stored

speed is resumed when thegradient evens out.

Change into a lowergear in good time on long and

steep downhill gradients. Take particular note of

this when driving a laden vehicle. By doing so, you

will make use of the engine's braking eect. This

relievesthe load on the brake system and pre-

vents the brakes from overheating and wearing

tooquickly.

Do not use cruise control in thefollowing situa-

tions:

RIn trac situations which require frequent

changes of speed, e.g. in heavy trac, on

winding roads

Driving and parking 171171

ROn slippery roads. Accelerating can cause the

drive wheels to lose traction and thevehicle

could then skid.

RWhen visibility is poor

OperOperating crating cruise contruise controlol

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to stored

speed

If you call up the stored speed and this is

lowerthan your current speed, thevehicle

decelerates.

#Take into account the trac situation

before calling up the stored speed.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RCruise control is selected.

RESP®must be activated, but not intervening.

RThe vehicle speed is at least 15 mph

(20 km/h).

RThe transmission is in position h.

Steering wheel control panel for cruise control

JAdopts the stored/detected speed

±Deactivates cruise control

MActivates cruise control

NDeactivates cruise control

1Control panel to increase/decrease speed

AActivctivating crating cruise contruise controlol

#Press M.

AActivctivating crating cruise contruise controlol

#Press Mor Non control panel 1.

The current speed is stored and maintained by

thevehicle.

#Press J.

The last stored speed is called up and main-

tained by thevehicle.

If the last stored speed has previously been

deleted, the current vehicle speed is stored.

%When you switch o thevehicle, the last

speed stored is deleted.

IncrIncreasing/decreasing/decreasing teasing the sthe storored speeded speed

#To increase the stored speed: swipe upwards

from the bottom of control panel 1.

RThe stored speed is increased by 1mph

(1 km/h).

#To decrease the stored speed: swipe down-

wards from thetop of control panel 1.

RThe stored speed is decreased by 1mph

(1 km/h).

172172 Driving and parking

#Briey press Mor Non control panel

The stored speed is increased or decreased to

thefollowing values depending on the unit:

Rmmph:ph: the next value ending in 5

Rkm/h:km/h: the next value ending in 0

#Accelerate thevehicle to the desired speed.

#Press Mon control panel 1.

Adopdopting a detting a detectected speeded speed

If cruise control is activated and Trac Sign

Assist has detected a speed restriction sign with a

maximum permissible speed and this is displayed

in the instrument cluster:

#Press J.

The maximum permissible speed shownby the

trac sign is stored and thevehicle maintains

this speed.

DeactivDeactivating crating cruise contruise controlol

#Press ±.

Deactiv

Deactivating crating cruise contruise controlol

#Press N.

%If you brake, deactivate ESP®or if ESP®inter-

venes, cruise control is deactivated.

AActivctive Diste Distance Assisance Assist DISt DISTRTRONICONIC

FFunction of Aunction of Activctive Diste Distance Assisance Assist DISt DISTRTRONICONIC

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC maintains the

set speed on free-owing roads. If vehicles in

front are detected, the set distance is maintained,

if necessary, until thevehicle comes to a halt. The

vehicle accelerates or brakes depending on the

distance to thevehicle in front and the set speed.

The speed and distance to thevehicle in front are

set and saved using the steering wheel.

Available speed range:

Vehicles witehicles without Drhout Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e:

15 mph (20 km/h) - 120 mph (200 km/h)

RVVehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e:

15 mph (20 km/h) - 130 mph (210 km/h)

Other features of Active Distance Assist

DISTRONIC:

RAdjusts the driving style depending on the

selected drive program (fuel-saving, comforta-

ble or dynamic)

RInitiates acceleration to the stored speed if the

turn signal indicator is switched on to change

to theovertaking lane

RVVehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e:

-Reacts to stationary vehicles detected in

urban speed ranges (except bicycles and

motorcycles)

-Takes one-sided overtaking restrictions

into account on highways or on multi-lane

roads with separate roadways (country-

dependent)

Vehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage ande and

PPararking Pking Packackagage:e: if thevehicle has been braked to

a standstill on multi-lane, separate roadwaysby

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC, it can auto-

matically follow thevehicle in front when driving

o again within 30 seconds. If a critical situation

is detected when driving o, a visual and acoustic

warning is given indicating that the driver must

Driving and parking 173173

now take control of thevehicle. The vehicle is not

accelerated any further.

Observe the notes on driving systems and your

responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize

dangers (/page 163).

AActivctive Diste Distance Assisance Assist DISt DISTRTRONIC displayONIC displays in ts in thehe

InsInstrtrument Displayument Display

Assistance graphic

1Route-based speed adaptation: type of route

event (/page 178)

2Vehicle in front

3Distance indicator

4Set specied distance

5Active Lane Change Assist lane change dis-

play

PPerermanent stmanent status displaatus display of Ay of Activctive Diste Distanceance

AssisAssist DISt DISTRTRONICONIC

Rk(white): Active Distance Assist

DISTRONIC selected, specied distance set

Rk(white vehicle, green speedometer):

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC active,

specied distance set and vehicle detected

Rk(green): Active Distance Assist

DISTRONIC active, specied distance set and

vehicle detected

Rr:Route-based speed adaptation active

(/page 178).

The stored speed is shown along with the perma-

nent status display and highlighted on the speed-

ometer. When Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC

is passive, the speed is grayed out.

%On highways or high-speed major roads, the

green çvehicle symbol is displayed cycli-

cally when thevehicle is ready to pull away.

%If you depress the accelerator pedal beyond

the setting of theActive Distance Assist

DISTRONIC, the system is switched to passive

mode. The çSuspended message

appears in the Instrument Display.

Displa

Display on ty on the speedomethe speedometerer

The stored speed is highlighted on the speedome-

ter. If the speed of thevehicle in front or the

speed adjustment fortheroute event ahead is

less than the stored speed, the segments in the

speedometer light up. The Instrument Display

shows the deactivation of Active Distance Assist

DISTRONIC, as well as alterations to the speed

due to manual or automatic adoption of the maxi-

mum permissible speed.

SystSystem limitsem limits

The system may be impaired or may not function

in thefollowing situations, forexample:

RIn snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is glare,

in direct sunlight or in greatly varying ambient

light.

RThe windshield in the area of the camera is

dirty, fogged up, damaged or covered.

174174 Driving and parking

RIf theradar sensors are dirty or covered.

RIn parking garages or on roads with steep

uphill or downhill gradients.

RIf there are narrow vehicles in front, such as

bicycles or motorcycles.

In addition, on slippery roads, braking or acceler-

ating can cause one or several wheels to lose

traction and thevehicle could then skid.

Do not use Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC in

these situations.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident from accelera-

tion or braking by Active Distance Assist

DISTRONIC

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC may accel-

erate or brake in thefollowing cases, for

example:

RIf thevehicle pulls away using Active Dis-

tance Assist DISTRONIC.

RIf the stored speed is called up and is con-

siderably faster or slowerthan the cur-

rently driven speed.

RIf Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC no

longer detects a vehicle in front or does

not react to relevant objects.

#Always carefully observe the trac con-

ditions and be ready to brake at all

times.

#Take into account the trac situation

before calling up the stored speed.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to insu-

cient deceleration by Active Distance

Assist DISTRONIC

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC brakes your

vehicle with up to 50% of the possible deceler-

ation. If this deceleration is not sucient,

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC alerts you

with a visual and acoustic warning.

#Adjust your speed and maintain a suita-

ble distance from thevehicle in front.

#Brake thevehicle yourself and/or take

evasive action.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if detection

function of Active Distance Assist

DISTRONIC is impaired

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC does not

react or has a limitedreaction:

Rwhen driving on a dierent lane or when

changing lanes

Rto pedestrians, animals, bicycles or sta-

tionary vehicles, or unexpected obstacles

Rto complex trac conditions

Rto oncoming vehicles and crossing trac

As a result, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC

may neither give warnings nor intervene in

such situations.

#Always observe the trac conditions

carefully and react accordingly.

OperOperating Aating Activctive Diste Distance Assisance Assist DISt DISTRTRONICONIC

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe electric parking brake is released.

RESP®is activated and is not intervening.

Driving and parking 175175

RThe transmission is in position h.

RAll the doors are closed.

RCheck of theradar sensor system has been

successfully completed.

JAdopts the stored/detected speed

±DeactivatesActive Distance Assist

DISTRONIC

1Increases/decreases the speed

KIncreases/decreases the specied distance

HActivates/deactivatesActive Distance

Assist DISTRONIC

#TTo opero operatate Ae Activctive Diste Distance Assisance Assistt

DISDISTRTRONIC:ONIC: press therespective button with

only one nger or swipe on the control panel.

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating Aating Activctive Diste Distance Assistance Assist

DISDISTRTRONICONIC

#Press H.

AActivctivating Aating Activctive Diste Distance Assisance Assist DISt DISTRTRONICONIC

To activo activatate wite without a sthout a storored speed:ed speed: on control

panel 1press Mon the upper section or

Non the lower section or J.Remove

your foot from the accelerator pedal.

#TTo activo activatate wite with a sth a storored speed:ed speed: press J.

Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.

The current speed is stored and maintained by

thevehicle.

IncrIncreasing or reasing or reducing teducing the speedhe speed

#To increase the stored speed: swipe upwards

from the bottom of control panel 1.

RThe stored speed is increased by 1mph

(1 km/h).

#To decrease the stored speed: swipe down-

wards from thetop of control panel 1.

RThe stored speed is decreased by 1mph

(1 km/h).

#Briey press Mon the upper section or

Non the lower section of control panel

The stored speed is increased or reduced by

5mph (10 km/h).

#Accelerate thevehicle to the desired speed.

#Press Mon the upper section of control

panel 1.

AAdopdopting tting the limit speed shohe limit speed shown in twn in the inshe instrtrumentument

clustclusterer

#Activate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC.

176176 Driving and parking

#Press J.

The limit speed displayed in the instrument

cluster is adopted as the stored speed. The

vehicle adapts its speed to that of thevehicle

in front, but only up to the stored speed.

Pulling awaPulling away wity with Ah Activctive Diste Distance Assistance Assist

DIS

DISTRTRONICONIC

#Activate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC

and remove your foot from the brake pedal.

#Press J.

#Depress the accelerator pedal briey and

rmly.

The functions of Active Distance Assist

DISTRONIC continue to be carried out.

RReducing or increducing or increasing teasing thehe speciedspecied distdistanceance

frfrom tom the vhe vehicle in frehicle in frontont

#Press K.

The hdisplay appears. The specied dis-

tance is reduced by one level.

If the lowest level is already selected, the

selection jumps to the highest level.

DeactivDeactivating Aating Activctive Diste Distance Assisance Assist DISt DISTRTRONICONIC

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC being

active when you leave the driver's seat

If you leave the driver's seat while thevehicle

is being braked by Active Distance Assist

DISTRONIC only, thevehicle can roll away.

#Always deactivate Active Distance Assist

DISTRONIC and secure thevehicle to

prevent it from rolling away before you

leave the driver's seat.

#Press ±.

%If you brake, deactivate ESP®or if ESP®inter-

venes, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is

deactivated.

FFunction of Aunction of Activctive Speed Limit Assiste Speed Limit Assist

If a change in the speed limit of 12 mph

(20 km/h) or more is detected and automatic

adoption of speed limits is activated, the new

speed limit is automatically adopted as the stored

speed (/page 190).

The driven speed is adjusted when thevehicle is

level with the trac sign at the latest. In the case

of signs indicating entry into an urban area, the

speed is adapted according to the speed permit-

ted within the urban area. The speed limit display

in the Instrument Display is always updated when

thevehicle is level with the trac sign.

If there is no speed restriction on an unlimited

stretch of road (e.g. on a freeway), therecom-

mended speed is automatically adopted as the

stored speed. The system uses the speed stored

on an unlimited stretch of road as therecommen-

ded speed. If you do not alter the stored speed on

an unlimited stretch of road, therecommended

speed is 80 mph (130 km/h).

If Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC has been put

into passive mode by pressing the accelerator

pedal, only speed limits which are higher than the

set speed are adopted.

Observe the notes on driving systems and your

responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize

dangers (/page 163).

Driving and parking 177177

SystSystem limitsem limits

The system limits of Trac Sign Assist apply to

the detection of trac signs (/page 189).

Speed limits below 12 mph (20 km/h) are not

automatically adoptedby the system as the stored

speed. Temporary speed restrictions (e.g. for a

certain time or due to weather conditions) cannot

be properly detected by the system. The maxi-

mum permissible speed applying to avehicle with

a trailer is not detected by the system.

Adjust the speed in these situations.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to Active

Speed Limit Assist adapting thevehicle's

speed

The speed adoptedby Active Speed Limit

Assist may be too high or incorrect in some

individual cases, such as:

Rat speed limits below 12 mph (20 km/h)

Rin wet conditions or in fog

Rwhen towing a trailer

#Ensure that the driven speed complies

with trac regulations.

#Adjust the driving speed to suit current

trac and weather conditions.

FFunction of runction of routoute-based speed adapte-based speed adaptationation

When Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-

ted, thevehicle speed will be adapted accordingly

to theroute events ahead. Depending on the drive

program selected, thevehicle negotiates a route

event ahead in an economical, comfortable or

dynamic manner. When theroute event has been

passed, thevehicle accelerates again to the

stored speed. The set distance to thevehicle in

front, vehicles detected ahead and speed restric-

tions ahead are taken into account.

You can activate and deactivate route-based

speed adaptation in the multimedia system

(/page 179).

The following route events are taken into account:

RCurves

RT-intersections, roundabouts and toll plazas

RTurns and exits

RTrac jams ahead (only with Live Trac Infor-

mation )

%When thetoll station is reached, Active Dis-

tance Assist DISTRONIC adoptsthe speed as

the stored speed.

Also, the speed is reduced if the turn signal indi-

cator to change lanes is switched on and one of

thefollowing situations is detected:

RTurning o at intersections

RDriving on slowing-down lanes

RDriving on lanes adjacent to slowing-down

lanes

The driver is responsible forchoosing theright

speed and observing other road users. This

applies in particular to intersections, roundabouts

and trac lights, as route-based speed adaptation

does not brake thevehicle to a standstill.

When route guidance is active, the rst speed

adjustment is carried out automatically. If the turn

signal indicator is switched on, the selected route

is conrmed and further speed adjustment is acti-

vated.

178178 Driving and parking

Speed adaptation is canceled in thefollowing

cases:

RIf the turn signal indicator is switched o

before theroute event.

RIf the driver depresses the accelerator or

brake pedal during the process.

Syst

System limitsem limits

Route-based speed adaptation does not take right

of wayregulations into account. The driver is

responsible for complying with road trac regula-

tions and driving at a suitable speed.

The speed adaptation made by the system may

not always be suitable, particularly in thefollowing

situations:

RThe road's course not clearly visible

RRoad narrowing

RVarying maximum permissible speeds in indi-

vidual lanes, forexample at toll plazas

RWetroad surfaces, snow or ice

In these situations the driver must intervene

accordingly.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident in spite of

route-based speed adaptation

Route-based speed adaptation can malfunc-

tion or be temporarily unavailable in thefol-

lowing situations:

RIf the driver does not follow the calculated

route

RIf map data is not up-to-date or available

RIn theevent of roadworks

RIn bad weather or road conditions

RIf the accelerator pedal is depressed

RIn theevent of electronically displayed

speed limitations

#Adapt the speed to the trac situation.

SeSetting rtting routoute-based speed adapte-based speed adaptationation

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-

ted.

RECO Assist is active.

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Assistance

5Route-based Speed

#Activate or deactivate the function.

When the function is active, thevehicle speed

is adjusted depending on theroute events

ahead.

%Further information on the route-based speed

adaptation (/page 178).

FFunction of Aunction of ActivctiveeTrTracac Jam AssistJam Assist

Active Trac Jam Assist helps you when in trac

jams on multi-lane roads with separate roadways

by automatically pulling away within 60 seconds

and with moderate steering maneuvers. It orients

itself using thevehicle in front and lane markings.

Active Trac Jam Assist automatically maintains a

safe distance from thevehicle in front and vehi-

cles cutting in.

Active Trac Jam Assist requires you, as the

driver, to keep your hands on the steering wheel

at all times so that you are able to intervene at

any time to correct the course of thevehicle and

keep it in lane. Observe the notes on driving sys-

Driving and parking 179179

tems and your responsibility; you may otherwise

fail to recognize dangers (/page 163).

Active Trac Jam Assist activates automatically as

soon as all of therequirements are met: The ¬

status display appears in the instrument cluster

when the function is active.

Requirements:

RYou are in a trac jam on a freeway or high-

speed major road.

RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activated

and active (/page 175).

RActive Brake Assist is available (/page 184).

RActive Steering Assist is activated and active

(/page 182).

RActive Trac Jam Assist is activated

(/page 180).

RYou are traveling no faster than 35 mph

(60 km/h).

SystSystem limitsem limits

The system limitations of Active Distance Assist

DISTRONIC and Active Steering Assist apply to

Active Trac Jam Assist.

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating Aating ActivctiveeTrTracac Jam AssistJam Assist

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Quick Access

#Select ¬.

AActivctiveSteSteereering Assisting Assist

FFunction of Aunction of ActivctiveSteSteereering Assisting Assist

Active Steering Assist is only available up to a

speed of 130 mph (210 km/h). The system helps

youto stay in the center of the lane by means of

moderate steering interventions. Depending on

the speed driven, Active Steering Assist uses the

vehicles ahead and lane markings as a reference.

%Depending on the country, in the lower speed

range Active Steering Assist can use the sur-

rounding trac as a reference. If necessary,

Active Steering Assist can then also provide

assistance when driving away from the center

of the lane, forexample, to form arescue

lane.

If the detection of lane markings and vehicles

ahead is impaired, Active Steering Assist switches

to passive mode. The system provides no support

in this case.

Sttatus displaatus display of Ay of ActivctiveSteSteereering Assising Assist in tt in thehe

InsInstrtrument Displayument Display

RØ(gray): activated and passive

RØ(green): activated and active

RØ(red): system limits detected

RØ(white, red hands): "hands on the steer-

ing wheel" prompt

%During the transition from active to passive

status, theØsymbol is shown as enlarged

and ashing. Once the system is passive, the

Øsymbol is shown as gray in the Instru-

ment Display.

%Depending on the selected vehicle settings,

Active Steering Assist may be unavailable.

Steereering and ting and toucouch deth detectionection

The driver is required to keep their hands on the

steering wheel at all times and be able to inter-

vene at any time to correct the course of thevehi-

cle and keep it in lane. The driver must expect a

180180 Driving and parking

change from active to passive mode or vice versa

at any time.

If the system detects that the driver has not

steered thevehicle for a considerable period of

time or has removedtheir hands from the steering

wheel, display 1appears. If the driver still does

not steer thevehicle, a warning tone sounds in

addition to the visual warning message.

If the driver does not react to thewarning for a

considerable period, the system can initiate an

emergency stop (/page 182).

If the driver steers, no warning is issued, or the

warning is ended.

If Active Steering Assist detects that a system

limit has been reached, a visual warning is issued

and a warning tone sounds.

Observe the notes on driving systems and your

responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize

dangers (/page 163).

SystSystem limitsem limits

Active Steering Assist has a limited steering tor-

quefor lateral guidance. In some cases, the steer-

ing intervention is not sucient to keep thevehi-

cle in the lane or to drive through exits.

The system may be impaired or may not function

in thefollowing instances:

RThere is poor visibility, e.g. due to snow, rain,

fog, heavy spray,greatly varying ambient light

or strong shadows on theroad.

RThere is glare, e.g. from oncoming trac,

direct sunlight or reections.

RInsucient road illumination.

RThe windshield is dirty, fogged up, damaged or

covered in the vicinity of the camera, e.g. by a

sticker.

RNo, or several, unclear lane markings are pres-

ent for one lane, or the markings change

quickly, forexample, in a construction area or

intersections.

RThe lane markings are worn away, dark or cov-

ered up, e.g. by dirt or snow.

RIf the distance to thevehicle in front is too

short and thus the lane markings cannot be

detected.

RThe road is narrow and winding.

RThere are obstacles on the lane or projecting

out into the lane, such as object markers.

The system does not provide assistance in thefol-

lowing conditions:

ROn tight curves and when turning.

RWhen crossing intersections.

RAt roundabouts or toll stations.

RWhen the tire pressure is too low.

Driving and parking 181181

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if Active Steer-

ing Assist unexpectedly stops functioning

If the system limits of Active Steering Assist

are reached there is no guarantee that the

system will remain active or will keep thevehi-

cle in lane.

#Alwayskeep your hands on the steering

wheel and observe the trac carefully.

#Always steer thevehicle paying attention

to trac conditions.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if Active Steer-

ing Assist unexpectedly intervenes

The detection of lane markings and objects

may malfunction and cause unexpected steer-

ing interventions.

#Steer according to trac conditions.

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating Aating ActivctiveSteSteereering Assisting Assist

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RESP®is activated, but is not intervening.

RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-

ted.

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Quick Access

#Select aSteering Assist.

FFunction of Aunction of Activctive Emerge Emergency Stency Stop Assistop Assist

If the system detects that the driver has not

steered thevehicle for a considerable period of

time or has removedtheir hands from the steering

wheel, display 1appears in the Instrument Dis-

play. If the driver still does not steer thevehicle,

or gives no conrmation to the system, a warning

tone sounds in addition to the visual warning mes-

sage.

If the driver still does not respond to thewarning,

theBeginning Emergency Stop message appears

in the Instrument Display. If the driver still does

not respond, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC

reduces the speed. The vehicle is decelerated in

stages to a standstill.

Depending on the country, at speeds below

40 mph (60 km/h) the hazard warning lights

switch on automatically.

When thevehicle is stationary, thefollowing

actions are carried out:

RThe vehicle is secured with the electric park-

ing brake.

RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC is ended.

RThe vehicle is unlocked.

RIf possible, an emergency call is placed to the

Mercedes-Benz emergency call center.

The driver can cancel the deceleration at any time

by performing one of thefollowing actions:

RSteering

182182 Driving and parking

RBraking or accelerating

RDeactivating Active Distance Assist

DISTRONIC

AActivctive Lane Change Lane Change Assiste Assist

FFunction of Aunction of Activctive Lane Change Lane Change Assiste Assist

Active Lane Change Assist supports the driver

when changing lanes by applying steering torque

if the driver activates a turn signal indicator.

Observe the notes on driving systems and your

responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize

dangers (/page 163).

Assistance when changing lanes is provided if all

thefollowing conditions are met:

RYou are driving on a freeway or road with mul-

tiple lanes in the direction of travel.

RThe neighboring lane is separated by a broken

lane marking.

RNo vehicle is detected in the adjacent lane.

RThe vehicle speed is between 50 mph

(80 km/h) and 110 mph (180 km/h).

RActive Lane Change Assist is switched on in

the multimedia system.

RActive Steering Assist is activated and active.

If no vehicle is detected in the adjacent lane and a

lane change is permitted, the lane change begins

aer the driver has activated the turn signal indi-

cator. This is shown to the driver with a green

arrow next to the±steering wheel symbol.

The Lane Change to the Left message, forexam-

ple, also appears. If Active Lane Change Assist

has been activated with the turn signal indicator

but a lane change is not immediately possible, a

gray arrow appears next to the±steering

wheel symbol, which remains green.

When lane change assistance starts, the turn sig-

nal indicator is automatically activated along with

the display in the Instrument Display.

If a lane change is not possible, the arrow is faded

out aer a few seconds and a new lane change

must be initiated. An immediate lane change is

only possible on freeway sections without speed

limits.

If the system is impaired, Active Lane Change

Assist may be canceled. If it is canceled, the

Lane Change Canceled message appears in the

Instrument Display.

In addition, a warning tone may sound, depending

on the situation.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident when changing

lane to an occupied adjacent lane

Lane Change Assist cannot always clearly

detect if the adjacent lane is free.

The lane change might be initiated although

the adjacent lane is not free.

#Before changing lanes, make sure that

the neighboring lane is free and there is

no danger to other road users.

#Monitor the lane change.

WARNINGARNING Risk of accident if Lane Change

Assist unexpectedly stops functioning

If the system limitations for Lane Change

Assist have been reached, there is no guaran-

teethat the system will remain active.

Lane Change Assist cannot then assist youby

applying steering torque.

Driving and parking 183183

#Always monitorthe lane change and

keep your hands on the steering wheel.

Observe the trac conditions and steer

and/or brake if necessary.

SystSystem limitsem limits

The system limitations of Active Steering Assist

apply to Active Lane Change Assist

(/page 180).

The system may also be impaired or may not func-

tion in thefollowing situations:

RThe sensors in therear bumper are dirty, dam-

aged or coveredby a sticker or ice and snow,

forexample.

RThe exterior lighting shows a malfunction.

%The Active Lane Change Assist sensors adjust

automatically while a certain distance is being

driven aer thevehicle has been delivered.

Active Lane Change Assist is unavailable or

only partially available during this teach-in

process; no arrow appears next to theØ

Active Steering Assist symbol when the turn

signal indicator is activated.

Selecting A

Selecting Activctive Lane Change Lane Change Assiste Assist

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Assistance

5Active Lane Change Assist

#Select the function.

AActivctive Bre Brakake Assiste Assist

FFunction of Aunction of Activctive Bre Brakake Assiste Assist

Active Brake Assist consists of thefollowing func-

tions:

RDistance warning function

RAutonomous braking function

RSituation-dependent braking assistance

Vehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e: Eva-

sive Steering Assist and cornering function

Active Brake Assist can help youto minimize the

risk of a collision with vehicles, cyclists or pedes-

trians or to reduce the eects of such a collision.

If Active Brake Assist has detected a risk of colli-

sion, a warning tone sounds and theLdis-

tance warning lamp lights up in the instrument

cluster.

If you do not react to thewarning, autonomous

braking can be initiated in critical situations.

In especially critical situations, Active Brake Assist

can initiate autonomous braking directly. In this

case, thewarning lamp and warning tone occur

simultaneously with the braking application.

If you apply the brake yourself in a critical situa-

tion or apply the brake during autonomous brak-

ing, situation-dependent braking assistance

occurs. The brake pressure increases up to maxi-

mum full-stop braking if necessary.

Observe the notes on driving systems and your

responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize

dangers (/page 163).

184184 Driving and parking

If autonomous braking or situation-dependent

braking assistance has occurred, display 1

appears in the Instrument Display and then auto-

matically goes out aer a short time.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident caused by

limited detection performance of Active

Brake Assist

Active Brake Assist cannot always clearly iden-

tify objects and complex trac situations.

In such cases, Active Brake Assist might:

RGive a warning or brake without reason

RNot give a warning or not brake

Active Brake Assist is only an aid. The driver is

responsible for maintaining a suciently safe

distance to thevehicle in front, vehicle speed

and for braking in good time.

#Always pay careful attention to the trac

situation; do not rely on Active Brake

Assist alone.

#Be preparedto brake or swerve if neces-

sary.

Also observe the system limits of Active Brake

Assist.

The individual subfunctions arThe individual subfunctions areaveavailable in vailable in varari-i-

ous speed rous speed ranganges:es:

The distance warning function can issue a warn-

ing in thefollowing situations:

RFrom approximately 4 mph (7 km/h), if your

vehicle is critically close to avehicle, cyclist or

pedestrian, you will hear an intermittent warn-

ing tone and theLdistance warning lamp

lights up in the instrument cluster.

Brake immediately or take evasive action, provi-

ded it is safe to do so and the trac situation

allows this.

DistDistance wance wararning function (vning function (vehicles witehicles without Drhout Driv-iv-

ing Assisting Assistance Pance Packackagage)e)

The distance warning function can aid you in the

following situations with an intermittent warning

tone and a warning lamp:

Rat speeds up to approximately 155 mph

(250 km/h)when approaching vehicles ahead

Rat speeds up to approximately 50 mph

(80 km/h) when approaching stationary vehi-

cles, pedestrians walking in the direction of

travel and cyclists ahead

Rat speeds up to approximately 37 mph

(60 km/h) when approaching crossing pedes-

trians

Driving and parking 185185

DistDistance wance wararning function (vning function (vehicles witehicles with Drh Drivingiving

AssistAssistance Pance Packackagage)e)

The distance warning function can aid you in the

following situations with an intermittent warning

tone and a warning lamp:

Rat speeds up to approximately 155 mph

(250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead

Rat speeds up to approximately 62 mph

(100 km/h) when approaching stationary

vehicles

Rat speeds up to approximately 50 mph

(80 km/h) when approaching moving pedes-

trians and cyclists ahead

Rat speeds up to approximately 43 mph

(70 km/h)when approaching stationary

pedestrians, crossing vehicles and stationary

and crossing cyclists

Aututonomous bronomous braking function (vaking function (vehicles witehicles withouthout

DrDriving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage)e)

If thevehicle is traveling at speeds above approx-

imately 4 mph (7 km/h), the autonomous braking

function may intervene in thefollowing situations:

Rat speeds up to approximately 124 mph

(200 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead

Rat speeds up to approximately 50 mph

(80 km/h) when approaching cyclists ahead

Rat speeds up to approximately 37 mph

(60 km/h)when approaching stationary vehi-

cles or moving pedestrians

Aututonomous bronomous braking function (vaking function (vehicles witehicles with Drh Driv-iv-

ing Assisting Assistance Pance Packackagage)e)

If thevehicle is traveling at speeds above approx-

imately 4 mph (7 km/h), the autonomous braking

function may intervene in thefollowing situations:

Rat speeds up to approximately 155 mph

(250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead

Rat speeds up to approximately 62 mph

(100 km/h) when approaching stationary

vehicles

Rat speeds up to approximately 50 mph

(80 km/h) when approaching cyclists ahead

Rat speeds up to approximately 43 mph

(70 km/h)when approaching stationary and

moving pedestrians, crossing vehicles and sta-

tionary and crossing cyclists

Situation-dependent brSituation-dependent braking assistaking assistance (vance (vehiclesehicles

witwithout Drhout Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage)e)

The situation-dependent braking assistance can

intervene from a speed of approximately 4 mph

(7 km/h)in thefollowing situations:

Rat speeds up to approximately 155 mph

(250 km/h)when approaching vehicles ahead

Rat speeds up to approximately 50 mph

(80 km/h) when approaching stationary vehi-

cles and vehicles ahead

Rat speeds up to approximately 37 mph

(60 km/h) when approaching moving pedes-

trians

186186 Driving and parking

Situation-dependent brSituation-dependent braking assistaking assistance (vance (vehiclesehicles

witwith Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage)e)

The situation-dependent braking assistance can

intervene from a speed of approximately 4 mph

(7 km/h)in thefollowing situations:

Rat speeds up to approximately 155 mph

(250 km/h)when approaching vehicles ahead

Rat speeds up to approximately 62 mph

(100 km/h)when approaching stationary

vehicles

Rat speeds up to approximately 50 mph

(80 km/h)when approaching cyclists ahead

Rat speeds up to approximately 37 mph

(60 km/h) when approaching stationary and

moving pedestrians, crossing vehicles, and

stationary and crossing cyclists

Canceling a br

Canceling a brakake application of Ae application of Activctive Bre Brakeake

AssistAssist

You can cancel a brake application of Active

Brake Assist at any time by:

Rsharply depressing the accelerator pedal or

with kickdown

Rreleasing the brake pedal

Active Brake Assist may cancel the brake applica-

tion when one of thefollowing conditions is full-

led:

RYou maneuver to avoid the obstacle

RThere is no longer a risk of collision

RAn obstacle is no longer detected in front of

your vehicle

EvasivasiveSteSteereering Assising Assist (onlt (only vy vehicles witehicles with Drh Drivingiving

AssistAssistance Pance Packackagage)e)

Evasive Steering Assist has thefollowing charac-

teristics:

RThe abilityto detect stationary or moving

pedestrians.

RAssistance through power-assisted steering if

it detects a swerving maneuver.

RActivation by an abrupt steering movement

during a swerving maneuver.

RAssistance during swerving and straightening

of thevehicle.

RReaction from a speed of approximately

12 mph (20 km/h) up to a speed of approx-

imately 43 mph (70 km/h).

You can prevent the assistance at any time by

actively steering.

Cor

Cornernering function (onling function (only vy vehicles witehicles with Drh Drivingiving

AssistAssistance Pance Packackagage)e)

If the system detects a risk of a collision with an

oncoming vehicle when turning across an oncom-

ing lane, autonomous braking can be initiated at

speeds below 9 mph (15 km/h) before you have

le the lane in which you are driving.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident despite Eva-

sive Steering Assist

Evasive Steering Assist cannot alwaysrecog-

nize objects or complex trac situations

clearly.

Moreover, the steering support provided by

Evasive Steering Assist is not sucient to

avoid a collision.

#Always pay careful attention to the trac

situation; do not rely on Evasive Steering

Assist alone.

#Be prepared to brake or swerve if neces-

sary.

Driving and parking 187187

#End the support by actively steering in

non-critical situations.

#Drive at an appropriate speed if there

are pedestrians close to the path of your

vehicle.

SystSystem limitsem limits

Full system performance is not yetavailable for a

few seconds aer switching on thevehicle or aer

driving o.

If Active Brake Assist is impaired or inoperative

due to a malfunction, theÄwarning lamp

appears in the Instrument Display.

The system may be impaired or may not function,

particularly in thefollowing situations:

RIn snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is glare,

in direct sunlight or in greatly varying ambient

light.

RIf the sensors are dirty, fogged up, damaged or

covered.

RIf the sensors are impaired due to interference

from other radar sources, e.g. strong radar

reections in a parking garage.

RIf a loss of tire pressure or a malfunctioning

tire has been detected and displayed.

RIn complex trac situations where objects

cannot always be clearly identied.

RIf pedestrians or vehicles move quickly into

the sensor detection range.

RIf pedestrians are hidden by other objects.

RIf the typical outline of a pedestrian cannot be

distinguished from the background.

RIf a pedestrian is not detected as such, e.g.

due to special clothing or other objects.

RIf the driver's seat belt is not fastened.

ROn curves with a tight radius.

%The Active Brake Assist sensors adjust auto-

matically while a certain distance is being

driven aer thevehicle has been delivered.

Active Brake Assist is unavailable or only par-

tially available during theteach-in process.

Activctivating/deactivating/deactivating Aating Activctive Bre Brakake Assiste Assist

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe vehicle is switched on.

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Assistance

5Active Brake Assist

#Select the desired setting.

The setting is retained when the drive system

is next started.

DeactivDeactivating Aating Activctive Bre Brakake Assiste Assist

%It is recommended that you always leave

Active Brake Assist activated.

#Select Off.

The distance warning function, the autono-

mous braking function and Evasive Steering

Assist are deactivated.

When thevehicle is next started, the middle

setting is automatically selected.

%If Active Brake Assist is deactivated, theæ

symbol appears in the status bar of the Instru-

ment Display.

188188 Driving and parking

TTrracac Sign AssistSign Assist

FFunction ofunction of TrTracac Sign AssistSign Assist

Trac Sign Assist detects trac signs with the

multifunction camera (/page 163). It assists

youby displaying detected speed limits and over-

taking restrictions in the Instrument Display.

Observe the notes on driving systems and your

responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize

dangers (/page 163).

Since Trac Sign Assist also uses the data stored

in the navigation system, it can update the display

in thefollowing situations without detecting trac

signs.

The camera also detects trac signs with a

restriction indicated by an additional sign (e.g.

when wet). These are only displayed if a restric-

tion applies or if the system cannot clearly deter-

mine whether therestriction applies.

Wararning when tning when the maximum perhe maximum permissible speed ismissible speed is

exexceededceeded

The system can warn you if you unintentionally

exceed the maximum permissible speed. To do

this, you can specify in the multimedia system by

how much the maximum permissible speed can

be exceeded before a warning is issued. You can

specify whether thewarning is to be just a visual

warning or an acoustic one as well.

DisplaDisplay in ty in the Inshe Instrtrument Displayument Display

Instrument Display in theWidescreen Cockpit

1Maximum permissible speed

2Maximum permissible speed when there is a

restriction

3Additional sign with restriction

%VVehicles witehicles with a sth a standarandard Insd Instrtrument Displayument Display::

A ++symbol next to a trac sign in the Instru-

ment Display indicates that additional trac

signs have been detected. These can also be

displayed in the media display and optionally

in the Head-up Display.

If Trac Sign Assist cannot determine the maxi-

mum permissible speed (e.g. due to missing

signs), thefollowing display appears in the Instru-

ment Display:

This is displayed continuously if thevehicle is in a

country where Trac Sign Assist is not supported.

Trac Sign Assist is not available in all countries.

%Also observe the information on display mes-

sages in Trac Sign Assist (/page 346).

SystSystem limitsem limits

The system may be impaired or may not function

particularly in thefollowing situations:

RIf there is poor visibility, e.g. due to insucient

illumination of theroad, highly variable shade

conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray.

RIf there is glare, e.g. from oncoming trac,

direct sunlight or reections.

Driving and parking 189189

RIf the windshield in the area of the multifunc-

tion camera is dirty, or if the camera is fogged

up, damaged or covered.

RIf the trac signs are hard to detect, e.g. due

to dirt, snow or insucient lighting, or

because they are covered.

RIf the information in the navigation system's

digital map is incorrect or out-of-date.

RIf signs are ambiguous, e.g. road signs in road-

works or in adjacent lanes.

RIf you turn sharply when passing trac signs

outside the camera's eld of vision.

Settingtting TrTracac Sign AssistSign Assist

RReqequiruirements:ements:

ROnlOnly vy vehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e:

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and ECO

Assist must be activatedforthe automatic

adoption of speed limits.

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Assistance

5Traffic Sign Assist

Activctivating or deactivating or deactivating autating automatic adopomatic adoption oftion of

speed limits (onlspeed limits (only vy vehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistanceance

Packackagage)e)

#Select Limit Adoption.

#Switch the function on or o.

The speed limits detected by Trac Sign

Assist are automatically adoptedby Active

Distance Assist DISTRONIC.

%If one of thefollowing systems is activated,

the detected speed can be manually adopted

as the speed limit:

RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC

RCruise control

RVariable limiter

Further information about Active Distance

Assist DISTRONIC: (/page 175).

DisplaDisplaying detying detectecteded trtracac signs in tsigns in the media dis-he media dis-

playplay

#Select Display in Central Display.

#Switch the function on or o.

SeSetting ttting the type of whe type of wararningning

#Select Visual & Audible,Visual or Off.

Setting ttting the whe wararning tning thrhresholdeshold

This value determines the speed at which a warn-

ing is issued when exceeded.

#Select Warning Threshold.

#Set the desired speed.

TTrracac Light InfLight Inforormation sermation servicevice

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident or injury

due to distraction, incorrect or missing

data

The trac light information display is an aid

and cannot replace the observation of the

actual driving situation.

190190 Driving and parking

#Keep the actual trac situation con-

stantly in view when approaching a traf-

fic light and when changing lanes.

#Avoid looking at the Instrument Display

and Head-up Display for a long time.

The Instrument Display and Head-up Display (if

available) show the trac light icon and remaining

time 1 until the next green phase as a countdown.

Example representation in the Instrument Display

The display is hidden about ve seconds before

the trac lights change to green.

%The display also goes out in thefollowing

cases:

RWhen turning o before the intersection

into a cross or side street

RWhen turning before the intersection

%The direction arrows are displayed depending

on thefollowing functions:

RA turn signal is set

RA lane is recommended during active

route guidance

If neither function is active, theremaining

time until the next green phase forthe lane

straight ahead is displayed.

%Use of the trac light information service

requires theregular transmission of vehicle

positions and driving directions to Mercedes-

Benz. The data is immediately anonymized by

Mercedes-Benz and forwarded to the provider

of the trac light information service. The

vehicle positions and driving directions are

deleted aer a very short time (a few sec-

onds) and are not permanently saved.

If you do not want to transmit thevehicle

positions and driving directions, you have the

following options:

RYou deactivate the service in the

Mercedes me portal.

RYou have the service deactivated at an

authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

RYou deactivate the service in theAssis-

tance menu in the multimedia system

(/page 192).

%This trac light information service is only

available in certain cities and regions.

The function is supported under thefollowing con-

ditions:

RThe vehicle is equipped with a multimedia sys-

temfeaturing navigation and a communication

module with an activated, integrated SIM card.

RYou have a user account forthe Mercedes me

Portal.

RThe vehicle has been connected with the user

account.

Driving and parking 191191

RThe navigation services option is available,

subscribed to and activated in the Mercedes

me Portal.

RThe trac light data service belongs to the

scope of the navigation services.

The current vehicle position and the direction of

travel are transmitted via the communication

module and aligned with the data from the trac

light data service provider. The provider gathers

data from trac lights which transmit their chang-

ing phases. When thevehicle approaches an inter-

section with networked trac lights, data is trans-

mitted to thevehicle.

A set turn signal le or right and lane recommen-

dations during active route guidance are taken

into account forthe display.

The service is for information purposes only and is

not linked to any other vehicle functions, systems

or components. Please note that the displayed

data is not available in all trac areas and may be

incorrect.

Certain light signal systems automatically adapt

their switching times to the current trac situa-

tion. This can lead to a sudden change in the

countdown display.

The information in the Instrument Display is

shown aer selecting the display contents in the

Assistance menu. If another menu is selected, the

trac light countdown is not displayed.

Also observe thefollowing information:

Rselect a speed adaptedto the trac, sur-

roundings and weather conditions

Robserve actual trac signs

Robserve applicable trac rules and regula-

tions

Please observe the notes on driving systems and

your responsibility. You could otherwise fail to rec-

ognize dangers.

Syst

System limitsem limits

The display does not appear in thefollowing situa-

tions, forexample:

RThere is no trac light data available.

RThe time remaining until the next green phase

is less than ten seconds.

REmergency vehicles or local public transport

are located in the vicinity of the intersection.

RThe data transmission from thevehicle has

been interrupted.

RThe trac light systems are located in a con-

struction site area or are undergoing mainte-

nance.

RThe light signal system is malfunctioning.

RThe subscription to the service has expired.

SwitcSwitching thing thehe trtracac light inflight inforormation displamation display ony on

oror oo

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Assistance

#Switch Traffic Light Information on Dor

o E.

192192 Driving and parking

Blind SpoBlind Spot Assist Assist and At and Activctive Blind Spoe Blind Spot Assist Assist witht with

eexit wxit wararningning

FFunction of Blind Spounction of Blind Spot Assist Assist and At and Activctive Blinde Blind

SpoSpot Assist Assist witt with eh exit wxit wararningning

Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist use

two lateral, rear-facing radar sensors to monitor

the area up to 130  (40 m) behind and 10 

(3 m) next to your vehicle.

If a vehicle is detected at speeds above approx-

imately 8 mph (12 km/h) and this vehicle subse-

quently enters the monitoring range directly next

to your vehicle, thewarning lamp in the outside

mirror lights up red.

Permanent status display in the instrument clus-

ter:

R¸(gray): system is activated but inopera-

tive

R¸(green): system is activated and opera-

tional

If a vehicle is detected close to your vehicle and

you switch on the turn signal indicator in the cor-

responding direction, a double warning tone

sounds and theredwarning lamp in the outside

mirror ashes. If the turn signal indicator remains

switched on, all other detected vehicles are indi-

cated only by the ashing of theredwarning

lamp.

If youovertake a vehicle quickly, no warning is

given.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident despite Blind

Spot Assist

Blind Spot Assist does not react to vehicles

approaching and overtaking you at a greatly

dierent speed.

Blind Spot Assist cannot warn drivers in this

situation.

#Always pay careful attention to the trac

situation and maintain a safe distance at

the side of thevehicle.

Observe the notes on driving systems and your

responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize

dangers (/page 163).

Exit wExit wararningning

The exit warning is an additional function of Blind

Spot Assist and can warn vehicle occupants about

approaching vehicles when leaving thevehicle

when stationary.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident despite exit

warning

The exit warning neither reacts to stationary

objects nor to persons or road users

approaching you at a greatly diering speed.

The exit warning cannot warn drivers in these

situations.

#Always pay particular attention to the

trac situation when opening the doors

and make sure there is sucient clear-

ance.

If there is a vehicle in the monitoring range, this is

indicated in the outside mirror. If a vehicle occu-

pant opens the door on the side with thewarning,

awarning tone sounds and thewarning lamp in

the outside mirror starts to ash.

This additional function is only available when

Blind Spot Assist is active. When theexit warning

is activated, it can warn vehicle occupants for up

to three minutes aer switching thevehicle o.

Driving and parking 193193

The exit warning is no longer available once the

warning lamp in the outside mirror ashes three

times.

The exit warning is only an aid and not a substi-

tute forthe attention of vehicle occupants. The

responsibility for opening and closing the doors

and for leaving thevehicle remains with thevehi-

cle occupants.

SystSystem limitsem limits

Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist may

be limited in thefollowing situations, in particular:

Rif there is dirt on the sensors or the sensors

are obscured

Rin poor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavy rain or

snow

Rif there are narrowvehicles, e.g. bicycles or

motorbikes

Rif theroad has very wide or narrow lanes

Rif vehicles are not driving in the middle of their

lane

Warnings may be issued in error when driving

close to crash barriers or similar continuous lane

borders. Always make sure that there is sucient

distance to the side forother trac or obstacles.

Warnings may be interrupted when driving along-

side long vehicles, forexample trucks,for a pro-

longed time.

Blind Spot Assist is not operational when reverse

gear is engaged.

The exit warning may be limited in thefollowing

situations:

Rwhen the sensors are coveredby adjacent

vehicles in narrow parking spaces

Rwhen people approach thevehicle

Rin theevent of stationary or slowly moving

objects

Function of brunction of brakake application (Ae application (Activctive Blind Spote Blind Spot

AssisAssist)t)

If Active Blind Spot Assist detects a risk of a side

impact in the monitoring range, a course-correct-

ing brake application is carried out. This is

designed to help youavoid a collision.

The course-correcting brake application is availa-

ble in the speed range between approximately

20 mph (30 km/h) and 125 mph (200 km/h).

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident despite brake

application of Active Blind Spot Assist

A course-correcting brake application cannot

always prevent a collision.

#Always steer, brake or accelerate your-

self, especially if Active Blind Spot Assist

warnsyou or makes a course-correcting

brake application.

#Always maintain a safe distance at the

sides.

If a course-correcting brake application occurs,

theredwarning lamp ashes in the outside mirror

and a warning tone sounds. In addition, display

194194 Driving and parking

1indicating the danger of a side collision

appears in the Instrument Display.

In rare cases, the system may make an inappro-

priate brake application. This brake application

may be interrupted at any time if you steer slightly

in the opposite direction or accelerate.

SystSystem limitsem limits

Note the system limitations of Active Blind Spot

Assist; you may otherwise not recognize the dan-

gers (/page 193).

Either a course-correcting brake application

appropriate to the driving situation, or none at all,

may occur in thefollowing situations:

RVehicles or obstacles, e.g. crash barriers, are

located on both sides of your vehicle.

RAvehicle approaches too closely on the side.

RYou have adopted a sporty driving style with

high cornering speeds.

RYou brake or accelerate signicantly.

RA driving safety system intervenes, e.g. ESP®

or Active Brake Assist.

RESP®is deactivated.

RA loss of tire pressure or a malfunctioning tire

is detected.

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating Blind Spoating Blind Spot Assist Assist ort or

AActivctive Blind Spoe Blind Spot Assistt Assist

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Assistance

#Activate or deactivate Blind Spot Assist.

#Activate or deactivate Act. Blind Spot Assist.

AActivctive Lane Ke Lane Keeping Assisteeping Assist

FFunction of Aunction of Activctive Lane Ke Lane Keeping Assisteeping Assist

Active Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in

front of your vehicle by means of the multifunction

camera (/page 163). It servesto protect you

against unintentionally leaving your lane. You will

be warned by vibration pulses in the steering

wheel and guided by a course-correcting brake

application back into your lane.

Active Lane Keeping Assist is available in the

speed range between 37 mph (60 km/h) and

124 mph (200 km/h).

Active Lane Keeping Assist can neither reduce the

risk of an accident if youfail to adapt your driving

style nor override the laws of physics. It cannot

take into account road, weather or trac condi-

tions. Active Lane Keeping Assist is only an aid.

You are responsible for maintaining a safe dis-

tance to thevehicle in front, forvehicle speed, for

braking in good time and for staying in lane.

The status of Active Lane Keeping Assist is dis-

played in the on-board computer:

RÃ(green): Active Lane Keeping Assist is

active and operating.

RÃ(gray): Active Lane Keeping Assist is

active but not operating.

R·:Active Lane Keeping Assist is deactiva-

ted or there is a malfunction.

Driving and parking 195195

If a lane-correcting brake application occurs, dis-

play 1appears in the Instrument Display.

The system does not apply the brake if you acti-

vate the turn signal indicator.

Vehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e: if the

system detects an obstacle, such as another vehi-

cle in the adjacent lane, it will apply the brake

regardless of the turn signal indicator.

You are warned by vibrations in the steering wheel

in thefollowing circumstances:

RActive Lane Keeping Assist detects a lane

marking.

RA front wheel drives overthis lane marking.

Conditions fConditions for a couror a course-corrse-correcting brecting brakake applica-e applica-

tion (vtion (vehicles witehicles without Drhout Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage)e)

Lane markings were detected on both sides of the

lane. The front wheel drives over a continuous

lane marking.

%A brake application may be interrupted at any

time if you steer slightly in the opposite direc-

tion.

Conditions fConditions for a couror a course-corrse-correcting brecting brakake applica-e applica-

tion (vtion (vehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage)e)

RA continuous lane marking was detected and

driven over with the front wheel.

RA lane marking and an approaching vehicle, an

overtaking vehicle or vehicles driving parallel

to your vehicle were detected in the adjacent

lane. The front wheel drives overthe lane

marking.

%A brake application may be interrupted at any

time if you steer slightly in the opposite direc-

tion.

SystSystem limitsem limits

No lane-correcting brake application occurs in the

following situations:

RYou clearly and actively steer, brake or accel-

erate.

RIf a driving safety system intervenes, such as

ESP®,Active Brake Assist or Active Blind Spot

Assist.

RYou have adopted a sporty driving style with

high cornering speeds or high rates of acceler-

ation.

RWhen ESP®is deactivated.

RIf a loss of tire pressure or a faulty tire is

detected and displayed.

If you deactivate theActive Lane Keeping Assist

warning and the lane markings cannot be clearly

detected, it is possible that no lane-correcting

brake application takes place (/page 197).

196196 Driving and parking

The system may be impaired or may not function

particularly in thefollowing situations:

RIf there is poor visibility, e.g. due to insucient

illumination of theroad, highly variable shade

conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray.

RIf there is glare, e.g. from oncoming trac, the

sun or reections.

RIf the windshield in the area of the multifunc-

tion camera is dirty, or if the camera is fogged

up, damaged or covered.

RIf there are no lane markings, or several

unclear lane markings are present for one

lane, e.g. around roadworks.

RIf the lane markings are worn, dark or cov-

ered.

RIf the distance to thevehicle in front is too

short and thus the lane markings cannot be

detected.

RIf the lane markings change quickly, e.g. lanes

branch o, cross one another or merge.

RIf theroad is very narrow and winding.

Vehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e: if

theradar sensors in therear bumper are dirty

or covered in snow and an obstacle is detec-

ted in your lane, no lane-correcting brake

application takes place.

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating Aating Activctive Lane Ke Lane Keepingeeping

AssistAssist

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Quick Access

5Active Lane Keeping Assist

#Switch the function on or o.

Setting Atting Activctive Lane Ke Lane Keeping Assisteeping Assist

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Assistance

5Active Lane Keeping Assist

AActivctivating or deactivating or deactivating tating the haphe haptic wtic wararningning

#Select Warning.

Activate or deactivate the function.

DDYNYNAMIC BODAMIC BODY CY CONTRONTROL functionOL function

DYNAMIC BODY CONTROL continuously adjusts

thecharacteristics of the suspension dampers to

the current operating and driving conditions.

The damping is tuned individually for each wheel

and is aected by thefollowing factors:

RThe road surface conditions

RVehicle load

RThe drive program selected

RThe driving style

The drive program can be adjusted using the

DYNAMIC SELECT switch.

AIR BODAIR BODY CY CONTRONTROLOL

AIR BODAIR BODY CY CONTRONTROL functionOL function

*NONOTETE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

#Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize

dangers.

AIR BODY CONTROL is an air suspension system

with variable damping for improved driving com-

fort. The all-round level control system ensures

the best possible suspension and constant ground

clearance, even with a laden vehicle. When driving

Driving and parking 197197

at speed, thevehicle is lowered automatically to

improve driving safety and to reduce fuel con-

sumption. You also have the option of manually

adjusting thevehicle level.

AIR BODY CONTROL includes thefollowing com-

ponents and functions:

RAir suspension with variable spring rate

RAutomatic level control system

RSpeed-dependent lowering to reduce fuel con-

sumption

RManually selectable high-level setting for

greater ground clearance

RADS PLUS (Adaptive Damping System with

constant damping force adjustment)

RDYNAMIC SELECT switch and level button

Suspension se

Suspension setting and vtting and vehicle levehicle level per drel per drivive pre pro-o-

grgramam

Drive programA:

RThe suspension setting is comfortable.

RThe vehicle is set to the normal level.

RWhen driving at speeds of approximately

78 mph (125 km/h) or above,thevehicle is

lowered.

RWhen driving at speeds below approximately

50 mph (80 km/h), thevehicle is raised again.

Drive program;:

RThe suspension setting is comfortable.

RThe vehicle is set to low level -1.

RThe vehicle is not lowered any further if you

are traveling at higher speeds.

Drive programC:

RThe suspension setting is rmer.

RThe vehicle is set to low level -1.

RThe vehicle is not lowered any further if you

are traveling at higher speeds.

Drive programB:

RThe suspension setting is even rmer.

RThe vehicle is set to low level -1.

RThe vehicle is not lowered any further if you

are traveling at higher speeds.

Individual suspension settings can be called up in

drive program=(/page 149).

Setting ttting the vhe vehicle levehicle levelel

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident because vehi-

cle level is too high

Driving characteristics may be impaired.

The vehicle can dri outwards, forexample,

when steering or cornering.

#Choose a vehicle level which is suited to

the driving style and theroad surface

conditions.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of entrapment from vehi-

cle lowering

When lowering thevehicle, people could

become trapped if their limbs are between the

vehicle body and the tires or underneath the

vehicle.

#Make sure no one is underneath the

vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the

198198 Driving and parking

wheel arches when thevehicle is being

lowered.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped due

to thevehicle lowering

VVehicles witehicles with AIR BODh AIR BODY CY CONTRONTROL or levOL or levelel

contrcontrol systol system:em: when you unload luggage or

leave thevehicle, thevehicle rst rises slightly

and then returns to the set level shortly aer-

wards.

You or anyone else in the vicinity of the wheel

arches or the underbody could thus become

trapped.

The vehicle can also be lowered aer being

locked.

#When leaving thevehicle, make sure that

nobody is in the vicinity of the wheel

arches or the underbody.

*NNOOTETE Damage due to vehicle lowering

Parts of the body could be damaged when the

vehicle is lowered.

#Make sure that there are no obstacles

such as curbs underneath or in the

immediate vicinity of the body when the

vehicle is being lowered.

*NNOOTETE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

#Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize

dangers.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe vehicle has been started.

RThe vehicle must not be moving faster than

37 mph (60 km/h).

RRaising taising the vhe vehicleehicle

#Press button 1.

Indicator lamp 2lights up.

The vehicle is set to the high level.

Your selection is saved.

The vehicle is automatically lowered again in the

following situations:

RWhen driving faster than 50 mph (80 km/h).

Driving and parking 199199

RWhen driving between 37 mph (60 km/h) and

50 mph (80 km/h) for approximately three

minutes.

RAer changing a drive program using the

DYNAMIC SELECT switch.

The vehicle is adjusted to the height of the last

active drive program.

LowLowerering ting the vhe vehicleehicle

#Press button 1.

Indicator lamp 2goes out. The vehicle is

adjusted to the height of the active drive pro-

gram.

RRear vieear view cameraw camera

FFunction of tunction of the rhe rear vieear view cameraw camera

When you engage reversegear, the image from

therear view camera is shown on the media dis-

play. Dynamic guide lines show the path thevehi-

cle will take with the current steering angle. This

helps youto orient yourself and to avoid obstacles

when backing up.

The rear view camera is only an aid. It is not a

substitute foryour attention to the surroundings.

The responsibility for safe maneuvering and park-

ing remains with you. Make sure that there are no

persons, animals or objects etc., in the maneuver-

ing area while maneuvering and parking.

The guide lines on the media display show the dis-

tances to your vehicle. The distances displayed

only apply to road level.

Depending on thevehicle equipment, you can

select from thefollowing views:

RNormal view

RWide-angle view

The area behind thevehicle is displayed as a mir-

ror image, as in the inside rearview mirror.

VVehicles witehicles without Phout Pararking Assisking Assist Pt PARKARKTRTRONICONIC

The following camera views are available in the

multimedia system:

Normal view

1Driven surface depending on the current

steering angle (dynamic)

2Guide lines at a distance of approximately

1.6  (0.5 m), 3.3  (1.0 m), 5  (1.5 m) and

9.9  (3.0 m) from therear area

3Lane marking the course the tires will take

with the current steering angle (dynamic)

4Bumper

5Guide line at a distance of approximately

1.0  (0.3 m) from therear area

200200 Driving and parking

Wide-angle view

VVehicles witehicles with Ph Pararking Assisking Assist Pt PARKARKTRTRONICONIC

The following camera views are available in the

multimedia system:

Normal view

1Yellow warning display: obstacles at a dis-

tance between approximately 2.3  (0.7 m)

and 3.3  (1.0 m)

2Orange warning display: obstacles at a dis-

tance between approximately 1.3  (0.4 m)

and 2.3  (0.7 m)

3Guide lines at a distance of approximately

1.6  (0.5 m), 3.3  (1.0 m), 5  (1.5 m) and

9.9  (3.0 m) from therear area

4Yellow lanes marking the course the tires will

take with the current steering angle (dynamic)

5Driven surface depending on the current

steering angle (dynamic)

6Guide line at a distance of approximately

1.0  (0.3 m) from therear area

The color of warning display 1/2changes

dynamically and is based on the distance to the

detected obstacle:

RBlue:Blue: no obstacles detected at a distance less

than 3.3  (1.0 m)

RYYellowellow::obstacles at a distance between

approximately 2.3  (0.7 m) and 3.3  (1.0 m)

ROr

Orangange:e: obstacles at a distance between

approximately 1.3  (0.4 m) and 2.3  (0.7 m)

RRRed:ed: obstacles at a very short distance of

approximately 1.3  (0.4 m) or less

%VVehicles witehicles with Ah Activctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist::when

Active Parking Assist is active, lane markings

4are displayed in green.

Driving and parking 201201

Wide-angle view

1Display of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

SystSystem malfunctionem malfunction

If therear view camera is not operational, the

System Inoperative message appears on the

media display.

SystSystem limitsem limits

The rear view camera will not function or will only

partially function in thefollowing situations:

RThe trunk lid is open.

RThe weather conditions are poor, e.g. heavy

rain, snow, fog, storm or spray.

RThe ambient light conditions are poor, e.g. at

night.

RCameras, or vehicle components in which the

cameras are installed, are damaged, dirty or

covered. Observe the information on vehicle

sensors and cameras (/page 163).

%Do not use therear view camera in these

types of situations. You could otherwise injure

others or collide with objects when parking

thevehicle.

%The contrast of the display may be impaired

by direct sunlight or by other light sources,

e.g. when driving out of a garage. In this case,

pay particular attention.

%Have the display repaired or replaced if, for

example, pixel errors considerably restrict its

use.

360° camera360° camera

FFunction of tunction of the surrhe surround vieound view cameraw camera

The surround view camera is a system that con-

sists of four cameras which coverthe immediate

surroundings of thevehicle. The system assists

you when you are parking or at exits with reduced

visibility, forexample.

The views of the surround view camera are always

available when driving forwards up to a speed of

approx. 10 mph (16 km/h) and when backing up.

The surround view camera is only an aid and may

show a distorted view of obstacles, show them

incorrectly or not show them at all. It is not a sub-

stitute foryour attention to the surroundings. The

responsibility for safe maneuvering and parking

remains with you. Make sure that there are no

persons, animals or objects etc., in the maneuver-

ing area while maneuvering and parking.

The system evaluates images from thefollowing

cameras:

RRear view camera

RFront camera

RTwo side cameras in the outside mirrors

202202 Driving and parking

VViewiews of ts of the surrhe surround vieound view cameraw camera

1Wide-angle view, front

2Top view with image from the front camera

3Top view with images from the side cameras

in the outside mirrors

4Wide-angle view, rear

5Top view with image from therear view cam-

era

6Top view with trailer view (vehicles with a

trailer hitch)

FFunction of tunction of the guide lineshe guide lines

Guide lines are also displayed in the camera

images of thetop views. These are based on the

current steering angle and show the distance to

objects and other vehicles.

1Guide lines at a distance of approximately

1.6  (0.5 m), 3.3  (1.0 m), 5  (1.5 m) and

9.9  (3.0 m) from therear area

2Yellow lanes marking the course the tires will

take with the current steering angle (dynamic)

3Driven surface depending on the current

steering angle (dynamic)

4Guide line at a distance of approximately

1.0  (0.3 m) from therear area

%When Active Parking Assist is active, paths

2are displayed in green.

The guide lines show the distances to your

vehicle. The distances apply to road level.

In all views,theParking Assist PARKTRONIC warn-

ing display is also shown (/page 205).

The color of warning display changes dynamically

and is based on the distance to the detected

obstacle:

RBlue:Blue: no obstacles detected at a distance less

than 3.3  (1.0 m)

RYYellowellow::obstacles at a distance between

approximately 2.3  (0.7 m) and 3.3  (1.0 m)

ROrOrangange:e: obstacles at a distance between

approximately 1.3  (0.4 m) and 2.3  (0.7 m)

Red:ed: obstacles at a very short distance of

approximately 1.3  (0.4 m) or less

%When Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is opera-

tional and no object is detected, thewarning

display is shown here in blue.

Driving and parking 203203

WWide-angle viewide-angle view, fr, frontont

1Warning display of Parking Assist

PARKTRONIC

TTop vieop view witw with imagh image fre from tom the frhe front cameraont camera

1Warning display of Parking Assist

PARKTRONIC (/page 205)

2Your vehicle from above

3Lane indicating theroute thevehicle will take

at the current steering angle

TTop vieop view witw with imagh images fres from tom the side camerhe side cameras inas in

tthe outside mirrhe outside mirrorsors

The front and rear sides of thevehicle can be

seen in this view.

SystSystem limitsem limits

If the system is not ready for operation, theSys-

tem Inoperative message appears in the media

display.

The surround view camera will not function or will

only partially function in thefollowing situations:

RYou are driving forwards at a speed greater

than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h).

RThe doors are open.

RAn outside mirror is not completely folded out.

RThe trunk lid is open.

RThe weather conditions are poor, e.g. heavy

rain, snow, fog, storm or spray.

204204 Driving and parking

RThe ambient light conditions are poor, e.g. at

night.

RThe camera lens is obstructed, dirty or fogged

up.

RIf cameras or vehicle components in which the

cameras are installed are damaged. In this

event, have the cameras, their positions and

their setting checked at a qualied specialist

workshop.

%Do not use the surround view camera under

such circumstances. You could otherwise

injure others or collide with objects when

parking thevehicle.

Fortechnical reasons, the standard height of the

vehicle may be altered if thevehicle is carrying a

heavy load and can result in inaccuracies in the

guide lines and in the display of thegenerated

images.

The eld of vision and other functions of the cam-

era system may be restricted due to additional

attachments on thevehicle (e.g. license plate

bracket, bicycle rack).

%The contrast of the display may be impaired

by abrupt, direct sunlight or by other light

sources, e.g. when driving out of a garage. In

this case, pay particular attention.

%Have the display repaired or replaced if, for

example, pixel errors considerably restrict its

use.

See the notes on cleaning the surround view cam-

era (/page 278).

Calling up t

Calling up the viehe view of tw of the surrhe surround vieound view cameraw camera

using revusing revererse gse gearear

#Engage reversegear.

#Select the desired view in the multimedia sys-

tem (/page 202).

#If, aer shiing to reversegear, the image of

therear view camera is not shown: switch o

thevehicle, press and hold thecbutton,

switch on thevehicle and engage reversegear

again.

Opening t

Opening the camerhe camera cova cover of ter of the rhe rear vieear view cam-w cam-

eraera

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Assistance

5Camera & Parking

#Select Open Camera Cover.

%The camera cover closes automatically aer

some time or aer an ignition cycle.

PPararking Assisking Assist Pt PARKARKTRTRONICONIC

FFunction of Punction of Pararking Assisking Assist Pt PARKARKTRTRONICONIC

Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is an electronic park-

ing assistance system which monitors the area

surrounding your vehicle and shows youthe dis-

tance between thevehicle and a detected obsta-

cle visually and audibly.

Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is only an aid. It is

not a substitute foryour attention to the surround-

ings. The responsibility for safe maneuvering and

parking remains with you. Make sure that there

are no persons, animals or objects in the maneu-

vering area while maneuvering and parking in/

exiting parking spaces.

Driving and parking 205205

The passive side impact protection also warnsyou

of obstacles to the side. During the parking proce-

dure or maneuvering, objects are detected as the

vehicle drives past. If you steer in the direction of

a detected obstacle and there is a risk of a lateral

collision, a warning is issued. In order for an

object on the side to be detected, the sensors in

the front and rear bumper must rst detect the

object while you are driving past it.

In order for front or rear obstacles to the side to

be displayed, thevehicle must rst travel a dis-

tance of at least half a vehicle length. Once the

vehicle has traveled one vehicle length, obstacles

on all sides can be shown.

DisplayDisplays on ts on the media displayhe media display

Vehicles with surround view camera

Vehicles without surround view camera

As soon as Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is opera-

tional, therespective areas of the display are

shown in blue.

1Operational, front and rear

2Operational, all around

3Obstacles detected at the front le and on

theright-hand side

The color of the display changes depending on the

distance to the detected obstacle:

RBlue:

Blue: > 3.3  (1 m) (no obstacles detected)

Yellowellow::approximately 3.3  (1 m) - 2.3 

(0.7 m)

ROrOrangange:e: approximately 2.3  (0.7 m) - 1.2 

(0.4 m)

Red:ed: < 1.2  (0.4 m)

Vehicles witehicles with surrh surround vieound view camerw camera:a: the boun-

dary line shis dynamically depending on the

position and distance of the obstacles detected.

Depending on the distance to the obstacle detec-

ted, an intermittent warning tone also sounds. You

can set the timing of thewarnings in the multime-

dia system (/page 209).

206206 Driving and parking

Standard setting:

RFFrront and sides:ont and sides: < 1.2  (0.4 m)

RRRearear: <: < 3.3  (1 m)

Warn Early All Around:

RFr

Frontont::< 3.3  (1 m)

RSides:Sides: < 2.3  (0.7 m)

RRRearear: <: < 3.3  (1 m)

A continuous warning tone sounds from a dis-

tance of approximately 0.7  (0.2 m), regardless

of the selected setting.

Vehicles with surround view camera

Vehicles without surround view camera

If an obstacle in thevehicle path is detected and

theCamera & Parking menu is not open on the

media display, pop-up window 1appears:

vehicles witehicles without Ahout Activctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist::at

speeds below 8 mph (12 km/h)

Rvvehicles witehicles with Ah Activctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist::at speeds

below 11 mph (18 km/h)

Optionally, obstacles detected by Parking Assist

PARKTRONIC from a distance of approximately

3.3  (1.0 m) in front 2and 2.3  (0.7 m) on the

side 3can also be displayed in the Head-up Dis-

play.

SystSystem limitsem limits

Parking Assist PARKTRONIC does not necessarily

take into account thefollowing obstacles:

RObstacles below the detection range, e.g. per-

sons, animals or objects.

RObstacles above the detection range, e.g.

overhanging loads, overhangs or loading

ramps of trucks.

Driving and parking 207207

RPedestrians or animals approaching thevehi-

cle from the side.

RObjects placed next to thevehicle.

Obstacles on the sides are not shown in thefol-

lowing situations, forexample:

RYou park thevehicle and switch it o.

RYou open the doors.

Aer an engine start, obstacles must be detected

again by driving past them before a warning can

be issued.

Observe the information on vehicle sensors and

cameras; the system otherwise cannot function

properly (/page 163).

Problems witoblems with Ph Pararking Assisking Assist Pt PARKARKTRTRONICONIC

1Vehicles with surround view camera

2Vehicles without surround view camera

If theParking Assist PARKTRONIC display lights

up redfor approximately three seconds then goes

out, and theésymbol appears in the instru-

ment cluster, the system may have been deactiva-

ted due to signal interference. Start thevehicle

again and check if Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is

working at a dierent location.

If theésymbol appears in the instrument

cluster and a warning tone sounds, it may be due

to one of thefollowing causes:

RThe sensorThe sensors ars are dire dirtyty::clean the sensors and

observe the notes on care of vehicle parts

(/page 278).

RPPararking Assisking Assist Pt PARKARKTRTRONIC has been deacti-ONIC has been deacti-

vvatated due ted due to a malfunction:o a malfunction: restart thevehi-

cle. If the problem persists, consult a qualied

specialist workshop.

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating Pating Pararking Assistking Assist

PPARKARKTRTRONICONIC

*NONOTETE Risk of an accident from objects at

close range

Parking Assist PARKTRONIC may not detect

certain objects at close range.

#When parking or maneuvering thevehi-

cle, pay particular attention to any

objects which are above or below the

sensors, e.g. ower pots or drawbars.

The vehicle or other objects could other-

wise be damaged.

208208 Driving and parking

#VVehicles witehicles without AIR BODhout AIR BODY CY CONTRONTROL:OL: press

theébutton in the center console.

%VVehicles witehicles with AIR BODh AIR BODY CY CONTRONTROL:OL: you can

activate or deactivate Parking Assist

PARKTRONIC in the multimedia system

(/page 209).

If the indicator lamp in theébutton is not lit,

Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is active. If the indi-

cator lamp is lit or theésymbol appears in

the Instrument Display, Parking Assist

PARKTRONIC is not active.

%Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is automatically

activated when thevehicle is started.

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating Pating Pararking Assistking Assist

PPARKARKTRTRONIC using tONIC using the multimedia systhe multimedia systemem

*NONOTETE Risk of an accident from objects at

close range

Parking Assist PARKTRONIC may not detect

certain objects at close range.

#When parking or maneuvering thevehi-

cle, pay particular attention to any

objects which are above or below the

sensors, e.g. ower pots or drawbars.

The vehicle or other objects could other-

wise be damaged.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe camera menu is open.

ROr: Active Parking Assist is active.

ROr: thePARKTRONIC pop-up window appears.

#Tap=on the media display.

If the indicator lamp is lit, Parking Assist

PARKTRONIC is active. If the indicator lamp is not

lit or theésymbol appears in the instrument

cluster, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is not active.

%Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is automatically

activated when thevehicle is started.

Alternatively, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC can be

activated or deactivated in thequick access

menu.

Setting ttting the whe wararning tning tones of Pones of Pararking Assistking Assist

PPARKARKTRTRONICONIC

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Assistance

5Camera & Parking

Adjusdjusting tting the vhe volume of tolume of the whe wararning tning tonesones

#Select Warning Tone Volume.

#Set a value.

AAdjusdjusting tting the pitche pitch of th of the whe wararning tning tonesones

#Select Warning Tone Pitch.

#Set a value.

Specifying t

Specifying the sthe stararting point fting point for tor the whe wararning tning tonesones

You can specify whether theParking Assist

PARKTRONIC warning tones should commence

when thevehicle is further away from an obstacle.

#Select Warn Early All Around.

#Switch the function on or o.

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating audio fating audio fadeoutadeout

You can specify whether thevolume of a media

source in the multimedia system is to be reduced

Driving and parking 209209

when Parking Assist PARKTRONIC sounds a warn-

ing tone.

#Select Audio Fadeout During Warning Tones.

#Switch the function on or o.

AActivctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist

FFunction of Aunction of Activctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist

Active Parking Assist is an electronic parking

assistance system, which uses ultrasound with

the assistance of therear view camera and sur-

round view camera. When you are driving for-

wards up to approximately 22 mph (35 km/h), the

system automatically measures parking spaces on

both sides of thevehicle.

Active Parking Assist oers thefollowing func-

tions:

Vehicles with rear view camera

RParking in parking spaces parallel to theroad

Vehicles with surround view camera

RParking in parking spaces parallel to theroad

RParking in parking spaces perpendicular to the

road (optionally either forwards or reverse)

RParking in parking spaces that can only be

detected as such due to markings (for exam-

ple at theroadside)

RExiting parking spaces if you have parked

using Active Parking Assist

As soon as all requirements are met for searching

for parking spaces, theÇdisplay appears in

the Instrument Display.

When Active Parking Assist has detected parking

spaces, theÈdisplay appears in the Instru-

ment Display. The arrows show on which side of

theroad detected parking spaces are located.

They are then shown on the media display.

Vehicles witehicles with rh rear vieear view camerw camera:a: the parking space

can be selected as desired. The vehicle is parked

in reverse.

VVehicles witehicles with surrh surround vieound view camerw camera:a: the parking

space can be selected as desired. Depending on

the location of the parking space, the parking

direction (rearwards or forwards) can also be

selected as desired.

When Active Parking Assist is activated, the turn

signal indicators are activated based on the calcu-

lated path of your vehicle.

The parking procedure is assisted by accelerating,

braking, steering and gear changes.

Active Parking Assist is only an aid. It is not a sub-

stitute foryour attention to the surroundings. The

responsibility for safe maneuvering and parking

remains with you. Make sure that no persons, ani-

mals or objects etc. are in the maneuvering

range.

Active Parking Assist will be canceled in thefol-

lowing situations:

RParking Assist PARKTRONIC is deactivated.

RYou begin steering.

RYou engage transmission position j.

RESP®intervenes.

RYou open the driver's door.

RAer activating Active Parking Assist, you

press thecbutton again (/page 211).

210210 Driving and parking

SystSystem limitsem limits

If theexterior lighting is malfunctioning, Active

Parking Assist is not available.

Objects located above or below the detection

range of the sensors, e.g. overhanging loads,

overhangs or loading ramps of trucks, or the bor-

ders of parking spaces, are not detected during

measurement of the parking space. These are

also then not taken into account when calculating

the parking procedure. In some circumstances,

Active Parking Assist may therefore guide you into

the parking space incorrectly.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to objects

located above or below the detection

range of Active Parking Assist

If there are objects above or below the detec-

tion range, thefollowing situations may arise:

RActive Parking Assist may steer too early.

RThe vehicle may not stop in front of these

objects.

There is a danger of collision!

#In these situations, do not use Active

Parking Assist.

Extreme weather conditions, such as snow or

heavy rain, may lead to a parking space being

measured inaccurately. Parking spaces that are

partially occupied by trailer drawbars might not be

identied as such or be measured incorrectly.

Only use Active Parking Assist on level, high-grip

ground.

Do not use Active Parking Assist in thefollowing

situations:

RIn extreme weather conditions such as ice,

packed snow or in heavy rain.

RWhen transporting a load that protrudes

beyond thevehicle.

ROn steep uphill or downhill gradients of more

than approximately 15%.

RWhen snow chains are installed.

RDirectly aer a tire change or when spare tires

are installed.

RIf the tire pressure is too low or too high.

RIf the suspension is out of alignment, e.g. aer

bottoming out on a curb.

Active Parking Assist may also display parking

spaces that are not suitable for parking, such as:

RParking spaces where parking is prohibited.

RParking spaces on unsuitable surfaces.

Pararking witking with Ah Activctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist

Driving and parking 211211

#Press button 1.

Parking spaces detected by the system are shown

in the media display. When thevehicle is station-

ary, indicated vehicle path 2into currently selec-

ted parking space 3also appears.

#If a parking space is displayed: stop thevehi-

cle.

#If necessary, select another parking space.

#VVehicles witehicles with surrh surround vieound view camerw camera:a: if neces-

sary, change the parking direction.

#TTo sto starart tt the parhe parking prking procedurocedure:e: conrm selec-

ted parking space 3.

The turn signal indicator is switched on automati-

cally when the parking procedure begins. You are

responsible for selecting the turn signal indicator

in accordance with the trac conditions. If neces-

sary, select the turn signal indicator accordingly.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to vehicle

swinging out while parking or pulling out

of a parking space

While parking or exiting a parking space, the

vehicle swings out and can drive onto areas of

the oncoming lane.

This could cause youto collide with objects or

other road users.

#Pay attention to objects and other road

users.

#Where necessary, stop thevehicle or

cancel the parking procedure with Active

Parking Assist.

#If, forexample, thePlease Engage Reverse

Gear message appears in the media display:

select the corresponding transmission posi-

tion.

The vehicle drives into the selected parking

space.

%During the parking procedure with Active

Parking Assist, the lane markings are dis-

played in green in the camera image.

On completion of the parking procedure, the

Parking Assist Finished, Take Control of Vehicle

message appears. Further maneuvering may still

be necessary.

#Secure thevehicle against rolling away. When

required by legal requirements or local condi-

tions: turn the wheels towardsthe curb.

%You can stop thevehicle and change the

transmission position during the parking pro-

cedure. The system then calculates a new

vehicle path. If no new vehicle path is availa-

ble, the transmission position can be changed

again, or the process can be canceled.

212212 Driving and parking

Exiting a parExiting a parking space witking space with Ah Activctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe vehicle is equipped with a surround view

camera.

RThe vehicle has been parked with Active Park-

ing Assist.

Please note that you are responsible forthevehi-

cle and surroundings during the entire parking

procedure.

#Start thevehicle.

#Press button1.

The media display showsthe view of Active

Parking Assist.

#Select Exit Space 2.

#If thevehicle has been parked perpendicular

to the direction of travel: select direction of

travel 3.

#If, forexample, thePlease Engage Forward

Gear message appears on the media display:

select the corresponding transmission posi-

tion.

The vehicle moves out of the parking space

and is brought to a standstill by Active Parking

Assist (at an angle to the direction of travel).

The ØParking Assist Finished, Take Con-

trol of Vehicle message appears.

#Take control of thevehicle and complete the

parking process.

%The vehicle path shown on the media display

may dier from the actual vehicle path. The

turn signal indicator is switched on automati-

cally when theexiting procedure begins.

You are responsible for selecting the turn signal

indicator in accordance with the trac condi-

tions. If necessary, select the turn signal indicator

accordingly.

PPausing Aausing Activctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist

You can interrupt the parking or exiting procedure

of Active Parking Assist by performing one of the

following actions, forexample:

#Depressing the brake pedal

#Opening the front passenger door, a rear door,

the trunk or the hood

#Applying the electric parking brake or activat-

ing the HOLD function

#TTo ro resume tesume the parhe parking or eking or exiting prxiting procedurocedure:e:

gently depress the accelerator pedal.

Driving and parking 213213

%If the electric parking brake was applied

before Active Parking Assist was activated,

depress the accelerator pedal lightly to start

the parking or exiting procedure.

Check the area around your vehicle again before

resuming a paused parking procedure. Make sure

that persons, animals or objects are no longer in

the maneuvering range. Also observe the system

limitations of Active Parking Assist.

AAututomatic bromatic braking function of Aaking function of Activctive Pe Pararkingking

AssistAssist

Persons or objects detected in the maneuvering

range could cause thevehicle to brake sharply

and interrupt the parking or exiting procedure.

The vehicle will then be held at a standstill. If you

depress the accelerator pedal, the parking or exit-

ing procedure is resumed.

Check the area around your vehicle again before

resuming the parking or exiting procedure. Make

sure that persons, animals or objects are no lon-

ger in the maneuvering range. Also observe the

system limitations of Active Parking Assist.

ManeuvManeuverering assisting assistanceance

FFunction of Drunction of DriviveAwaeAway Assisty Assist

Drive Away Assist can reduce the severity of an

impact when pulling away. If an obstacle is detec-

ted in the direction of travel, thevehicle's speed

is briey reduced to approx. 1 mph (2 km/h). If a

critical situation is detected, theÉsymbol

appears in the media display.

Drive Away Assist can be deactivated or activated

in theManeuvering Assistance menu

(/page 216).

%You can cancel an intervention by Drive Away

Assist at any time by deactivating Parking

Assist PARKTRONIC (/page 208).

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident caused by limi-

ted detection performance of Drive Away

Assist

Drive Away Assist cannot always clearly iden-

tify objects and trac situations.

#Always pay careful attention to the trac

situation; do not rely on Drive Away

Assist alone.

#Be preparedto brake or swerve as nec-

essary, provided the trac situation per-

mits and that it is safe to take evasive

action.

Drive Away Assist is only an aid. It is not a substi-

tute foryour attention to the surroundings. The

responsibility for safe maneuvering and parking

remains with you. Make sure that no persons, ani-

mals or objects etc. are in the maneuvering

range.

Arisk of collision may occur in thefollowing situa-

tions, forexample:

RIf the accelerator and brake pedals are inter-

changed.

RIf an incorrect transmission position is

engaged.

Drive Away Assist is active under thefollowing

conditions:

RIf Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is activated.

RIf you shi the transmission position to kor

hwhen thevehicle is stationary.

214214 Driving and parking

RIf the detected obstacle is less than approx.

3.3  (1.0 m) away.

RIf the maneuvering assistance function is acti-

vated in the multimedia system.

SystSystem limitsem limits

The performance of Drive Away Assist is limited

on inclines.

%Also observe the system limits of Parking

Assist PARKTRONIC (/page 205).

FFunction of Crunction of Crossoss TrTracac AlertAlert

%Cross Trac Alert is only available forvehicles

with Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot

Assist.

Cross Trac Alert can warn drivers of any cross-

ing trac when backing up and maneuvering out

of a parking space. The radar sensors in the

bumper also monitor the area adjacent to the

vehicle. If a critical situation is detected, theL

symbol appears in the media display and thevehi-

cle can be braked automatically.

If theradar sensors are obstructed by vehicles or

other objects, detection is not possible.

%Also observe the instructions on Blind Spot

Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist

(/page 193).

SystSystem limitsem limits

Cross Trac Alert is not available on inclines.

Maneuv

Maneuverering bring brakake functione function

The maneuvering brake function can prevent colli-

sions with pedestrians when thevehicle is back-

ing up at slow speeds. If therear view camera

detects a person in thevehicle path, thevehicle

can be braked to a standstill.

The maneuvering brake function can intervene

under thefollowing conditions:

RThe vehicle is backing up at a speed slower

than 6 mph (10 km/h).

RThe camera image is shown in the media dis-

play .

You can activate and deactivate the maneuvering

brake function in theManeuvering Assistance

menu (/page 216).

If the maneuvering brake function is triggered, the

following symbol appears in red in the selected

view in theCamera & Parking menu:

%If the maneuvering brake function is not avail-

able, the same symbol appears in gray.

The maneuvering brake function is only an aid. It

is not a substitute foryour attention to the sur-

roundings. The responsibility for safe maneuvering

and parking remains with you. Make sure that no

persons, animals or objects etc. are in the maneu-

vering range.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident caused by limi-

ted detection by the maneuvering brake

function

The maneuvering brake function cannot

always clearly detect people. Other obstacles

are not detected by the function.

In these cases, the function may brake unnec-

essarily or not brake at all.

Driving and parking 215215

#Always pay careful attention to the trac

situation; do not rely on the maneuvering

brake function alone.

#Be ready to brake.

SystSystem limitsem limits

Observe the system limits of thefollowing func-

tions:

RActive Parking Assist (/page 210)

RSurround view camera (/page 202)

RRear view camera (/page 200)

The maneuvering brake function is not available in

thefollowing situations:

ROn inclines

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating maneuvating maneuverering assisting assistanceance

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Assistance

5Camera & Parking

#Switch Maneuvering Assistance on or o.

VVehicle toehicle towing inswing instrtructionsuctions

The vehicle is not suitable forthe use of tow bar

systems that are used for at towing or dinghy

towing, forexample. Attaching and using tow bar

systems can result in damage to thevehicle.

When you are towing a vehicle with tow bar sys-

tems, safe driving characteristics cannot be guar-

anteed forthetowing vehicle or thetowedvehicle.

The vehicle-trailer combination may swerve from

side to side.

Observe thefollowing information:

RPermitted towing methods (/page 294)

RThe notes on towing thevehicle with both

axles on theground (/page 295)

216216 Driving and parking

NNoottes on tes on the inshe instrtrument displaument display and on-boardy and on-board

comcomputputerer

WARNINGARNING Risk of accident if the instru-

ment display fails

If the instrument display has failed or is mal-

functioning, function restrictions in systems

relevant to safety cannot be detected.

The operating safety of your vehicle may be

impaired.

#Drive on carefully.

#Have thevehicle checked immediately at

aqualied specialist workshop.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of distraction due to infor-

mation systems and communications

equipment

If you operate information systems and com-

munications equipment integrated in thevehi-

cle when driving, you could be distracted from

the trac situation. This could also cause you

to lose control of thevehicle.

#Only operate this equipment when the

trac situation permits.

#If you cannot be sure of this, stop the

vehicle in accordance with the trac

conditions and operate the equipment

with thevehicle stationary.

*NNOOTETE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

#Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize

dangers.

You must observe the legal requirements forthe

country in which you are currently driving when

operating the on-board computer.

The on-board computer shows only display mes-

sages and warnings from specic systems on the

instrument display. You must therefore ensure

that your vehicle is alwaysreliable.

If the operating safety of your vehicle is impaired,

park thevehicle immediately and in accordance

with the trac conditions. Contact a qualied

specialist workshop.

Instrument display and on-board computer 217217

OvOverervieview of insw of instrtrument displayument display

1Speedometer

The segments on the speedometer indicate

the statuses of thefollowing systems: cruise

control/limiter/Active Distance Assist

DISTRONIC

2Index points

3Outside temperature

4Time

5Area for additional values (example: tachome-

ter): tachometer/navigation/ECO display/

consumption/G-meter/date

The fuel supply will be interrupted to protect

the engine when thered mark on thetachom-

eter (overrevving range) is reached.

6Coolant temperature display

During normal operation, coolant temperature

display 6is permitted to rise to thered

mark.

Vehicles with 48 V on-board electrical system:

POWER and CHARGE displays (electrical drive

support and recuperation power of the elec-

tric motor)

7Selected drive program

218218 Instrument display and on-board computer

8Selected transmission position

9Center display area of the instrument display

(example: standard display for a trip): assis-

tance/telephone/navigation/trip/media/

radio/styles and displays/service/possible

settings for Head-up Display

AFuel level and fuel ller ap location indicator

OvOverervieview of buttw of buttons on tons on the sthe steereering wheeling wheel

Depending on the equipment, the layout and the

design of the control elements on the steering

wheel may dier.

1Control panel for cruise control or Active Dis-

tance Assist DISTRONIC (/page 172)

2GBack button, on-board computer

3Touch Control, on-board computer

To navigate: swipe

To conrm: press a

4òMain menu, on-board computer

5òMain menu, MBUX multimedia system

6Touch Control, MBUX multimedia system

To navigate: swipe

To conrm: press a

7GBack button, MBUX multimedia system

8Control panel forthe MBUX multimedia sys-

tem

£Voice Control System

9Adjusts the brightness of the instrument light-

ing

OperOperating tating the on-boarhe on-board comd computputerer

Observe the legal requirements forthe country in

which you are currently driving when operating

the on-board computer.

Instrument display and on-board computer 219219

The on-board computer is operated using the le-

hand Touch Control and the le-hand back/home

button.

When the on-board computer is being operated,

dierent acoustic signals will sound as operating

feedback, e.g. when the end of a list is reached or

when you are scrolling through a list.

%To operate theTouch Control in the most

eective way, use the tip of your thumb if pos-

sible.

The following menus are available:

RAssistance

RPhone

RNavigation

RTrip

RRadio

RMedia

RService

Vehicles witehicles with an insh an instrtrument displaument display in ty in thehe

widescrwidescreen coceen cockpit:kpit: Designs

%You can nd information about the possible

settings and selections on the menus in the

Digital Operator's Manual.

The menus can be called up from the menu bar

on the instrument display.

#TTo call up to call up the menu barhe menu bar::press the le-hand

back button until the menu bar is displayed.

%VVehicles witehicles without Ahout Activctive Diste Distance Assisance Assistt

DISDISTRTRONIC:ONIC: press theòbutton to call up

the menu bar of the on-board computer.

#TTo scro scroll on toll on the menu barhe menu bar::swipe le or right

on the le-hand Touch Control.

#TTo call up a menu, submenu or possible seo call up a menu, submenu or possible set-t-

tings on ttings on the menu, orhe menu, or conrmconrm a selection ora selection or

sesetting:tting: press the le-hand Touch Control.

#TTo scro scroll toll thrhrough displayough displays or liss or lists on tts on thehe

menu, or select displamenu, or select display conty content, a function,ent, a function,

an entran entry or a displayy or a display::swipe upwards or down-

wards on the le-hand Touch Control.

#TTo eo exit a submenu:xit a submenu: press the le-hand back

button.

Selecting tSelecting the Head-up Displayhe Head-up Display

#TTo switco switch on th on the Head-up Displayhe Head-up Display::switch on

the Head-up Display via the multimedia sys-

tem or activate it on the menu bar by swiping

upwards on the le-hand Touch Control.

The Head-up Display menu will be selected on

the Head-up Display.

To switco switch th to to the Head-up Displayhe Head-up Display::press the

le-hand Touch Control or swipe upwards on

the le-hand Touch Control.

#TTo seo set tt the the thrhree displaee display ry ranganges of tes of the Head-he Head-

up Displayup Display::swipe upwards or downwards on

the le-hand Touch Control.

220220 Instrument display and on-board computer

FFull-scrull-screen menuseen menus

You can display thefollowing menus full-screen on

the instrument display:

RAssistance

RTrip

RNavigation

#On the corresponding menu, use the le-hand

Touch Control to scroll to the end of the list.

#Press the le-hand Touch Control.

The selected menu will be displayed full-

screen.

OvOverervieview of displayw of displays on ts on the inshe instrtrument displayument display

Displays on the instrument display:

uActive Parking Assist activated

(/page 211)

éParking Assist PARKTRONIC deactivated

(/page 209, 208)

hCruise control (/page 171)

çActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC

(/page 173)

êActive Brake Assist (/page 188)

àActive Steering Assist (/page 180)

¬Active Stop-and-Go Assist (/page 179)

ÃActive Lane Keeping Assist (/page 195)

±Active Lane Change Assist (/page 183)

èECO start/stop function (/page 144)

ëHOLD function (/page 168)

_Adaptive Highbeam Assist (/page 117)

Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus

(/page 118)

Vehicles witehicles withhTrTracac Sign AssistSign Assist::Detected instruc-

tions and trac signs (/page 189).

For an overview of the indicator and warning

lamps, see (/page 399).

Head-up DisplayHead-up Display

FFunction of tunction of the Head-up Displayhe Head-up Display

*NNOOTETE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

#Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize

dangers.

The Head-up Display projects thefollowing infor-

mation into the driver's eld of vision above the

cockpit, forexample:

RThe vehicle speed

RInformation from the navigation system

RInformation from the driving systems and driv-

ing safety systems

RSome warning messages

Depending on thevehicle's equipment, dierent

content can be shown in thethree areas of the

Head-up Display (/page 222).

Instrument display and on-board computer 221221

DisplaDisplay conty contentent

1Navigation instructions

2Current speed

3Detected instructions and trac signs

4Set speed in the driving system (e.g. cruise

control)

SystSystem limitsem limits

The visibility of the displays will be aected by the

following conditions:

RSeat position

RImage position setting

RAmbient light

RWetroad surface

RObjects on the display cover

RPolarization in sunglasses

%In extreme sunlight, sections of the display

may appear washed out. You can correct this

by switching the Head-up Display o and on

again.

SeSetting ttting the Head-up Displahe Head-up Display using ty using the on-boardhe on-board

comcomputputerer

On-board computer:

4HEAD-UP DISPLAY

The following Head-up Display settings or displays

can be selected or shown:

RPosition

RBrightness

RMessages

RAssistance status

RTelephone

RAudio

RVoice Control System

#TTo select to select the Sehe Settings menu:ttings menu: swipe to theright

on the le-hand Touch Control.

The Settings menu 5will be selected.

#TTo call up to call up the Sehe Settings menu:ttings menu: press the le-

hand Touch Control.

To adjuso adjust tt the position:he position: swipe upwards or

downwards on the le-hand Touch Control.

To adjuso adjust tt the brhe brightness:ightness: swipe to the le or

right on the le-hand Touch Control.

Setting messagtting messages, assistes, assistance stance status, tatus, telephone,elephone,

audio and taudio and the Vhe Voice Controice Control Systol Systemem

#Press the le-hand Touch Control.

The list of setting options will be displayed.

#Swipe upwards or downwards on the le-hand

Touch Control and select a setting by pressing

the le-hand Touch Control.

222222 Instrument display and on-board computer

Selecting what tSelecting what the Head-up Displahe Head-up Display showsy shows

(Example)

1Switches the Head-up Display on/o

2Le display area

Navigation system

Average consumption

G-meter

3Central display area

Speedometer

Set speed in the driver assistance system,

e.g. cruise control

Warnings from driver assistance systems, e.g.

distance warning

4Right display area

Trac Sign Assist

Assistant display

5To adjust the position, brightness and lower

display area

6Index points

7Lower display area (example: le display area)

Display areas 2to 4that are not required can

be hidden.

%In audio mode, the station name or track will

be shown temporarily when the audio source

is being actively operated. In addition, the lat-

est calls will be displayed when thetelephone

list on the instrument display is actively oper-

ated.

#Swipe upwards on the le-hand Touch Con-

trol.

#Press the le-hand Touch Control.

SwitcSwitching thing the Head-up Displahe Head-up Displayyon/oon/o via tvia the mul-he mul-

timedia systtimedia systemem

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5Quick Access

#Select HUD.

The Head-up Display is activated.

Instrument display and on-board computer 223223

OvOverervieview and operw and operationation

NNoottes on tes on the MBUX multimedia systhe MBUX multimedia systemem

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of distraction due to infor-

mation systems and communications

equipment

If you operate information systems and com-

munications equipment integrated in thevehi-

cle when driving, you could be distracted from

the trac situation. This could also cause you

to lose control of thevehicle.

#Only operate this equipment when the

trac situation permits.

#If you cannot be sure of this, stop the

vehicle in accordance with the trac

conditions and operate the equipment

with thevehicle stationary.

You must observe the legal requirements forthe

country in which you are currently driving when

operating the multimedia system.

Depending on the equipment, the scope of func-

tion and product designation of your MBUX multi-

media system may dier from the description and

images in this Operator's Manual. Forexample,

route guidance with augmented reality is not avail-

able in all equipment variants.

OvOverervieview of tw of the MBUX multimedia systhe MBUX multimedia systemem

1Touch Control and control panel forthe MBUX

multimedia system

2Media display with touch functionality

3Control panel fortelephone, navigation,

radio/media, vehicle functions/system set-

tings and favorites/themes

4Touchpad with controller

5Controller

Turn: adjusts thevolume

Press: switches sound on or o

For Mercedes-AMG vehicles with AMG Per-

formance exhaust system:

•Turn: adjusts thevolume

• Press briey: switches the mute function

on/o

• Press and hold: switches the multimedia

system on/o

6Übutton switches the MBUX multimedia

system or media display on or o

For Mercedes-AMG vehicles with AMG Per-

formance exhaust system:

öbutton

• Sets the sound characteristic of the AMG

Performance exhaust system

As an alternative operating possibility, you can

conduct a dialog with theVoice Control System.

224224 MBUX multimedia system

%You can nd further information about opera-

tion as well as about applications and serv-

ices in the Digital Operator's Manual.

Anti-tAnti-thehe protprotectionection

This device is equipped with technical provisions

to protect it against the. Further information on

protection against the can be obtained from an

authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

MBUX multimedia system 225225

Home scrHome screen oveen overerviewview

1Depending on the display, calls up the rst

three applications or the home screen

2Calls up the prole

3Calls up the global search

4SOS NOT READY (only when the Mercedes-

Benz emergency call system is not available)

5Mercedes me connect active

6Transmission of vehicle position active

7Signal strength of the mobile phone network,

network display, battery status of the mobile

phone connected, time

8Calls up theNotications Center

9Calls up an application using the symbol

AApplication and current information

BQuick-access, e.g. enter home address

CIndex points and selected display area

DCalls up the air conditioning menu

ECalls up SUGGESTIONS,THEMES and

FAVORITES

226226 MBUX multimedia system

%If Mercedes me connect 5is active ,the

vehicle is linked with Mercedes me connect.

Vehicle data is then transmitted to the back-

end system. What data is transmitted

depends on which services are activated. Fur-

ther details can be found in the Mercedes me

connect terms and conditions and data pro-

tection information. The function is country-

dependent.

If transmission of vehicle position 6is

active , Mercedes me connect services have

been activated forthis vehicle which access

thevehicle's geoposition. In which instances

thegeoposition is transmitted depends on the

particular services. Further details can be

found in the Mercedes me connect terms and

conditions and data protection information.

The function is country-dependent.

OperOperating tating the MBUX multimedia systhe MBUX multimedia systemem

Using TUsing Toucouch Contrh Controlol

1©Shows the home screen

2Touch Control

=9Ì:swipe in the direction of

the arrow (navigate)

aPress (conrm)

3GReturns to the previous display

46Makes or accepts a call

~Rejects or ends a call

5Increase volume: swipe upwards

Reduce volume: swipe down

8Switch o the sound: press

6£Starts theVoice Control System

ßCalls up favorites (press briey) or adds

favorites and themes (press and hold)

%To operate Touch Control 2in the most

eective way, use the tip of your thumb if pos-

sible.

Navigation through the menus is carried out with

Touch Control 2with single-nger swipes.

#TTo select a menu opo select a menu option:tion: swipe and press.

#TTo movo move te the digithe digital map:al map: swipe in any direc-

tion.

Using tUsing the the toucouchscrhscreeneen

#Select menu options, symbols or characters

by pressing briey.

#TTo nao navigvigatate in menus:e in menus: swipe up, down, le or

right.

#TTo use handwro use handwriting titing to ento enter cer charharactacterers:s: write

thecharacter with one nger on the

touchscreen.

MBUX multimedia system 227227

#TTo zoom in and out of to zoom in and out of the map:he map: move two n-

gers together or apart.

#TTo call up to call up the global menu:he global menu: press and hold on

thetouchscreen until theOPTIONS menu

appears.

%For more information on operation, please

referto the Digital Operator's Manual.

Using tUsing the the toucouchpad and contrhpad and controlleroller

1GReturns to the previous display

2Controller

3©Shows the home screen

4Touchpad

5©Shows the home screen

6~Calls up the control menu of the last

active audio source

7GReturns to the previous display

#Carry out the operation.

Operating the controller

RTurn 3counter-clockwise or clockwise.

RSlide 1le or right.

RSlide 4up or down.

RSlide 2diagonally.

RPress 7briey or press and hold.

Operating thetouchpad (examples):

RTo select a menu option, swipe and press.

RIf handwriting recognition is active, write a

character on thetouchpad.

RSwipe down or up with two ngers.

The Notications Center is opened or closed.

RMove two ngers apart or together on the

map.

The map scale is increased or decreased.

228228 MBUX multimedia system

Calling up applications using buttCalling up applications using buttonsons

1%button calls up thetelephone

2zbutton calls up navigation

3|button calls up radio or media

4ybutton calls up vehicle functions

5ßbutton

Press briey: calls up favorites

Press and hold: adds a favorite or creates a

new theme

#Alternatively, tap©on thetouchscreen.

#Call up the application (/page 226).

FFunctions of tunctions of the Vhe Voice Controice Control Systol Systemem

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of distraction due to infor-

mation systems and communications

equipment

If you operate information systems and com-

munications equipment integrated in thevehi-

cle when driving, you could be distracted from

the trac situation. This could also cause you

to lose control of thevehicle.

#Only operate this equipment when the

trac situation permits.

#If you cannot be sure of this, stop the

vehicle in accordance with the trac

conditions and operate the equipment

with thevehicle stationary.

Foryour own safety, always observe thefollowing

points when operating mobile communications

equipment and especially your voice control sys-

tem:

RObserve the legal requirements forthe coun-

try in which you are driving.

RIf you use thevoice control system in an emer-

gency your voice can change and your tele-

phone call, e.g. an emergency call, can

thereby be unnecessarily delayed.

RFamiliarize yourself with thevoice control sys-

tem functions before starting the journey.

With theVoice Control System, various applica-

tions in the MBUX multimedia system are opera-

ble using voice input. The Voice Control System is

operational approximately thirty seconds aer the

ignition is switched on and is available forthe

driver's seat and front passenger seat.

The following multimedia system applications can

be operated:

RTelephone

RText message and e-mail

RNavigation

RAddress book

RRadio

RMedia

RVehicle functions

MBUX multimedia system 229229

SSttararting tting the Vhe Voice Controice Control Systol Systemem

#Press 1.

#Say "Hello Mercedes".

InfInforormation onmation on prproles,oles, tthemes, sugghemes, suggesestions andtions and

favfavororititeses

For electrically adjustable seats observe thefol-

lowing notes.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped dur-

ing adjustment of the driver's seat aer

calling up a driver prole

Selecting a user prole may trigger an adjust-

ment of the driver's seat to the position saved

under the user prole. You or other vehicle

occupants could be injured in the process.

#Make sure that when the position of driv-

er's seat is being adjusted using the mul-

timedia system, no people or body parts

are in the seat's range of movement.

If there is a risk of someone becoming trap-

ped, stop the adjustment process immedi-

ately:

#a) Tapthewarning message on the

media display.

#b) Press a memory position button or a

seat adjustment switch on the driver's

door.

The adjustment process will be stopped.

The driver's seat is equipped with an access pre-

venter.

If the driver's door is open, the driver's seat will

notnot be set aer calling up the driver's prole.

Proles store your vehicle settings and settings

forthe multimedia system. If thevehicle is used

by several drivers, the driver can select their own

prole without changing the stored prole settings

of other drivers.

%Information on proles from Mercedes me

connect can be found in the Digital Opera-

tor's Manual.

Vehicle settings are, forexample, driver's seat,

steering wheel and mirror settings, climate control

and ambient lighting. Forthe settings of the multi-

media system, you can select, forexample, radio

stations, previous destinations as well as themes,

suggestions and favorites.

230230 MBUX multimedia system

Forrecurring driving situations, such as long

drives on the highway,you can save your prefer-

red settings in a theme in thevehicle. In a theme

you can save the display of the digital map, your

preferredradio station and preferred drive pro-

gram, forexample.

The vehicle can learn the habits of the driver. It

then oers suggestions forthe most probable

navigation destinations, media sources, radio sta-

tions or contacts. The requirements forthat are

the selection of a prole, your consent to the

recording of data and sucient collected data.

Favorites provide quick access to applications

that are used oen. You can select favorites from

categories or add them directly to an application.

CongurConguringing prproles,oles, tthemes and sugghemes and suggesestionstions

Multimedia system:

4©5fProfiles

CrCreating a neeating a newwprproleole

#Select WCreate Profile .

#Select an avatar.

#Enter the name and conrm with a.

#Select Continue r.

#Select Current Settings.

#Select Save.

#Activate Bluetooth®and select Connect

Phone,to connect a mobile phone with the

user prole .

#Select Finish.

SelectingSelecting prproleole opoptionstions

#Select Äfor a prole.

The following functions are available:

REditing, resetting or deleting a prole

RResetting themes or favorites

RConguring suggestions

Congur

Conguringing suggsuggesestionstions

#Select Äfor a prole.

#Select Suggestion Settings.

#Switch Allow Destination Suggestions,Allow

Music Suggestions and Allow Contact Sug-

gestions on or o.

To deactivo deactivatate te the learhe learning function fning function for oneor one

dayday::activate Deact. Learning for 24 h.

For 24 hours no new actions will be trained

and no data recorded forthe active prole.

Suggestions will continue to be shown.

Example: if the option is switched on and a

route to a new destination has been calcula-

ted, this destination would not be taken into

account forthe learning function.

CrCreating neeating new tw themeshemes

#Select ©.

#Select THEMES.

#Select WCreate Theme.

The settings which are saved in thetheme are

shown.

#Select Continue r.

#Select Audio and Navigation (Navigation) and

store the active settings in thetheme.

#Select Continue r.

#Select an entry screen.

#Select Continue r.

#Select an image.

MBUX multimedia system 231231

#Enter the names into the entry eld and con-

rm with a.

#Select Save.

SystSystem seem settingsttings

OvOverervieview of tw of the syhe syststem seem settings menuttings menu

In the system settings menu, you can make set-

tings in thefollowing menus and control ele-

ments:

RDisplay

-Styles

-Instrument lighting

-Display brightness

-Edge lighting

-Day/night design

RControl elements

-Keyboard language and handwriting recog-

nition

-Sensitivity of thetouchpad

-Sensitivity of theTouch Controls

RVoice Control System

RSound

-Entertainment

-Navigation and trac announcements

-Telephone

-Voice amplication to therear

RConnectivity

-Wi-Fi, Bluetooth®, NFC

RTime & date

RLanguage

RUnits for distance

RSoware updates

RData import/export

RPIN protection

RSystem Reset

InfInforormation on immation on importportant systant system updatem updateses

Important system updates may be necessary for

the security of your multimedia system's data.

Install these updates, or else the security of your

multimedia system cannot be ensured.

A system update consists of three steps:

RDownloading or copying of the data required

for installation

RInstallation of the downloaded system update

RActivation of the downloaded system update

by restarting the system

%If automatic soware updates are activated,

the system updates will be downloaded auto-

matically.

The multimedia system provides a message when

a system update is available.

You have thefollowing selection options:

RAccept and Install

The system update will be downloaded in the

background.

RInformation

Information about the pending system update

is displayed.

RLater

232232 MBUX multimedia system

The system update can be downloaded man-

ually at a later time.

Deep systDeep system updatem updateses

Deep system updates access vehicle or system

settings and can therefore only be carried out

when thevehicle is stationary and the ignition is

switched o.

If the download of a deep system update is com-

pleted and the downloaded system update is

ready for installation, you will be informed of this

aer the next ignition cycle, forexample.

%Park thevehicle safely in a suitable location

before starting the installation.

Requirements forthe installation:

RThe ignition is switched o.

RNotes and warnings have been read and

accepted.

RThe electric parking brake is applied.

If all requirements have been fullled, the down-

loaded system update is installed. The multimedia

system cannot be operated while the downloaded

system update is being installed and vehicle func-

tions are restricted.

If errors should occur during the installation, the

multimedia system automatically attemptsto

restore the previous version. If restoration of the

previous version is not possible, a symbol appears

on the media display. Consult a qualied special-

ist workshop to resolve the problem.

SeSetting up a Wtting up a Wi-Fi-Fi hoi hotspottspot

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RTTo seo set up tt up the Whe Wi-Fi-Fi connection of ti connection of the multime-he multime-

dia systdia system witem with eh extxterernal honal hotspotspots:ts: there is no

communication module installed.

RThe device to be connected supports at least

one of the types of connection described.

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5System

5Wi-Fi & Bluetooth

AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating Wating Wi-Fii-Fi

#Select Wi-Fi.

Connecting tConnecting the multimedia systhe multimedia system witem with an eh an extxter-er-

nal honal hotspotspot using Wt using Wi-Fii-Fi

The type of connection established must be selec-

ted on the multimedia system and on the device

to be connected.

%The connection procedure may dier depend-

ing on the device. Follow the instructions that

are shown in the display. Further information

can be found in the manufacturer's operating

instructions.

#Select Internet Settings.

#Select Connect via Wi-Fi.

#Select Add Hotspot.

Connecting using a QR codeConnecting using a QR code

#Select the options rof the desired Wi-Fi

network.

#Select Connect using a QR code.

#Scan the displayed QR code with the device to

be connected.

The Wi-Fi connection is established.

MBUX multimedia system 233233

Connecting using a securConnecting using a security keyity key

#Select the options rof the desired Wi-Fi

network.

#Select Connect Using Security Key.

#Have the security key displayed on the device

to be connected (see the manufacturer's oper-

ating instructions).

#Enter this security key on the multimedia sys-

tem.

#Conrm the entry with ¡.

Connecting using a WPS PINConnecting using a WPS PIN

#Select the options rof the desired Wi-Fi

network.

#Select Connect via WPS PIN Input.

The multimedia system generates an eight-

digit PIN.

#Enter this PIN on the device to be connected.

#Conrm the entry.

Connecting using a buttConnecting using a buttonon

#Select the options rof the desired Wi-Fi

network.

#Select Connect via WPS PBC.

#Select "Connect via WPS PBC" in the options

on the device to be connected (see the manu-

facturer's operating instructions).

#Press the WPS button on the device to be con-

nected.

#Select Continue in the multimedia system.

Activctivating autating automatic connectionomatic connection

#Select Connect via Wi-Fi.

#Select the options rof the desired Wi-Fi

network.

#Activate Permanent Internet Connection.

Connecting witConnecting with a knoh a known Wwn Wi-Fii-Fi

#Select Connect via Wi-Fi.

#Select a Wi-Fi network.

The connection is established again.

CongurConguringing tthe multimedia systhe multimedia system as a Wem as a Wi-Fi-Fi hoi hot-t-

spospot ft for eor extxterernal denal devicesvices

The type of connection established depends on

the device to be connected. The function must be

supportedby the multimedia system and by the

device to be connected. The type of connection

established must be selected on the multimedia

system and on the device to be connected.

#Select Vehicle Hotspot.

#Select Connect Device to Vehicle Hotspot.

Connecting using WPS PIN gConnecting using WPS PIN generenerationation

#Select Connect via WPS PIN Generation.

#Enter the PIN shown in the media display on

the device to be connected and conrm.

Connecting using WPS PIN entryConnecting using WPS PIN entry

#Select Connect via WPS PIN Input.

#Enter the PIN that is shown on theexternal

device's display on the multimedia system.

Connecting using a butt

Connecting using a buttonon

#Select Connect via WPS PBC.

#Press the push button on the device to be

connected (see the manufacturer's operating

instructions).

#Select Continue.

234234 MBUX multimedia system

Connecting using a securConnecting using a security keyity key

#Select Connect Device to Vehicle Hotspot.

A security key is displayed.

#Select thevehicle from the device to be con-

nected. The vehicle is displayed with the

DIRECT-MBUX XXXXX network name.

#Enter the security key which is shown in the

media display on the device to be connected.

#Conrm the entry.

Connecting using NFCConnecting using NFC

#Select Connect via NFC.

#Activate NFC on the mobile device (see the

manufacturer's operating instructions).

#Hold the device to be connected at thevehi-

cle's NFC interface.

#Select Finished.

The mobile device is now connected to the

multimedia system hotspot via NFC.

GenerGenerating a neating a new securw security keyity key

#Select Vehicle Hotspot.

#Select Generate Security Key.

A connection will be established with the

newly created security key.

#TTo savo save a secure a security keyity key::select Save.

When a new security key is saved, all existing

Wi-Fi connections are then disconnected. If

theWi-Fi connections are being re-estab-

lished, the new security key must be entered.

SystSystem languageem language

NNoottes on tes on the systhe system languageem language

This function allows youto determine the lan-

guage forthe menu displays and the navigation

announcements. The selected language aects

thecharacters available for entry. The navigation

announcements are not available in all languages.

If a language is not available, the navigation

announcements will be in English.

SeSetting ttting the systhe system languageem language

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5System

5®Language

#Set the language.

%If you are using Arabic map data, thetext

information can also be shown in Arabic on

the navigation map. To do so, select  as

the language from the language list. Naviga-

tion announcements are then also made in

Arabic.

RReseesetting ttting the multimedia systhe multimedia system (rem (reseeset function)t function)

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accidents due to failure

of multimedia display functions

While the multimedia system is being reset, its

functions such as therear view camera are

not available.

#Only reset the multimedia system when

thevehicle is stationary.

Multimedia system:

4©5Settings 5System 5Reset

Personal data is deleted, forexample:

RStation presets

RConnected mobile phones

MBUX multimedia system 235235

RVehicles with rear telephony: handset connec-

tion

RIndividual user proles

%The guest prole is reset when the settings

are restored to thefactory settings.

%Vehicles with rear telephony: The handset

must be in the cradle while the system is

reset.

A prompt appears again asking whether youreally

wish to reset.

#Select Yes.

The multimedia system is reset to thefactory

settings. If you have set a PIN foryour system,

this will also be reset.

NNaavigvigationation

NNoottes on naes on navigvigationation

RRoutoute guidance wite guidance with augmenth augmented red realityeality

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury as a

result of distraction, incorrect depiction or

wrong interpretation of the display

The camera image of the augmented reality

display is not suitable as a guide for driving.

#Alwayskeep an eye on the actual trac

situation.

#Avoid extended observation of the cam-

era image.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due

to imprecise positioning of additional

information

The additional information from the augmen-

tedreality display may be inaccurate and is

not a substitute for observing and assessing

the actual driving situation.

#Alwayskeep an eye on the actual trac

situation when carrying out all driving

maneuvers.

SwitcSwitching nahing navigvigation onation on

Multimedia system:

4©5Navigation (Navigation)

#Alternatively: press thezbutton.

The map shows thevehicle's current position.

The navigation menu is shown.

The navigation menu is hidden if route guid-

ance is active.

#TTo showo show::tap on thetouchscreen.

The menu is hidden automatically.

236236 MBUX multimedia system

NNaavigvigation ovation overerviewview

Example: digital map with navigation menu

1Enters a POI or address and additional desti-

nation entry options

2Cancels active route guidance

3Repeats a navigation announcement and

switch navigation announcements on or o

4ON THE WAY menu with Route Overview,

Alternative Routes and Report Traffic Inci-

dent (Car-to-X)

TRAFFIC menu with Traffic Announcements,

Area Alerts and Live Traffic Subscription Info

Displays Route List

POSITION menu with Save Position and Com-

pass

5Quick access forTraffic,Parking and High-

way Information as well as options forView,

Announcements and Route via Advanced

MBUX multimedia system 237237

EntEnterering a desing a destinationtination

Multimedia system:

4©5Navigation 5ªWhere to?

1Federal state or province in which thevehicle

is located

2Enters a POI or address

3List with additional destination entry options

4Deletes an entry

5aConrms an entry

6Switches to handwriting recognition

7Enters a space

8Switches to voice input

9Sets the written language

ASwitches to digits, special characters and

symbols

BSwitches to upper-case or lower-case letters

#Enter the destination in 2. The entries can

be made in any order.

238238 MBUX multimedia system

The following entries can be made, forexample:

RCity, street, house number

RStreet, city

RZIP code

RPOI name or POI category, e.g. Parking

RContact name

#Select a search result in list 3.

#Calculate theroute (/page 239).

%You can nd further information about desti-

nation entry, e.g. 3 word addresses, in the

Digital Operator's Manual.

Changing country

#Select the indicator forfederal state or prov-

ince 1.

#Select thefederal state or the province in 1.

#Enter the country indicator.

#Select the country on list 3.

#Select thefederal state or the province from

list 3.

Using online searchUsing online search

%Requirements: the media display shows an

Internet connection with a double-arrow sym-

bol in the status line.

Destination entry uses online map services. If the

on-board search nds no suitable destinations or

if youchange countries, the online search is avail-

able.

Forthe destination you can enter an address, a

POI or a three-word address.

#Enter the destination in input line 2.

The search results are displayed.

#Select the destination in the list.

The detailed view fortheroute is displayed.

#Select country indicator 1.

#Select the provider forthe online service from

the countries list.

#Enter the destination in input line 2.

#Select the destination in the list.

Calculating a rCalculating a routoute and using see and using settings fttings for ror routeoute

guidanceguidance

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe destination has been entered.

RThe destination address is shown.

Multimedia system:

4©5Navigation

1¥No route yet.

¦Aroute has been mapped.

MBUX multimedia system 239239

#Select ¥.

The route to the destination is calculated.

Route guidance begins.

#Select ¦.

#Select Set as Waypoint.

The destination address is set as the next

intermediate destination.

#Select Start New Route Guidance.

The destination address is set as the new des-

tination. The previous destination and the

intermediate destinations are deleted. Route

guidance to the new destination begins.

Selecting rSelecting routoute see settingsttings

#Select Z.

#Select Advanced.

#Select Route.

#Select theroute type.

#Take trac information into consideration with

Dynamic Route Guidance r.

#Select route options with Avoid Options.

#Activate Suggest Alternative Route.

Alternative routes are calculatedforevery

route.

#Activate Activate Commuter Route.

If therequirements are met, the multimedia

system automatically detects that thevehicle

is on a commuter route. Route guidance

begins without voice output.

AActivctivating rating routoute guidance wite guidance with augmenth augmented red realityeality

#During route guidance, tap on the camera

symbol on the media display.

The camera image will be shown instead of

the navigation map before a turning maneuver

and will show additional information.

#TToreoreturturn tn to to the nahe navigvigation map:ation map: tap on the

camera symbol again.

DisplaDisplaying additional infying additional inforormation in tmation in the camerahe camera

imageimage

#Select Z.

#Select Advanced.

#Select Augmented Reality.

#Activate Street Names and House Numbers.

During route guidance, street names and

house numbers are shown in the camera

image.

Using map functionsUsing map functions

Multimedia system:

4©5Navigation

SeSetting ttting the map scalehe map scale

To zoom in:o zoom in: tap twice quickly with one nger

on the media display.

#TTo zoom outo zoom out::tap with two ngers on the

media display.

Moving tving the maphe map

#Move one nger in any direction on the

touchscreen.

#TTo ro reseeset tt the map the map to to the currhe current vent vehicle posi-ehicle posi-

tion:tion: press \briey.

240240 MBUX multimedia system

Selecting map orSelecting map orientientationation

#Taprepeatedly on theÄcompass symbol

on the map.

The view changes in the sequence 3D,2D

Heading Up to 2D North Up.

Switc

Switching highwahing highway infy inforormationmation on/oon/o

#Select Z.

#Switch Highway Information on or o.

Using serUsing servicesvices

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThere is an Internet connection.

RMercedes me connect is available.

RYou have set up a user account in the

Mercedes me Portal.

RThe vehicle is connected to a user account

and you have acceptedthe conditions of use

forthe service.

Further information can be found at: https://

www.mercedes.me

RThe service is available.

RThe service has been activated at an author-

ized Mercedes-Benz Center.

RThe following additional conditions apply to

theParking service:

-The navigation services option is available,

subscribed to and activated in the

Mercedes me Portal.

-The parking service is within the scope of

the navigation service.

Multimedia system:

4©5Navigation

Displa

Displaying tying thehe trtracac situation witsituation with Livh LiveeTrTracac

InfInforormationmation

#Select Z.

#Activate Traffic.

#Select Advanced.

#Select View.

#Select Map Elements.

#Traffic Incidents,Free Flowing Traffic and

Delay: switch on.

If trac information has been received, then

trac incidents such as roadworks,road

blocks, local area reports (e.g. fog) and warn-

ing messages are displayed.

The trac delay is displayedforthe current

route. Trac delays lasting one minute or lon-

ger are taken into consideration.

DisplaDisplaying hazarying hazard wd wararnings witnings with Carh Car-t-to-Xo-X-Commu--Commu-

nicationnication

If hazard warnings are available these can be

shown as symbols on the map. The display

depends on the settings fortheTraffic and Traf-

fic Incidents options.

#Set the options.

If Traffic is switched o and Traffic Incidents

is switched on, the symbols are shown on the

prospective route.

DisplaDisplaying wying weateather infher inforormation and otmation and other mapher map

contcontentsents

#Select Z.

#Select Advanced.

MBUX multimedia system 241241

#Select View.

#Select Map Elements.

#Scroll up and show theONLINE MAP CON-

TENT category.

#Switch on a service, e.g. Weather.

Current weather information is displayed on

the navigation map, e.g. temperature or cloud

cover.

Pararking serking servicevice

*NO

NOTETE Damage to thevehicle due to not

observing the maximum permitted head-

room clearance

If thevehicle height is greater than the maxi-

mum permitted headroom clearance, theroof

and other parts of thevehicle may be dam-

aged.

#Observe the signposted headroom clear-

ance.

#If thevehicle height is greater than the

permitted headroom clearance, do not

enter.

#Observe thechanged vehicle height with

add-on roof equipment.

*NNOOTETE Before selecting the parking option

The data is based on information provided by

therespective service provider.

Mercedes Benz accepts no liability forthe

accuracy of the information provided relating

to the parking garage/parking lot.

#Always observe the local Information and

conditions.

%This service is not available in all countries.

#Select Zand activate Parking.

#Tap on jin the map.

#Select a parking option.

The map shows the parking options in the

vicinity.

The following information is displayed (if avail-

able):

RDestination address, distance from current

vehicle position and arrival time

RInformation on the parking garage/parking

lot, forexample:

-Opening times

-Parking charges

-Current occupancy

-Maximum parking time

-Maximum access height

Maximum access height

The maximum access height shownby

the parking service does not replace

the need for observation of the actual

circumstances.

RAvailable payment options (Mercedes pay,

coins, bank notes, cards)

RDetails on parking taris

RNumber of available parking spaces

RPayment method (e.g. at the parking

meter)

RServices/facilities at the parking option

RTelephone number

#Calculate theroute (/page 239).

242242 MBUX multimedia system

NNoottes on tes on the dashcamhe dashcam

*NNOOTETE Before using the dashcam

You are legally responsible for operation and

use of the dashcam functions. The legal

requirements relating to operation and use of

the dashcam can vary depending on the coun-

try in which the dashcam is operated. There-

fore, observe the legal requirements, in partic-

ular the data protection regulations, in your

country.

Forthis reason, before using the dashcam

inform yourself about theregulation details for

therespective country.

This function is not permitted in all countries.

#Observe the country-specic regula-

tions.

Selecting a USB deSelecting a USB device fvice for a video ror a video recorecording withding with

tthe dashcamhe dashcam

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RAt least one USB device is connected with the

multimedia system .

Multimedia system:

4©5Mercedes me & Apps

5Dashcam

#Select the USB device.

%When USB devices contain multiple partitions,

recorded video les are not always displayed

in therecording list.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use

USB devices with one partition.

SSttararting or stting or stopping video ropping video recorecording witding with th thehe

dashcamdashcam

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RA USB device is connected with the multime-

dia system .

RThe vehicle is switched on.

Multimedia system:

4©5Mercedes me & Apps

5Dashcam

#If several USB devices are connected with the

multimedia system, select a USB device

(/page 243).

#Select theIndividual Recording or Loop

Recording recording mode.

If Individual Recording is selected and the

memory is full therecording stops.

If Loop Recording has been selected, several

short video les are recorded. When the mem-

ory limit is reached, the oldest video le is

deleted and recording is continued automati-

cally.

#TTo sto startart::select Start Recording.

The length of therecording is shown. The

Please do not remove the storage medium.

message appears. The video le is stored on

the USB device.

#TTo end:o end: select End Recording.

MBUX multimedia system 243243

Areport may appear in thefollowing cases:

RFortheIndividual Recording recording mode:

the memory is full or there are only a few

minutes recording time available. The video

recording stops or will be stopped imminently.

Change the USB device or delete a video le.

RIf a video recording has started and a national

border is detected, theNational Border

Crossed. Please observe the country-spe-

cific regulations on video recording. message

appears.

This function is not available in all countries.

RThe camera is not functional, theCamera

Unavailable message appears.

Have the camera checked in an authorized

Mercedes-Benz Center.

TTelephoneelephone

TTelephonyelephony

NNoottes on tes on telephonyelephony

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of distraction from operat-

ing integrated communication equipment

while thevehicle is in motion

If you operate communication equipment inte-

grated in thevehicle when driving, you could

be distracted from the trac situation. This

could also cause youto lose control of the

vehicle.

#Only operate this equipment when the

trac situation permits.

#If you cannot be sure of this, stop the

vehicle whilst paying attention to road

and trac conditions and operate the

equipment with thevehicle stationary.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident from oper-

ating mobile communication equipment

while thevehicle is in motion

Mobile communications devices distract the

driver from the trac situation. This could also

cause the driver to lose control of thevehicle.

#As the driver, only operate mobile com-

munications devices when thevehicle is

stationary.

#As a vehicle occupant, only use mobile

communications devices in the areas

intended forthis purpose, e.g. in therear

passenger compartment.

You must observe the legal requirements forthe

country in which you are currently driving when

operating mobile communication equipment in

thevehicle.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to objects

being stowed incorrectly

If objects in thevehicle interior are stowed

incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around

244244 MBUX multimedia system

and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup

holders, open stowage spaces and mobile

phone receptacles cannot alwaysretain all

objects within.

There is a risk of injury, particularly in the

event of sudden braking or a sudden change

in direction.

#Always stow objects so that they cannot

be thrown around in such situations.

#Always make sure that objects do not

protrude from stowage spaces, parcel

nets or stowage nets.

#Close the lockable stowage spaces

before starting a journey.

#Always stow and secure heavy, hard,

pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky

objects in the trunk/cargo compart-

ment.

Observe the additional information on stowing

mobile communications devices correctly:

RLoading thevehicle (/page 102)

BluetBluetoothooth®®connection:connection:

The menu view and theavailable functions in the

telephone menu are in part dependent on the

Bluetooth®prole of the connected mobile

phone. Full functionality is only available if the

mobile phone supports both of thefollowing Blue-

tooth®proles:

RPBAP (Phone Book Access Prole)

-The contacts on the mobile phone are

shown automatically on the multimedia

system.

RMAP (Message Access Prole)

-The mobile phone message functions can

be used on the multimedia system.

Irrespective of this, Bluetooth®audio functionality

can by used with any mobile radio unit.

For information on therange of functions of the

mobile radio unit to be connected, see the manu-

facturer's operating instructions.

Neetwtworork connection:k connection:

The following cases can lead to the call being dis-

connected while thevehicle is in motion:

RYou switch into a transmission/reception sta-

tion, in which no communication channel is

free.

RThe SIM card used is not compatible with the

network available

RA mobile phone with "Twincard" is logged into

the network with the second SIM card at the

same time

The multimedia system supports calls in HD

Voice®for improved speech quality. Arequire-

ment forthis is that the mobile phone and the

mobile phone network provider of the person you

are calling support HD Voice®.

Depending on thequality of the connection, the

voice quality may uctuate.

Further information can be obtained from an

authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or at: https://

www.mercedes-benz.com/connect

MBUX multimedia system 245245

TTelephone menu ovelephone menu overerviewview

1Bluetooth®device name of the currently con-

nected mobile phone/of the mobile phone

2Bluetooth®device name of the currently con-

nected mobile phone/of the mobile phone

(two phone mode)

3Battery status of the connected mobile phone

4Signal strength of the mobile phone network

5Options

6Device manager

7Messages

8Numerical pad

9Contact search

Telephonelephony opery operating modes ovating modes overerviewview

Depending on your equipment, thefollowing tel-

ephony operating modes are available:

RA mobile phone is connected to the multime-

dia system via Bluetooth®.

246246 MBUX multimedia system

RTwo mobile phones are connected with the

multimedia system via Bluetooth®(two phone

mode).

-You can use all the functions of the multi-

media system with the mobile phone in the

foreground.

-You can receive incoming calls and mes-

sages with the mobile phone in the back-

ground.

You can interchange the mobile phone in

theforeground and background.

Connecting a mobile phone

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RBluetooth®is activated on the mobile phone

(see the manufacturer's operating instruc-

tions).

RBluetooth®is activated on the multimedia sys-

tem.

Multimedia system:

4©5Phone

SearcSearching fhing for a mobile phoneor a mobile phone

#Select í.

#Select Connect New Device.

Connecting a mobile phone

Authorization follows using secure simple pairing.

#Select a mobile phone.

A code is displayed in the multimedia system

and on the mobile phone.

#If both codes match, conrm the code on the

mobile phone.

FFunctions in tunctions in the the telephonelephony menuy menu

In thetelephony menu you have thefollowing

functions, forexample:

RMaking calls, e.g.:

-RAccept a call

-kEnd Call

-iCreate Confer. Call

-Accepting or rejecting a waiting call

RManaging contacts, e.g.:

-Downloading mobile phone contacts

-Managing theformat of a contact's name

-Saving a contact as a favorite

RReceiving and sending messages, e.g.:

-Using theread-aloud function

-Dictating a new message

MBUX multimedia system 247247

MerMercedes me appcedes me app

MerMercedes me callscedes me calls

Making a call via tMaking a call via the ovhe overerhead contrhead control panelol panel

1me button for service or information calls

2SOS button cover

3SOS button (emergency call system)

Making a MerMaking a Mercedes me callcedes me call

#Press me button 1.

Making an emergMaking an emergency callency call

#To open the cover of SOS button 2, press it

briey.

#Press and hold SOS button 3for at least one

second.

If a Mercedes me call is active, an emergency call

can still be triggered. This has priority over all

other active calls.

Inf

Inforormation about tmation about the Merhe Mercedes me call using tcedes me call using thehe

me buttme buttonon

A call to the Mercedes-Benz customer center has

been initiated via the me button in theoverhead

control panel or the multimedia system

(/page 248).

Using thevoice dialog system you access the

desired service:

RAccident and Breakdown Management

RMercedes-Benz customer center forgeneral

information about thevehicle

You can nd information on thefollowing topics:

RActivation of Mercedes me connect

ROperating thevehicle

RNearest authorized Mercedes-Benz Center

ROther products and services from Mercedes-

Benz

Data is transferred during the connection to the

Mercedes-Benz customer center (/page 250).

Calling t

Calling the Merhe Mercedes-Benz custcedes-Benz customer centomer center usinger using

tthe multimedia systhe multimedia systemem

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RAccess to a mobile phone network is available.

RThe contract partner's mobile network cover-

age is available in therespective region.

RThe vehicle must be switched on so that vehi-

cle data can be transferred automatically.

248248 MBUX multimedia system

Multimedia system:

4©5Phone 5g

#Call Mercedes me connect.

Aer conrmation, the multimedia system

sends therequired vehicle data. The data

transfer is shown in the media display.

Then, you can select a service and be connected

to a specialist at the Mercedes-Benz customer

center.

Calling t

Calling the Merhe Mercedes-Benz Custcedes-Benz Customer Centomer Centerer aeraer

autautomatic accident or bromatic accident or breakdoeakdown detwn detectionection

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe vehicle has detected an accident or break-

down situation.

RThe vehicle is stationary.

RThe hazard warning lights are switched on.

%This function is not available in all countries.

The vehicle can detect accident or breakdown sit-

uations under certain circumstances.

In theevent an accident or breakdown is detec-

ted, the emergency guide shows safety notes in

the multimedia system display.

Aer quitting the emergency guide display on the

multimedia system, a prompt appears asking

whether youwould like to get support from the

Mercedes-Benz Customer Center.

#Select Call.

RThe vehicle data is sent automatically

(/page 251).

RThe Mercedes-Benz Customer Center

takesyour call and organizes the break-

down and accident assistance.

You may be chargedforthese services.

%Depending on the severity of the accident, an

automatic emergency call can be initiated.

This has priority over all other active calls.

%In addition, if the Mercedes me connect

service "Telediagnostics" is active, a similar

prompt can appear aer a delay in theevent

of a breakdown. If you are already in contact

with the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center or

have already received support, this prompt

can be ignored or declined.

%If you answer the prompt for support from the

Mercedes-Benz Customer Center with Later,

the message will be hidden and appear again

later.

The prompt triggered by the Mercedes me

connect service "Telediagnostics", can either

be conrmed or declined. Aer being

declined, this will not be shown again.

Arr

Arranging a seranging a service appointment via a Mervice appointment via a Mercedescedes

me callme call

If you have activated the maintenance manage-

ment service, relevant vehicle data is transferred

automatically to the Mercedes-Benz customer

center. You will then receive individual recommen-

dations regarding the maintenance of your vehi-

cle.

Regardless of whether you have consentedto the

maintenance management service, the multime-

dia system reminds you aer a certain amount of

time that a service is due. A prompt appears ask-

ing if youwould like to make an appointment.

MBUX multimedia system 249249

#TTo arro arrangange a sere a service appointmentvice appointment::select Call.

Aer your agreement, thevehicle data is

transferred and the Mercedes-Benz customer

center takesyour preferred appointment date.

The information is then sent to your desired

service outlet.

This will contact youto conrm the appoint-

ment and if necessary consult about the

details.

%If you select Later aer the service message

appears, the message is hidden and reap-

pears at a later time.

TrTransfansferrerred dated data dura during a Mering a Mercedes me callcedes me call

When you make a service call via Mercedes me,

data is transmitted. This enables targeted advice

and a smooth service.

The following requirements must be fullled for

the transfer of the data:

RThe vehicle is switched on.

RThe required data transfer technology is sup-

portedby the mobile phone network provider.

RThe quality of the mobile connection is su-

cient.

Multi-stage transfer depends on thefollowing fac-

tors:

RReason forthe initiation of the call

RThe available mobile phone transmission tech-

nology.

RThe activated Mercedes me connect services.

RThe service selected in thevoice control sys-

tem.

Dat

Data tra transfansfer if Merer if Mercedes me connect sercedes me connect servicesvices

arare noe not activt activatateded

If no Mercedes me connect services are activa-

ted, thefollowing data is transferred:

RVehicle identication number

RTime of the call

RReason forthe initiation of the call

RCountry indicator of thevehicle

RSet language forthe multimedia system

RTelephone number of the communication plat-

form installed in thevehicle

If a call is made for a service appointment via the

service reminder, thefollowing data is also trans-

mitted:

RCurrent mileage and maintenance data

If a call is made aer automatic accident or break-

down detection using the multimedia system, the

following data is also transmitted:

RCurrent mileage and maintenance data

RCurrent vehicle location

If Accident and Breakdown Management is called

via thevoice control system, thefollowing data

can also be called up from thevehicle by the

Mercedes-Benz customer center:

RCurrent vehicle location

Dat

Data tra transfansfer if Merer if Mercedes me connect sercedes me connect servicesvices

arare active activatateded

An overview of the data transmitted can be found

in therespective terms of use for Mercedes me

connect services. These can be obtained in the

Mercedes me portal: https://

me.secure.mercedes-benz.com

250250 MBUX multimedia system

DatData pra processingocessing

The data transmitted within the scope of the call

is deleted from the processing system aer the

call is nished, in so far as this data is not being

used forother activated Mercedes me connect

services.

The incident-specic data is processed and stored

in the Mercedes-Benz customer center and, if

required to process the incident, forwarded to the

service partner authorized by the Mercedes-Benz

customer center. Please take note of the data pro-

tection information on the Mercedes me Internet

page https://www.mercedes.me or in therecor-

ded message immediately aer calling the

Mercedes-Benz customer center.

%The recorded message is not available in

every country.

MerMercedes me connectcedes me connect

InfInforormation on Mermation on Mercedes me connectcedes me connect

Mercedes me connect consists of multiple serv-

ices.

You can use thefollowing services via the multi-

media system and theoverhead control panel, for

example:

RAccident and Breakdown Management (me

button or situation-dependent display in the

multimedia system)

RMercedes-Benz emergency call system (auto-

matic emergency call and SOS button)

The Mercedes me connect Accident and Break-

down Management and the Mercedes-Benz emer-

gency call center are available to you around the

clock.

The me button and the SOS button can be found

on thevehicle's overhead control panel

(/page 248).

You can also call the Mercedes-Benz customer

center using the multimedia system

(/page 248).

Please note that Mercedes me connect is a

Mercedes-Benz service. In emergencies, rst call

the national emergency services using the stand-

ard national emergency service telephone num-

bers. In emergencies, you can also use the

Mercedes-Benz emergency call system

(/page 255).

Observe the conditions of use for Mercedes me

connect and other services. These can be

obtained in the Mercedes me Portal: https://

me.secure.mercedes-benz.com

Further information about Mercedes me connect

services can be obtained in the Mercedes me Por-

tal: https://me.secure.mercedes-benz.com

Inf

Inforormation on Mermation on Mercedes me connect Acedes me connect Accidentccident

and Brand Breakdoeakdown Managwn Managementement

The Accident and Breakdown Management can

include thefollowing functions:

RSupplement to the Mercedes-Benz emergency

call system (/page 255)

If necessary, the contact person at the

Mercedes-Benz emergency call center for-

wardsthe call to Mercedes me connect Acci-

dent and Breakdown Management. Forward-

ing the call is however not possible in all coun-

tries.

RBreakdown assistance by atechnician on

location and/or thetowing away of thevehicle

MBUX multimedia system 251251

to the nearest authorized Mercedes-Benz Cen-

ter

You may be chargedforthese services.

RAddition to the emergency guide aer auto-

matic accident or breakdown detection

(/page 249)

In theevent of a breakdown or accident, fur-

ther vehicle data is sent which enables optimal

support by the Mercedes-Benz customer cen-

ter and the authorized service partner or

breakdown assistance.

RAddition to the Mercedes me connect service

Telediagnostics

With theTelediagnostics function, specic

wear and failure reports are recorded by the

service provider, in so far as these can be

clearly interpreted and are available through

the monitoring of components that are subject

to diagnostics.

If your vehicle detects a breakdown or threat

of a breakdown, you may be prompted via the

multimedia system to contact the Mercedes-

Benz customer center for further help. This

prompt in the multimedia system only appears

when thevehicle is stationary.

%These services are subject to technical

restrictions such as the mobile phone cover-

age, mobile network quality and the ability of

the processing systems to interpret the trans-

ferred data. In some circumstances, this can

result in delays or thefailure of the informa-

tion to appear in the multimedia system.

More information about Mercedes me connect

services can be obtained in the Mercedes me Por-

tal: https://me.secure.mercedes-benz.com

Dat

Data tra transfansferrerred dured during Mering Mercedes me connectcedes me connect

call sercall servicesvices

The data transferred during a Mercedes me con-

nect call depends on:

RThe reason for initiation of the call

RThe service that is selected in thevoice con-

trol system

RThe activated Mercedes me connect services

You can nd out which data is transferred when

using the services in the currently valid Mercedes

me connect terms of use and the data protection

information for Mercedes me connect. You can

nd these in your Mercedes me user account.

OvOverervieview of tw of the Merhe Mercedes me & Apps menucedes me & Apps menu

When you log in with a user account to the

Mercedes me Portal, then services and oers

from Mercedes-Benz will be available to you.

For more information consult an authorized

Mercedes-Benz Center or visit the Mercedes me

portal: https://me.secure.mercedes-benz.com

%Make sure you alwayskeep the Mercedes me

apps updated.

You can call up the menu using Mercedes me &

Apps in the multimedia system.

In theMercedes me & Apps menu, thefollowing

options can be available:

RConnecting thevehicle with theMercedes me

user account

RDeleting a connection between a Mercedes

me user account and thevehicle

RCalling up the Mercedes me services

252252 MBUX multimedia system

RCalling up apps such as, In-Car Oce or the

web browser depending on availability

WWeb broweb browser ovser overerviewview

The web browser is started using theMercedes

me & Apps menu.

1URL entry

2Bookmarks

3Web page, back

4Web page, forwards

5To refresh/stop

6Options

%Websites cannot be shown while thevehicle is

in motion.

OvOverervieview of smarw of smartphone inttphone integregrationation

With Smartphone Integration, you can use certain

functions on your mobile phone via the multime-

dia system display.

Only one mobile phone at a time can be connec-

ted via Smartphone Integration to the multimedia

MBUX multimedia system 253253

system. Also for use with two phone mode with

smartphone integration, only one additional

mobile phone can be connected using Bluetooth®

with the multimedia system.

The full range of functions for Smartphone Inte-

gration is only possible with an Internet connec-

tion. The appropriate application must be down-

loaded on the mobile phone to use Smartphone

Integration. The mobile phone must be switched

on and connectedto a USB port with theç

symbol on the multimedia system using a suitable

cable.

Apps for Smartphone Integration

RApple CarPlay®

RAndroid Auto

%For safetyreasons, the rst activation of

Smartphone Integration on the multimedia

system must be carried out when thevehicle

is stationary and the parking brake is applied.

You can start Apple CarPlay®or Android Auto

from the device manager.

%Mercedes-Benz recommends disconnecting

the connecting cable only when thevehicle is

stationary.

Overervieview of trw of transfansferrerred ved vehicle dataehicle data

When using Smartphone Integration, certain vehi-

cle data is transferredto the mobile phone. This

enables youto get the best out of selected mobile

phone services. Vehicle data is not directly acces-

sible.

The following system information is transmitted:

RSoware release of the multimedia system

RSystem ID (anonymized)

The transfer of this data is used to optimize com-

munication between thevehicle and the mobile

phone.

To do this, and to assign severalvehicles to the

mobile phone, a vehicle identier is randomly gen-

erated.

This has no connection to thevehicle identica-

tion number (VIN) and is deleted when the multi-

media system is reset (/page 235).

The following driving status data is transmitted:

RTransmission position engaged

RDistinction between parked, standstill, rolling

and driving

RDay/night mode of the instrument cluster

RDrive type

The transfer of this data is used to alter how con-

tent is displayedto correspond to the driving sit-

uation.

The following position data is transmitted:

RCoordinates

RSpeed

RCompass direction

RAcceleration direction

This data is used by the mobile phone to improve

the accuracy of the navigation (e.g. for continua-

tion in a tunnel).

254254 MBUX multimedia system

MerMercedes-Benz emergcedes-Benz emergency call systency call systemem

InfInforormation on tmation on the Merhe Mercedes-Benz emergcedes-Benz emergencyency

call systcall systemem

Your vehicle is equipped with the Mercedes-Benz

emergency call system ("eCall"). This feature can

help save lives in theevent of an accident. eCall

in no wayreplaces assistance provided from dial-

ing 911.

Mercedes-Benz eCall only functions in areas

where mobile phone coverage is available from

the wireless service providers. Insucient net-

work coverage from the wireless service providers

may result in an emergency call not being trans-

mitted.

eCall is a standard feature in your Mercedes-Benz

vehicle. In order to function as intended, the sys-

temrelies on the transmission of data detailed in

the "Mercedes-Benz emergency call system data

transmission" section that follows (/page 257).

To disable eCall, a customer must visit an author-

ized Mercedes-Benz Service department to deac-

tivate thevehicle's communication module.

DeactivDeactivation of tation of this module prevhis module prevents tents the activhe activa-a-

tion of antion of any and all Mery and all Mercedes me connect serv-cedes me connect serv-

ices.ices. AerAer tthe deactivhe deactivation of eCall, autation of eCall, automaticomatic

emergemergency call and manual emergency call and manual emergency call willency call will

nonot be avt be available.ailable.

The vehicle must be switched on before an auto-

matic emergency call can be made.

%eCall is activated at thefactory.

%eCall can be deactivated by an authorized

Mercedes-Benz dealer. Please note that in the

event ownership of thevehicle is transferred

to another owner in its deactivated state,

eCall will remain deactivated unless the new

owner visits an authorized Mercedes-Benz

dealership to reactivate the system.

OvOverervieview of tw of the Merhe Mercedes-Benz emergcedes-Benz emergency callency call

systsystemem

eCall can help to reduce the time between an

accident and the arrival of emergency services at

the site of the accident. It helps locate an acci-

dent site in places that are dicult to access.

However, even if a vehicle is equipped with eCall,

this does not mean the system is ON. As such,

eCall does not replace dialing 911 in theevent of

an accident.

An emergency call can be made automatically or

manually.

Only make emergency calls if you or others are in

need of rescue. Do not make an emergency call in

theevent of a breakdown or a similar situation.

Messag

Messages on tes on the displayhe display

SOS NOT READY: thevehicle is not on or eCall not

available.

During an active emergency call, <schar> appears

in the display.

You can nd more information on theregional

availability of eCall at: https://www.mercedes-

benz-mobile.com/extra/ecall/

%If there is a malfunction in the Mercedes-Benz

emergency call system (e.g. a malfunction

with the speaker, microphone, airbag, SOS

button), a corresponding message appears on

the display in the instrument cluster.

MBUX multimedia system 255255

TTrriggiggerering an auting an automatic Meromatic Mercedes‑Benz emer-cedes‑Benz emer-

ggency callency call

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe vehicle is switched on.

RThe starter battery is suciently charged.

The Mercedes‑Benz emergency call system trig-

gers an emergency call automatically in thefol-

lowing cases:

RAer activation of therestraint systems such

as airbags or Emergency Tensioning Devices

aer an accident

RAer an emergency stop automatically initi-

ated by Active Emergency Stop Assist

The emergency call has been made:

RAvoice connection is made to the Mercedes-

Benz emergency call center.

RA message with accident data is transmitted

to the Mercedes-Benz emergency call center.

The Mercedes-Benz emergency call center

can transmit thevehicle position data to one

of the emergency call centers.

The SOS button in theoverhead control panel

ashes until the emergency call is nished.

It is not possible to immediately end an automatic

emergency call.

If no connection can be made to the emergency

services either, a corresponding message appears

in the media display.

#Dial the local emergency number on your

mobile phone.

If an emergency call has been initiated:

RRemain in thevehicle if theroad and trac

conditions permit youto do so until a voice

connection is established with the emergency

call center operator.

RBased on the call, the operator decides

whether it is necessary to call rescue teams

and/or the police to the accident site.

RIf no vehicle occupant answers, an ambulance

is sent to thevehicle immediately.

TTrriggiggerering a manual Mering a manual Mercedes-Benz emergcedes-Benz emergencyency

callcall

To use to use the SOS butthe SOS button in ton in the ovhe overerhead con-head con-

trtrol panel:ol panel: press and hold the SOS button for

at least one second (/page 248).

#TTo use vo use voice controice control:ol: use theVoice Control

System voice commands .

The emergency call has been made:

RAvoice connection is made to the Mercedes-

Benz emergency call center.

RA message with accident data is transmitted

to the Mercedes-Benz emergency call center.

The Mercedes-Benz emergency call center

can transmit thevehicle position data to one

of the emergency call centers.

RRemain in thevehicle if theroad and trac

conditions permit youto do so until a voice

connection is established with the emergency

call center operator.

RBased on the call, the operator decides

whether it is necessary to call rescue teams

and/or the police to the accident site.

256256 MBUX multimedia system

If no connection can be made to the emergency

services either, a corresponding message appears

in the media display.

#Dial the local emergency number on your

mobile phone.

Ending an unintEnding an unintentionallentionally try triggiggerered manualed manual

MerMercedes-Benz emergcedes-Benz emergency callency call

#Using tUsing the multifunction sthe multifunction steereering wheel:ing wheel: select

~. Depress the button for several seconds.

DatData tra transfansfer of ter of the Merhe Mercedes-Benz emergcedes-Benz emergencyency

call systcall systemem

In theevent of an automatic or manual emergency

call thefollowing data is transmitted, forexample:

RVehicle's GPS position data

RGPS position data on theroute (a few hundred

meters before the incident) ()

RDirection of travel

RVehicle identication number

RVehicle drive type

RNumber of people determined to be in the

vehicle

RWhether Mercedes me connect is available or

not

RWhether the emergency call was initiated

manually or automatically

RTime of the accident

RLanguage setting on the multimedia system

Data transmitted is vehicle information. For any

questions about the collection, use and sharing of

the eCall system data, please contact MBUSA's

Customer Assistance Center at 800-FOR-MERC.

For Canada, please contact MBC's Customer

Assistance Center at 1-800-387-0100.

Customer requests for covered information should

be submitted via the same channels.

For accident clarication purposes, thefollowing

measures can be taken up to an hour aer the

emergency call has been initiated:

RThe current vehicle position can be deter-

mined.

RAvoice connection to thevehicle occupants

can be established.

MBUX multimedia system 257257

RRadio & mediaadio & media

OvOverervieview of tw of the symbols and functions in the symbols and functions in the media menuhe media menu

SymbolSymbol Designation FDesignation Functionunction

6PlaySelect to start or continue playback.

8Rest Select to pause the playback.

:Repeat a trackSelect to repeat the current track or the active playlist.

RSelect once: the active playlist is repeated.

RSelect twice: the current track is repeated.

RSelect three times: the function is deactivated.

9Random playbackSelect to play back the tracks in random order.

û/üSkip forwards/backSelect to skip to the next or to the previous track.

ßOptions Select to show additional options.

5Categories Select to show or search through available categories (e.g. playback lists, albums,

artists, etc.).

ªSearch Select to search in the active menu. You can search for artists, genres or moods, for

example.

258258 MBUX multimedia system

SymbolSymbol DesignationFDesignation Functionunction

ZSettingsSelect to make settings.

©Home Select to return to the home screen.

jMessaging Select to call up messaging.

2Full screen Select to switch to full screen mode.

The following functions and settings are available

in the media menu:

RConnecting external data storage media with

the multimedia system (e.g. using USB or

Bluetooth®)

RPlaying back audio or video les

AAututhorhorizing a Bluetizing a Bluetoothooth®®audio deaudio device fvice for mediaor media

plaplaybackyback

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RBluetooth®is activated on the multimedia sys-

tem and audio equipment.

RThe audio equipment supports the Bluetooth®

audio proles A2DP and AVRCP.

RThe audio equipment is "visible" forother devi-

ces.

Multimedia system:

4©5Media 5Bluetooth 5ª

With Bluetooth®audio, you can play back music

les from an external data storage medium, e.g.

your smartphone, using the MBUX multimedia

system.

#To play back audio les using the multimedia

system, authorize theexternal data storage

medium on the MBUX multimedia system.

Aututhorhorizing a neizing a new Bluetw Bluetoothooth®®audio deaudio devicevice

#Select Connect New Device.

#Select an audio device.

Authorization starts. A code is displayed on

the multimedia system and on the mobile

phone.

#If the codes are identical, conrm on the

audio equipment.

#Select Only as Bluetooth Audio Device.

The Bluetooth®audio equipment is connected

with the multimedia system.

MBUX multimedia system 259259

Connecting preConnecting previouslviously auty authorhorized Bluetized Bluetoothooth®®

audio eqaudio equipmentuipment

#Select a Bluetooth®audio device from the list.

The connection is being established.

OvOverervieview of tw of the symbols and functions in the symbols and functions in the rhe radio menuadio menu

SymbolSymbol Designation FDesignation Functionunction

©Home Select to return to the home screen.

jMessaging Select to call up messaging.

û/üSkip forwards/backSelect to skip to the next or to the previous station.

ZSettings Select to have further options shown. Settings can be made to thefollowing additional

functions, forexample:

RNavigation and trac announcements

RFrequency x function

RRadio additional text

REmergency warnings

The setting options are country-dependent.

260260 MBUX multimedia system

SymbolSymbol DesignationFDesignation Functionunction

HD HD radio®Select to switch the HD Radio®function on or o.

This function is not available in all countries.

8Silent function Select to switch o the sound.

fStore radio stations Select to save a station in the presets.

4Station listSelect to have the station list shown.

ªSearch Select to search in the active menu. You can search for artists, genres or moods, for

example.

AAdditional functions of Tdditional functions of TuneIn runeIn radioadio

%Arelatively large volume of data can be trans-

mitted when using TuneIn Radio.

MBUX multimedia system 261261

SymbolSymbol DesignationFDesignation Functionunction

ZSettingsThe following additional settings are available in

theTuneIn Radio menu:

RSelecting stream

RLogging on to or out of theTuneIn account

ßFavoritesSelect during playback to save the station cur-

rently set as a favorite.

6/8Play/PauseSelect to start, stop or continue playback.

5Browse Select to choose a category and then a radio sta-

tion.

AAdditional functions of tdditional functions of the sathe satellitellite re radioadio

SIRIUS XM®satellite radio oers more than 175

digital-quality radio channels providing 100% com-

mercial-free music, sports, news and entertain-

ment, forexample. SIRIUS XM®satellite radio

employs a eet of high-performance satellitesto

broadcast around the clock throughout the USA

and Canada. The satellite radio program is availa-

ble for a monthly fee. Information about this can

be obtained from a Sirius XM®Service Center

and at https://www.siriusxm.com (USA) or

https://www.siriusxm.ca (Canada).

%Sirius, XM and all related marks and logos are

trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc. and its

subsidiaries. All other marks,channel names

and logos are the property of their respective

262262 MBUX multimedia system

SymbolSymbol DesignationFDesignation Functionunction

ZSettingsThe following additional settings are available in

the satellite radio menu:

RActivate child safety lock to lock channels

with adult content

RSet alarm programming for music and sport

alerts

RCreate TuneMix lists to listen to music seam-

lessly

5Playback control Select to show the timeline.

Tap any point on the timeline to skip forwards or

back.

Navigate to the end of the timeline to return to

live mode.

6PlaySelect to start or continue playback.

8Rest Select to pause the playback.

Depending on the frequency band selected, dier-

ent functions are available to you.

Select the desired frequency band in theradio

menu head runner.

Calling up TCalling up TuneIn RuneIn Radioadio

RReqequiruirements:ements:

MBUX multimedia system 263263

RThe TuneIn Radio service is activated in the

Mercedes me Portal.

RThe data volume is available.

Depending on the country, data volume may

need to be purchased.

RAfast Internet connection for data transmis-

sion free of interference.

%Data volume can be purchased dir

directlectly fry fromom

a mobile phone nea mobile phone netwtworork prok providervider via the

Mercedes me Portal.

%The functions and services are country-

dependent. For more information, consult an

authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Multimedia system:

4©5Radio

#Select TuneIn Radio.

The TuneIn menu appears. The last station set

starts playing.

%The connection quality depends on the local

mobile phone reception.

SeSetting up sattting up satellitellite re radioadio

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RSatellite radio equipment is available.

RRegistration with a satellite radio provider has

been completed.

RIf registration is not included when purchasing

the system, your credit card details will be

required to activate your account.

Multimedia system:

4©5ÞRadio 5SiriusXM

5ZOptions

#Select Service Information.

The service information screen appears show-

ing theradio ID and the current subscription

status.

#Establish a telephone connection.

#Follow the service sta's instructions.

The activation process may take up to ten

minutes.

%You can also have the satellite service activa-

ted online. To do so, please visit https://

www.siriusxm.com (USA) or https://

www.siriusxm.ca (Canada).

Music and sporMusic and sport alert alertsts

Multimedia system:

4©5Radio 5SiriusXM 5Z

5Alerts

SeSetting music and sportting music and sport alert alertsts

This function enables youto program an alert for

your favorite artists, tracks or sporting events.

Music alerts can be saved whilst a track is being

played and sport alerts can be saved during a live

game. You can also specify sport alerts via the

menu option. The system then continuously

searches through all thechannels.

#Set a music or sports alert, to be informed of

matches in the Live program.

Activctivating tating the music infhe music inforormation functionmation function

#Activate Music Alerts O.

SeSetting a music alerttting a music alert

#Select Add Alert.

264264 MBUX multimedia system

#Select Artists or Song in the dialog window.

The alert is set forthe current artist or track.

If a match is found, a prompt appears asking

whether you wish to change to the station.

AActivctivating sporating sports infts inforormationmation

#Activate Activate Sports Alerts O.

SeSetting a sportting a sport alertt alert

#Select Add Alert.

#Select theteam name or league in the dialog

window.

DeleDeleting individual sporting individual sports and music alerts and music alertsts

#Select Manage Music Alerts.

#Select Manage Sports Alerts.

#Select an artist or track.

#Select a team.

#Select Delete Selected Entries.

All highlighted alerts are deleted.

Dele

Deleting all sporting all sports and music alerts and music alertsts

#Select Manage Music Alerts.

#Select Manage Sports Alerts.

#Select Delete All Entries.

All alerts are deleted.

Sound seSound settingsttings

OvOverervieview of functions in tw of functions in the sound menuhe sound menu

The setting options and functions available

depend on the sound system installed. You can

nd out which sound system is installed in your

vehicle in the Digital Operator's Manual.

SSttandarandard sound systd sound system and Aem and Advdvanced sound syanced sound sys-s-

ttemem

The following functions are available:

REqualizer:

-Treble, mid-range and bass

RBalance and fader

RVolume:

-Automatic adjustment

BurBurmestmesterer®®surrsurround sound systound sound system andem and

BurBurmestmesterer®®high-end 3D surrhigh-end 3D surround sound systound sound systemem

The following functions are available:

REqualizer:

-Treble, mid-range and bass

RBalance and fader

RSound focus

RVIP seat (Burmester®high-end 3D surround

sound system only)

RSound proles

RVolume:

-Automatic adjustment

MBUX multimedia system 265265

ASSYSASSYST PLT PLUS serUS service intvice interverval displayal display

FFunction of tunction of the ASSYShe ASSYST PLT PLUS serUS service intvice interverval dis-al dis-

playplay

The ASSYST PLUS service interval display on the

instrument display informs you of the time or dis-

tance remaining before the next service due date.

You can hide this service display using theG

back button on the le-hand side of the steering

wheel.

Depending on how thevehicle is used, the

ASSYST PLUS service interval display may shorten

the service interval, e.g. in thefollowing cases:

RMainly short-distance driving

RWhen the engine is oen le idling for long

periods

RIn theevent of frequent cold start phases

Mercedes-Benz recommends avoiding such oper-

ating conditions.

You can obtain information concerning the servic-

ing of your vehicle from a qualied specialist

workshop, e.g. an authorized Mercedes-Benz Cen-

ter.

DisplaDisplaying tying the serhe service due datevice due date

On-board computer:

4Service 5ASSYST PLUS

The next service due date is displayed.

#TTo eo exit txit the displayhe display::press theGback but-

ton on the le-hand side of the steering wheel.

Bear in mind thefollowing related topic:

ROperating the on-board computer

(/page 219).

InfInforormation on rmation on regular maintegular maintenance wenance workork

*NNOOTETE Premature wear through failure to

observe service due dates

Maintenance work which is not carried out at

theright time or incompletely can lead to

increased wear and damage to thevehicle.

#Adhere to the prescribed service inter-

vals.

#Always have the prescribed maintenance

work carried out at a qualied specialist

workshop.

NNoottes on special seres on special service rvice reqequiruirementsements

The prescribed service interval is based on nor-

mal operation of thevehicle. Have the mainte-

nance work carried out more oen than prescri-

bed if operating conditions are dicult or the

vehicle is subject to increased stress.

The ASSYST PLUS service interval display is only

an aid. The driver of thevehicle bears responsibil-

ity as regardsto whether maintenance work

needs to be performed more oen than specied

based on the actual operating conditions and/or

loads.

Examples of arduous operating conditions:

RRegular city driving with frequent intermediate

stops

RMainly short-distance driving

RFrequent operation in mountainous terrain or

on poor road surfaces

266266 Maintenance and care

RWhen the engine is oen le idling for long

periods

ROperation in particularly dusty conditions

and/or if air-recirculation mode is frequently

used

In these or similar operating conditions, have the

interior air lter, air lter, engine oil and oil lter,

forexample, changed more frequently. The tires

must be checked more frequently if thevehicle is

operated under increased loads. Further informa-

tion can be obtained at a qualied specialist work-

shop.

BattBatterery disconnection pery disconnection periodsiods

The ASSYST PLUS service interval display can cal-

culate the service due date only when the battery

is connected.

#Display and note down the service due date

on the instrument display before disconnect-

ing the battery (/page 266).

Engine comEngine comparpartmenttment

Opening and closing tOpening and closing the hoodhe hood

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to driving

with the hood unlocked

The hood may open and block your view.

#Neverrelease the hood when driving.

#Before every trip, ensure that the hood is

locked.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury

when opening and closing the hood

The hood may suddenly drop into the end

position.

There is a risk of injury for anyone in the

hood's range of movement.

#Do not open or close the hood if there is

a person in the hood's range of move-

ment.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns when opening the

hood

If you open the hood in theevent of an over-

heated engine or re in the engine compart-

ment, thefollowing situations may occur:

RYou may come into contact with hot gases.

RYou may come into contact with other

escaping hot operating uids.

#Before opening the hood, allow the

engine to cool down.

#In theevent of a re in the engine com-

partment, keep the hood closed and call

the re service.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to moving

parts

Components in the engine compartment may

continue to run or start unexpectedly even

when the drive system is switched o.

Observe thefollowing if you must open the

hood:

Maintenance and care 267267

#Switch o thevehicle.

#Nevertouch the danger zones surround-

ing moving components, e.g. therotation

area of thefan.

#Remove jewelery and watches.

#Keep items of clothing and hair away

from moving parts.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from touching live

components

The ignition system and the fuel injection sys-

tem operate with a high voltage. You could

receive an electric shock.

#Nevertouch components of the ignition

system or fuel injection system when the

vehicle is switched on.

The live components include thefollowing, for

example:

RIgnition coils

RFuel injectors

RElectric lines to the ignition coils and the fuel

injectors

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns from hot compo-

nent parts in the engine compartment

Certain component parts in the engine com-

partment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the

cooler and parts of theexhaust system.

#Allow the engine to cool down and only

touch component parts described in the

following.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from using the

windshield wipers when the hood is open

If the windshield wipers start moving when the

hood is open, you could be trapped by the

wiper linkage.

#Always switch o the windshield wipers

and thevehicle rst if you need to open

the hood.

Opening tOpening the hoodhe hood

#To release the hood, pull on handle 1.

268268 Maintenance and care

#Push handle 1of the hood catch upwards

and li the hood until it opens automatically.

Closing tClosing the hoodhe hood

#Lowerthe hood to a height of around 8 in

(20 cm) and then allow it to fall, applying a lit-

tle force as you let it go.

#If the hood can still be lied slightly, open the

hood again and close it with a little more force

until it engages correctly.

Engine oilEngine oil

ChecChecking tking the engine oil levhe engine oil level using tel using the on-boardhe on-board

comcomputputerer

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe engine has been warmed up.

RThe vehicle is parked on a level surface.

RThe engine is running at idle speed.

RThe hood is closed.

The engine oil level is determined during driving.

Determining the engine oil level can take up to

30 minutes with a normal driving style and even

longer with an active driving style.

On-board computer:

4Service 5Engine Oil Level

One of thefollowing messages will appear on the

instrument display:

RMeasuring Engine Oil Level...: measurement

of the oil level is not yet possible.

#Repeat therequest aer a maximum of

30 minutes' driving.

REngine Oil Level OK and the bar display for

indicating the oil level on the instrument dis-

play is green and is between "min" and "max":

the oil level is correct.

REngine Oil Level Add 1,1 qts. and the bar dis-

play for indicating the oil level on the instru-

ment display is orange and is below "min":

#Add 1.1 US qt (1 l) of engine oil.

RReduce Engine Oil Level and the bar display

for indicating the oil level on the instrument

display is orange and is above "max":

Maintenance and care 269269

#Drain o any excess engine oil that has been

added. To do so, consult a qualied specialist

workshop.

RFor Engine Oil Level Switch Ignition On

#Switch on thevehicle to check the engine oil

level.

REngine Oil Level System Inoperative: The oil

level sensor is defective or not connected.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

REngine Oil Level System Currently Unavail.

#Close the hood.

Rellingelling engine oilengine oil

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns from hot compo-

nent parts in the engine compartment

Certain component parts in the engine com-

partment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the

cooler and parts of theexhaust system.

#Allow the engine to cool down and only

touch component parts described in the

following.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of re and injury from

engine oil

If engine oil comes into contact with hot com-

ponent parts in the engine compartment, it

may ignite.

#Make sure that no engine oil is spilled

next to the ller opening.

#Allow the engine to cool o and thor-

oughly clean the engine oil from compo-

nent parts before starting thevehicle.

*NNOOTETE Engine damage caused by an incor-

rect oil lter, incorrect oil or additives

#Do not use engine oils or oil lters which

do not correspond to the specications

explicitly prescribed forthe service inter-

vals.

#Follow the instructions on the service

interval display forchanging the engine

oil and observe the prescribed change

intervals.

#Do not use additives.

*NNOOTETE Damage caused by relling too

much engine oil

Too much engine oil can damage the engine or

the catalytic converter.

#Have excess engine oil removed at a

qualied specialist workshop.

%Depending on driving style, thevehicle con-

sumes up to 0.9 US qt (0.8 liter) of oil per

600 miles (1000 km). The oil consumption

may be higher than this when thevehicle is

new or if you frequently drive at high engine

speeds.

270270 Maintenance and care

#Turn cap 1counter-clockwise and remove it.

#Add engine oil.

#Replace cap 1and turn it clockwise until it

engages.

#Check the oil level again (/page 269).

ChecChecking tking the coolant levhe coolant levelel

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns from hot compo-

nent parts in the engine compartment

Certain component parts in the engine com-

partment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the

cooler and parts of theexhaust system.

#Allow the engine to cool down and only

touch component parts described in the

following.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of scalding from hot cool-

ant

If you open the cap, you could be scalded.

#Let the motor cool down before opening

the cap.

#When opening the cap, wear protective

gloves and safety glasses.

#Open the cap slowly to release pressure.

#Park thevehicle on a level surface.

#Check the coolant temperature display in the

instrument cluster.

The coolant temperature must be in the bot-

tomquarter of thetemperature display.

#Slowly turn cap 1counter-clockwise to

release overpressure.

Maintenance and care 271271

#Continue turning cap 1counter-clockwise

and remove it.

The coolant level is correct in thefollowing cases:

RIf the engine is cold, the coolant is up to

marker bar 2.

RIf the engine is warm,the coolant is up to

0.6 in (1.5 cm) overthe marker bar 2.

#If necessary, add coolant that has been

approvedfor Mercedes-Benz.

%Further information on coolant (/page 341)

RRellingelling tthe windshield whe windshield washer systasher systemem

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns from hot compo-

nent parts in the engine compartment

Certain component parts in the engine com-

partment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the

cooler and parts of theexhaust system.

#Allow the engine to cool down and only

touch component parts described in the

following.

&WWARNINGARNING ‑ Risk of re and injury from

windshield washer concentrate

Windshield washer concentrate is highly am-

mable. It could ignite if it comes into contact

with hot engine component parts or the

exhaust system.

#Make sure that no windshield washer

concentrate spills out next to the ller

opening.

#Remove cap 1by thetab.

#Addwasher uid.

%Further information about the windshield

washer uid (/page 342)

272272 Maintenance and care

KKeeping teeping the airhe air-w-watater duct frer duct freeee

#Keep the area between the hood and the

windshield free of deposits, e.g. ice, snow and

leaves.

Cleaning and careCleaning and care

NNoottes on wes on washing tashing the vhe vehicle in a car wehicle in a car washash

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to

reduced braking eect aer washing the

vehicle

The braking eect is reduced aer washing

thevehicle.

#Aer thevehicle has been washed, brake

carefully while paying attention to the

trac conditions until the braking eect

has been fully restored.

*NNOOTETE Damage from automatic braking

If one of thefollowing functions is switched

on, thevehicle brakes automatically in certain

situations:

RActive Brake Assist

RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC

RHOLD function

RActive Parking Assist

To avoid damage to thevehicle, deactivate

these systems in thefollowing or similar situa-

tions:

#During towing

#In a car wash

*NNOOTETE Damage due to unsuitable car wash

#Before driving into a car wash make sure

that the car wash is suitable forthevehi-

cle dimensions.

#Ensure there is sucient ground clear-

ance between the underbody and the

guide rails of the car wash.

#Ensure that the clearance width of the

car wash, in particular the width of the

guide rails, is sucient.

To avoid damage to your vehicle when using a car

wash, ensure thefollowing beforehand:

RTo avoid possible water ingress in thevehicle,

it is preferable to use car washes which allow

the high-pressure pre-cleaning to be deactiva-

ted (specication forthe convertible program).

RAvoid any hot-wax treatment.

RMake sure that the wind deector on the wind-

shield has been retracted.

RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deactiva-

ted.

RThe HOLD function is switched o.

RThe surround view camera or therear view

camera is switched o.

RThe side windows and so top are closed

completely.

Maintenance and care 273273

RThe blowerfortheventilation and heating is

switched o.

RThe windshield wiper switch is in position g.

RThe SmartKey is at a minimum distance of

10  (3 m) away from thevehicle. Otherwise,

the trunk lid could open unintentionally.

RFor car washes with a conveyor system:

-Neutral iis engaged.

-If youwould like to leave thevehicle while

it is being washed, make sure the Smart-

Key is located in thevehicle. The park

position jis otherwise automatically

engaged.

%If, aer the car wash, youremove thewax

from the windshield and wiper rubbers, this

will prevent smearing and reduce wiper noise.

NNoottes on using a powes on using a power wer washerasher

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident when using

powerwashers with round-spray nozzles

The water jet can cause externally invisible

damage.

Components damaged in this way may unex-

pectedly fail.

#Do not use a powerwasher with round-

spray nozzles.

#Have damaged tires or chassis parts

replaced immediately.

To avoid damage to your vehicle, observe thefol-

lowing when using a powerwasher:

RThe SmartKey is at a minimum distance of

10  (3 m) away from thevehicle. Otherwise,

the trunk lid could open unintentionally.

RMaintain a distance of at least 11.8 in (30 cm)

to thevehicle.

RVVehicles witehicles with decorh decorativative fe foil:oil: Parts of your

vehicle are covered with a decorative foil.

Maintain a distance of at least 27.6 in (70 cm)

between thefoil-covered parts of thevehicle

and the nozzle of the powerwasher. Move the

powerwasher nozzle around whilst cleaning.

The watertemperature of the powerwasher

must not exceed 140°F (60°C).

RObserve the information on the correct dis-

tance in the equipment manufacturer's oper-

ating instructions.

RDo not direct the nozzle of the powerwasher

directly at sensitive parts, such as tires, so

top, wind deector net, gaps, electrical com-

ponents, batteries, light sources and ventila-

tion slits.

WWashing tashing the vhe vehicle behicle by handy hand

*NNOOTETE Engine damage due to water ingress

#Take care not to point thewater jet

directly towardsthe air inlet grille below

the hood.

Observe the legal requirements, e.g. in a number

of countries, washing by hand is only permitted in

specially designated wash bays.

274274 Maintenance and care

#Use a mild cleaning agent, e.g. car shampoo.

#Wash thevehicle with lukewarm water using a

so car sponge. When doing so, do not

expose thevehicle to direct sunlight.

#Carefully hose thevehicle o with water and

dry using a chamois.

%Observe the notes on the care of vehicle

parts (/page 278).

NNoottes on paintwes on paintworork/mattk/matteenishnish paintwpaintworork carek care

To avoid damaging the paintwork and interfering

with the driving assistance systems, please

observe thefollowing notes:

PPaintaint

RInsect remains: soak with insect remover and

rinse o the treated areas aerwards.

RBird droppings: soak with water and rinse o

aerwards.

RTree resin, oils, fuels and greases: remove by

rubbing gently with a cloth soaked in petro-

leum ether or lighter uid.

RCoolant and brake uid: remove with a damp

cloth and clean water.

RTar stains: use tarremover.

RWax: use silicone remover.

RDo not attach stickers, lms or similar materi-

als. Only have lm attached to the bumper at

a qualied specialist workshop.

RRemove dirt immediately, where possible.

MattMatteenishnish

ROnly use care products approved for

Mercedes-Benz.

RDo not attach stickers, lms or similar materi-

als. Only have lm attached to the bumper at

aqualied specialist workshop.

RDo not polish thevehicle and alloy wheels.

ROnly use car washes that correspond to the

latest engineering standards.

RDo not use car wash program with a nal hot

wax treatment.

RDo not use paint cleaners, bung or polishing

products, gloss preservers, e.g. wax.

In theevent of paintwork damage:

RAlways have paintwork repairs carried out at a

qualied specialist workshop.

RMake sure theradar sensors function

(/page 163).

NNoottes on cleaning decores on cleaning decorativative fe foilsoils

Observe the notes on matte nish care in the

chapter "Notes on paintwork/matte nish paint-

work care" (/page 275). They also apply to

matte decorative foils.

Observe the notes on cleaning decorative foils to

avoid vehicle damage.

Cleaning

RFor cleaning, use plenty of water and a mild

cleaning agent without additives or abrasive

substances, e.g. a car shampoo approvedfor

Mercedes-Benz.

RRemove dirt immediately, where possible,

whilst avoiding rubbing too hard. There is oth-

erwise a risk of damaging the decorative foil

irreparably.

Maintenance and care 275275

RIf there is dirt on the nish or if the decorative

foil is dull: use thePaint Cleaner recommen-

ded and approvedfor Mercedes-Benz.

RInsect remains: soak with insect remover and

rinse o the treated areas aerwards.

RBird droppings: soak with water and rinse o

aerwards.

RTo prevent water stains, dry a foil-wrapped

vehicle with a so, absorbent cloth aer every

car wash.

Avvoiding damagoiding damage te to to the decorhe decorativative fe foiloil

RThe service life and color of decorative foils

are impaired by:

-Sunlight

-Temperature, e.g. hot air blower

-Weather conditions

-Stone chippings and dirt

-Chemical cleaning agents

-Oily products

RDo not use polish on matte decorative foil.

Polishing will have the eect of shining the

foil-wrapped surface.

RDo not treat matte or structured decorative

foils with wax. Permanent stains may occur.

Scratches, corrosive deposits, areas aected by

corrosion and damage caused by incorrect care

cannot always be completely repaired. In such

cases, visit a qualied specialist workshop.

You can obtain more information on care and

cleaning products from the manufacturer.

In the case of foil-wrapped surfaces, optical dier-

ences may occur between the surfaces that were

not protected by a decorative foil aer removing a

decorative foil.

%Have work or repairs to decorative foils car-

ried out at a qualied specialist workshop,

e.g. at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

NNoottes on cleaning and cares on cleaning and care of te of thehe soso ttopop

Observe thefollowing notes in order to prevent

damage to the so top.

Light dirtLight dirt

RClean the so top when dry.

RRinse with clean water.

NNorormal tmal to heao heavy dirtvy dirt

RClean the so top with a brush and clean

water.

RClean stains and other heavy dirt with a brush

and so-top cleaning agents recommended

and approvedfor Mercedes-Benz.

RBrush from front to back in the direction of the

fabric.

AvAvoidingoiding so-tso-topop damagedamage

RNever use gasoline, thinners, tar or stain

remover or other organic solvents.

RRemove bird droppings immediately, as they

are corrosive and can therefore cause the

so-top fabric to leak.

RNever use a powerwasher.

RDo not use sharp-edged equipment to remove

ice and snow.

Frequent cleaning reduces the so top's resist-

ance to dirt. To restore the eect, clean the so

top with the so-top cleaning agents recommen-

ded and approvedfor Mercedes-Benz.

Incorrect cleaning and care, as well as aging, can

cause the so-top seams to leak. If this happens,

276276 Maintenance and care

have the so-top seams sealed at a qualied spe-

cialist workshop, e.g. at your authorized

Mercedes-Benz Center.

%Place a suitable coveroverthe so top if you

plan to leave thevehicle outside for a long

period of time.

Cleaning AIRCCleaning AIRCAPAP

Cleaning tCleaning the windhe wind deectdeectoror

*NONOTETE Damage to the net due to using a

powerwasher

#Never use a powerwasher to clean the

net of the wind deector.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe so top is closed.

RThe electric parking brake has been applied.

RThe vehicle is switched on.

#Pull button1.

The wind deector between the windshield

and the so top will extend.

#Light dirtLight dirt::clean wind deector net 1with a

so brush or a damp cloth.

#HeaHeavier dirtvier dirt::clean net 1with care products

and cleaning agents recommended and

approvedfor Mercedes-Benz.

#Rinse or spray the net with clean water.

Cleaning tCleaning the wind scrhe wind screeneen

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe so top is open.

RThe electric parking brake has been applied.

RThe vehicle is switched on.

Maintenance and care 277277

#Pull button 1.

The AIRCAP wind screen will move upwards.

#Clean wind screen net 1with a damp cloth

in conjunction with the care products and

cleaning agents recommended and approved

for Mercedes-Benz.

Cleaning tCleaning the fhe folding wind scrolding wind screeneen

*NNOOTETE Damage to the net due to using a

powerwasher

#Never use a powerwasher to clean the

net of the wind deector.

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RMake sure that the notes on the correct instal-

lation and stowing location of thefolding wind

screen are observed (/page 79).

#Clean folding wind screen net with a damp

cloth in conjunction with the care products

and cleaning agents recommended and

approvedfor Mercedes-Benz.

NNoottes on cares on care of ve of vehicle parehicle partsts

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of entrapment if the wind-

shield wipers are switched on while the

windshield is being cleaned

If the windshield wipers are set in motion

while you are cleaning the windshield or wiper

blades, you can be trapped by the wiper arm.

#Always switch o the windshield wipers

and thevehicle before cleaning the wind-

shield or wiper blades.

278278 Maintenance and care

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns from thetailpipe

and tailpipe trims

The exhaust tailpipe and tailpipe trims can

become very hot. If you come into contact

with these parts of thevehicle, you could burn

yourself.

#Always be particularly careful around the

tailpipe and thetailpipe trims and super-

vise children especially closely in this

area.

#Allow vehicle parts to cool down before

touching them.

To avoid damage to thevehicle, observe the notes

on cleaning and care of thefollowing vehicle

parts:

Wheels and rWheels and rimsims

RUse water and acid-free alloy wheel cleaners.

RDo not use acidic alloy wheel cleaners to

remove brake dust. This could damage wheel

bolts and brake components.

RTo avoid corrosion of the brake discs and

brakepads, drive thevehicle for a few minutes

aer cleaning before parking it. The brake

discs and brakepads warm up and dry out.

WWindowsindows

RClean the windows inside and outside with a

damp cloth and with a cleaning agent recom-

mended for Mercedes-Benz.

RDo not use dry cloths or abrasive or solvent-

based cleaning agents to clean the inside of

windows.

%Aer changing the wiper blades or treating

thevehicle with wax, clean the windshield

thoroughly with cleaning agents recommen-

ded for Mercedes-Benz. Failure to observe the

application instructions may result in damage,

smear marks or blinding spots.

%Remove external fogging or dirt on the wind-

shield in front of the multifunction camera.

Otherwise, driving systems and driving safety

systems may be impaired or not available

(/page 163).

WWiper bladesiper blades

RMove the wiper arms into thereplacement

position (/page 122).

RWith the wiper arms folded out, clean the

wiper blades with a damp cloth.

%Make sure that the wiper blades are coated.

The coating can leave residues on a cloth. Do

not rubthe wiper blades excessively or clean

them too oen.

ExtExtererior lightingior lighting

RClean the lenses with a wet sponge and mild

cleaning agent, e.g. car shampoo.

ROnly use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths

that are suitable for plastic lenses.

SensorsSensors

RClean the sensors in the front and rear bump-

ers with a so cloth and car shampoo

(/page 163).

RWhen using a powerwasher, maintain a mini-

mum distance of 11.8 in (30 cm).

Rear vieear view camerw camera and surra and surround vieound view cameraw camera

ROpen the camera cover with the multimedia

system (/page 205).

RUse clean water and a so cloth to clean the

camera lens.

Maintenance and care 279279

RDo not use a powerwasher.

TTailpipesailpipes

RClean with a cleaning agent recommended for

Mercedes-Benz, especially in the winter and

aer washing thevehicle.

RDo not use acidic cleaning agents.

NNoottes on cares on care of te of the inthe intereriorior

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from plastic parts

breaking o aer the use of solvent-based

care products

Care and cleaning products containing sol-

vents can cause surfaces in the cockpit to

become porous. When the airbags are

deployed, plastic parts may break away.

#Do not use any care or cleaning products

containing solvents to clean the cockpit.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or fatal injuries

from bleached seat belts

Bleaching or dyeing seat belts can severely

weaken them.

This can, forexample, cause seat belts to tear

or fail in an accident.

#Never bleach or dye seat belts.

To avoid damage to thevehicle, observe thefol-

lowing notes on cleaning and care:

Seat beltsSeat belts

RClean with lukewarm and soapy water.

RDo not use chemical cleaning agents.

RDo not dry by heating them to over 176°F

(80°C) or exposing them to direct sunlight.

DisplayDisplay

RSwitch o the display and let it cool down.

RClean the surface carefully with a microber

cloth and a suitable display care product (TFT-

LCD).

RDo not use any other agents.

Head-up Display

RClean with a so, non-static, lint-free cloth.

RDo not use cleaning agents.

PlasPlastic trtic trimim

RClean with a damp microber cloth.

RFor heavy soiling: Use a cleaner recommen-

ded for Mercedes-Benz.

RDo not attach stickers, lms or similar materi-

als.

RDo not allow cosmetics, insect repellent or

sun cream to come in contact with the plastic

trim.

Real weal wood and trood and trim elementsim elements

RClean with a microber cloth.

RBlack piano-lacquer look: Clean with a damp

cloth and soapy water.

RFor heavy soiling: Use a cleaner recommen-

ded for Mercedes-Benz.

RDo not use solvent-based cleaning agents, pol-

ishes or waxes.

Headliner

RClean with a brush or dry shampoo.

280280 Maintenance and care

CarCarpetpet

RUse a carpet and textile cleaning agent recom-

mended for Mercedes-Benz.

StSteereering wheel made of ging wheel made of genuine leatenuine leather or DINA-her or DINA-

MICAMICA

*NONOTETE Damage caused by wrong cleaners

#Do not use solvent-based cleaning

agents such as tarremover or wheel

cleaner; neither should you use polishes

or waxes. Otherwise you may damage

the nish.

RClean with a damp cloth and 1% soapy water

solution and then wipe with a dry cloth.

RFor heavy soiling: Use a cleaner recommen-

ded for Mercedes-Benz.

RLeather care: Use a leather care agent that

has been recommended for Mercedes-Benz.

RDo not allow the leather to become too damp.

RDo not use a microber cloth.

%Leather is a natural product. It has natural

surface properties, such as dierences in

structure, marks caused by growth and injury

or subtle color dierences. These surface

properties are characteristics of leather and

not material faults. What's more, leather is

subject to a natural aging process during

which the surface properties change.

Genuine leatGenuine leather seat covher seat coversers

RClean with a damp cloth and then wipe with a

dry cloth.

RLeather care: Use a leather care agent that

has been recommended for Mercedes-Benz.

RDo not allow the leather to become too damp.

RDo not use a microber cloth.

%Regular cleaning and care of the leather

reduces soiling, wear marks and aging dam-

age and thus signicantly extends its life

span. Clothing that can leave stains, e.g.

jeans, can leave discoloration on the leather.

DINDINAMICAMICA seat covA seat coversers

RClean with a damp cloth.

RDo not use a microber cloth.

ImitImitation leatation leather seat covher seat coversers

RClean with a damp cloth and 1% soapy water.

RDo not use a microber cloth.

FFabrabric seat covic seat coversers

RClean with a damp microber cloth and 1%

soapy water and allow to dry.

Maintenance and care 281281

EmergEmergencyency

RRemoemoving tving the safehe safety vty vestest

The safetyvests are located in the stowage com-

partments in the driver and front passenger door.

#TTo ro removemove:e: pull out safetyvest bag by loop.

#Open the safetyvest bag and pull out the

safetyvest.

1Maximum number of washes

2Maximum wash temperature

3Do not bleach

4Do not iron

5Do not tumble dry

6Do not dry clean

7Class 2 safetyvest

The requirements dened by the legal standard

are only fullled if the safetyvest is the correct

size and is fully closed.

The safetyvest must be replaced in thefollowing

situations:

RThe reective strips are damaged or dirty

RThe maximum permissible number of washes

is exceeded

RThe uorescence has faded

WWararning trning triangleiangle

RRemoemoving tving the whe wararning trning triangleiangle

#Push both sides of warning triangle holder 1

in the direction of the arrow and open it.

#Remove warning triangle 2.

282282 Breakdown assistance

SeSetting up ttting up the whe wararning trning triangleiangle

#Fold side reectors 1upwards to form a tri-

angle and attach at thetop using upper press-

stud 2.

#Fold legs 3down and out to the side.

FFirsirst-aid kitt-aid kit (so-sided)(so-sided) ovovererviewview

First-aid kit (so sided) 1is on the le or right in

the trunk, depending on thevehicle version.

Flat tireFlat tire

NNoottes ones on atat tirtireses

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to a at

tire

A at tire severely aects the driving charac-

teristics as well as the steering and braking of

thevehicle.

TTirires wites withouthout rrun-atun-at ccharharactactererisistics:tics:

#Do not drive with a at tire.

#Change the at tire immediately with an

emergency spare wheel or spare wheel.

Alternatively, consult a qualied special-

ist workshop.

TTirires wites withhrrun-atun-at ccharharactactererisistics:tics:

#Observe the information and warning

notes on MOExtended tires (run-at

tires).

Breakdown assistance 283283

In theevent of a at tire, thefollowing options are

available depending on your vehicle's equipment:

RVVehicles witehicles with MOExth MOExtended tirended tires:es: it is possible

to continue the journey for a short period of

time. Make sure you observe the notes on

MOExtended tires (run-at tires)

(/page 284).

RVVehicles witehicles with a TIREFIT kit:h a TIREFIT kit: you can repair the

tire so that it is possible to continue the jour-

ney for a short period of time. To do this, use

the TIREFIT kit (/page 285).

RVVehicles witehicles with Merh Mercedes me connect:cedes me connect: you can

make a call for breakdown assistance via the

overhead control panel in the case of a break-

down (/page 248).

RAll vAll vehicles:ehicles: change the wheel (/page 326).

%The emergency spare wheel is only available

in certain countries.

NNoottes on MOExtes on MOExtended tirended tireses (r(run-atun-at tirtires)es)

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident when driving in

limp-home mode

When driving in emergency mode the handling

characteristics are impaired.

#Do not exceed the specied maximum

speed of the MOExtended tires.

#Avoid any abrupt steering and driving

maneuvers as well as driving over obsta-

cles (curbs, pot holes, o-road). This

applies, in particular, to a loaded vehicle.

#Stop driving in the emergency mode if

you notice:

RBanging noise

RVehicle vibration

RSmoke which smells like rubber

RContinuous ESP®intervention

RCracks in the tire side walls

#Aer driving in emergency mode, have

therims checkedby a qualied specialist

workshop with regard to their further

use.

#The defective tire must be replaced in

every case.

With MOExtended tires (run-at tires), you can

continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a

total loss of pressure in one or more tires. How-

ever, the tire aected must not show any clearly

visible damage.

You can recognize MOExtended tires by the

MOExtended marking which appears on the side

wall of the tire.

Vehicles witehicles with tirh tire pre pressuressure loss we loss wararning systning system:em:

MOExtended tires may only be used in conjunc-

tion with an activated tire pressure loss warning

system.

VVehicles witehicles with tirh tire pre pressuressure monite monitororing sying syststem:em:

MOExtended tires may only be used in conjunc-

tion with an activated tire pressure monitoring

system.

If a pressure loss warning message appears in the

driver's display, proceed as follows:

RCheck the tire for damage.

284284 Breakdown assistance

RIf driving on, observe thefollowing notes.

DrDriving distiving distance possible in emergance possible in emergency modeency mode

aeraer tthe prhe pressuressure loss we loss wararning:ning:

Load conditionLoad condition DrDriving distiving distance possi-ance possi-

ble in emergble in emergency modeency mode

Partially laden 50 miles (80 km)

Fully laden 19 miles (30 km)

The driving distance possible in emergency mode

may vary depending on the driving style. Observe

the maximum permissible speed of 50 mph

(80 km/h).

If a tire has gone at and cannot be replaced with

an MOExtended tire, you can use a standard tire

as a temporary measure.

TIREFIT kit stTIREFIT kit stororagage locatione location

The TIREFIT kit is located under the trunk oor.

1Tire sealant bottle

2Tire ination compressor

Depending on the model, the TIREFIT kit may also

be located in other places under the cargo com-

partment oor.

Using tUsing the TIREFIT kithe TIREFIT kit

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RTire sealant bottle and tire ination compres-

sor (/page 285)

RTIREFIT sticker

RGloves

You can use TIREFIT tire sealant to seal perfora-

tion damage of up to 0.16 in (4 mm), particularly

those in the tire contact surface. You can use

TIREFIT in outside temperatures down to -4 °F

(-20 °C).

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident when using

tire sealant

The tire sealant may be unable to seal the tire

properly, especially in thefollowing cases:

RThere are large cuts or punctures in the

tire (larger than damage previously men-

tioned)

RThe wheel rims have been damaged

RAer journeys with very low tire pressure

or with at tires

#Do not continue driving.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Breakdown assistance 285285

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury and poisoning

from tire sealant

The tire sealant is harmful and causes irrita-

tion. Do not allow it to come into contact with

the skin, eyes or clothing, and do not swallow

it. Do not inhale tire sealant fumes. Keep the

tire sealant away from children.

If you come into contact with the tire sealant,

observe thefollowing:

#Rinse o the tire sealant from your skin

immediately using water.

#If tire sealant gets into your eyes, thor-

oughly rinse out theeyes using clean

water.

#If tire sealant has been swallowed, imme-

diately rinse out the mouth thoroughly

and drink plenty of water. Do not induce

vomiting and seek medical attention

immediately.

#Change out of any clothes contaminated

with tire sealant immediately.

#If allergic reactions occur, seek medical

attention immediately.

*NNOOTETE Overheating due to the tire ination

compressor running too long

#Do not runthe tire ination compressor

for longer than ten minutes without inter-

ruption.

Comply with the manufacturer's safety notes on

the sticker on the tire ination compressor.

Have the tire sealant bottle replaced in a qualied

specialist workshop every ve years.

#Do not remove any foreign objects which have

entered the tire.

#Ax part 1of the TIREFIT stickerto the

instrument cluster within the driver's eld of

vision.

#Ax part 2of the TIREFIT sticker near the

valve on the wheel with thefaulty tire.

#Pull plug 4with the cable and hose 5out

of the tire ination compressor housing.

286286 Breakdown assistance

#Push the plug of hose 5into ange 6of tire

sealant bottle 1until the plug engages.

#Place tire sealant bottle 1head downwards

into recess 2of the tire ination compressor.

#Remove thevalve cap from valve7on the

faulty tire.

#Screw lling hose 8onto valve7.

#Insert plug 4into a 12 V socket in your vehi-

cle.

#Switch on thevehicle.

#Switch on the tire ination compressor using

On/O switch 3.

The tire is inated. First, tire sealant is pum-

ped into the tire. The pressure may briey rise

to approximately 500 kPa (5.0 bar/73 psi).

Do noDo not switct switchhoo tthe tirhe tireeinationination comcomprpressoressor

durduring ting this phase!his phase!

#Let the tire ination compressor runfor a max-

imum of ten minutes.

The tire should then have attained a tire pres-

sure of at least 200 kPa (2.0 bar/29 psi).

If tire sealant leaks out, make sure you clean the

aected area as quickly as possible. It is prefera-

ble to use clean water.

If youget tire sealant on your clothing, have it

cleaned as soon as possible with perchloroethy-

lene.

If,If, aeraer tten minuten minutes, a tires, a tire pre pressuressure of 200 kPae of 200 kPa

(2.0 bar/29 psi) has no(2.0 bar/29 psi) has not been attt been attained:ained:

#Switch o the tire ination compressor.

#Unscrew the lling hose from thevalve of the

faulty tire.

Please note that tire sealant may leak out when

unscrewing the lling hose.

#Drive forwards or in reversevery slowly for

approximately 33  (10 m).

#Pump up the tire again.

Aer a maximum of ten minutes the tire pres-

sure must be at least 200 kPa (2.0 bar/

29 psi).

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to the

specied tire pressure not being achieved

If the specied tire pressure is not achieved

aer the specied time, the tire is too badly

damaged. The tire sealant cannot repair the

tire in this instance.

The braking characteristics as well as the driv-

ing characteristics may be greatly impaired.

#Do not continue driving.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

If,If, aeraer tten minuten minutes, a tires, a tire pre pressuressure of 200 kPae of 200 kPa

(2.0 bar/29 psi) has been att(2.0 bar/29 psi) has been attained:ained:

#Switch o the tire ination compressor.

Breakdown assistance 287287

#Unscrew the lling hose from thevalve of the

faulty tire.

WARNINGARNING Risk of accident from driving

with sealed tires

A tire temporarily sealed with tire sealant

impairs the handling characteristics and is not

suitable for higher speeds.

#Adapt your driving style accordingly and

drive carefully.

#Do not exceed the maximum speed limit

with a tire that has been repaired using

tire sealant.

#Observe the maximum permissible speed for a

tire sealed with tire sealant 50 mph

(80 km/h).

*NNOOTETE Staining caused by leaking tire seal-

ant

Aer use, excess tire sealant may leak out

from the lling hose.

#Therefore, place the lling hose in the

plastic bag that contained the TIREFIT

kit.

+ENVIRENVIRONMENTONMENTAL NOAL NOTETE Environmental

pollution caused by environmentally irre-

sponsible disposal

Tire sealant contains pollutants.

#Have the tire sealant bottle disposed of

professionally, e.g. at an authorized

Mercedes-Benz Center.

#Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tire ina-

tion compressor.

#Pull away immediately.

#Stop driving aer approximately ten minutes

and check the tire pressure using the tire

ination compressor.

The tire pressure must now be at least

130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi).

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to the

specied tire pressure not being attained

If the specied tire pressure is not reached,

the tire is too badly damaged. The tire sealant

cannot repair the tire in this instance.

The braking and driving characteristics may be

greatly impaired.

#Do not continue driving.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

In cases such as the one mentioned above, con-

tact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. Or call

1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) or

1-800-387-0100 (in Canada).

#Correct the tire pressure if it is still at least

130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi). See theTire and

Loading Information placard on the B‑pillar on

the driver's side or the tire pressure table in

the fuel ller ap forvalues.

#TTo incro increase tease the tirhe tire pre pressuressure:e: switch on the

tire ination compressor.

288288 Breakdown assistance

#TTo ro reduce teduce the tirhe tire pre pressuressure:e: press pressure

release button 1next to manometer2.

#When the tire pressure is correct, unscrew the

lling hose from thevalve of the sealed tire.

#Screw thevalve cap onto thevalve of the

sealed tire.

#Pull the tire sealant bottle out of the tire ina-

tion compressor.

The lling hose stays on the tire sealant bottle.

#Drive to the nearest qualied specialist work-

shop and have the tire, tire sealant bottle and

lling hose replaced there.

BattBatterery (vy (vehicle)ehicle)

NNoottes on tes on the 12 V batthe 12 V batteryery

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to work

carried out incorrectly on the battery

Work carried out incorrectly on the battery

can, forexample, lead to a short circuit. This

can restrict functions relevant for safety sys-

tems and impair the operating safety of your

vehicle.

You could lose control of thevehicle in thefol-

lowing situations in particular:

RWhen braking

RIn theevent of abrupt steering maneuvers

and/or when thevehicle's speed is not

adaptedto theroad conditions

#In theevent of a short circuit or a similar

incident, contact a qualied specialist

workshop immediately.

#Do not drive on.

#Always have work on the battery carried

out at a qualied specialist workshop.

RFurther information on ABS (/page 165)

RFurther information on ESP®(/page 166)

For safetyreasons, Mercedes-Benz recommends

that you only use batteries which have been tes-

ted and approvedforyour vehicle by Mercedes-

Benz.

All vAll vehicles exehicles excepcept vt vehicles witehicles with a lith a lithium-ion bat-hium-ion bat-

tteryery

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of explosion due to elec-

trostatic charge

Electrostatic charge can ignite the highly

explosive gas mixture in the battery.

#To discharge any electrostatic charge

that may have built up, touch the metal

vehicle body before handling the battery.

The highly ammable gas mixture is created while

the battery is charging and during starting assis-

tance.

Breakdown assistance 289289

&WWARNINGARNING Danger of chemical burns from

the battery acid

Battery acid is caustic.

#Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or

clothing.

#Do not lean overthe battery.

#Do not inhale battery gases.

#Keep children away from the battery.

#Immediately rinse battery acid o thor-

oughly with plenty of clean water and

seek medical attention immediately.

All vAll vehiclesehicles

+ENVIRENVIRONMENTONMENTAL NOAL NOTETE Environmental

damage due to improper disposal of bat-

teries

Batteries contain pollutants. It is

illegal to dispose of them with the household

rubbish.

Dispose of batteries in an

environmentally responsible manner.

Take discharged batteries to aqualied

specialist workshop or to a collection

point for used batteries.

If you have to disconnect the 12 V battery, con-

tact a qualied specialist workshop.

Comply with safety notes and take protective

measures when handling batteries.

Risk of explosion.

Fire, open ames and smoking are

prohibited when handling the battery.

Avoid creating sparks.

Electrolyte or battery acid is corrosive.

Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or

clothing. Wear suitable protective

clothing, in particular gloves, an apron

and a face mask. Immediately rinse

electrolyte or acid splashes o with

clean water. Consult a doctor if neces-

sary.

Wear safety glasses.

Keep children away.

Observe this Operator's Manual.

Observe thefollowing if you do not intend to use

thevehicle over an extended period of time:

RActivate standby mode.

RAlternatively: connect the battery to a battery

charger approvedby Mercedes-Benz or con-

sult a qualied specialist workshop to discon-

nect the battery.

290290 Breakdown assistance

NNoottes on stes on stararting assistting assistance and cance and charharging tging the 12he 12

V battV batteryery

All vAll vehiclesehicles

When charging the battery and during starting

assistance, always use the jump-start connection

point in the engine compartment.

*NONOTETE Damage to the battery from over-

voltage

When charging using a battery charger without

a maximum charging voltage, the battery or

the on-board electronics may be damaged.

#Only use battery chargers with a maxi-

mum charging voltage of 14.8 V.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of explosion due to igniting

hydrogen gas

If there is a short circuit or sparks start to

form when charging a battery, there is a dan-

ger of thehydrogen gas igniting.

#Take care that the positive terminal of a

connected battery does not come into

contact with vehicle parts.

#Never place metal objects or tools on a

battery.

#When connecting and disconnecting the

battery, always observe the sequence of

battery terminals described.

#Alwaystake care to connect only battery

terminals of identical polarity when jump

starting a vehicle.

#During starting assistance, it is essential

to observe the sequence described for

connecting and disconnecting the

jumper cables.

#Do not connect or disconnect the bat-

tery terminals while the engine is run-

ning.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of explosion due to a mix-

ture of explosive gases

A mixture of explosive gases can escape from

the battery during charging and jump starting.

#Fire, open ames, smoking and creating

sparks must be avoided.

#Make sure that there is sucient ventila-

tion.

#Do not stand overthe battery.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of explosion from a frozen

battery

A discharged battery may freeze at tempera-

tures slightly above or below freezing point.

During starting assistance or battery charging,

battery gas can be released.

#Always allow a battery to thaw before

charging it or performing starting assis-

tance.

If the indicator/warning lamps in the instrument

cluster do not light up at low temperatures, it is

very likely that the discharged battery has frozen.

In this case you may neither jump-start thevehi-

cle nor charge the battery.

The service life of a battery that has been thawed

may be dramatically shortened. The starting char-

Breakdown assistance 291291

acteristics may be impaired, especially at low

temperatures.

It is recommended that you have athawed battery

checked at a qualied specialist workshop.

All vAll vehiclesehicles

*NONOTETE Damage caused by numerous or

extended attemptsto start the engine

Numerous or extended attemptsto start the

engine may damage the catalytic converter

due to non-combusted fuel.

#Avoid numerous and extended attempts

to start the engine.

Observe thefollowing points during starting assis-

tance and when charging the battery:

ROnly use undamaged jumper cables/charging

cables with a sucient cross-section and

insulated terminal clamps.

RNon-insulated parts of theterminal clamps

must not come into contact with other metal

parts while the jumper cable/charging cable

is connected to the battery/jump-start con-

nection point.

RThe jumper cable/charging cable must not

come into contact with any parts which may

move when the engine is running.

RAlways make sure that neither you nor the bat-

tery is electrostatically charged.

RKeep away from re and open ames.

RDo not lean overthe battery.

Observe the additional following points when

charging the battery:

ROnly use battery chargers tested and

approvedfor Mercedes-Benz.

RRead the battery charger's operating instruc-

tions before charging the battery.

Observe the additional following points during

starting assistance:

RStarting assistance may only be provided

using vehicles, batteries or other jump start

devices with a nominal voltage of 12 V.

RThe vehicles must not touch.

Vehicles witehicles with a gh a gasoline engine:asoline engine: Jump-start the

vehicle only when the engine and exhaust sys-

tem are cold.

SSttararting assistting assistance and cance and charharging tging the 12 V batthe 12 V batteryery

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe vehicle is secured with the electric park-

ing brake.

RVVehicles witehicles with auth automatic tromatic transmission:ansmission: The

transmission is in position j.

RThe vehicle and all electrical consumers are

switched o.

RThe hood is open.

292292 Breakdown assistance

Example: engine compartment

#Slide cover1of positive contact 2on the

jump-starting connection point in the direction

of the arrow.

#Connect positive contact 2on your vehicle

to the positive terminal of the donor battery

using the jumper cable/charging cable.

Always begin with positive contact 2on your

ownvehicle rst.

#DurDuring sting stararting assistting assistance:ance: start the engine of

the donor vehicle and run at idle speed.

#Connect the negative terminal of the donor

battery and ground point 3of your ownvehi-

cle by using the jumper cable/charging cable.

Begin with the donor battery rst.

#DurDuring sting stararting assistting assistance:ance: start the engine of

your ownvehicle.

#DurDuring ting the che charharging prging process:ocess: start thecharg-

ing process.

#DurDuring sting stararting assistting assistance:ance: let the engines run

for several minutes.

#Dur

During sting stararting assistting assistance:ance: before disconnect-

ing the jumper cable, switch on an electrical

consumer on your ownvehicle, e.g. therear

window heater or lighting.

When the starting assistance/charging process is

complete, perform thefollowing steps:

#First, remove the jumper cable/charging cable

from ground point 3and the negative termi-

nal of the donor battery, then from positive

contact 2and the positive terminal of the

donor battery. Begin each time with the con-

tacts on your ownvehicle rst.

#Aer removing the jumper cable/charging

cable, close cover1of positive contact 2.

Further information can be obtained at a qualied

specialist workshop.

RReplacing teplacing the 12 V batthe 12 V batteryery

#Observe the notes on the 12 V battery

(/page 289).

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the

12 V battery replaced at a qualied specialist

workshop, e.g. at an authorized Mercedes-Benz

Center.

Observe thefollowing notes if youwant to replace

the battery yourself:

RAlwaysreplace a faulty battery with a battery

which meets the specic vehicle require-

ments.

Breakdown assistance 293293

The vehicle is equipped with an AGMtechnol-

ogy battery (Absorbent Glass Mat) or a lith-

ium-ion battery. Full vehicle functionality is

only guaranteed with an AGM battery or lith-

ium-ion battery. For safetyreasons, Mercedes-

Benz recommends that you only use batteries

which have been tested and approvedforyour

vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.

RCarry over detachable parts, such as vent

hoses, elbow ttings or terminal covers from

the battery being replaced.

RMake sure that thevent hose is always con-

nected to the original opening on the side of

the battery.

Install any existing or supplied cell caps.

Otherwise, gases or battery acid could

escape.

RMake sure that detachable parts are recon-

nected in the same way.

TToow stw stararting or toting or towing awaywing away

PPerermittmitted toed towing metwing methods (non plug-in hhods (non plug-in hybrybrid)id)

*NNOOTETE Damage from automatic braking

If one of thefollowing functions is switched

on, thevehicle brakes automatically in certain

situations:

RActive Brake Assist

RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC

RHOLD function

RActive Parking Assist

To avoid damage to thevehicle, deactivate

these systems in thefollowing or similar situa-

tions:

#During towing

#In a car wash

Mercedes-Benz recommends transporting your

vehicle in the case of a breakdown, rather than

towing it away.

Fortowing, use a towrope or tow bar with both

axles on theground. Do not use tow bar systems.

NOOTETE Damage to thevehicle due to tow-

ing away incorrectly

#Observe the instructions and notes on

towing away.

VVehicles witehicles with rh rear wheel drear wheel driveive

PPerermittmitted toed towing metwing methodshods

Both axles on

theground

Yes, maximum 31 miles

(50 km) at 31 mph (50 km/h)

Front axle

raised

Rear axle

raised

Yes, if the steering wheel is

xed in the center position

with a steering wheel lock

294294 Breakdown assistance

4MA4MATIC vTIC vehiclesehicles

PPerermittmitted toed towing metwing methodshods

Both axles on

theground

Yes, maximum 31 miles

(50 km) at 31 mph (50 km/h)

Front axle

raised

Rear axle

raised

TTotootow witw with a rh a raised axle:aised axle: towing should be per-

formed by atowing company.

TToowing twing the vhe vehicle witehicle with both both axles on th axles on the grhe groundound

#Observe the notes on the permitted towing

methods (/page 294).

#Make sure that the battery is connected and

charged.

Observe thefollowing points when the battery is

discharged:

RThe engine cannot be started

RThe electric parking brake cannot be released

or applied

RVVehicles witehicles with auth automatic tromatic transmission:ansmission: The

automatic transmission cannot be shied to

position ior j

%VVehicles witehicles with auth automatic tromatic transmission:ansmission: If the

automatic transmission cannot be shied to

position ior if the display does not show

anything, transport thevehicle (/page 296).

Atowing vehicle with liing equipment is

required forvehicle transportation.

*NONOTETE Damage due to towing away at

excessively high speeds or over long dis-

tances

The drivetrain could be damaged when towing

at excessively high speeds or over long distan-

ces.

#Atowing speed of 30 mph (50 km/h)

must not be exceeded.

#Atowing distance of 30 miles (50 km)

must not be exceeded.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident when towing a

vehicle which is too heavy

If thevehicle to be tow-started or towedaway

is heavier than the permissible gross mass of

your vehicle, thefollowing situations can

occur:

RThe towing eye may become detached.

RThe vehicle/trailer combination may

swerve or rollover.

#Before tow-starting or towing away,

check if thevehicle to be tow-started or

towedawayexceeds the permissible

gross mass.

If a vehicle must be tow-started or towedaway, its

permissible gross mass must not exceed the per-

missible gross mass of thetowing vehicle.

#Information on the permissible gross mass of

thevehicle can be found on thevehicle identi-

cation plate (/page 335).

#VVehicles witehicles with auth automatic tromatic transmission:ansmission: Do not

open the driver's door or front passenger

Breakdown assistance 295295

door; the automatic transmission otherwise

automatically shis to position j.

#Install thetowing eye (/page 298).

#Fasten thetowing device.

*NNOOTETE Damage due to incorrect connec-

tion of thetow bar

#Only connect thetowrope or tow bar to

thetowing eyes.

#Deactivate the automatic locking mechanism

(/page 70).

#Do not activate the HOLD function.

#Deactivate Active Brake Assist (/page 188).

Vehicles witehicles with auth automatic tromatic transmission:ansmission: Shi

the automatic transmission to position i.

#Release the electric parking brake.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to limited

safety-related functions during thetowing

process

Safety-related functions are limited or no lon-

geravailable in thefollowing situations:

RThe vehicle is switched o.

RThe brake system or power steering sys-

tem is malfunctioning.

RThe energy supply or the on-board electri-

cal system is malfunctioning.

When your vehicle is towedaway, signicantly

more eort may be required to steer and

brake than is normally required.

#Use a tow bar.

#Make sure that the steering wheel can

move freely before towing thevehicle

away.

*NNOOTETE Damage due to excessive tractive

power

If you pull away sharply, the tractive power

may be too high and thevehicles could be

damaged.

#Pull away slowly and smoothly.

Loading tLoading the vhe vehicle fehicle for tror transportansport

#Observe the notes on towing away

(/page 295).

#Connect thetowing device to thetowing eye

in order to load thevehicle.

#VVehicles witehicles with auth automatic tromatic transmission:ansmission: Shi

the automatic transmission to position i.

%VVehicles witehicles with auth automatic tromatic transmission:ansmission: The

automatic transmission may be locked in posi-

tion jin theevent of damage to the electri-

cal system. To shi to i, provide the on-

board electrical system with power

(/page 292).

#Load thevehicle onto the transporter.

296296 Breakdown assistance

#VVehicles witehicles with auth automatic tromatic transmission:ansmission: Shi

the automatic transmission to position j.

#Use the electric parking brake to secure the

vehicle against rolling away.

#Only secure thevehicle by the wheels.

Vehicles witehicles with ADS PLh ADS PLUS (AUS (Adapdaptivtive Dame Damping Syping Sys-s-

ttem PLem PLUS)US)

WARNINGARNING Risk of an accident when trans-

porting vehicles with Adaptive Damping

System PLUS

When transporting vehicles with Adaptive

Damping System PLUS, thevehicle/trailer

combination may begin to rock and start to

skid.

#Load thevehicle correctly onto the

transporter.

#Secure thevehicle on all four wheels

with suitable tensioning straps.

#Do not exceed the maximum permissible

speed of 35 mph (60 km/h) when trans-

porting.

*NNOOTETE Damage to thevehicle from secur-

ing it incorrectly

#Aer loading, thevehicle must be

secured on all four wheels. Otherwise,

thevehicle could be damaged.

#A minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)

upwards and 4 in (10 cm) downwards

must be kept to the transport platform.

#Secure thevehicle on all four wheels aer

4MA4MATIC vTIC vehicles/vehicles/vehicles witehicles with auth automatic tromatic trans-ans-

missionmission

#Make sure that the front and rear axles come

to rest on the same transportation vehicle.

*NNOOTETE Damage to the drive train due to

incorrect positioning of thevehicle

#Do not position thevehicle above the

connection point of the transport vehi-

cle.

TToowing eywing eye ste stororagage locatione location

The towing eye is located in the stowage space

under the trunk oor.

Breakdown assistance 297297

InstInstalling and ralling and remoemoving tving the tohe towing eyewing eye

#Press the mark on cover1inwards and

remove.

#Screw in thetowing eye clockwise as far as it

will go and tighten.

#Make sure that cover1engages in the

bumper when youremove thetowing eye.

NOOTETE Damage to thevehicle due to incor-

rect use of thetowing eye or trailer hitch

When a towing eye or trailer hitch is used to

recover a vehicle, thevehicle may be damaged

in the process.

#Only use thetowing eye or trailer hitch to

towaway or tow start thevehicle.

#Do not use thetowing eye or trailer hitch

to towthevehicle during recovery.

TTooww-st-stararting tting the vhe vehicleehicle

VVehicles witehicles with auth automatic tromatic transmissionansmission

*NONOTETE Damage to the automatic transmis-

sion due to tow starting

The automatic transmission may be damaged

in the process of tow starting vehicles with

automatic transmission.

#Vehicles with automatic transmission

must not be tow started.

#Vehicles with an automatic transmission must

not be tow-started.

ElectrElectrical fusesical fuses

NNoottes on electres on electrical fusesical fuses

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due

to overloaded lines

If you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or if

youreplace it with a fuse with a higher amper-

age, the electric line could be overloaded.

This could result in a re.

#Alwaysreplace faulty fuses with speci-

ed new fuses containing the correct

amperage.

*NNOOTETE Damage due to incorrect fuses

Electrical components or systems may be

damaged by incorrect fuses, or their function-

ality may be signicantly impaired.

298298 Breakdown assistance

#Only use fuses that have been approved

by Mercedes-Benz and which have the

correct fuse rating.

Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the

same rating, which you can recognize by the color

and the label. The fuse ratings and further infor-

mation to be observed can be found in the fuse

assignment diagram.

FFuse assignment diagruse assignment diagram:am: on the fuse box in the

trunk (/page 301).

*NONOTETE Damage or malfunctions caused by

moisture

Moisture may cause damage to the electrical

system or cause it to malfunction.

#When the fuse box is open, make sure

that no moisture can enter the fuse box.

#When closing the fuse box, make sure

that the seal of the lid is positioned cor-

rectly on the fuse box.

If the newly inserted fuse also blows, have the

cause traced and rectied at a qualied specialist

workshop.

Ensure thefollowing before replacing a fuse:

RThe vehicle is secured against rolling away.

RAll electrical consumers are switched o.

RThe vehicle is switched o.

The electrical fuses are located in various fuse

boxes:

RFuse box in the engine compartment on the

driver's side (/page 299)

RFuse box on the driver's side of the cockpit

(/page 300)

RFuse box in the front passenger footwell

(/page 300)

RFuse box in the trunk on theright-hand side of

thevehicle, when viewed in the direction of

travel (/page 301)

Opening and closing tOpening and closing the fuse bohe fuse box in tx in the enginehe engine

comcomparpartmenttment

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RA dry cloth and a screwdriver are available.

Observe the notes on electrical fuses

(/page 298).

OpeningOpening

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from using the

windshield wipers when the hood is open

If the windshield wipers start moving when the

hood is open, you could be trapped by the

wiper linkage.

#Always switch o the windshield wipers

and thevehicle rst if you need to open

the hood.

Breakdown assistance 299299

#Turn clips 2on cover1aquarter-turn to

counter-clockwise.

#Pull cover1upwards in the direction of the

arrow.

#Remove any existing moisture from the fuse

box using a dry cloth.

#Loosen screws4and remove fuse box lid 3

from thetop.

ClosingClosing

#Check whether the seal is positioned correctly

in cap 3.

#Insert lid 3into the bracket at therear of the

fuse box.

#Fold down lid 3of the fuse box and tighten

screws4.

#Insert cover1on both sides.

#Turn clips 2on cover1aquarter-turn

clockwise.

#Close the hood.

Opening and closing tOpening and closing the fuse bohe fuse box in tx in the coche cockpitkpit

RObserve the notes on electrical fuses

(/page 298).

The fuse box is on the driver's side on the side of

the cockpit under a cover.

#To open and close it, consult an authorized

Mercedes-Benz Center.

Opening and closing tOpening and closing the fuse bohe fuse box in tx in the frhe frontont

passengpassenger fer fooootwtwellell

Observe the notes on electrical fuses

(/page 298).

300300 Breakdown assistance

#TTo open:o open: open cover1in the direction of the

arrow and remove it.

#TTo close:o close: reinsert cover1.

Opening and closing tOpening and closing the fuse bohe fuse box in tx in the trhe trunkunk

Observe the notes on electrical fuses

(/page 298).

#Fold up cover1in the direction of the arrow.

The fuse assignment diagram is in a recess on the

side of the fuse box.

Breakdown assistance 301301

NNoottes on noise or unusual handling ces on noise or unusual handling charharactactereris-is-

ticstics

Make sure there are no vibrations, noises or

unusual handling characteristics when thevehicle

is in motion. This may indicate that the wheels or

tires are damaged. Hidden tire damage could also

be causing the unusual handling characteristics.

If you suspect that a tire is malfunctioning, reduce

your speed immediately and have the tires and

wheels checked at a qualied specialist workshop.

NNoottes on res on regularlegularly inspecting wheels and tiry inspecting wheels and tireses

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury through damaged

tires

Damaged tires can cause tire pressure loss.

#Check the tires regularlyfor signs of

damage and replace any damaged tires

immediately.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of hydroplaning due to

insucient tire tread

Insucient tire tread will result in reduced tire

grip.

In heavy rain or slush therisk of hydroplaning

is increased, in particular where speed is not

adaptedto suit the conditions.

#Thus, you should regularlycheck the

tread depth and the condition of the

tread across the entire width of all tires.

Minimum tread depth for:

RSummer tires: âin (3 mm)

RM+S tires: ãin (4 mm)

#For safetyreasons, replace the tires

before the legally-prescribed limit forthe

minimum tread depth is reached.

Carry out thefollowing checks on all wheels regu-

larly, at least once a month or as required, for

example, prior to a long journey or driving o-

road:

RCheck the tire pressure (/page 303).

RVisually inspect wheels and tires for damage.

RCheck thevalve caps.

RVisual check of the tire tread depth and the

tire contact surface across the entire width.

The minimum tread depth for summer tires is

âin (3 mm) and for winter tires ãin (4 mm).

Six marks 1show where the bar indicators

(arrow) are integrated into the tire tread. They are

visible once a tire tread depth of approximately

áin (1.6 mm) has been reached.

302302 Wheels and tires

NNoottes on snoes on snow cw chainshains

WARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to incor-

rectly installed snow chains

If you have installed snow chains on the front

wheels, they may drag against thevehicle

body or chassis components.

#Never install snow chains on the front

wheels.

#Only install snow chains on therear

wheels in pairs.

*NNOOTETE Damage to components of thevehi-

cle body or chassis due to mounted snow

chains

If you mount snow chains to the front wheels

of 4MATIC vehicles, you may damage compo-

nents of thevehicle body or chassis.

#Only mount snow chains to therear

wheels of 4MATIC vehicles.

Observe thefollowing notes when using snow

chains:

RSnow chains are only permissible for certain

wheel/tire combinations. You can obtain infor-

mation about this from an authorized

Mercedes-Benz Center.

RFor safetyreasons, only use snow chains that

have been specically approvedforyour vehi-

cle by Mercedes-Benz, or snow chains with

the same quality standard.

RIf snow chains are installed, the maximum per-

missible speed is 30 mph (50 km/h).

Vehicles witehicles with Ah Activctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist::Do not

use Active Parking Assist when snow chains

are installed.

RVVehicles witehicles with levh level contrel control:ol: If snow chains are

installed, only drive at raised vehicle level

(/page 198).

%You can deactivate ESP®to pull away

(/page 167). This allows the wheels to spin,

achieving an increased driving force.

TTirire pre pressureessure

NNoottes on tires on tire pre pressureessure

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to insu-

cient or excessive tire pressure

Underinated or overinated tires pose in par-

ticular thefollowing risks:

RThe tires can burst.

RThe tires can wear excessively and/or

unevenly.

RThe driving characteristics as well as the

steering and braking characteristics may

be greatly impaired.

#Comply with therecommended tire pres-

sures and check the tire pressure of all

tires, including the spare wheel, regu-

larly:

RMonthly

RWhen the load changes

RBefore embarking on a longer journey

Wheels and tires 303303

RIf operating conditions change, e.g. o-

road driving

#Adjust the tire pressure, if necessary.

Tire pressure which is too high or too low can:

RShortenthe service life of the tires.

RCause increased tire damage.

RAdversely aect driving characteristics and

thus driving safety, e.g. due to hydroplaning.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to too low

a tire pressure

Tires with pressure that is too low can over-

heat and burst as a consequence.

In addition, they also suer from irregular

wear, which can signicantly impair the brak-

ing properties and the handling characteris-

tics.

#Avoid excessively low tire pressure.

Tire pressure which is too low can cause:

RTire malfunctions as a result of overheating

RImpaired handling characteristics

RIrregular wear

RIncreased fuel consumption

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to too high

a tire pressure

Tires with excessively high pressure can burst.

In addition, they also suer from irregular

wear, which can signicantly impair the brak-

ing properties and the handling characteris-

tics.

#Avoid excessively high tire pressures.

Tire pressure which is too high can cause:

RIncreased braking distance

RImpaired handling characteristics

RIrregular wear

RImpaired driving comfort

RSusceptibility to damage

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to repea-

ted pressure drop in the tires

The wheels, valves or tires could be damaged.

Too low a tire pressure can lead to the tires

bursting.

#Examine the tires forforeign objects.

#Check whether the tire has a puncture or

thevalve has a leak.

#If you are unable to rectify the damage,

contact a qualied specialist workshop.

You can nd information on tire pressure forthe

vehicle's factory-installed tires on thefollowing

labels:

RTire and Loading Information placard on the

B‑pillar of your vehicle (/page 309).

RTire pressure table on the inside of the fuel

ller ap (/page 305).

Observe the maximum tire pressure

(/page 316).

Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the tire

pressure. The outer appearance of a tire does not

304304 Wheels and tires

permit any reliable conclusion about the tire pres-

sure.

Only correct tire pressure when the tires are cold.

Conditions for cold tires:

RThe vehicle has been parked with the tires out

of direct sunlight for at least three hours.

RThe vehicle has traveled less than 1 mile

(1.6 km).

The vehicle's tires heat up when driving. As the

temperature of the tires increases, so too does

the tire pressure.

Vehicles witehicles with a tirh a tire pre pressuressure monite monitororing systing system:em:

You can also check the tire pressure using the on-

board computer.

The tire pressure recommended for increased

load/speed in the tire pressure table can aect

theride comfort.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to unsuita-

ble accessories on tire valves

If you mount unsuitable accessories onto tire

valves, the tire valves may be overloaded and

malfunction, which can cause tire pressure

loss.

#Only screw standard valve caps or valve

caps specically approvedby Mercedes-

Benz foryour vehicle onto the tire valve.

TTirire pre pressuressure te tableable

The tire pressure table is on the inside of the fuel

ller ap.

%The data shown in the images is example

data.

If one or more tire sizes precede a tire pressure,

thefollowing tire pressure information is only valid

forthose tire sizes and their respective load con-

dition.

The load conditions "partially laden" and "fully

laden" are dened in thetable for dierent num-

bers of passengers and amounts of luggage. The

actual number of seats may dier from this.

Wheels and tires 305305

Some tire pressure tables only show therim diam-

eter instead of the complete tire size, e.g. R18R18.

The rim diameter is part of the tire size and can

be found on the tire side wall (/page 317).

RTire and Loading Information placard

(/page 309)

RMaximum tire pressure (/page 316)

ChecChecking tking the tirhe tire pre pressuressure manuallye manually

#Read the tire pressure recommended forthe

current operating conditions from theTire and

Loading Information placard or the tire pres-

sure table. Observe the notes on tire pressure.

#Remove thevalve cap of the tire to be

checked.

#Press the tire pressure gauge securely onto

thevalve.

#Read the tire pressure.

#If the tire pressure is lowerthan therecom-

mended value, increase the tire pressure to

therecommended value.

#If the tire pressure is higher than therecom-

mended value, release air. To do so, press

down the metal pin in thevalve, e.g. using the

tip of a pen. Then, check the tire pressure

again using the tire pressure gauge.

#Screw thevalve cap onto thevalve.

Further related subjects:

RNotes on tire pressure (/page 303)

RTire pressure table (/page 305)

RTire and Loading Information placard

(/page 309)

TTirire pre pressuressure monite monitororing systing systemem

FFunction of tunction of the tirhe tire pre pressuressure monite monitororing systing systemem

&DDANANGERGER Risk of accident due to incorrect

tire pressure

Each tire, including the spare (if provided),

should be checked monthly when cold and

inated to the ination pressure recommen-

ded by thevehicle manufacturer on thevehi-

cle placard or tire ination pressure label. (If

your vehicle has tires of a dierent size than

the size indicated on thevehicle placard or

tire ination pressure label, you should deter-

mine the proper tire ination pressure for

those tires.)

As an added safetyfeature, your vehicle has

been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring

system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pres-

sure telltale when one or more of your tires is

signicantly under-inated. Accordingly, when

the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you

should stop and check your tires as soon as

possible, and inate them to the proper pres-

sure. Driving on a signicantlyunder-inated

tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead

to tire failure. Under-ination also reduces fuel

eciency and tire tread life, and may aect

thevehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute

for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driv-

er’s responsibility to maintain correct tire

pressure, even if under-ination has not

reached the levelto trigger illumination of the

TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

306306 Wheels and tires

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a

TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when

the system is not operating properly. The

TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with

the low tire pressure telltale. When the system

detects a malfunction, thetelltale will ash for

approximately one minute and then remain

continuously illuminated. This sequence will

continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as

long as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated,

the system may not be able to detect or signal

low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunc-

tions may occur for a variety of reasons,

including the installation of replacement or

alternate tires or wheels on thevehicle that

prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.

The system checks the tire pressure and the tire

temperature of the tires installed on thevehicle by

means of a tire pressure sensor.

The tire pressure and the tire temperature appear

in the on-board computer (/page 307).

If there is a substantial pressure loss or if the tire

temperature is excessive, you will be warned with

display messages (/page 392) or theh

warning lamp in the instrument cluster

(/page 414).

The tire pressure monitoring system is only an aid.

It is the driver's responsibility to set the tire pres-

sure to therecommended cold tire pressure suita-

ble forthe operating situation.

In most cases, the tire pressure monitoring sys-

tem will automatically update the new reference

values aer you have changed the tire pressure.

You can, however, also update thereference val-

ues by restarting the tire pressure monitoring sys-

tem manually (/page 308).

Syst

System limitsem limits

The system may be impaired or may not function

particularly in thefollowing situations:

RIncorrect reference values were taught in

RSudden pressure loss caused by aforeign

object penetrating the tire, forexample

RThere is a malfunction caused by another

radio signal source

Chec

Checking tking the tirhe tire pre pressuressure wite with th the tirhe tire pre pressureessure

monitmonitororing systing systemem

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe vehicle is switched on.

On-board computer:

4Service 5Tires

One of thefollowing displays appears:

RCurrent tire pressure and tire temperature of

the individual wheels:

RTire pressure will be displayed after driving a

few minutes

Wheels and tires 307307

RTire Pressure Monitor Active:theteach-in

process of the system is not yet complete. The

tire pressures are already being monitored.

#Compare the tire pressure with therecom-

mended tire pressure forthe current operating

condition (/page 305). Additionally, observe

the notes on cold tires (/page 303).

%The values displayed in the on-board com-

puter may deviate from those of the tire pres-

sure gauge as they referto sea level. At high

elevations, the tire pressure values indicated

by a pressure gauge are higher than those

shown by the on-board computer. In this case,

do not reduce the tire pressure.

Restestararting tting the tirhe tire pre pressuressure monite monitororing systing systemem

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe recommended tire pressure is correctly

set fortherespective operating status on all of

the wheels (/page 303).

Restart the tire pressure monitoring system in the

following situations:

RThe tire pressure has changed.

RThe wheels or tires have been changed or

newly installed.

On-board computer:

4Service 5Tires

#Swipe downwards on Touch Control on the

le-hand side of the steering wheel.

The Use Current Pressures as New Refer-

ence Values message is shown in the Instru-

ment Display.

#To restart, press Touch Control on the le-

hand side of the steering wheel.

The Tire Press. Monitor Restarted message is

shown in the Instrument Display.

Current warning messages are deleted and

theyellow hwarning lamp goes out.

Aer you have been driving for a few minutes,

the system checks whether the current tire

pressures are within the specied range. The

current tire pressures are then accepted as

reference values and monitored.

Be sure to also pay attention to thefollowing rela-

tedtopic:

RNotes on tire pressure (/page 303)

TTirire pre pressuressure loss we loss wararning systning systemem

FFunction of tunction of the tirhe tire pre pressuressure loss we loss wararning systning systemem

The tire pressure loss warning system warnsthe

driver by means of display messages when there

is a severe tire pressure loss.

SystSystem limitsem limits

The system may be impaired or may not function

particularly in thefollowing situations:

RIncorrect reference values were taught in

RSudden pressure loss caused by aforeign

object penetrating the tire, forexample

RAn even pressure loss on more than one tire

occurs

The system has a restricted or delayed function

particularly in thefollowing situations:

RPoor ground conditions, e.g. snow or gravel

RDriving with snow chains

RWhen adopting a very sporty driving style with

high cornering speeds or sudden acceleration

RDriving with a high load

308308 Wheels and tires

The tire pressure loss warning system is only an

aid. It is the driver's responsibility to set the tire

pressure to therecommended cold tire pressure

suitable forthe operating situation and to check

it.

Be sure to also observe thefollowing further rela-

ted subjects:

RNotes on tire pressure (/page 303)

RDisplay messages about the tires

(/page 392)

Restestararting tting the tirhe tire pre pressuressure loss we loss wararning systning systemem

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe recommended tire pressure is correctly

set fortherespective operating status on all

wheels.

Restart the tire pressure loss warning system in

thefollowing situations:

RThe tire pressure has changed.

RThe wheels or tires have been changed or

newly installed.

On-board computer:

4Service 5Tires

#Swipe downwards on theTouch Control on the

le-hand side of the steering wheel.

The Tire Pressure Control System Active

Restart message is shown in the display.

#To begin restart, press theTouch Control on

the le-hand side of the steering wheel.

The Tire Pressure Now OK? message is shown

in the display.

#Select Yes.

#To conrm restart, press theTouch Control on

the le-hand side of the steering wheel.

The Run Flat Indicator Restarted message is

shown in the display.

Aer you have driven for a few minutes, the

tire pressure loss warning system monitors

the set tire pressures of all the tires.

Be sure to also pay attention to thefollowing rela-

tedtopic:

RNotes on tire pressure (/page 303)

Loading tLoading the vhe vehicleehicle

NNoottes on Tes on Tirire and Loading Infe and Loading Inforormation placardmation placard

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident from overloa-

ded tires

Overloaded tires may overheat and burst as a

consequence. Overloaded tires can also

impair the steering and handling characteris-

tics and lead to brake failure.

#Observe the load rating of the tires.

#The load rating must be at least half the

permissible axle load of thevehicle.

#Neveroverload the tires by exceeding

the maximum load.

The Tire and Loading Information placard is on the

B-pillar on the driver's side of thevehicle.

Wheels and tires 309309

1Tire and Loading Information placard

%The data shown in the illustration is example

data.

The Tire and Loading Information placard shows

thefollowing information:

RMaximum number of seats 2according to

the maximum number of people permitted to

travel in thevehicle.

RMaximum permissible load 3comprises the

gross weight of all vehicle occupants, load and

luggage.

RRecommended tire pressure 1for cold tires.

The recommended tire pressures are valid for

the maximum permissible load and up to the

maximum permissible vehicle speed.

Please also note:

RInformation on permissible weights and loads

on thevehicle identication plate

(/page 335).

RInformation on tire pressure in the tire pres-

sure table (/page 305).

Further related subjects:

RDetermining the maximum permissible load

(/page 310)

RNotes on tire pressure (/page 303).

SStteps feps for Detor Deterermining Corrmining Correct Load Limitect Load Limit

The following steps have been developed as

required of all manufacturers under Title 49, Code

of U.S. Federal Regulations, Part 575, pursuant to

310310 Wheels and tires

the "National Trac and MotorVehicle SafetyAct

of 1966".

#(1):(1): Locate the statement “The combined

weight of occupants and cargo should never

exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle's

placard.

#(2):(2): Determine the combined weight of the

driver and passengers that will be riding in

your vehicle.

#(3):(3): Subtract the combined weight of the

driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.

#(4):(4): The resulting gure equals theavailable

amount of cargo and luggage load capacity.

Forexample, if the "XXX" amount equals

1,400 lbs. and there will be ve 150 lb pas-

sengers in your vehicle, the amount of availa-

ble cargo and luggage load capacity is

650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

#(5):(5): Determine the combined weight of lug-

gage and cargo being loaded on thevehicle.

That weight may not safely exceed theavaila-

ble cargo and luggage load capacity calcula-

ted in Step 4.

#(6):(6): If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load

from your trailer will be transferredto your

vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how

this reduces theavailable cargo and luggage

load capacity of your vehicle.

%Not all vehicles are permitted to tow a trailer.

Towing a trailer is only permitted if a trailer-

hitch is installed. Please consult an authorized

Mercedes-Benz dealer if you have any ques-

tions about towing a trailer with your vehicle.

Even if you have calculated thetotal load carefully,

you should still make sure that the maximum per-

missible gross weight and the maximum gross

axle weight rating of your vehicle are not excee-

ded. Details can be found on thevehicle identi-

cation plate.

#Have your loaded vehicle – including driver,

occupants and load – weighed on a vehicle

weighbridge.

The measured values may not exceed the

maximum permissible values stated on the

vehicle identication plate.

Further related subjects:

RCalculation example for determining the maxi-

mum load (/page 311)

RTire and Loading Information placard

(/page 309)

RTire pressure table (/page 305)

RVehicle identication plate (/page 335)

Calculation exCalculation examample fple for detor deterermining tmining the maximumhe maximum

loadload

The following table shows examples of how to cal-

culate total and load capacities with varying seat-

ing congurations and dierent numbers and

sizes of occupants. The following examples use a

maximum load of 1500 lbs (680 kg). This is f

This is foror

illusillustrtration puration purposes only.poses only. Make sure you are

using the actual load limit foryour vehicle stated

on your vehicle's Tire and Loading Information

placard (/page 309).

The higher theweight of all the occupants, the

smaller the maximum load for luggage.

Wheels and tires 311311

SSttep 1ep 1

ExExamample 1ple 1 ExExamample 2ple 2

Combined maximum weight of occupants and

load (data from theTire and Loading Information

placard)

1500 lbs (680 kg)1500 lbs (680 kg)

SSttep 2ep 2

ExExamample 1ple 1 ExExamample 2ple 2

Number of people in thevehicle (driver and occu-

pants)

Distribution of the occupants Front: 2

Rear: 3

Front: 1

Weight of occupants Occupant 1: 150 lbs (68 kg)

Occupant 2: 180 lbs (82 kg)

Occupant 3: 160 lbs (73 kg)

Occupant 4: 140 lbs (63 kg)

Occupant 5: 120 lbs (54 kg)

Occupant 1: 200 lbs (91 kg)

Totalweight of all occupants 750 lbs (340 kg) 200 lbs (91 kg)

312312 Wheels and tires

SSttep 3ep 3

ExExamample 1ple 1 ExExamample 2ple 2

Permissible load (maximum gross vehicle weight

rating from theTire and Loading Information plac-

ard minus thegross weight of all occupants)

1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò750 lbs (340 kg) = 750 lbs

(340 kg)

1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò200 lbs (91 kg) = 1300 lbs

(589 kg)

Wheels and tires 313313

TTirire labelinge labeling

OvOverervieview of tirw of tire labelinge labeling

1Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards

2DOT (Department of Transportation), (TIN)

Tire Identication Number

3Maximum tire load (/page 316)

4Maximum tire pressure (/page 316)

5Manufacturer

6Tire characteristics (/page 317)

7Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity,

speed rating and load index (/page 317)

8Tire name

%The data shown in the illustration is example

data.

TTirire Quality Gre Quality Gradingading

In accordance with the US Department of Trans-

portation's "Uniform Tire Quality Grading Stand-

ards", tire manufacturers are required to grade

their tires on the basis of thefollowing three per-

formance factors:

1Tread wear grade

2Traction grade

3Temperature grade

%The data shown in the illustration is example

data.

%The classication is not legally stipulated for

Canada, but it is generally stated.

Trread wead wear grear gradeade

The treadwear grade is a comparative rating

based on thewear rate of the tire when tested

under controlled conditions on a specied govern-

ment test course. Forexample, a tire graded 150

would wear one and one-half (1\1/2\) times as

314314 Wheels and tires

well on the government course as a tire graded

100.

The relative performance of tires depends upon

the actual conditions of their use, however, and

may depart signicantly from the norm due to var-

iations in driving habits, service practices and dif-

ferences in road characteristics and climate.

TTrraction graction gradeade

&DDANANGERGER Risk of accident due to inade-

quate traction

The traction grade assigned to this tire is

based on straight-ahead braking traction

tests.

#Always adapt your driving style and drive

at a speed to suit the prevailing trac

and weather conditions.

*NNOOTETE Damage to the drivetrain from

wheelspin

#Avoid wheelspin.

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are

AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire's

ability to stop on wet pavement as measured

under controlled conditions on specied govern-

ment test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire

marked C may have poor traction performance.

TTememperperaturaturegregradeade

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident from tire over-

heating and tire failure

Excessive speed, underination, or excessive

loading, either separately or in combination,

can cause excessive heat build-up and possi-

ble tire failure.

#Observe therecommended tire pressure.

#Regularlycheck the pressure of all the

tires.

#Adjust the tire pressure, if necessary.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B,

and C, representing the tire's resistance to the

generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat

when tested under controlled conditions on a

specied indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained

high temperature can cause the material of the

tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and exces-

sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.

The grade C corresponds to a level of perform-

ance which all passenger car tires must meet

under theFederal Motor SafetyStandard No.

109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of

performance on the laboratory test wheel than

the minimum required by law.

DOTDOT, T, TirireeIdenticationIdentication Number (TIN)Number (TIN)

US tire regulations stipulate that every tire manu-

facturer or retreader must imprint a TIN in or on

the side wall of each tire produced.

Wheels and tires 315315

%The data shown in the image is example data.

The TIN is a unique identication number to iden-

tify tires and comprises thefollowing:

RDODOT (DeparT (Department of Trtment of Transportansportation):ation): tire sym-

bol marks 1indicating that the tire complies

with therequirements of the US Department

of Transportation.

RManufManufacturacturerer identicationidentication code:code: manufac-

turer identication code 2contains details of

the tire manufacturer. New tires have a code

with two symbols. Retreaded tires have a code

with four symbols. Further information on

retreaded tires (/page 321).

RTTirire size:e size: identier 3describes the tire size.

RTTirire type code:e type code: tire type code 4can be used

by the manufacturer as a code to describe

specic characteristics of the tire.

RManufManufacturacturing dating date:e: manufacturing date 5

provides information about the age of a tire.

The 1st and 2nd positions represent the cal-

endar week and the 3rd and 4th positions

state theyear of manufacture (e.g. "3208"

represents the 32nd week of 2008).

InfInforormation on tmation on the maximum tirhe maximum tire loade load

%The data shown in the image is example data.

Maximum tire load 1is the maximum permissi-

ble weight for which the tire is approved.

Do not overload the tires by exceeding the speci-

ed load limit. The maximum permissible load can

be found on thevehicle's Tire and Loading Infor-

mation placard on the B-pillar on the driver's side

(/page 309).

SpecicationsSpecications ffor maximum tiror maximum tire pre pressureessure

%The data shown in the illustration is example

data.

Neverexceed maximum tire pressure 1speci-

ed forthe tire. Always observe therecommen-

ded tire pressure foryour vehicle when adjusting

the tire pressure (/page 305).

316316 Wheels and tires

InfInforormation on tirmation on tire ce charharactactererisisticstics

%The data shown in the image is example data.

This information describes the type of tire cord

and the number of layers in side wall 1and

under tire tread 2.

TTirire size designation, load-beare size designation, load-bearing capacitying capacity, speed, speed

rrating and load indexating and load index

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury through exceed-

ing the specied tire load-bearing capa-

city or the permissible speed rating

Exceeding the specied tire load rating or the

permissible speed rating may lead to tire dam-

age and to the tires bursting.

#Therefore, only use tire types and sizes

approvedforyour vehicle model.

#Observe the tire load rating and speed

rating required foryour vehicle.

1First letter(s)

2Nominal tire width in millimeters

3Aspect ratio in %

4Tire code

5Rim diameter

6Load-bearing index

7Speed rating

8Load index

%The data shown in the illustration is example

data.

Information about reading tire data can be

obtained from any qualied specialist workshop.

Wheels and tires 317317

FFirsirst let letttter(s)er(s) 11::

RWithout: passenger vehicle tires according to

European manufacturing standards.

R"P": passenger vehicle tires according to US

manufacturing standards.

R"LT": light truck tires according to US manu-

facturing standards.

R"T": compact emergency spare wheels with

high tire pressure that are only designed for

temporary use in an emergency.

Aspect rAspect ratioatio 33::

Ratio between tire height and tire width in percent

(tire height divided by tire width).

TTirire codee code 44(tir(tire type):e type):

R"R" radial tire

R"D": bias ply tire

R"B": bias belted tires

R"ZR": radial tire with a maximum speed above

149 mph (240 km/h) (optional)

Rim diamet

Rim diameterer 55::

The diameter of the bead seat (not the diameter

of therim ange). The rim diameter is specied in

inches (in).

Load-bearLoad-bearing indeing indexx66::

Numerical code that species the maximum load-

bearing capacity of a tire (e.g. "91" corresponds

to 1356 lbs (615 kg)).

The load-bearing capacity of the tire must be at

least half thegross axle weight rating of your vehi-

cle. Do not overload the tires by exceeding the

specied load limit.

See also:

RMaximum permissible load on theTire and

Loading Information placard (/page 309)

RMaximum tire load (/page 316)

RLoad index

Speed rSpeed ratingating 77::

Species the approved maximum speed of the

tire.

%An electronic speed limiter prevents your

vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph

(210 km/h).

Make sure that your tires have therequired speed

rating. You can obtain information on therequired

speed rating from an authorized Mercedes-Benz

Center.

Summer tir

Summer tireses

IndexIndex Speed rSpeed ratingating

Qupto 100 mph (160 km/h)

Rupto 106 mph (170 km/h)

Supto 112 mph (180 km/h)

Tupto 118 mph (190 km/h)

Hupto 130 mph (210 km/h)

Vupto 149 mph (240 km/h)

Wupto 168 mph (270 km/h)

Yupto 186 mph (300 km/h)

318318 Wheels and tires

IndexIndex Speed rSpeed ratingating

ZR...Y1up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR...(..Y)1over 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR1over 149 mph (240 km/h)

RSpecifying the speed rating as the "ZR" index

in tire code 4is optional for tires up to

186 mph (300 km/h).

RIf your tire code 4includes "ZR" and there is

no speed rating 7, nd out what the maxi-

mum speed is from the tire manufacturer.

RIf load-bearing index 6and speed rating 7

are in brackets, the maximum speed rating of

your tire is above 186 mph (300 km/h). To

nd out the maximum speed, ask the tire man-

ufacturer.

All-wAll-weateather tirher tires and wintes and winter tirer tireses

IndexIndex Speed rSpeed ratingating

Q M+S2up to 100 mph (160 km/h)

T M+S2up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

H M+S2up to 130 mph (210 km/h)

V M+S2up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

Winter tires bear theisnowake symbol and

fulll therequirements of theRubber Manufactur-

ers Association (RMA) and theRubber Association

of Canada (RAC) regarding the tire traction on

snow.

Load indeLoad indexx88::

RNo specication given: standard load (SL) tire

R"XL" or "Extra Load": extra load tire or rein-

forced tire

R"Light Load": light load tire

R"C", "D", "E": a load range that depends on the

maximum load that the tire can carry at a cer-

tain pressure

DenitionDenition of tof tererms fms for tiror tires and loadinges and loading

TTirire se strtructuructure and ce and charharactactererisistics:tics: describes the

number of layers or the number of rubber-coated

belts in the tire contact surface and the tire wall.

These are made of steel, nylon, polyester and

other materials.

Bar:Bar: metric unit for tire pressure. 14.5038 pounds

per square inch (psi) and 100 kilopascal (kPa) is

the equivalent of one bar.

DODOT (DeparT (Department of Trtment of Transportansportation):ation): DOT-marked

tires fulll therequirements of the

US Department of Transportation.

AvAvereragage we weight of teight of the vhe vehicle occupants:ehicle occupants: the

number of vehicle occupants for which thevehicle

is designed, multiplied by 150 lb (68 kg).

UUnifnifororm Tm Tirire Quality Gre Quality Grading Stading Standarandards:ds: a uniform

standard to grade thequality of tires with regard

1"ZR" stated in the tire code.

2Or "M+Si"for winter tires.

Wheels and tires 319319

to tread quality, tire traction and temperature

characteristics. The quality grading assessment is

made by the manufacturer following specications

from theU.S. government. The quality grade of a

tire is imprinted on the side wall of the tire.

RRecommended tirecommended tire pre pressuressure:e: therecommended

tire pressure is the tire pressure specied forthe

tires mounted to thevehicle at thefactory.

The tire and information table contains therecom-

mended tire pressures for cold tires, the maxi-

mum permissible load and the maximum permissi-

ble vehicle speed.

The tire pressure table contains therecommen-

ded tire pressures for cold tires under various

operating conditions, i.e. loading and/or speed of

thevehicle.

Incr

Increased veased vehicle wehicle weight due teight due to opo optional eqtional equip-uip-

ment:ment: the combined weight of all standard and

optional equipment available forthevehicle,

regardless of whether it is actually installed on the

vehicle or not.

Rim:Rim: the part of the wheel on which the tire is

installed.

GGAAWR (GrWR (Gross Axle Woss Axle Weight Reight Rating):ating): theGAWR is

the maximum permissible axle load. The actual

load on an axle must neverexceed thegross axle

weight rating. The gross axle weight rating can be

found on thevehicle identication plate on the

B‑pillar on the driver's side.

Speed rSpeed rating:ating: the speed rating is part of the tire

identication. It species the speed range for

which a tire is approved.

GVW (GrVW (Gross Voss Vehicle Wehicle Weight):eight): thegross vehicle

weight comprises theweight of thevehicle includ-

ing fuel, tools, the spare wheel, accessories instal-

led, occupants, luggage and the trailer drawbar

noseweight, if applicable. The gross vehicle weight

must not exceed thegross vehicle weight rating

GVWR as specied on thevehicle identication

plate on the B‑pillar on the driver's side.

GGVWR (GrVWR (Gross Voss Vehicle Wehicle Weight Reight Rating):ating): theGVWR is

the maximum permitted gross weight of the fully

laden vehicle (weight of thevehicle including all

accessories, occupants, fuel, luggage and the

trailer drawbar noseweight if applicable). The

gross vehicle weight rating is specied on the

vehicle identication plate on the B‑pillar on the

driver's side.

Maximum wMaximum weight of teight of the laden vhe laden vehicle:ehicle: the maxi-

mum weight is the sum of the curb weight of the

vehicle, theweight of the accessories, the maxi-

mum load and theweight of optional equipment

installed at thefactory.

Kilopascal (kPKilopascal (kPa):a): metric unit for tire pressure.

6.9 kPa corresponds to 1 psi. Another unit for tire

pressure is bar. 100 kilopascal (kPa) equals 1 bar.

Load inde

Load index:x: in addition to the load-bearing index,

the load index may also be imprinted on the side

wall of the tire. This species the load-bearing

capacity of the tire more precisely.

Curb wCurb weight:eight: theweight of a vehicle with standard

equipment including the maximum capacity of

fuel, oil and coolant. It also includes the air condi-

tioning system and optional equipment if these

are installed on thevehicle, but does not include

passengers or luggage.

Maximum tir

Maximum tire load:e load: the maximum tire load is the

maximum permissible weight in kilograms or lbs

for which a tire is approved.

Maximum perMaximum permissible tirmissible tire pre pressuressure:e: maximum

permissible tire pressure for one tire.

320320 Wheels and tires

Maximum load on one tirMaximum load on one tire:e: maximum load on one

tire. This is calculated by dividing the maximum

axle load of one axle by two.

PSI (pounds per sqPSI (pounds per squaruare ince inch):h): standard unit of

measurement for tire pressure.

Aspect rAspect ratio:atio: ratio between tire height and tire

width in percent.

TTirire pre pressuressure:e: pressure inside the tire applying an

outward forceto every square inch of the tire. The

tire pressure is specied in pounds per square

inch (psi), in kilopascals (kPa) or in bar. The tire

pressure should only be corrected when the tires

are cold.

Cold tirCold tire pre pressuressure:e: the tires are cold when the

vehicle has been parkedfor at least 3 hours with-

out direct sunlight on the tires or thevehicle has

been driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km).

TTirire conte contact surfact surface:ace: the part of the tire that

comes into contact with theroad.

TTirire bead:e bead: the purpose of the tire bead is to

ensure that the tire sits securely on the wheel rim.

There are several wire cores in the tire bead to

prevent the tire from changing length on the

wheel rim.

Side wSide wall:all: the part of the tire between the tread

and the tire bead.

WWeight of opeight of optional eqtional equipment:uipment: the combined

weight of the optional equipment weighing more

than thereplaced standard parts and more than

5 lbs (2.3 kg). This optional equipment, such as

high-performance brakes, level control system, a

roof luggage rack or high-performance batteries,

is not included in the curb weight and theweight

of the accessories.

TIN (TTIN (TirireeIdenticationIdentication Number):Number): a unique identi-

cation number which can be used by a tire manu-

facturer to identify tires, forexample, in a product

recall, and thus identify the purchasers. The TIN is

made up of the manufacturer's identity code, tire

size, tire type code and the manufacturing date.

Load-bearLoad-bearing indeing index:x: the load-bearing index is a

code that contains the maximum load-bearing

capacity of a tire.

Traction:action: traction is thegrip resulting from friction

between the tires and theroad surface.

WWear indicatear indicator:or: narrow bars (tread wear bars) that

are distributed overthe tire contact surface. If the

tire tread is level with the bars, thewear limit of

1/16 in (1.6 mm) has been reached.

DisDistrtribution of vibution of vehicle occupants:ehicle occupants: distribution of

vehicle occupants over designated seat positions

in a vehicle.

Maximum perMaximum permissible paymissible payload wload weight:eight: nominal

load and luggage load plus 150 lb (68 kg) multi-

plied by the number of seats in thevehicle.

Changing a wheelChanging a wheel

NNoottes on selecting, instes on selecting, installing and ralling and replacing tireplacing tireses

*NNOOTETE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

#Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize

dangers.

WARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to incor-

rect wheel and tire dimensions

If wheels and tires of the wrong size are instal-

led, the service brakes or components in the

Wheels and tires 321321

brake system and in the wheel suspension

may be damaged.

#Alwaysreplace wheels and tires with

ones that fulll the specications of the

original part.

For wheels, pay attention to thefollowing:

RDesignation

RType

For tires, pay attention to thefollowing:

RDesignation

RManufacturer

RType

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury through exceed-

ing the specied tire load-bearing capa-

city or the permissible speed rating

Exceeding the specied tire load rating or the

permissible speed rating may lead to tire dam-

age and to the tires bursting.

#Therefore, only use tire types and sizes

approvedforyour vehicle model.

#Observe the tire load rating and speed

rating required foryour vehicle.

*NNOOTETE Vehicle and tire damage through

tire types and sizes that have not been

approved

For safetyreasons, only use tires, wheels and

accessories which have been specially

approved by Mercedes-Benz foryour vehicle.

These tires are specially adaptedto the active

safety systems, such as ABS, ESP®and

4MATIC, and marked as follows:

RMO = Mercedes-Benz Original

RMOE = Mercedes-Benz Original Extended

(run-at tire only for certain wheels)

RMO1 = Mercedes-Benz Original (only cer-

tain AMG tires)

Otherwise, certain properties, such as han-

dling characteristics, vehicle noise emissions,

consumption, etc. could be adversely aec-

ted. Furthermore, other tire sizes could result

in the tires rubbing against the body and axle

components when loaded. This could result in

damage to the tire or thevehicle.

Only use tires, wheels and accessories that

have been checked and recommended by

Mercedes-Benz.

*NNOOTETE Risk to driving safety from retrea-

ded tires

Retreaded tires are neither tested nor recom-

mended by Mercedes-Benz, since previous

damage cannot always be detected on retrea-

ded tires.

Forthis reason driving safety cannot be guar-

anteed.

#Do not use used tires if you have no

information about their previous usage.

322322 Wheels and tires

*NNOOTETE Possible wheel and tire damage

when driving over obstacles

Large wheels have a smaller section width. As

the section width decreases, therisk of

wheels and tires being damaged when driving

over obstacles increases.

#Avoid obstacles or drive especially care-

fully.

#Reduce your speed when driving over

curbs, speed bumps, manhole covers

and potholes.

#Avoid particularly high curbs.

*NNOOTETE Possible wheel and tire damage

when parking on curbs or in potholes

Parking on curbs or in potholes may damage

the wheels and tires.

#If possible, park only on at surfaces.

#Avoid curbs and potholes when parking.

*NNOOTETE Damage to electronic component

parts from the use of tire-mounting tools

VVehicles witehicles with a tirh a tire pre pressuressure monite monitororing sying sys-s-

ttem:em: Electronic component parts are located

in the wheel. Tire-mounting tools should not

be used in the area of thevalve.

This could otherwise damage the electronic

component parts.

#Have the tires changed at a qualied

specialist workshop only.

*NNOOTETE Damage to summer tires at low

ambient temperatures

At low ambient temperatures, tears could form

when driving with summer tires, causing per-

manent damage to the tires.

#At temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C) use

iM+S tires.

Accessory parts which are not approved foryour

vehicle by Mercedes-Benz, or which are not used

correctly, can impair the operating safety.

Before purchasing and using non-approved acces-

sories, visit a qualied specialist workshop and

inquire about:

RSuitability

RLegal stipulations

RFactory recommendations

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident with high per-

formance tires

The special tire tread in combination with the

optimized tire compound means that therisk

of skidding and hydroplaning on wetroads is

increased.

In addition, the tire grip is greatly reduced at a

low outside temperature and tire running tem-

perature.

#Switch on the ESP®and adapt your driv-

ing style accordingly.

#Use iM+S tires at outside tempera-

tures of less than 50 °F (10 °C).

#Only use the tires fortheir intended pur-

pose.

Wheels and tires 323323

Observe thefollowing when selecting, installing

and replacing tires:

RFurthermore, the use of certain tire types in

certain regions and areas of operation can be

highly benecial.

ROnly use tires and wheels of the same type

(summer tires, winter tires, MOExtended tires)

and the same make.

ROnly install wheels of the same size on one

axle (le and right).

It is only permissible to install a dierent

wheel size in theevent of a at tire in order to

drive to the specialist workshop.

Vehicles witehicles with a tirh a tire pre pressuressure monite monitororing sying sys-s-

ttem:em: All installed wheels must be equipped

with functioning sensors forthe tire pressure

monitoring system.

RAt temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C) use win-

ter tires or all-season tires markediM+S

for all wheels.

Winter tires provide the best possible grip in

wintry road conditions.

RFor M+S tires, only use tires with the same

tread.

RObserve the maximum permissible speed for

the M+S tires installed.

If the tire's maximum speed is below that of

thevehicle, this must be indicated by an

appropriate label in the driver's eld of vision.

RBreak in new tires at moderate speeds forthe

rst 60 miles (100 km).

RReplace the tires aer six years at the latest,

regardless of wear.

RWhen r

When replacing witeplacing with tirh tires tes that do nohat do not ft featureaturee

rrun-atun-at ccharharactactererisistics:tics: vehicles with

MOExtended tires are not equipped with a

TIREFIT kit at thefactory. Equip thevehicle

with a TIREFIT kit aer replacing with tires that

do not feature run-at characteristics, e.g.

winter tires.

For more information on wheels and tires, contact

aqualied specialist workshop.

Be sure to also observe thefollowing further rela-

ted subjects:

RNotes on tire pressure (/page 303)

RTire and Loading Information placard

(/page 309)

RTire size designation, load-bearing capacity,

speed rating and load index (/page 317)

RTire pressure table (/page 305)

RNotes on the emergency spare wheel

(/page 331)

NNoottes on rotes on rotating tating the wheelshe wheels

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury through dierent

wheel sizes

Rotating the front and rear wheels can

severely impair the driving characteristics.

The wheel brakes or suspension components

may also be damaged.

#Rotate front and rear wheels only if the

wheels and tires are of the same dimen-

sions.

The wear patterns on the front and rear wheels

dier:

RFront wheels wear more on the tire shoulder

324324 Wheels and tires

RRear wheels wear more in the center of the

tire

Do not drive with tires that have too little tread

depth. This signicantly reduces traction on wet

roads (hydroplaning).

On vehicles that have the same size front and rear

wheels, rotate the wheels according to the inter-

vals in the tire manufacturer's warranty book in

your vehicle documents. If this is not available,

rotate the tires every 3,000 to 6,000 miles

(5,000 to 10,000 km), depending on thewear.

Ensure that the direction of rotation is main-

tained.

Observe the instructions and safety notes on

"Changing a wheel" when doing so (/page 326).

NNoottes on stes on stororing wheelsing wheels

When storing wheels, observe thefollowing notes:

RAer removing wheels, store them in a cool,

dry and preferably dark place.

RProtect the tires from contact with oil, grease

or fuel.

OvOverervieview of tw of the tirhe tire-ce-changhange te tool kitool kit

*NNOOTETE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

#Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize

dangers.

Apart from some country-specic variants, vehi-

cles are not equipped with a tire-change tool kit.

For more information on which tire-changing tools

are required and approvedfor performing a wheel

change on your vehicle, consult a qualied spe-

cialist workshop.

Required tire-changing tools may include, for

example:

RJack

RChock

RLug wrench

RAlignment bolt

The tire-change tool kit is located in tool bag 1

in the trunk.

%Depending on thevehicle equipment, thetool

bag may be located at other positions in the

trunk.

The tool bag contains:

RJack

RLug wrench

RAlignment bolt

RFolding chock

RRatchet for jack

Wheels and tires 325325

PrPrepareparing ting the vhe vehicle fehicle for a wheel cor a wheel changehange

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe vehicle is not on a slope.

RThe vehicle is on solid, non-slippery and level

ground.

RThe required tire-change tool kit is available.

%If your vehicle is not equipped with the tire-

change tool kit, consult a qualied specialist

workshop to nd out about suitable tools.

#Apply the electric parking brake manually.

#Move the front wheels to the straight-ahead

position.

#Shi the transmission to position j.

Vehicles witehicles with levh level contrel control systol system:em: Set the

normal vehicle level (/page 198).

#Switch o thevehicle.

#Make sure that thevehicle cannot be started.

#Place chocks or other suitable items under the

front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally

opposite the wheel you wish to change.

#If necessary, remove the wheel trim/hub caps

(/page 326).

#Raise thevehicle (/page 327).

RRemoemoving and instving and installing talling the wheel trhe wheel trim/hub capsim/hub caps

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe vehicle is prepared for a wheel change

(/page 326).

PlasPlastic hub captic hub cap

#TTo ro removemove:e: turn the center cover of the hub

cap counter-clockwise and remove the hub

cap.

To insto install:all: make sure that the center cover of

the hub cap is turned counter-clockwise.

#Position the hub cap and turn the center cover

clockwise until the hub cap engages physically

and audibly.

Aluminum hub cap

#TTo ro removemove:e: position socket 2from the tire-

change tool kit on hub cap 1.

#Position wheel wrench 3on socket2.

#Using wheel wrench 3, turn hub cap 1

counter-clockwise and remove it.

#TTo insto install:all: follow the instructions above in

reverse order.

%SpeciedSpecied tighttightening tening torqorque:ue: 18 lb- (25 Nm).

326326 Wheels and tires

RRaising taising the vhe vehicle when cehicle when changing a wheelhanging a wheel

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThere are no persons in thevehicle.

RThe vehicle has been prepared for a wheel

change (/page 326).

RThe wheel trims and hub caps have been

removed (/page 326).

Important notes on using the jack:

RUse only a vehicle-specic jack that has been

approvedby Mercedes-Benz to raise thevehi-

cle.

RThe jack is only designed forraising and hold-

ing thevehicle for a short time while a wheel

is being changed and not for maintenance

work under thevehicle.

RThe jack must be placed on a rm, at and

non-slip surface. If necessary, use a large, at,

load-bearing, non-slip underlay.

RThe foot of the jack must be positioned verti-

cally under the jack support point.

Rules of conduct when thevehicle is raised:

RNever place your hands or feet under thevehi-

cle.

RNever lie under thevehicle.

RDo not start thevehicle and do not release the

electric parking brake.

RDo not open or close any doors or the trunk

lid.

#Using the lug wrench, loosen the wheel bolts

on the wheel you wish to change by about one

full turn. Do not unscrew the screws com-

pletely.

Wheels and tires 327327

Position of jack support points

*NNOOTETE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

#Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize

dangers.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from incorrect

positioning of the jack

If you do not position the jack correctly at the

appropriate jacking point of thevehicle, the

jack could tip with thevehicle raised.

#Only position the jack at the appropriate

jacking point of thevehicle. The base of

the jack must be positioned vertically

under the jacking point of thevehicle.

*NNOOTETE Vehicle damage from the jack

If you do not position the jack correctly at the

appropriate jack support point of thevehicle,

the jack could tip over with thevehicle raised.

#The jack is designed exclusively for jack-

ing up thevehicle at the jack support

points.

#Take theratchet out of the tire-change tool kit

and place it on the hexagon nut of the jack so

that the letters "AUF" are visible.

#Position support 2of jack 4on jack sup-

port point 1.

#Turn ratchet 3clockwise until support 2

sits completely on jack support point 1and

the base of the jack lies evenly on theground.

#Turn ratchet 3until the tire is raised a maxi-

mum of 1.2 in (3 cm) from theground.

#Loosen and remove the wheel (/page 329).

328328 Wheels and tires

RRemoemoving a wheelving a wheel

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe vehicle is raised (/page 327).

*NONOTETE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

#Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize

dangers.

When changing a wheel, avoid applying any force

to the brake discs, as this could impair the level of

comfort when braking.

*NNOOTETE Damage to threading from dirt on

wheel bolts

#Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on a

dirty surface.

#Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt com-

pletely.

#Screw alignment bolt 1into thethread

instead of the wheel bolt.

#Unscrew theremaining wheel bolts com-

pletely.

#Remove the wheel.

InstInstalling a nealling a new wheelw wheel

*NNOOTETE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

#Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize

dangers.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident from losing a

wheel

Oiled, greased or damaged wheel bolt/wheel

nut threads or wheel hub/wheel mounting

bolt threads can cause the wheel bolts/wheel

nuts to come loose.

#Never oil or grease thethreads.

#In theevent of damage to thethreads,

contact a qualied specialist workshop

immediately.

#Have the damaged wheel bolts or dam-

aged hub threads replaced.

#Do not continue driving.

#Observe the information on thechoice of tires

(/page 321).

For tires with a specied direction of rotation, an

arrow on the side wall of the tire indicates the cor-

rect direction of rotation. Observe the direction of

rotation when installing.

#Slide the wheel to be mounted onto the align-

ment bolt and push it on.

Wheels and tires 329329

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from tightening

wheel bolts and nuts

If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts

when thevehicle is raised, the jack could tip.

#Only tighten wheel bolts or wheel nuts

when thevehicle is on theground.

#Be sure to observe the instructions and safety

notes on "Changing a wheel" (/page 321).

#For safetyreasons, only use wheel bolts which

have been approved by Mercedes-Benz and

forthe wheel in question.

*NNOOTETE Damage to paintwork of the wheel

rim when screwing in the rst wheel bolt

If the wheel has too much play when screwing

in the rst wheel bolt, the wheel rim paint can

be damaged.

#Press the wheel rmly against the wheel

hub when screwing in the rst wheel

bolt.

#Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal

pattern in the order indicated until they are

nger-tight.

#Unscrew and remove the alignment bolt.

#Tighten the last wheel bolt until it is nger-

tight.

#Lowerthevehicle (/page 330).

LowLowerering ting the vhe vehicleehicle aeraer a wheel ca wheel changehange

RReqequiruirements:ements:

RThe new wheel has been installed

(/page 329).

To lowo lower ter the vhe vehicle:ehicle: place theratchet onto

the hexagon nut of the jack so that the letters

"AB" are visible and turn counter-clockwise.

#Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal

pattern in the order indicated 1to 5with

an initial maximum force of 59 lb- (80 Nm).

#Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal

pattern in the order indicated 1to 5with

the specied tightening torque of 111 lb-

(150 Nm).

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to incor-

rect tightening torque

The wheels could come loose if the wheel

bolts or wheel nuts are not tightened to the

prescribed torque.

330330 Wheels and tires

#Ensure that the wheel bolts or wheel

nuts are tightened to the prescribed

tightening torque.

#If you are not sure, do not move thevehi-

cle. Contact a qualied specialist work-

shop and have the tightening torque

checked immediately.

#Check the tire pressure of the newly installed

wheel and adjust it if necessary.

%The following does not apply if the new wheel

is an emergency spare wheel.

#VVehicles witehicles with tirh tire pre pressuressure loss we loss wararning syning sys-s-

ttem:em: Restart the tire pressure loss warning

system (/page 309).

Vehicles witehicles with a tirh a tire pre pressuressure monite monitororing sying sys-s-

ttem:em: Restart the tire pressure monitoring sys-

tem (/page 308).

EmergEmergency sparency spare wheele wheel

NNoottes on tes on the emerghe emergency sparency spare wheele wheel

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident caused by

incorrect wheel and tire dimensions

The wheel or tire sizes and the tire type of the

emergency spare wheel or spare wheel and

the wheel to be replaced may dier. The emer-

gency spare wheel or spare wheel can signi-

cantly impair driving characteristics of the

vehicle.

To prevent hazardous situations:

#Drive carefully.

#Never install more than one emergency

spare wheel or spare wheel that diers

in size.

#Only use an emergency spare wheel or

spare wheel briey.

#Do not deactivate ESP®.

#Have the emergency spare wheel or

spare wheel of a dierent size replaced

at the nearest qualied specialist work-

shop. The new wheel must have the cor-

rect dimensions.

%The emergency spare wheel is secured in the

emergency spare wheel bag in the trunk.

Observe thefollowing notes on installing an emer-

gency spare wheel:

RThe maximum permissible speed with an

emergency spare wheel installed is 50 mph

(80 km/h).

RDo not equip the emergency spare wheel with

snow chains.

RReplace the emergency spare wheel aer six

years at the latest, regardless of wear.

RCheck the tire pressure of the emergency

spare wheel installed. Correct the pressure as

necessary.

%The specied tire pressure is stated on the

label of the emergency spare wheel.

Wheels and tires 331331

%VVehicles witehicles with a tirh a tire pre pressuressure loss we loss wararning syning sys-s-

ttem:em: If an emergency spare wheel is installed,

the tire pressure loss warning system cannot

function reliably. Only restart the system

again when the emergency spare wheel has

been replaced with a new wheel.

VVehicles witehicles with a tirh a tire pre pressuressure monite monitororing sying sys-s-

ttem:em: If an emergency spare wheel is installed,

the tire pressure monitoring system cannot

function reliably. For a few minutes aer an

emergency spare wheel is installed, the sys-

tem may still display the tire pressure of the

removed wheel. Only restart the system again

when the emergency spare wheel has been

replaced with a new wheel.

Be sure to also observe thefollowing further rela-

ted subjects:

RNotes on tire pressure (/page 303)

RTire and Loading Information placard

(/page 309)

RTire pressure table (/page 305)

RNotes on installing tires (/page 321)

RInstalling an emergency spare wheel

(/page 326)

332332 Wheels and tires

NNoottes on tes on tecechnical datahnical data

*NONOTETE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

#Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize

dangers.

The data stated only applies to vehicles with

standard equipment. You can obtain further infor-

mation from an authorized Mercedes-Benz Cen-

ter.

VVehicle electrehicle electronicsonics

TTwwo-wao-way ry radiosadios

NNoottes on instes on installing twalling two-wao-way ry radiosadios

WARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to

improper work on two-way radios

If two-way radios are manipulated or retrot-

ted incorrectly, the electromagnetic radiation

from the two-way radios can interfere with the

vehicle electronics and jeopardize the operat-

ing safety of thevehicle.

#You should have all work on electrical

and electronic components carried out

at a qualied specialist workshop.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to

improper operation of two-way radios

If you use two-way radios in thevehicle

improperly,their electromagnetic radiation

can disrupt thevehicle's electronics. This is

the case in thefollowing situations, in particu-

lar:

RThe two-way radio is not connected to an

exterior antenna.

RThe exterior antenna is installed incor-

rectly or is not a low-reection antenna.

This could jeopardize the operating safety of

thevehicle.

#Have the low-reection exterior antenna

installed at a qualied specialist work-

shop.

#When operating two-way radios in the

vehicle, always connect them to the low-

reection exterior antenna.

*NNOOTETE Invalidation of the operating permit

due to failure to comply with the instruc-

tions for installation and use

The operating permit may be invalidated if the

instructions for installation and use of two-way

radios are not observed.

#Only use approved frequency bands.

#Observe the maximum permissible out-

put power in these frequency bands.

#Only use approved antenna positions.

Technical data 333333

1Rear fenders

On therear fenders, it is recommended that you

install the antenna on the side of thevehicle clos-

est to the center of theroad.

Use Technical Specication ISO/TS 21609 (Road

Vehicles – "EMCs for installation of aermarket

radio frequency transmitting equipment") when

retrotting two-wayradios. Comply with the legal

requirements for detachable parts.

If your vehicle has installations for two-way radio

equipment, use the power supply and antenna

connectors provided in the pre-installation.

Observe the manufacturer's supplements when

installing.

TTwwo-wao-way ry radio tradio transmission outputansmission output

The maximum transmission output (PEAK) at the

base of the antenna must not exceed thevalues in

thefollowing table.

FrFreqequency band and maximum truency band and maximum transmission out-ansmission out-

putput

FFrreqequency banduency band Maximum trMaximum transmis-ansmis-

sion outputsion output

Short wave

3 - 54 MHz

(30 W)

4 m frequency band

74 - 88 MHz

(15 W)

2 m frequency band

144 - 174 MHz

(25 W)

FFrreqequency banduency band Maximum trMaximum transmis-ansmis-

sion outputsion output

trunked radio system/

Tetra

380 - 460 MHz

(10 W)

70 cm frequency band

420 - 450 MHz

(15 W)

Two-way radio

(2G/3G/4G)

(10 W)

The following devices can be used in thevehicle

without restrictions:

RTwo-way radios with a maximum transmission

output of up to 100 mW

RTwo-way radios with transmitter frequencies in

the 380 - 410 MHz frequency band and a

maximum transmission output of up to 2 W

(trunked radio system/Tetra)

RMobile phones (2G/3G/4G)

334334 Technical data

There are no restrictions when positioning the

antenna on the outside of thevehicle forthefol-

lowing frequency bands:

RTrunked radio system/Tetra

R70 cm frequency band

R2G/3G/4G

RRegulategulatorory ry radioadio identicationidentication and notand noteses

RRegulategulatorory ry radioadio identicationidentication of small comof small compo-po-

nentsnents

Manufacturer information about radio-based vehi-

cle components can be found using thekey

phrase "Regulatory radio identication" in the Dig-

ital Operator's Manual in thevehicle, on the Inter-

net and in the app.

RRegulategulatorory ry radioadio identicationidentication – Indonesia– Indonesia

Manufacturer information about radio-based vehi-

cle components can be found using thekey

phrase "Regulatory radio identication – Indone-

sia" in the Digital Operator's Manual in thevehi-

cle, on the Internet and in the app.

%These are not small components. Information

about small components can be found using

thekey phrase "Regulatory radio identication

of small components".

InfInforormation on user separmation on user separation distation distancesances

Information on user separation distances of wire-

less vehicle components can be found using the

key phrase "User separation distances" in the Dig-

ital Operator's Manual in thevehicle, on the Inter-

net, and in the app.

FFurturtherher comcomponent-specicponent-specic infinforormationmation

Further component-specic information can be

found using thekey phrase "further component-

specic information" in the Digital Operator's

Manual in thevehicle, on the Internet and in the

app.

VVehicleehicle identicationidentication platplate, VIN and engine num-e, VIN and engine num-

ber ovber overerviewview

VVehicleehicle identicationidentication plateplate

Technical data 335335

Vehicle identication plate (USA only)

1Maximum permissible gross vehicle weight

2Maximum permissible front axle load

3Maximum permissible rear axle load

4Paint code

5VIN (vehicle identication number)

Vehicle identication plate (Canada only)

1Maximum permissible gross vehicle weight

2Maximum permissible front axle load

3Maximum permissible rear axle load

4Paint code

5VIN (vehicle identication number)

The maximum permissible gross vehicle weight is

made up of thevehicle weight, all vehicle occu-

pants, the fuel and the load. The maximum gross

axle weight rating is the maximum weight that can

be carried on one axle (front or rear axle).

Do not exceed the maximum gross vehicle weight

or the maximum gross axle weight rating forthe

front or rear axle.

VIN beloVIN below tw the frhe front ront right-hand seatight-hand seat

1Imprinted VIN (vehicle identication number)

2Floor covering

336336 Technical data

AAdditional platdditional plateses

1Plate with information about emissions test-

ing, including conrmation of emissions

guidelines at theU.S. federal level as well as

for California

2Engine number stamped into the crankcase

3VIN (vehicle identication number) as a label

at the lower edge of the windshield

OperOperatingating uidsuids

NNoottes on operes on operatingating uidsuids

*NNOOTETE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

#Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize

dangers.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from operating

uids harmful to your health

Operating uids may be poisonous and harm-

ful to your health.

#Observe thetext on the original contain-

ers when using, storing or disposing of

operating uids.

#Always store operating uids sealed in

their original containers.

#Alwayskeep children away from operat-

ing uids.

+ENVIRENVIRONMENTONMENTAL NOAL NOTETE Pollution of the

environment due to irresponsible disposal

of operating uids

Incorrect disposal of operating uids can

cause considerable damage to the environ-

ment.

#Dispose of operating uids in an environ-

mentally responsible manner.

Operating uids include thefollowing:

RFuels

RLubricants

RCoolant

RBrake uid

RWindshield washer uid

RClimate control system refrigerant

Only use products approvedby Mercedes-Benz.

Damage caused by the use of products that have

not been approved is not coveredby the

Mercedes-Benz warranty or goodwill gestures.

Technical data 337337

The operating uids approvedby Mercedes-Benz

can be identied by thefollowing inscriptions on

the container:

RMB-Freigabe (e.g. MB-Freigabe 229.51)

RMB-Approval (e.g. MB-Approval 229.51)

Further information on approved operating uids:

RIn the Mercedes-Benz Specications for Oper-

ating Fluids by entering the designation

-At https://bevo.mercedes-benz.com

-In the Mercedes-Benz BeVo app

RAt a qualied specialist workshop

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of re or explosion from

fuel

Fuels are highly ammable.

#Fire, open ames, smoking and creating

sparks must be avoided.

#Before and during refueling, switch o

thevehicle and, if installed, the station-

ary heater.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from fuels

Fuels are poisonous and hazardous to your

health.

#Do not swallow fuel or let it come into

contact with skin, eyes or clothing.

#Do not inhale fuel vapor.

#Keep children away from fuel.

#Keep doors and windows closed during

therefueling process.

If you or other people come into contact with

fuel, observe thefollowing:

#Immediately rinse fuel o your skin with

soap and water.

#If fuel comes into contact with your eyes,

immediately rinse them thoroughly with

clean water. Seek medical attention

immediately.

#If you swallow fuel, seek medical atten-

tion immediately. Do not induce vomit-

ing.

#Change immediately out of clothing that

has come into contact with fuel.

Flexible-fuel vehicles can be refueled with thefol-

lowing fuel types:

RUnleaded premium grade gasoline

RE85 fuel

RA mixture of E85 fuel and unleaded premium

grade gasoline

Flexible-fuel vehicles can be identied by the

Ethanol up thanol up to E85o E85 sticker on the inside of the fuel

ller ap.

Depending on the country, the fuels you can use

in your vehicle may dier from the information in

the Operator's Manual. The fuels that have been

approvedforyour vehicle can be found on the

instruction label on the inside of the fuel ller ap.

FFueluel

NNoottes on fuel qes on fuel quality fuality for vor vehicles witehicles with a gh a gasolineasoline

engineengine

Observe the notes on operating uids

(/page 337).

338338 Technical data

*NNOOTETE Damage caused by the wrong fuel

Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could

result in damage to the fuel system, the

engine and the emission control system.

#Only refuel with low-sulfur gasoline.

This fuel may contain up to 10% ethanol by vol-

ume. Your vehicle is suitable for use with E10

fuel.

Neverrefuel with one of thefollowing fuels:

RDiesel

RGasoline with more than 10% ethanol by

volume, e.g. E15, E85, E100

RGasoline with more than 3% methanol by

volume, e.g. M15, M30, M85, M100

RGasoline with additives containing metal

If you have accidentally refueled with the

wrong fuel:

#do not switch the ignition on.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

If theavailable fuel is not suciently low in sulfur,

this can produce unpleasant odors.

Only refuel with fuel that has at least the octane

number specied in the information label in the

fuel ller ap (/page 154).

If yIf you wou want maximum engine outputant maximum engine output::only refuel

with premium-grade unleaded gasoline with an

octane number of at least 91 AKI/95 RON.

As a temporary measure, if therecommended fuel

is not available, you may also refuel with regular

unleaded gasoline with at least 87 AKI/91 RON.

This may reduce engine output and increase fuel

consumption.

Neverrefuel using gasoline with a lowerRON.

*NONOTETE Premature engine wear through

unleaded regular gasoline

Impairment of the longevity and performance

of the engine.

If unleaded premium grade gasoline is unavail-

able and you have to refuel using unleaded

regular gasoline:

#Only ll the fuel tank to half full with

unleaded regular gasoline and rell as

soon as possible with unleaded premium

grade gasoline.

#Do not drive at the maximum design

speed.

#Avoid sudden acceleration and engine

speeds over 3000 rpm.

Further information on fuel is available at thefol-

lowing locations:

RAt agas station

RAt aqualied specialist workshop

ROn the https://www.mbusa.com (USA only)

Noottes on additives on additives in ges in gasolineasoline

Observe the notes on operating uids

(/page 337).

*NONOTETE Damage from use of unsuitable

additives

Even small amounts of the wrong additive may

lead to malfunctions occurring.

Technical data 339339

#Only add cleaning additives recommen-

ded by Mercedes-Benz to the fuel.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use brand-

name fuels with additives.

In some countries, the fuel available may not have

sucient additives. Residue could build up in the

fuel injection system as a result. In this case, in

consultation with an authorized Mercedes-Benz

Center, mix the fuel with the cleaning additive rec-

ommended by Mercedes-Benz. Observe the notes

and mixing ratios indicated on thetank.

Tank contank content and rent and reserveserve fuele fuel

TotTotal capacity and ral capacity and reserveserve fuel te fuel tankank

Model TotModelTotal capacityal capacity

All models17.4 gal (66.0 liters)

ModelModel Of whicOf which rh reserveeserve

All models 1.8 gal (7.0 liters)

Engine oilEngine oil

NNoottes on engine oiles on engine oil

Observe the notes on operating uids

(/page 337).

*NNOOTETE Engine damage caused by an incor-

rect oil lter, incorrect oil or additives

#Do not use engine oils or oil lters other

than those which meet the specications

necessary forthe prescribed service

intervals.

#Do not alter the engine oil or oil lter in

order to achieve longer change intervals

than prescribed.

#Do not use additives.

#Have the engine oil changed aer the

prescribed intervals.

Mercedes-Benz recommends having the oil

changed at a qualied specialist workshop.

Only use engine oils approvedforyour vehicle by

Mercedes-Benz.

Quality and capacity of engine oil

Engine oil

Engine oil specicationsspecications

Gasoline enginesGasoline engines MB-FrMB-Freigeigabe or MB-abe or MB-

ApprovApprovalal

All models 229.51, 229.52,

229.61, 229.71

229.72*

*Recommended for lowest possible fuel con-

sumption (lowest SAE viscosity class in each

340340 Technical data

case; observe possible restrictions of the

approvedSAE viscosity classes).

To achieve the lowest possible fuel consumption,

it is recommended to use the engine oil specica-

tions marked in thetable forthe lowest SAE vis-

cosity class. Possible restrictions of the approved

SAE viscosity classes must be observed.

The following values referto an oil change, includ-

ing the oil lter.

Engine oilEngine oil llinglling capacitycapacity

ModelModel CapacityCapacity

E 450 10.0 US qt (9.5 liters)

E 450 4MATIC 9.0 US qt (8.5 liters)

NNoottes on bres on brakakeeuiduid

Observe the notes on operating uids

(/page 337).

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to

vapor pockets forming in the brake system

The brake uid constantly absorbs moisture

from the air. This lowers the boiling point of

the brake uid. If the boiling point is too low,

vapor pockets may form in the brake system

when the brakes are applied hard.

This causes the braking eect to be impaired.

#Have the brake uid renewed at the

specied intervals.

Have the brake uid regularlyreplaced at a quali-

ed specialist workshop.

Only use a brake uid approvedby Mercedes-

Benz according to MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval

331.0.

CoolantCoolant

NNoottes on coolantes on coolant

Observe the notes on operating uids

(/page 337).

&WWARNINGARNING ‑ Risk of re and injury from

antifreeze

If antifreeze comes into contact with hot com-

ponent parts in the engine compartment, it

may ignite.

#Allow the engine to cool down before

adding antifreeze.

#Make sure that no antifreeze spills out

next to the ller opening.

#Thoroughly clean o any antifreeze from

component parts before starting the

vehicle.

*NNOOTETE Damage caused by incorrect cool-

ant

#Only use coolant that has been premixed

with therequired antifreeze protection.

Information on coolant is available at thefol-

lowing locations:

RIn the Mercedes-Benz Specication for

Operating Fluids 320.1

Technical data 341341

-At https://bevo.mercedes-benz.com

-In the Mercedes-Benz BeVo app

RAt aqualied specialist workshop

*NNOOTETE Overheating at high outside temper-

atures

If an inappropriate coolant is used, the engine

cooling system is not suciently protected

against overheating and corrosion at high out-

side temperatures.

#Only use coolant approvedby Mercedes-

Benz.

#Observe the instructions in the

Mercedes-Benz Specications for Oper-

ating Fluids 320.1.

Have the coolant regularlyreplaced at a qualied

specialist workshop.

Proportion of antifreeze concentrate in the engine

cooling system:

RA minimum of 50% (antifreeze protection down

to about -35°F (-37°C))

RA maximum of 55% (antifreeze protection

down to -49°F (-45°C))

Coolant capacityCoolant capacity

Coolant (engine)Coolant (engine)

ModelModel CapacityCapacity

All models 13.7 US qt

(13.0 liters)

NNoottes on windshield wes on windshield washerasher uiduid

Observe the notes on operating uids

(/page 337).

&WWARNINGARNING ‑ Risk of re and injury from

windshield washer concentrate

Windshield washer concentrate is highly am-

mable. It could ignite if it comes into contact

with hot engine component parts or the

exhaust system.

#Make sure that no windshield washer

concentrate spills out next to the ller

opening.

*NNOOTETE Damage to theexterior lighting due

to unsuitable windshield washer uid

Unsuitable windshield washer uid may dam-

age the plastic surface of theexterior lighting.

#Only use windshield washer uid which is

also suitable for use on plastic surfaces,

e.g. MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit.

*NNOOTETE Blocked spray nozzles caused by

mixing windshield washer uids

#Do not mix MB SummerFit and MB Win-

terFit with other windshield washer u-

ids.

Do not use distilled or de-ionized water. Other-

wise, the ll level sensor may be triggered errone-

ously.

Recommended windshield washer uid:

RAbove freezing point: e.g. MB SummerFit

RBelow freezing point: e.g. MB WinterFit

Forthe correct mixing ratio, referto the informa-

tion on the antifreeze container.

342342 Technical data

Mix washer uid with windshield washer uid all

year round.

RRefrefrigigererantant

NNoottes on res on refrefrigigererantant

Observe the notes on operating uids

(/page 337).

*NONOTETE Damage due to incorrect refrigerant

If a non-approvedrefrigerant is used, the cli-

mate control system may be damaged.

#USUSA:A: use only R‑134a refrigerant.

#Canada:Canada: use only R‑1234yf refrigerant.

*NNOOTETE Damage to the climate control sys-

tem due to incorrect refrigerant compres-

sor oil

#Only use refrigerant compressor oil that

has been approvedby Mercedes-Benz.

#Do not mix the approvedrefrigerant

compressor oil with a dierent refriger-

ant compressor oil.

Work on the climate control system may be car-

ried out only by aqualied specialist workshop.

All applicable regulations, as well as SAE standard

J639, must be adhered to.

The information label forthe climate control sys-

temregarding therefrigerant type and therefrig-

erant compressor oil (PAG oil) is located on the

inside of the hood.

Information label (example – USA/China)

1Hazard and service warning symbols

2Refrigerant lling capacity

3Applicable standards

4PAG oil part number

5GWP (global warming potential) of therefriger-

ant used

6Refrigerant type

Information label (example – Canada)

1Hazard and service warning symbols

2Refrigerant lling capacity

3Applicable standards

4PAG oil part number

5GWP (global warming potential) of therefriger-

ant used

6Refrigerant type

Technical data 343343

Symbols 1indicate thefollowing:

RPossible dangers

RThe need to have service work carried out at a

qualied specialist workshop only

FFilling capacity filling capacity for ror refrefrigigererant and PAant and PAG oilG oil

CapacityCapacity

Model RModel Refrefrigigererantant

All models 20.8 ± 0.4 oz

(590 ± 10 g)

Model PAModelPAG oilG oil

All models 4.9 ± 0.4 oz

(140 ± 10 g)

VVehicle dataehicle data

VVehicle dimensionsehicle dimensions

The heights specied may vary as a result of the

following factors:

RTires

RLoad

RCondition of the suspension

ROptional equipment

Missing values were not available at the time of

going to press.

Height when openedHeight when opened

ModelModel 11HeightHeight

when openedwhen opened

All models

VVehicle dimensionsehicle dimensions

E 450E 450

Vehicle length190.4 in

(4835 mm)

Vehicle width including outside

mirrors

80.9 in

(2055 mm)

Wheelbase113.1 in

(2873 mm)

Vehicle height 56.3 in

(1429 mm)

Vehicle height when opening/

closing theroof

79.1 in

(2009 mm)

Turning radius 37.30 

(11.37 m)

344344 Technical data

VVehicle dimensionsehicle dimensions

E 450 4MAE 450 4MATICTIC

Vehicle length190.4 in

(4835 mm)

Vehicle width including outside

mirrors

80.9 in

(2055 mm)

Wheelbase113.1 in

(2873 mm)

Vehicle height 56.6 in

(1437 mm)

Vehicle height when opening/

closing theroof

79.4 in

(2017 mm)

Turning radius 38.09 

(11.61 m)

WWeights and loadseights and loads

Please observe thefollowing notesforthe speci-

ed vehicle data:

RItems of optional equipment increase the curb

weight and reduce the payload.

RYou will ndvehicle-specic weight informa-

tion on thevehicle identication plate

(/page 335).

Technical data 345345

DisplaDisplay messagy messageses

IntrIntroductionoduction

NNoottes about displaes about display messagy messageses

Display messages appear on the instrument dis-

play.

Display messages with graphic symbols are sim-

plied in the Operator's Manual and may dier

from the symbols on the instrument display. The

instrument display shows high-priority display

messages in red. Certain display messages are

accompanied by awarning tone.

Please act in accordance with the display mes-

sages and follow the additional notes in the Oper-

ator's Manual.

For some display messages, symbols will also be

shown:

RÕFurther information

R¨Hide display message

With the le-hand Touch Control, you can select

therespective symbol by swiping to the le or

right. Pressing Õdisplays further information on

the media display. Press the¨symbol to hide

the display message.

You can hide low-priority display messages by

pressing the back button Gor the le-hand

Touch Control. The display messages will then be

stored in the message memory.

Rectify the cause of a display message as quickly

as possible.

High-priority display messages cannot be hidden.

The instrument display will show these display

messages permanently until the cause of the dis-

play message has been rectied.

Calling up sav

Calling up saved displaed display messagy messageses

On-board computer:

4Service 51 Message

If there are no display messages, No Messages

will appear on the instrument display.

#Scroll through the display messages by swip-

ing upwards or downwards on the le-hand

Touch Control.

To eo exit txit the messaghe message memorye memory::press the back

button G.

346346 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Occupant safeOccupant safetyty

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

SRS Malfunction Service

Required

*The restraint system is malfunctioning (/page 36).

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to malfunctions in therestraint system

Components in therestraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deploy as planned in an accident.

#Have therestraint system checked and repaired immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.

Front Left Malfunction

Service Required (example)

*The corresponding restraint system is malfunctioning (/page 36).

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to malfunctions in therestraint system

Components in therestraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deploy as planned in an accident.

#Have therestraint system checked and repaired immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.

Left Side Curtain Airbag

Malfunction Service

Required (example)

*The corresponding restraint system is malfunctioning (/page 36).

WARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to the head airbag malfunctioning

If the head airbag is malfunctioning, it might be triggered unintentionally or might not deploy at all in theevent of

an accident.

#Have the head airbag checked and repaired immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 347347

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Front Passenger Airbag Dis-

abled See Operator's Man-

ual

*The front passenger airbag and the front passenger knee airbag have been disabled even though an adult or a person

of adult stature is on the front passenger seat. If additional forces are applied to the seat, theweight the system

detects may be too low.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or fatal injury due to a disabled front passenger airbag

If the front passenger airbag is disabled, the front passenger airbag will not be deployed in theevent of an accident

and cannot perform its intended protective function.

A person in the front passenger seat could then, forexample, come into contact with thevehicle's interior, espe-

cially if the person is sitting too close to the cockpit.

#Make sure, both before and during the journey, that the status of the front passenger airbag is correct.

#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions.

#Make sure that no objects are trapped under the front passenger seat.

#Check the status of automatic front passenger airbag actuation (/page 46).

#If necessary, consult a qualied specialist workshop immediately.

Front Passenger Airbag

Enabled See Operator's

Manual

*The front passenger airbag and the front passenger knee airbag will be enabled while thevehicle is in motion in the

following situations:

REven when a child, a small adult or an object weighing less than the system weight threshold is located on the front

passenger seat

REven when the front passenger seat is not occupied

348348 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

The system may detect objects or forces that are adding to theweight applied to the seat.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death when using a child restraint system while the front passenger airbag is ena-

bled

If you secure a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat and the front passenger airbag is ena-

bled, the front passenger airbag can deploy in theevent of an accident.

The child could be struck by the airbag.

#Ensure, both before and during the journey, that the status of the front passenger airbag is correct.

NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or

SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.

#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions.

#Make sure that no objects are trapped under the front passenger seat.

#Check the status of automatic front passenger airbag actuation (/page 46).

#If necessary, consult a qualied specialist workshop immediately.

PRE-SAFE Inoperative See

Operator's Manual

*The PRE‑SAFE®functions are malfunctioning.

#Consult a qualied specialistworkshop.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 349349

SmarSmartKeytKey

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Obtain a New Key

*Havethe SmartKey replaced.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Replace Key Battery

*The SmartKey battery is discharged.

#Replace the battery (/page 66).

Key Not Detected (white

display message)

*The SmartKey is currently undetected.

#Change the location of the SmartKey in thevehicle.

#If the SmartKey is still not recognized, place it in the marked space for starting with the SmartKey (/page 138).

350350 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Key Not Detected (red dis-

play message)

*The SmartKey cannot be detected and may no longer be in thevehicle.

The SmartKey is no longer in thevehicle and you switch o thevehicle:

RYou can no longer start thevehicle.

RYou cannot centrally lock thevehicle.

#Ensure that the SmartKey is in thevehicle.

If the SmartKey detection function has a malfunction due to a strong radio signal source:

#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions.

#Place the SmartKey in the marked space for starting the engine with the SmartKey (/page 138).

Don't Forget Your Key

*Awarning tone will also sound. This message reminds youto take your SmartKey with you when you leave thevehicle.

Key Being Initialized Please

Wait

*The vehicle is processing in order to teach in the new SmartKey.

#Wait until processing is complete.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 351351

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Place the Key in the

Marked Space See Opera-

tor's Manual

*SmartKey detection is malfunctioning.

#Change the location of the SmartKey in thevehicle.

#Place the SmartKey in the marked space for starting the engine with the SmartKey (/page 138).

SoSo ttopop

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

While stationary, apply the

brakes before operating

the soft top.

*The vehicle is stationary and you try to open or close the so top.

#Depress the brake pedal.

#Operate the so top operation again until the so top opens or closes completely.

Soft Top Operable Only up

to 37 mph

*Ifyou drive at speeds greater than 37 mph (60 km/h) you cannot open or close the so top.

#Do not drive at speeds greater than 37 mph (60 km/h).

#Fully open or close the so top.

352352 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Soft Top Lowering

*The so top is not fully opened or closed. The hydraulics are depressuring.

#Fully open or close the so top.

Open/Close Soft Top Com-

pletely

*The so top is not locked. If you drive at speeds greater than 37 mph (60 km/h) you cannot open or close the so

top.

#Do not drive at speeds greater than 37 mph (60 km/h).

#Fully open or close the so top.

12 V Battery See Opera-

tor's Manual

*The on-board electrical system voltage is too low.

#Start thevehicle.

Close Trunk Separator

*The trunk partition is open.

#Close the trunk partition.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 353353

LightsLights

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Check Left Low

Beam (example)

*The corresponding light source is defective.

#Drive on carefully.

#Visit a qualied specialist workshop immediately.

%LED light sources: the display message forthe corresponding light appears only when all the light-emitting diodes

in the light are faulty.

Malfunction See Opera-

tor’s Manual

*The exterior lighting is malfunctioning.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Automatic Headlamp Mode

Inoperative

*The light sensor for automatic driving lights is malfunctioning.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

354354 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Active Headlamps Inopera-

tive

*The active headlamps are malfunctioning.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Switch On Headlamps

*You are driving without low-beam headlamps.

#Turn the light switch to theLor Ãposition.

Switch Off Lights

*You are leaving thevehicle and the lights are still switched on.

#Turn the light switch to theÃposition.

Intell. Light System Inoper-

ative

*The Intelligent Light System is malfunctioning. The lighting system continues to function properly without the functions

of the Intelligent Light System.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 355355

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Adaptive Highbeam Assist

Currently Unavailable See

Operator's Manual

*Adaptive Highbeam Assist is temporarily unavailable.

The system limits have been reached (/page 117).

Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again. The Adaptive Highbeam

Assist Now Available display message will appear.

#Drive on.

#Operate the high beam manually until Adaptive High Beam Assist is available again.

Adaptive Highbeam Assist

Inoperative

*Adaptive Highbeam Assist is malfunctioning.

#Drive on.

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.

#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.

#Until then, operate the high beam manually.

Adaptive Highbeam Assist

Plus Currently Unavailable

See Operator's Manual

*Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus is temporarily unavailable.

The system limits have been reached (/page 118).

Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again. The Adaptive Highbeam

Assist Plus Available Again display message will appear.

#Drive on.

#Operate the high beam manually until Adaptive High Beam Assist Plus is available again.

356356 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Adaptive Highbeam Assist

Plus Inoperative

*Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus is malfunctioning.

#Drive on.

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.

#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.

#Until then, operate the high beam manually.

Hazard Warning Flashers

Malfunctioning

*The hazard warning lamp switch is malfunctioning.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

VVehicleehicle

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Vehicle Ready to Drive

Switch the Ignition Off

Before Exiting

*You are leaving thevehicle in a ready-to-drive state.

#Get out of thevehicle, secure it against rolling away and take the SmartKey with you.

#If you do not leave thevehicle, switch o the electrical consumers, e.g. the seat heating. Otherwise, the 12‑V bat-

tery may discharge and starting the engine may be possible only with the help of a second battery (jump start).

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 357357

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Head-up Display Currently

Unavailable See Operator's

Manual

*The Head-up Display is temporarily unavailable. Possible causes:

RMalfunctions in the power supply

RSignal interference

#Stop in accordance with the trac conditions and switch thevehicle o and on again.

#If the display message still appears, consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Head-up Display Inopera-

tive

*The Head-up Display has an internal error.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Steering Malfunction

Increased Physical Effort

See Operator's Manual

*The power steering assistance is malfunctioning.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to altered steering characteristics

If the power assistance of the steering fails partially or completely,you will need to use more forceto steer.

#If safe steering is possible, drive on carefully.

#Visit or consult a qualied specialist workshop immediately.

358358 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Steering Malfunction Stop

Immediately See Opera-

tor's Manual

*The steering is malfunctioning. Steering capability is signicantly impaired.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if steering capability is impaired

If the steering does not function as intended, thevehicle's operating safety is jeopardized.

#Pull over and stop thevehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and trac conditions. Do

not continue driving under any circumstances.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

C*At least one door is open.

#Close all doors.

M*The hood is open.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to driving with the hood unlocked

The hood may open and block your view.

#Neverrelease the hood when driving.

#Before every trip, ensure that the hood is locked.

#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions.

#Close the hood.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 359359

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

N*The trunk lid is open.

&DDANANGERGER Risk of exhaust gas poisoning

Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle

interior if the trunk lid is open when thevehicle is running, especially if thevehicle is in motion.

#Always switch o thevehicle before opening the trunk lid.

#Never drive with the trunk lid open.

#Close the trunk lid.

Front Left Seat Backrest

Not Locked (example)

*The seat backrest of the corresponding front seat is not engaged.

#Fold the seat backrest back until it engages.

Check Washer Fluid

*The washer uid level in thewasher uid reservoir has dropped below the minimum.

#Addwasher uid (/page 272).

Wiper Malfunctioning *The windshield wipers are malfunctioning.

360360 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

#Restart thevehicle.

If the display message still appears:

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

EngineEngine

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

To switch engine off, press

and hold Start/Stop but-

ton for at least 3 seconds

or press 3 times.

*You have pressed the start/stop button while thevehicle is in motion.

#Information about switching o thevehicle while driving (/page 137).

Cannot Start Engine See

Operator's Manual

*The vehicle cannot be started.

#Switch thevehicle o and switch it back on

#If the display message still appears, consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 361361

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Check Coolant Level See

Operator's Manual

*The coolant level is too low.

*NNOOTETE Engine damage due to insucient coolant

#Avoid long journeys with insucient coolant.

#Add coolant (/page 271).

#Have the engine cooling system checked at a qualied specialist workshop.

Coolant Too Hot Stop Vehi-

cle Turn Engine Off

*The coolant is too hot.

#Stop immediately in accordance with the trac conditions and switch o thevehicle.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns when opening the hood

If you open the hood in theevent of an overheated engine or re in the engine compartment, thefollowing situa-

tions may occur:

RYou may come into contact with hot gases.

RYou may come into contact with other escaping hot operating uids.

#Before opening the hood, allow the engine to cool down.

#In theevent of a re in the engine compartment, keep the hood closed and call the re service.

#Wait until the engine has cooled down.

362362 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

#Make sure that the air supply to theradiator is not obstructed.

#Avoiding high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest qualied specialist workshop. In doing so, ensure that the

coolant temperature display remains below thered marking.

ÿ*There is a malfunction in the engine cooling system.

#Avoiding high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest qualied specialist workshop. In doing so, ensure that the

coolant temperature display remains below thered marking.

Fuel Level Low

*The fuel supply has dropped into thereserve range.

#Refuel.

Gas Cap Loose

*The fuel ller cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking.

#Close the fuel ller cap.

#If tIf the fuelhe fuel llerller cap wcap was alras already pready properloperly closed:y closed: consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 363363

TTrransmissionansmission

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Only Shift to 'P' when Vehi-

cle is Stationary

*It is possible to select the park position jonly if thevehicle is stationary.

#Depress the brake pedal to stop.

#Shi the transmission to park position jwhen thevehicle is stationary.

Apply Brake to Shift from

'P'

*You have attempted to shi the transmission out of park position jand into another transmission position.

#Depress the brake pedal.

#Select transmission position h,kor neutral i.

To Deselect P or N,

Depress Brake and Start

Engine

*You have attempted to shi the transmission out of park position jor neutral iand into another transmission posi-

tion.

#Depress the brake pedal.

#Start thevehicle.

#Change the transmission position.

Apply Brake to Shift to D or

*You have attempted to select transmission position hor k.

#Depress the brake pedal.

#Select transmission position hor k.

Apply Brake to Shift to 'R' *You have attempted to select transmission position k.

#Depress the brake pedal.

364364 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

#Select transmission position k.

Driver's Door Open &

Transmission Not in P Risk

of Vehicle Rolling Away

*The driver's door is not fully closed and transmission position h,kor neutral iis selected.

The vehicle may roll away.

#Select park position jwhen switching o thevehicle.

N Permanently Active Risk

of Rolling Away

*Neutral ihas been selected while thevehicle is rolling or while you are driving.

#Depress the brake pedal to stop.

#Shi the transmission to park position jwhile thevehicle is stationary.

#To continue driving, select transmission position hor k.

Service Required Do Not

Shift Gears Visit Dealer

*The transmission is malfunctioning. It is no longer possible to change the transmission position.

#If transmission position his selected, consult a qualied specialist workshop and do not change the transmission

position.

#For all other transmission positions, park thevehicle safely.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop or breakdown service.

Reversing Not Possible

Service Required

*The transmission is malfunctioning. It is not possible to select transmission position k.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Transmission Malfunction

Stop

*The transmission is malfunctioning. The transmission shis to neutral iautomatically.

#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 365365

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

#Depress the brake pedal.

#Engage park position j.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Stop Vehicle Leave Engine

Running Wait Transmission

Cooling

*The transmission is overheating. Pulling away may be temporarily impaired or not possible.

#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions. Do not continue driving.

#Leave the engine running.

#Wait until the display message disappears before pulling away.

Auxiliary Battery Malfunc-

tion (white display message)

*VVehicles witehicles with auth automatic tromatic transmission:ansmission: The auxiliary battery forthe transmission is no longer being charged.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

#VVehicles witehicles with auth automatic tromatic transmission:ansmission: Until then, always select park position jbefore you switch o thevehicle.

#Before leaving thevehicle, apply the electric parking brake.

Auxiliary Battery Malfunc-

tion (red display message)

Vehicles witehicles with auth automatic tromatic transmission:ansmission: The auxiliary battery forthe transmission is no longer being charged.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

#VVehicles witehicles with auth automatic tromatic transmission:ansmission: Until then, always select park position jbefore you switch o thevehicle.

#Before leaving thevehicle, apply the electric parking brake.

366366 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

BrBrakakeses

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

(USA only)

(Canada only)

Parking Brake See Opera-

tor's Manual

*The yellow !indicator lamp is lit. The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.

To applyo apply::

#Switch thevehicle o and switch it back on

#Apply the electric parking brake manually (/page 162).

If it is not possible to apply the electric parking brake:

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

#Where necessary, also secure the parkedvehicle against rolling away.

*The yellow !indicator lamp and theredF(USA only) or !(Canada only) indicator lamp are lit. The electric

parking brake is malfunctioning.

TTo ro release:elease:

#Switch thevehicle o and switch it back on

#Release the electric parking brake manually (/page 162).

#Release the electric parking brake automatically (/page 161).

If it is still not possible to release the electric parking brake:

#Do not continue driving. Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 367367

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

*The yellow !indicator lamp is lit and theredF(USA only) or !(Canada only) indicator lamp is ashing.

The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.

The electric parking brake could not be applied or released.

#Switch thevehicle o and switch it back on

TTo applyo apply::

#Release and then apply the electric parking brake manually (/page 162).

TTo ro release:elease:

#Apply and then release the electric parking brake manually.

If the electric parking brake cannot be applied or theredF(USA only) or !(Canada only) indicator lamp con-

tinues to ash:

#Do not continue driving. Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

#Where necessary, also secure the parkedvehicle against rolling away.

*The yellow !indicator lamp is lit and theredF(USA only) or !(Canada only) indicator lamp ashes for

approximately ten seconds aer the electric parking brake has been applied or released. It then remains lit or goes

out. The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.

If tIf the sthe statate of ce of chargharge is te is too lowoo low::

#Charge the 12 V battery.

368368 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

TTo applyo apply::

#Switch o thevehicle.

The electric parking brake will be applied automatically.

If you do not want the electric parking brake to be applied, e.g. at an automatic car wash or when thevehicle is being

towed, leave thevehicle switched on. This does not include having thevehicle towed with therear axle raised.

If the electric parking brake is not applied automatically:

#Switch thevehicle o and switch it back on

#Release and then apply the electric parking brake manually (/page 162).

If it is still not possible to apply the electric parking brake:

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

#Where necessary, also secure the parkedvehicle against rolling away.

TTo ro release:elease:

#If the conditions for automatic release are fullled and the electric parking brake is not released automatically,

release the electric parking brake manually (/page 162).

If it is still not possible to release the electric parking brake:

#Do not continue driving. Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 369369

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

(USA only)

(Canada only)

Please Release Parking

Brake

*The redFindicator lamp (USA only) or !indicator lamp (Canada only) is ashing.

The electric parking brake is applied while you are driving:

RA condition for automatic release of the electric parking brake has not been fullled (/page 161).

RYou are performing emergency braking using the electric parking brake (/page 162).

#Check the conditions for automatic release of the electric parking brake.

#Release the electric parking brake manually.

370370 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

(USA only)

(Canada only)

Turn On the Ignition to

Release the Parking Brake

*The redF(USA only) or !(Canada only) indicator lamp is lit.

You have attempted to release the electric parking brake with thevehicle switched o.

#Switch on thevehicle.

(USA only)

(Canada only)

Check Brake Fluid Level

*There is insucient brake uid in the brake uid reservoir.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to low brake uid level

If the brake uid level is too low, the braking eect and the braking characteristics may be impaired.

#Pull over and stop thevehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and trac conditions. Do

not continue driving under any circumstances.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

#Do not add brake uid.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 371371

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Check Brake Pads See

Operator's Manual

*The brakepads have reached thewear limit.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

DrDriving systiving systemsems

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Off

*The HOLD function is deactivated because thevehicle is slipping or a condition for activation is not fullled.

#Reactivate the HOLD function later or check the activation conditions forthe HOLD function (/page 168).

ATTENTION ASSIST Inoper-

ative

*ATTENTION ASSIST is malfunctioning.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

372372 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

ATTENTION ASSIST: Take a

Break!

*ATTENTION ASSIST has detected fatigue or an increasing lack of concentration on the part of the driver

(/page 169).

#If necessary, take a break.

---mph

*Cruise control cannot be activated as not all activation conditions are fullled.

#Observe the activation conditions for cruise control (/page 172).

Cruise Control Inoperative *Cruise control is malfunctioning.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Cruise Control Off *Cruise control has been deactivated.

If there is an additional warning tone, cruise control has been deactivated automatically (/page 171).

---mph

*Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC cannot be activated as not all activation conditions are fullled.

#Comply with the activation conditions of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC (/page 175).

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 373373

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Suspended

*Ifyou depress the accelerator pedal beyond the setting of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC, the system will switch to

passive mode (/page 173).

Off

*Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC was deactivated. If a warning tone also sounds, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC

has deactivated automatically (/page 175).

Active Distance Assist Cur-

rently Unavailable See

Operator's Manual

*Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is temporarily unavailable.

The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/page 173).

As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.

#Drive on.

#If the display message does not disappear, stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart

thevehicle.

Active Distance Assist Inop-

erative

*Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is malfunctioning.

Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also be malfunctioning.

#Drive on.

374374 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.

#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Active Distance Assist Now

Available

*Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is operational again.

#Switch on Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC (/page 175).

Active Steering Assist Cur-

rently Unavailable See

Operator's Manual

*Active Steering Assist is temporarily unavailable.

The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/page 180).

As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.

#Drive on

#Check the tire pressure if necessary.

Active Steering Assist Inop-

erative

*Active Steering Assist is malfunctioning. Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC remains available.

#Drive on

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.

#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Active Steering Asst. Cur-

rently Unavailable Due to

Multiple Emergency Stops

*Active Steering Assist is temporarily unavailable due to multiple emergency stops.

#Take overthe steering and stop in accordance with the trac conditions.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 375375

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

#Switch thevehicle o and switch it back on

Active Steering Assist is available once more.

Beginning Emergency Stop *Your hands are not on the steering wheel. An emergency stop is being initiated (/page 182).

#Put your hands back on the steering wheel.

You can cancel the deceleration at any time by performing one of thefollowing actions:

RSteering

RBraking or accelerating

RDeactivating Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC

Ø*Active Steering Assist has reached the system limits (/page 180).

You have not steered independently for a considerable period of time.

#Take overthe steering and drive on in accordance with the trac conditions.

Active Stop & Go Assist

Currently Unavailable See

Operator's Manual

*Active Stop-and-Go Assist is temporarily unavailable. Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and Active Steering Assist are

still available.

The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/page 179).

As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.

#Drive on.

376376 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Active Stop & Go Assist

Inoperative See Operator's

Manual

*Active Stop-and-Go Assist is malfunctioning.

Active Stop-and-Go Assist has been deactivated. Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and Active Steering Assist are still

available.

#Drive on.

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.

#If the display message does not disappear, consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Traffic Sign Assist Cur-

rently Unavailable See

Operator's Manual

*Trac Sign Assist is temporarily unavailable.

Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.

#Drive on

Traffic Sign Assist Inopera-

tive

*Trac Sign Assist is malfunctioning.

#Drive on

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.

#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Blind Spot Assist Currently

Unavailable See Operator's

Manual

*Blind Spot Assist is temporarily unavailable.

The system limits have been reached (/page 193).

Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 377377

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

#Drive on

#If the display message does not disappear, stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart

thevehicle.

Blind Spot Assist Inopera-

tive

*Blind Spot Assist is malfunctioning.

#Drive on

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.

#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Active Blind Spot Assist

Currently Unavailable See

Operator's Manual

*Active Blind Spot Assist is temporarily unavailable.

The system limits have been reached (/page 193).

Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.

#Drive on

#If the display message does not disappear, stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart

thevehicle.

Active Blind Spot Assist

Inoperative

*Active Blind Spot Assist is malfunctioning.

#Drive on

378378 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.

#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Active Lane Keeping Assist

Currently Unavailable See

Operator's Manual

*Active Lane Keeping Assist is temporarily unavailable.

The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/page 195).

As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.

#Drive on

Active Lane Keeping Assist

Inoperative

*Active Lane Keeping Assist is malfunctioning.

#Drive on

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.

#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 379379

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Temporarily Unavailable

Sensors are Dirty

*Front and corner radar sensors (hereaer "sensors") are malfunctioning. Possible causes:

RThe sensors are dirty

RHeavy rain or snow

RExtended country driving without other trac, e.g. in the desert

Driving systems and driving safety systems may be malfunctioning or temporarily unavailable. The brake system, steer-

ing and drive system will continue to function normally.

#Drive on

Once the causes of the problem are no longer present, the driving systems and driving safety systems will be available

again and the corresponding symbols will be switched o.

If the display message does not disappear:

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions.

#Clean all sensor covers from outside (/page 163).

#Restart thevehicle.

380380 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Temporarily Unavailable

Camera View Restricted

*The view of the multifunction camera is restricted. Possible causes:

RDirt on the windshield in the eld of vision of the multifunction camera

RHeavy rain, snow or fog

RCondensation on the inside of the windshield: in certain weather conditions, condensation can form on the inside

of the windshield during cold times of year in particular.

%This condensation on the windshield will be removed automatically within a short time with the aid of a heater. The

restriction is temporary.

Driving systems and driving safety systems may be malfunctioning or temporarily unavailable. The brake system, steer-

ing and drive system will continue to function normally.

#Drive on

Once the causes of the problem are no longer present, the driving systems and driving safety systems will be available

again and the corresponding symbols will be switched o.

If the display message does not disappear:

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions.

#Clean the windshield, especially in the position of the multifunction camera (/page 163).

#Restart thevehicle.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 381381

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Malfunction Drive at Max.

50 mph

*AIR BODY CONTROL is functioning only to a limitedextent. The vehicle's handling characteristics may be aected.

#Drive in a manner appropriate forthe current level, but do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

*DYNAMIC BODY CONTROL is malfunctioning. The vehicle's handling characteristics may be aected.

#Do not drive at speeds greater than 50 mph (80 km/h).

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Stop Vehicle Vehicle Too

Low

*You have pulled away despite thevehicle level being too low.

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions.

The vehicle will be raised to the selected vehicle level.

#Wait until the display message disappears before pulling away.

If the display message does not disappear and a warning tone also sounds, AIR BODY CONTROL is malfunctioning:

#Do not drive at speeds greater than 50 mph (80 km/h) and consult a qualied specialist workshop immediately.

NOOTETE The tires on the front axle or thefenders could be damaged by large steering movements

#Avoid large steering movements while driving and listenfor scraping sounds.

#If you hear scraping sounds, pull over and stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions, and set a

higher vehicle level if possible.

382382 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

#Set a higher vehicle level (/page 198).

Depending on the malfunction, thevehicle will be raised.

Lowering

*The vehicle level will lowerforthefollowing reasons:

RYou have selected a dierent drive program.

RYou have exceeded the speed limit.

RYou have changed thevehicle levelby pressing the button.

Vehicle Rising

*Your vehicle is adjusting to the levelyou have selected.

Vehicle Rising Please Wait

*The vehicle level is too low. The vehicle will be raised to the selected vehicle level.

#Wait until the display message disappears before pulling away.

Drive More Slowly

*You are driving toofast forthe selected vehicle level.

#To adjust thevehicle level, you must not drive at speeds greater than 37 mph (60 km/h).

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 383383

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Parking Assist and

PARKTRONIC Inoperative

See Operator's Manual

*Active Parking Assist and Parking Assist PARKTRONIC are malfunctioning.

Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.

#Continue driving while paying attention to thevehicle's surroundings.

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.

#If the display message still appears, consult a qualied specialist workshop.

DrDriving safeiving safety systty systemsems

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Currently Unavailable See

Operator's Manual

*ABS and ESP®are temporarily unavailable.

Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be temporarily unavailable.

The brake system will continue to operate normally. Braking distance may increase in an emergency braking situation.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of skidding if ABS and ESP®are malfunctioning

The wheels may lock during braking and ESP®does not perform any vehicle stabilization.

The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addi-

tion, other driving safety systems are switched o.

384384 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

#Drive carefully on a suitable stretch of road, making slight steering movements at a speed above 19 mph

(30 km/h).

#If the display message does not disappear, consult a qualied specialist workshop immediately. Drive care-

fully.

Inoperative See Operator's

Manual

*ABS and ESP®are malfunctioning.

Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.

The brake system will continue to operate normally. Braking distance may increase in an emergency braking situation.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of skidding if ABS and ESP®are malfunctioning

The wheels may block during braking and ESP®does not perform any vehicle stabilization.

The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addi-

tion, other driving safety systems are switched o.

#Drive on carefully.

#Have ABS and ESP®checked immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 385385

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Currently Unavailable See

Operator's Manual

*ESP®is temporarily unavailable.

Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of skidding if ESP is malfunctioning®

If ESP®is malfunctioning, ESP®cannot carry out vehicle stabilization. In addition, other driving safety systems are

switched o.

#Drive carefully on a suitable stretch of road, making slight steering movements at a speed above 19 mph

(30 km/h).

#If the display message does not disappear, consult a qualied specialist workshop immediately. Drive care-

fully.

Inoperative See Operator's

Manual

*ESP®is malfunctioning.

Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.

The brake system will continue to operate normally. Braking distance may increase in an emergency braking situation.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of skidding if ESP®is malfunctioning

If ESP®is malfunctioning, ESP®cannot carry out vehicle stabilization. In addition, other driving safety systems are

switched o.

#Drive on carefully.

#Have ESP®checked at a qualied specialist workshop.

386386 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Inoperative See Operator's

Manual

*EBD, ABS and ESP®are malfunctioning.

Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of skidding if EBD, ABS and ESP®are malfunctioning

The wheels may block during braking and ESP®does not perform any vehicle stabilization.

The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addi-

tion, other driving safety systems are switched o.

#Drive on carefully.

#Have the brake system checked immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.

Active Brake Assist Func-

tions Currently Limited See

Operator's Manual

*VVehicles witehicles with th the Drhe Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e: Active Brake Assist with cross-trac function, Evasive Steering Assist or

PRE‑SAFE®PLUS are temporarily unavailable or only partially available.

VVehicles witehicles without thout the Drhe Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e: Active Brake Assist is temporarily unavailable.

#Drive on.

As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.

#If the display message does not disappear, stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart

thevehicle.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 387387

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Active Brake Assist Func-

tions Limited See Opera-

tor's Manual

*For vehicles with the Driving Assistance Package, thefollowing functions may be temporarily unavailable or only parti-

ally available:

RActive Brake Assist with cross-trac function

REvasive Steering Assist

RPRE‑SAFE®PLUS

Vehicles witehicles without thout the Drhe Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e: Active Brake Assist is temporarily unavailable or only partially availa-

ble.

#Drive on

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.

#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.

MerMercedes-Benz emergcedes-Benz emergency call systency call systemem

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Inoperative

*The Mercedes-Benz emergency call system is malfunctioning. The Mercedes me connect system is also malfunction-

ing.

#Consult a qualied specialistworkshop.

388388 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Device Detected at Diag-

nostics Connection See

Operator's Manual

*The vehicle functions for malfunction detection are restricted.

At least one of the main functions of the Mercedes me connect system is malfunctioning.

#Observe the notes on the diagnostics connection (/page 26).

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

BattBatteryery

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

12 V Battery See Opera-

tor's Manual

*The vehicle is o and thecharge level is too low.

#Switch o electrical consumers that are not required.

To charge the 12 V battery:

#Leave thevehicle running for a few minutes, or drive an extended distance.

*Ifthe message appears while thevehicle is switched on, this indicates an on-board electrical system malfunction.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

See Operator's Manual

*The 12 V battery is not being charged.

*NNOOTETE Possible engine damage if you continue driving

#Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 389389

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

#Stop immediately in accordance with the trac conditions and switch o thevehicle.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Stop Vehicle See Opera-

tor's Manual

*The 12 V battery is no longer being charged and the state of charge is too low.

NOOTETE Possible engine damage if you continue driving

#Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions. Do not continue driving.

#Switch o thevehicle.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Stop Vehicle Leave Engine

Running

*The 12 V battery charge level is too low.

#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions. Do not continue driving.

#Leave the engine running.

#If the display message disappears: drive on.

#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.

390390 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

48 V Battery See Opera-

tor's Manual

*The 48 V on-board electrical system has function restrictions.

Comfort functions may be restricted.

#Visit a qualied specialist workshop immediately.

Please Wait Charging 48 V

Battery…

*The 48 V battery is discharged. You have switched on thevehicle while the 12 V battery was being charged with a

suitable charger or while another vehicle was providing starting assistance.

The discharged 48 V battery is charged automatically via thevoltage converter. Aer a few minutes, theEngine Can

Now Be Started display message will be shown on the instrument display.

#Start thevehicle.

#Drive thevehicle for a while to charge the 12 V battery and the 48 V battery aer disconnecting thecharger from

thevehicle.

If theEngine Can Now Be Started display message does not appear aer a few minutes:

#Tryto start thevehicle.

#If thevehicle does not start, consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Cannot Start Engine See

Operator's Manual

*The state of charge of the 48 V battery is too low. You can no longer start thevehicle.

#Switch o electrical consumers that are not required.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 391391

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

#Connect a suitable charger approvedfor Mercedes-Benz with sucient charge output to the jump-start connection

point of the 12 V battery (/page 292).

The 48 V battery is charged via thevoltage converter in thevehicle.

Engine Can Now Be Started *The 48 V battery has been charged automatically via thevoltage converter.

#Start thevehicle and drive for a while to charge the 12 V battery and the 48 V battery.

TTirire pre pressuressure monite monitoror

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Tire Press. Monitor Cur-

rently Unavailable

*There is interference from a powerful radio signal source As a result, no signals from the tire pressure sensors are

being received. The tire pressure monitoring system is temporarily unavailable.

The tire pressure monitoring system will restart automatically as soon as the cause has been rectied.

#Drive on.

Tire Press. Monitor Inopera-

tive

*The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning.

&WWARNINGARNING There is a risk of an accident if the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning

The tire pressure monitoring system cannot issue a warning if there is pressure loss in one or more of the tires.

Tires with insucient tire pressure may impair the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking.

#Have the tire pressure monitoring system checked at a qualied specialist workshop.

392392 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Tire Pressure Monitor Inop-

erative No Wheel Sensors

*The wheels installed do not have suitable tire pressure sensors. The tire pressure monitoring system is deactivated.

#Install wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors.

Wheel Sensor(s) Missing

*There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor of one or more wheels. No pressure value is displayedforthe aected

tire.

#Have thefaulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a qualied specialist workshop.

Check Tires

*The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped signicantly.

The wheel position is displayed. A warning tone will also sound.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to insucient tire pressure

RThe tires can burst.

RThe tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly.

RThe driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.

You could then lose control of thevehicle.

#Observe therecommended tire pressures.

#Adjust the tire pressure if necessary.

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions.

#Check the tire pressure (/page 303) and the tires.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 393393

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Please Correct Tire Pres-

sure

*The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires, or the dierence in tire pressure between the individual wheels

is toogreat.

#Check the tire pressure and add air, if necessary.

#When the tire pressure is correct, restart the tire pressure monitor (/page 308).

Warning Tire Malfunction

*The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly. The wheel position will be displayed.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident from driving with a at tire

RThe tires can overheat and be damaged.

RThe driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking characteristics may be greatly impaired.

You could then lose control of thevehicle.

#Do not drive with a at tire.

#Do not exceed the maximum permissible driving distance in emergency mode and the maximum permissible

speed with a at MOExtended tire.

#Observe the notes on at tires.

Notes in theevent of a at tire (/page 283).

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions.

#Check the tires.

394394 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Tires Overheated *At least one tire is overheating. The aected tires are displayed in red. At temperatures close to the limit value, the

tires are displayed in yellow.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident from driving with overheated tires

Overheated tires can burst.

#Reduce speed so that the tires cool down.

Decrease Speed *At least one tire is overheating. The aected tires are displayed in red. At temperatures close to the limit value, the

tires are displayed in yellow.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident from driving with overheated tires

Overheated tires can burst.

#Reduce speed so that the tires cool down.

TTirire pre pressuressure loss we loss wararning systning systemem

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Check Tire Pressure Soon *Canada only:

The tire pressure loss warning system has detected a signicant loss of pressure.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 395395

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to insucient tire pressure

RThe tires can burst.

RThe tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly.

RThe driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.

You could then lose control of thevehicle.

#Observe therecommended tire pressures.

#Adjust the tire pressure if necessary.

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions.

#Check the tire pressure (/page 303) and the tires.

#When the tire pressure is correct, restart the tire pressure loss warning system (/page 308).

Check Tire Pressure Then

Restart Run Flat Indicator

*Canada only:

The tire pressure loss warning system generated a display message and has not been restarted since.

#When the tire pressure is correct, restart the tire pressure loss warning system (/page 308).

Run Flat Indicator Inopera-

tive

*Canada only:

The tire pressure loss warning system is malfunctioning.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

396396 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Engine oilEngine oil

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Check Engine Oil At Next

Refueling

*The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level.

NOOTETE Engine damage caused by driving with insucient engine oil

#Avoid long journeys with insucient engine oil.

#Check the engine oil level when next refueling.

Add engine oil (/page 270).

Notes on engine oil (/page 340).

Check Engine Oil Level

(Add 1 quart)

*The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level.

*NNOOTETE Engine damage caused by driving with insucient engine oil

#Avoid long journeys with insucient engine oil.

#When next refueling, add 1.1 US qt (1 l) of engine oil (/page 270).

Notes on engine oil (/page 340).

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 397397

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Engine Oil Reduce Oil Level

*The engine oil level is too high.

*NNOOTETE Engine damage caused by driving with excess engine oil

#Avoid long journeys with excess engine oil.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop immediately and have the engine oil levelreduced.

Engine Oil Level Low Stop

Vehicle Turn Engine Off

*The engine oil level is too low.

*NNOOTETE Engine damage caused by driving with insucient engine oil

#Avoid long journeys with insucient engine oil.

#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions. Do not continue driving.

#Switch o thevehicle.

#Add 1.1 US qt (1 l) of engine oil (/page 270).

#Check the engine oil level.

Notes on engine oil (/page 340).

398398 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Engine Oil Pressure Stop

Switch Off Engine

*The oil pressure is too low.

*NNOOTETE Engine damage caused by driving with insucient oil pressure

#Avoid driving with insucient oil pressure.

#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions. Do not continue driving.

#Switch o thevehicle.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Engine Oil Level Cannot Be

Measured

*The electrical connection to the oil level sensor has been interrupted or the oil level sensor is faulty.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

WWararning and indicatning and indicator lamor lampsps

OvOverervieview of indicatw of indicator and wor and wararning lamning lampsps

Some systems will perform a self-test when the

vehicle is switched on. Some indicator and warn-

ing lamps may briey light up or ash. This behav-

ior is non-critical. These indicator and warning

lamps indicate a malfunction only if they light up

or ashaer thevehicle has been started or dur-

ing a journey.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 399399

InsInstrtrument displayument display

Depending on the display setting, the positions of

the indicator lamps on the instrument display may

dier from theexample shown.

IndicatIndicator and wor and wararning lamning lamps:ps:

6Restraint system (/page 401)

üSeat belt (/page 401)

ÙPower steering (/page 402)

ÿCoolant temperature (/page 403)

;Check Engine (/page 403)

#Electrical malfunction (/page 403)

8Reserve fuel with fuel ller ap loca-

tion indicator (/page 403)

FUSA: electric parking brake (red)

(/page 407)

!Canada: electric parking brake (red)

(/page 407)

!Electric parking brake (yellow)

(/page 407)

éUSA: Recuperative Brake System

(/page 407)

JCanada: brakes (yellow)

(/page 407)

$USA: brakes (red) (/page 407)

JCanada: brakes (red) (/page 407)

LDistance warning (/page 410)

ÓActive Brake Assist (/page 410)

êActive Brake Assist (/page 410)

äAIR BODY CONTROL (/page 410)

äDYNAMIC BODY CONTROL

(/page 410)

!ABS (/page 411)

÷ESP®(/page 411)

åESP®OFF (/page 411)

hTire pressure monitoring system

(/page 414)

TParking lights (/page 112)

LLow beam (/page 112)

KHigh beam (/page 113)

#! Turn signal lights (/page 113)

RRear fog light (/page 112)

400400 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Occupant safeOccupant safetyty

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Restraint system warning

lamp

*The restraint system redwarning lamp is lit while thevehicle is on.

The restraint system is malfunctioning (/page 36).

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to malfunctions in therestraint system

Components in therestraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deploy as planned in an accident.

#Have therestraint system checked and repaired immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.

#Drive on carefully.

#Note the messages on the instrument display.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop immediately.

Seat belt warning lamp

ashes

*The red seat belt warning lamp ashes and an intermittent warning tone sounds.

The driver or front passenger has not fastened his/her seat belt while thevehicle is in motion.

#Fasten your seat belt (/page 40).

There are objects on the front passenger seat.

#Remove the objects from the front passenger seat.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 401401

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Seat belt warning lamp

lights up

*The red seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds once thevehicle has started.

In addition, an intermittent warning tone may sound.

The red seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts.

#Fasten your seat belt (/page 40).

If you have placed objects on the front passenger seat, thered seat belt warning lamp may remain lit.

VVehicleehicle

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Power steering warning

lamp (red)

*The red power steering warning lamp is lit while thevehicle is running.

The power assistance or the steering itself is malfunctioning.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if steering capability is impaired

If the steering does not function as intended, thevehicle's operating safety is jeopardized.

#Pull over and stop thevehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and trac conditions. Do not

continue driving under any circumstances.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

#Note the messages on the instrument display.

402402 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

EngineEngine

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Coolant warning lamp (red)

*The red coolant warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.

Possible causes:

RThe temperature sensor is malfunctioning

RThe coolant level is too low

RThe air supply to theradiator is obstructed

RThe radiator fan is faulty

RThe engine coolant pump is faulty

If there is an additional warning tone, the coolant temperature has exceeded the maximum permissible temperature.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns when opening the hood

If you open the hood in theevent of an overheated engine or re in the engine compartment, thefollowing situations

may occur:

RYou may come into contact with hot gases.

RYou may come into contact with other escaping hot operating uids.

#Before opening the hood, allow the engine to cool down.

#In theevent of a re in the engine compartment, keep the hood closed and call the re service.

#Stop immediately in accordance with the trac conditions and switch o thevehicle. Do not continue driving.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 403403

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

#Note the messages on the instrument display.

If tIf the coolant the coolant tememperperaturature displae display is at ty is at the lowhe lower end of ter end of the the tememperperaturature scale:e scale:

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

If tIf the coolant the coolant tememperperaturature displae display is at ty is at the upper end of the upper end of the the tememperperaturature scale:e scale:

#Exit thevehicle and keep a safe distance from it until the engine has cooled down.

#Check the coolant level (/page 271).

#Make sure that the air supply to theradiator is not obstructed.

#Avoiding high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest qualied specialist workshop. In doing so, ensure that the

coolant temperature display remains below thered area.

Coolant warning lamp (yel-

low)

*The yellow coolant warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.

Possible causes:

RThe temperature sensor is malfunctioning

RThe charge air, transmission oil or battery cooling is faulty

RThe radiator shutters are blocked or defective

#Avoiding high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest qualied specialist workshop.

404404 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

;

Engine diagnosis warning

lamp

*The yellow Check Engine warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.

A malfunction has occurred in the engine, theexhaust system or the fuel system.

The emission limit values may be exceeded and the engine may be in emergency mode.

In some states, legal requirements stipulate that you must immediately consult a qualied specialist workshop as soon

as theyellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up.

#Have thevehicle checked as soon as possible at a qualied specialist workshop.

Electrical malfunction warn-

ing lamp

*The red electrical malfunction warning lamp is lit.

There is a malfunction in the electrics.

#Note the messages on the instrument display.

Fuel reserve warning lamp

ashes

*The yellow fuel reserve warning lamp lights up while you are driving.

There has been pressure loss in the fuel system. The fuel ller cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking.

#Close the fuel ller cap.

If the fuel ller cap has already been closed correctly:

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 405405

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Fuel reserve warning lamp

lights up

*The yellow fuel reserve warning lamp lights up while the engine is running.

The fuel supply has dropped into thereserve range.

#Refuel.

406406 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

BrBrakakeses

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lamp Por lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Electric parking brake indi-

cator lamp (red) (USA only)

Electric parking brake indi-

cator lamp (red) (Canada

only)

The electric parking brake

(yellow) indicator lamp

*The red electric parking brake indicator lamp ashes or is lit.

The yellow electric parking brake indicator lamp is also lit in theevent of a malfunction.

#Note the messages on the instrument display.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 407407

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Recuperative Brake System

warning lamp (USA only)

Brakes warning lamp (yel-

low) (Canada only)

*The yellow éwarning lamp (USA only) or theyellow Jbrake warning lamp (Canada only) is lit while thevehicle is

running.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to a brake system malfunction

If the brake system is malfunctioning, braking characteristics may be impaired.

#Drive on carefully.

#Have the brake system checked immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.

#Adjust your speed and drive on carefully, leaving a suitable distance to thevehicle in front.

#If the instrument display shows a display message, observe it.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

408408 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Brake warning lamp (USA

only)

Brake system warning lamp

(Canada only)

*The red brake warning lamp is lit while thevehicle is running.

Possible causes:

RThe brake force boosting is malfunctioning and the braking characteristics may be aected.

RThere is insucient brake uid in the brake uid reservoir.

#Note the messages on the instrument display.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury if brake force boosting is malfunctioning

If brake force boosting is malfunctioning, increased brake pedal force may be necessary for braking. The braking

characteristics may be impaired. The braking distance can increase in emergency braking situations.

#Stop in a safe location immediately. Do not continue driving.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to low brake uid level

If the brake uid level is too low, the braking eect and the braking characteristics may be impaired.

#Pull over and stop thevehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and trac conditions. Do not

continue driving under any circumstances.

#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.

#Do not add brake uid.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 409409

DrDriving systiving systemsems

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Warning lamp for distance

warning function

*The red distance warning lamp lights up while thevehicle is in motion.

The distance to thevehicle in front is too small forthe speed selected.

If there is an additional warning tone, you are approaching an obstacle at too high a speed.

#Be prepared to brake immediately.

#Increase the distance.

Function of Active Brake Assist (/page 184).

Active Brake Assist warning

lamp

*The Active Brake Assist warning lamp is on.

Due to dirty sensors or a malfunction, the system is not available or therange of functions is restricted.

#Note the messages on the instrument display.

Active Brake Assist warning

lamp

*The Active Brake Assist warning lamp is on.

The system is switched o or therange of functions has been automatically restricted.

This may be the case if the driver is not wearing a seat belt or another driving system has been activated.

#Observe the notes on Active Brake Assist (/page 184).

410410 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Suspension warning lamp

(yellow)

*The yellow AIR BODY CONTROL warning lamp is lit.

The yellow DYNAMIC BODY CONTROL warning lamp is lit.

A malfunction has occurred in the AIR BODY CONTROL.

A malfunction has occurred in theDYNAMIC BODY CONTROL.

#Note the messages on the instrument display.

DrDriving safeiving safety systty systemsems

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

ABS warning lamp

*The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while thevehicle is running.

ABS is malfunctioning.

If an additional warning tone sounds, EBD is malfunctioning.

Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also be malfunctioning.

#Note the messages on the instrument display.

&WWARNINGARNING There is a risk of skidding if EBD or ABS is malfunctioning

The wheels may lock during braking.

The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addition,

other driving safety systems are switched o.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 411411

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

#Drive on carefully.

#Have the brake system checked immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.

ESP®warning lamp ashes

*The yellow ESP®warning lamp ashes while thevehicle is in motion.

One or more wheels have reached their grip limit (/page 166).

#Adapt your driving style to suit theroad and weather conditions.

ESP®warning lamp lights up

*The yellow ESP®warning lamp is lit while thevehicle is running.

ESP®is malfunctioning.

Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.

#Note the messages on the instrument display.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of skidding if ESP®is malfunctioning

If ESP®is malfunctioning, ESP®cannot carry out vehicle stabilization. In addition, other driving safety systems are

switched o.

#Drive on carefully.

#Have ESP®checked at a qualied specialist workshop.

412412 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

ESP®OFF warning lamp

*The yellow ESP®OFF warning lamp is lit while thevehicle is running.

ESP®is deactivated.

Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also be inoperative.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of skidding when driving with ESP®deactivated

ESP®does not act to stabilize thevehicle. The availability of further driving safety systems is also limited.

#Drive on carefully.

#Deactivate ESP®only for as long as the situation requires.

If ESP®cannot be activated, ESP®is malfunctioning.

#Have ESP®checked immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.

#Observe the notes on deactivating ESP®(/page 166).

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 413413

TTirire pre pressuressure monite monitoror

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

Tire pressure monitoring

system warning lamp ashes

*The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) ashes for approximately one minute and

then remains lit.

The tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning.

&WWARNINGARNING There is a risk of an accident if the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning

The tire pressure monitoring system cannot issue a warning if there is pressure loss in one or more of the tires.

Tires with insucient tire pressure may impair the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking.

#Have the tire pressure monitoring system checked at a qualied specialist workshop.

Tire pressure monitoring

system warning lamp lights

*The yellow tire pressure monitoring system warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) is lit.

The tire pressure monitoring system has detected tire pressure loss in at least one of the tires.

&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to insucient tire pressure

RThe tires can burst.

RThe tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly.

RThe driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.

You could then lose control of thevehicle.

#Observe therecommended tire pressures.

#Adjust the tire pressure if necessary.

414414 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions

#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions.

#Check the tire pressure and the tires.

Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 415415

1, 2, 3 ...1, 2, 3 ...

4MA4MATICTIC

Function................................................ 154

12 V batt12 V batteryery

see On-board electrical system battery (12 V)

12 V socket12 V socket

see Socket (12 V)

48 V on-boar48 V on-board electrd electrical systical systemem

Operating safety...................................... 23

360° Camera360° Camera

Function................................................ 202

A/C functionA/C function

Activating/deactivating (control panel)... 130

Activating/deactivating (MBUX multi-

media system)....................................... 131

ABS (Anti-locABS (Anti-lock Brk Braking Systaking System)em).................... 165

Accelerccelerationation

see Kickdown

AAccident and Brccident and Breakdoeakdown Managwn Managementement

Mercedes me connect........................... 251

AAcouscoustic loctic lockingking vverericationication signalsignal

Activating/deactivating............................ 65

AActivctive Blind Spoe Blind Spot Assistt Assist

Brake application................................... 194

Function................................................ 193

System limitations.................................. 193

AActivctive Bre Brakake Assiste Assist

Function/notes...................................... 184

Setting................................................... 188

AActivctive Diste Distance Assisance Assist DISt DISTRTRONICONIC

Active Emergency Stop Assist................ 182

Active Lane Change Assist..................... 183

Calling up a speed................................. 175

Function................................................ 173

Increasing/decreasing the speed...........175

Route-based speed adaptation............... 178

Storing a speed...................................... 175

Switching o/deactivating.....................175

Switching on/activating......................... 175

System limitations.................................. 173

Activctive Emerge Emergency Stency Stop Assistop Assist...................... 182

AActivctive headlame headlampsps.........................................115

AActivctive Lane Change Lane Change Assiste Assist

Activating/deactivating.......................... 184

Function................................................ 183

AActivctive Lane Ke Lane Keeping Assisteeping Assist

Activating/deactivating.......................... 197

Activating/deactivating thewarning....... 197

Function................................................ 195

Setting the sensitivity.............................197

System limits......................................... 195

AActivctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist

Automatic braking function....................214

Exiting a parking space.......................... 213

Function................................................ 210

Maneuvering brake function................... 215

Parking.................................................. 211

Pausing.................................................. 213

System limitations..................................210

AActivctive Sere Service Syvice Syststem PLem PLUSUS

see ASSYST PLUS

Activctive Speed Limit Assiste Speed Limit Assist

Display................................................... 177

Function................................................ 177

AActivctiveSteSteereering Assisting Assist

Activating/deactivating.......................... 182

Active Emergency Stop Assist................ 182

Active Lane Change Assist..................... 183

416416 Index

Function................................................ 180

System limits......................................... 180

AActivctiveeTrTracac Jam AssistJam Assist

Activating/deactivating.......................... 180

Function................................................ 179

AAdapdaptivtive cre cruise contruise controlol

see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC

AAdapdaptivtive Highbeam Assiste Highbeam Assist

Activating/deactivating.......................... 118

Function................................................ 117

AAdapdaptivtive Highbeam Assise Highbeam Assist Plust Plus

Function................................................ 118

Switching on/o.................................... 119

Additivdditiveses

Engine oil............................................... 340

Fuel....................................................... 339

AAdditivdditives (engine oil)es (engine oil)

see Additives

AAdditivdditives (fuel)es (fuel)

see Fuel

ADS PLADS PLUS damUS damping systping systemem

see AIR BODY CONTROL

AerAer-sales-sales serservicevice

see ASSYST PLUS

Air bagAir bag

Reduced protection.................................. 44

AIR BODAIR BODY CY CONTRONTROLOL

Setting................................................... 198

Suspension............................................ 197

Air conditioning menuAir conditioning menu

Calling up..............................................130

Air disAir distrtributionibution

Setting................................................... 129

Setting (MBUX multimedia system)......... 131

Air fr

Air freshener systeshener systemem

see Fragrance system

Air inletAir inlet

see Air-water duct

Air pr

Air pressureessure

see Tire pressure

Air suspensionAir suspension

see AIR BODY CONTROL

Air vAir ventsents

Adjusting (front).....................................134

Adjusting (rear)...................................... 134

Adjusting the AIRSCARF vents................ 135

Air vAir ventsents

see Air vents

AirAir-conditioning syst-conditioning systemem

see Climate control

Air

Air-r-recirecirculation modeculation mode.................................. 132

AirAir-w-watater ducter duct

Keeping free.......................................... 273

Airbag

Activation................................................ 36

Automatic co-driver airbag shuto............45

Front airbag (driver, front passenger)........ 42

Head airbag.............................................42

Installation locations................................ 42

Knee airbag............................................. 42

Overview.................................................. 42

PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps...... 46

Protection................................................ 43

Side airbag.............................................. 42

AIRCAIRCAPAP

Activating................................................. 78

Deactivating............................................. 78

Airow

Setting................................................... 129

Index 417417

AIRSCAIRSCARFARF

Activating/deactivating............................ 97

Adjusting the outlets.............................. 135

AlarmAlarm

see Panic alarm

AlarAlarm systm systemem

see ATA (anti-the alarm system)

All-wheel drAll-wheel driveive

see 4MATIC

Ambient lightingAmbient lighting

Setting (MBUX multimedia system).........120

Andr

Android Aoid Autouto

see Smartphone integration

AnimalsAnimals

Pets in thevehicle.................................... 63

Anti-loc

Anti-lock brk braking systaking systemem

see ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

Anti-skid cAnti-skid chainshains

see Snow chains

Anti-tAnti-thehe protprotectionection

Immobilizer.............................................. 85

Anti-tAnti-thehe protprotectionection

see ATA (anti-the alarm system)

AnticipatAnticipatorory occupant proty occupant protectionection

see PRE-SAFE®(anticipatory occu-

pant protection)

see PRE-SAFE®PLUS (anticipatory

occupant protection plus)

Apple CarPlay

Apple CarPlay®®

see Smartphone integration

AssistAssistance systance systemsems

see Driving safety system

ASSYSASSYST PLT PLUSUS

Battery disconnection periods................ 267

Displaying the service due date.............. 266

Function/notes...................................... 266

Regular maintenance work..................... 266

Special service requirements................. 266

ATATAA(anti-t(anti-thehe alaralarm systm system)em)

Deactivating the alarm............................. 86

Function.................................................. 86

AATTENTION ASSISTTTENTION ASSIST

Function................................................ 169

Setting...................................................171

System limitations.................................. 169

AAttttention assistention assistantant

see ATTENTION ASSIST

AAututhorhorized Merized Mercedes-Benz Centcedes-Benz Centerer

see Qualied specialist workshop

AAututhorhorized wized workorkshopshop

see Qualied specialist workshop

AAututomatic co-dromatic co-driviver airbager airbag shutshutoo

Function of co-driver airbag shuto.......... 45

AAututomatic distomatic distance contrance controlol

see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC

Aututomatic dromatic driving lightsiving lights................................ 113

AAututomatic engine stomatic engine startart

see ECO start/stop function

AAututomatic engine stomatic engine stopop

see ECO start/stop function

Aututomatic fromatic front passengont passenger airbager airbag shutshutoo

PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps...... 46

AAututomatic mirromatic mirror for folding functionolding function

Activating/deactivating.......................... 128

Aututomatic seat adjusomatic seat adjustmenttment

Setting..................................................... 93

AAututomatic tromatic transmissionansmission

DIRECT SELECT lever............................. 150

Drive program display............................ 149

Drive programs......................................148

418418 Index

DYNAMIC SELECT switch....................... 148

Engaging drive position.......................... 152

Engaging reversegear............................ 151

Kickdown............................................... 153

Manual gearshiing................................ 152

Selecting park position........................... 152

Steering wheel paddle shiers................ 152

Transmission position display................. 150

Transmission positions........................... 150

BacBack seatk seat

see Seats

Bad wBad weateather lighther light......................................... 116

Bag hookBag hook..................................................... 107

BBAS (BrAS (Brakake Assise Assist Systt System)em)........................... 166

BattBatterery (Smary (SmartKetKey)y)

Replacing................................................. 66

BattBatterery (vy (vehicle)ehicle)

Charging (Remote Online)...................... 138

Notes..................................................... 289

Notes (starting assistance and charg-

ing)........................................................ 291

BeltBelt

see Seat belt

Blind SpoBlind Spot Assistt Assist

Activating/deactivating.......................... 195

Function................................................ 193

System limitations.................................. 193

BlowBlowerer

see Climate control

BrBrakake Assise Assist Systt Systemem

see BAS (Brake Assist System)

BrBrakakeeuiduid

Notes..................................................... 341

Brakake fe fororce disce distrtributionibution

EBD (electronic brake force distribu-

tion).......................................................168

BrBrakakeses

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System).............. 165

Active Brake Assist................................. 184

BAS (Brake Assist System).....................166

Breaking-in notes................................... 139

Driving tips............................................ 141

EBD (electronic brake force distribu-

tion).......................................................168

HOLD function....................................... 168

Limited braking eect (salt-treated

roads)....................................................141

New/replaced brake linings/brake

discs...................................................... 139

BrBraking assistaking assistanceance

see BAS (Brake Assist System)

Breakdoeakdownwn

Changing a wheel...................................326

Overview of the help functions................. 16

Roadside Assistance................................ 22

Tow-starting........................................... 298

Towing away.......................................... 295

Transporting thevehicle.........................296

BrBreakdoeakdownwn

see Flat tire

BrBreaking-in noteaking-in noteses......................................... 139

Butt

Buttonsons

Steering wheel....................................... 219

CallsCalls

Mercedes me......................................... 248

Index 419419

CameraCamera

Information............................................ 163

CameraCamera

see 360° Camera

see Dashcam

see Rear view camera

Car keyCar key

see SmartKey

Car wCar washash

see Care

Car wCar wash (carash (care)e)............................................ 273

Car

Car-t-to-Xo-X-Communication-Communication

Displaying hazard warnings.................... 241

CareCare

Air-water duct........................................ 273

Automatic car wash...............................273

Carpet................................................... 280

Decorative foil........................................ 275

Display................................................... 280

Exterior lighting...................................... 278

Folding wind screen...............................278

Head-up Display..................................... 280

Headliner............................................... 280

Paint...................................................... 275

Plastic trim............................................280

Powerwasher........................................274

Real wood/trim elements......................280

Rear view camera...................................278

Seat belt................................................ 280

Seat cover............................................. 280

Sensors................................................. 278

So top.................................................276

Steering wheel....................................... 280

Surround view camera........................... 278

Tailpipes................................................ 278

Washing by hand.................................... 274

Wheels/rims.......................................... 278

Wind deector....................................... 277

Wind screen........................................... 277

Windows................................................ 278

Wiper blades.......................................... 278

CarCargo tie-dogo tie-down rwn ringsings.................................... 106

Car

Carpepet (Cart (Care)e)............................................... 280

ChangChange of addre of addressess......................................... 22

Chang

Change of oe of ownerwnershipship...................................... 22

Changing a wheelChanging a wheel

Preparation............................................ 326

Raising thevehicle................................. 327

Changing a wheelChanging a wheel

see Emergency spare wheel

Changing gChanging gearsears

Manually................................................ 152

Changing hub capsChanging hub caps....................................... 326

CharChargingging

Mobile phone (wireless).........................109

On-board electrical system battery

(12 V).................................................... 292

USB port................................................ 109

Chassis levChassis level (AIR BODel (AIR BODY CY CONTRONTROL)OL)

Setting................................................... 198

Child safeChild safety lockty lock

Rear side windows................................... 62

Child seatChild seat

Attaching (notes)......................................54

Basic instructions.................................... 50

Front-passenger seat (notes).................... 60

LATCH-type (ISOFIX) (installing)................ 55

Notes on risks and dangers...................... 51

Securing on the front passenger seat....... 60

Securing on therear seat......................... 58

TopTether................................................ 57

420420 Index

ChildrChildrenen

Avoiding dangers in thevehicle................51

Basic instructions.................................... 50

Special seat belt retractor........................ 55

ChockChock

Storage location..................................... 325

Chock

see Chock

City lightingCity lighting.................................................. 116

Cleaning

see Care

ClimatClimate contre controlol

Activating/deactivating.......................... 130

Activating/deactivating the A/C func-

tion (control panel).................................130

Activating/deactivating the A/C func-

tion (MBUX multimedia system).............. 131

Activating/deactivating the synchro-

nization function (control panel).............131

Activating/deactivating the synchro-

nization function (MBUX multimedia

system).................................................. 132

Air-recirculation mode............................132

Automatic control..................................131

Calling up the air conditioning menu....... 130

Climate style function............................ 131

Control panel for 3-zone automatic

climate control....................................... 129

Control panel for dual-zone automatic

climate control....................................... 129

Defrosting the windshield....................... 129

Filling capacity forPAG oil......................344

Front air vents........................................ 134

Inserting/removing the acon (fra-

grance system)...................................... 133

Ionization............................................... 132

Note...................................................... 129

Rear air vents......................................... 134

Refrigerant.............................................343

Refrigerant lling capacity...................... 344

Removing condensation from the win-

dows...................................................... 132

Residual heat......................................... 132

Setting (MBUX multimedia system)......... 130

Setting the air distribution...................... 129

Setting the airow.................................. 129

Setting the climate style......................... 131

Setting the fragrance system.................. 132

Setting thevehicle interior tempera-

ture....................................................... 129

Switching therear window heater

on/o................................................... 129

Ventilating thevehicle (convenience

opening).................................................. 83

ClimatClimate se stytylele

Function................................................ 131

Setting...................................................131

Co-dr

Co-driviver airbager airbag shutshutoo

see Automatic co-driver airbag shuto

CocCockpitkpit

Overview.................................................... 6

CoeeCoee cup symbolcup symbol

see ATTENTION ASSIST

Combination switchCombination switch.....................................113

ComComponent-specicponent-specic infinforormationmation................... 335

Com

Computputerer

see On-board computer

Connecting tConnecting the parhe parcel netcel net............................ 108

ConvConvenience closingenience closing...................................... 84

ConvConvenience openingenience opening..................................... 83

Coolant (engine)Coolant (engine)

Capacity................................................ 342

Index 421421

Levelcheck............................................ 271

Notes..................................................... 341

CoolingCooling

see Climate control

CopCopyryrightsights

License....................................................34

Trademarks.............................................. 34

CorCornernering lighting light............................................. 115

CrCrossoss trtracac (w(wararning)ning)

see Maneuvering assistance

Crossoss TrTracac AlertAlert........................................ 215

CrCrosswind Assistosswind Assist

Function/notes...................................... 167

CrCruise contruise controlol

Activating............................................... 172

Buttons.................................................. 172

Calling up a speed................................. 172

Deactivating........................................... 172

Function................................................ 171

Requirements:....................................... 172

Selecting............................................... 172

Setting a speed...................................... 172

Storing a speed...................................... 172

System limitations.................................. 171

CustCustomer Assistomer Assistance Centance Center (CAer (CAC)C)................ 28

CustCustomer Romer Relations Deparelations Departmenttment.....................28

DashboardDashboard

see Cockpit

DashcamDashcam

Notes..................................................... 243

Selecting a USB device..........................243

Starting/stopping a video recording.......243

DatData acqa acquisitionuisition

Vehicle..................................................... 29

DatData prota protection rection rightsights

Data storage............................................ 32

DatData sta stororageage

Data protection rights..............................32

Electronic control units............................ 29

Online services........................................32

Vehicle..................................................... 29

DaDaytime rytime running lamunning lamp modep mode

see Daytime running lamps

DaDaytime rytime running lamunning lampsps

Activating/deactivating.......................... 120

DeactivDeactivating tating the alarhe alarm (ATm (ATA)A)........................... 86

DealerDealershipship

see Qualied specialist workshop

DeclarDeclaration of confation of conforormitymity

Wireless vehicle components................... 25

Decor

Decorativative fe foil (cleaning insoil (cleaning instrtructions)uctions)........... 275

DenitionsDenitions (tir(tires and loading)es and loading)....................... 319

Des

Destination entrytination entry

Entering a POI or address....................... 238

DetDetecting inattecting inattentiventivenesseness

see ATTENTION ASSIST

DiagnosDiagnostics connectiontics connection.................................. 26

DigitDigital Operal Operatator's Manualor's Manual............................... 18

DinghDinghytoytowingwing

see Tow-bar system

DIRECT SELECT levDIRECT SELECT leverer

Engaging drive position.......................... 152

Engaging neutral.................................... 151

Engaging park position automatically...... 152

Engaging reversegear............................ 151

Function................................................ 150

Selecting park position........................... 152

422422 Index

DisplaDisplay (cary (care)e)............................................... 280

DisplaDisplay (MBUX multimedia systy (MBUX multimedia system)em)

Home screen......................................... 226

Operating..............................................227

DisplaDisplay (on-boary (on-board comd computputer)er)

Displays on the instrument display......... 221

DisplaDisplay in ty in the windshieldhe windshield

see Head-up Display

Displa

Display messagey message

Calling up (on-board computer).............. 346

Notes..................................................... 346

DisplaDisplay messagy messageses

ç---mph........................................ 373

h---mph........................................ 373

#12 V Battery See Operator's

Manual.................................................. 389

K12 V Battery See Operator's

Manual.................................................. 353

Û48 V Battery See Operator's

Manual.................................................. 391

:Active Headlamps Inoperative....... 355

éATTENTION ASSIST Inoperative..... 372

éATTENTION ASSIST: Take a

Break!.................................................... 373

:Automatic Headlamp Mode

Inoperative............................................. 354

$Check Brake Fluid Level................ 371

+Check Coolant Level See Oper-

ator's Manual......................................... 362

5Check Engine Oil At Next Refu-

eling...................................................... 397

5Check Engine Oil Level (Add 1

quart)....................................................397

:Check Le Low Beam (example)... 354

hCheck Tires.................................. 393

¥Check Washer Fluid......................360

JClose Trunk Separator................... 353

ÿCoolant Too Hot Stop Vehicle

Turn Engine O...................................... 362

!Currently Unavailable See Oper-

ator's Manual......................................... 384

÷Currently Unavailable See Oper-

ator's Manual......................................... 386

ÁDon't Forget Your Key................... 351

ÉDrive More Slowly......................... 383

5Engine Oil Level Cannot Be

Measured.............................................. 399

5Engine Oil Level Low Stop Vehi-

cle Turn Engine O.................................398

5Engine Oil Pressure Stop Switch

O Engine.............................................. 399

5Engine Oil Reduce Oil Level........... 398

6Front Le Malfunction Service

Required (example)................................ 347

_Front Le Seat Backrest Not

Locked (example)................................... 360

8Fuel Level Low.............................. 363

8Gas Cap Loose............................. 363

!Inoperative See Operator's

Manual..................................................385

Index 423423

÷Inoperative See Operator's

Manual..................................................386

TInoperative See Operator's

Manual..................................................387

GInoperative................................... 388

:Intell. Light System Inoperative..... 355

ÁKey Being Initialized Please Wait.... 351

ÁKey Not Detected (red display

message)...............................................351

ÁKey Not Detected (white display

message)...............................................350

6Le Side Curtain Airbag Mal-

function Service Required (example)...... 347

¢Lowering....................................... 383

äMalfunction Drive at Max. 50

mph....................................................... 382

:Malfunction See Operator’s

Manual.................................................. 354

ÁObtain a NewKey......................... 350

çO................................................ 374

ëO................................................ 372

KOpen/Close So Top Com-

pletely.................................................... 353

FParking Brake See Operator's

Manual..................................................367

hPlease Correct Tire Pressure.........394

FPlease Release Parking Brake........ 370

ÝPlease Wait Charging 48 V Bat-

tery…..................................................... 391

ÁReplace Key Battery...................... 350

#See Operator's Manual................. 389

KSo Top Lowering......................... 353

KSo Top Operable Only up to

37 mph.................................................. 352

6SRS Malfunction Service

Required................................................ 347

ÙSteering Malfunction Increased

Physical Eort See Operator's Manual.... 358

ÙSteering Malfunction Stop

Immediately See Operator's Manual....... 359

#Stop Vehicle Leave Engine Run-

ning....................................................... 390

#Stop Vehicle See Operator's

Manual..................................................390

ÉStop Vehicle Vehicle Too Low........ 382

çSuspended................................... 374

:Switch O Lights...........................355

:Switch On Headlamps................... 355

áTemporarily Unavailable Camera

View Restricted...................................... 381

¸Temporarily Unavailable Sen-

sors are Dirty......................................... 380

FTurn On the Ignition to Release

theParking Brake................................... 371

dVehicle Ready to Drive Switch

the Ignition O Before Exiting................. 357

ÉVehicle Rising Please Wait.............383

ÉVehicle Rising...............................383

hWarning Tire Malfunction.............. 394

hWheel Sensor(s) Missing............... 393

424424 Index

KWhile stationary, apply the

brakes before operating the so top....... 352

Active Blind Spot Assist Currently

Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 378

Active Blind Spot Assist Inoperative........ 378

Active Brake Assist Functions Cur-

rently Limited See Operator's Manual.....387

Active Brake Assist Functions Limited

See Operator's Manual.......................... 388

Active Distance Assist Currently

Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 374

Active Distance Assist Inoperative.......... 374

Active Distance Assist Now Available...... 375

Active Lane Keeping Assist Currently

Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 379

Active Lane Keeping Assist Inoperative... 379

Active Steering Assist Currently

Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 375

Active Steering Assist Inoperative...........375

Active Steering Asst. Currently

Unavailable Due to Multiple Emer-

gency Stops........................................... 375

Active Stop & Go Assist Currently

Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 376

Active Stop & Go Assist Inoperative

See Operator's Manual.......................... 377

Adaptive Highbeam Assist Currently

Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 356

Adaptive Highbeam Assist Inoperative.... 356

Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus Cur-

rently Unavailable See Operator's

Manual..................................................356

Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus Inop-

erative...................................................357

Apply Brake to Shi from 'P'................... 364

Apply Brake to Shi to 'R'...................... 364

Apply Brake to Shi to D or R.................364

Auxiliary Battery Malfunction (red dis-

play message)........................................ 366

Auxiliary Battery Malfunction (white

display message).................................... 366

Beginning Emergency Stop..................... 376

Blind Spot Assist Currently Unavaila-

ble See Operator's Manual..................... 377

Blind Spot Assist Inoperative.................. 378

Cannot Start Engine See Operator's

Manual.......................................... 361, 391

Check Brake Pads See Operator's

Manual.................................................. 372

Check Tire Pressure Soon...................... 395

Check Tire Pressure Then Restart Run

Flat Indicator......................................... 396

Cruise Control Inoperative...................... 373

Cruise Control O..................................373

Decrease Speed....................................395

Device Detected at Diagnostics Con-

nection See Operator's Manual.............. 389

Driver's Door Open & Transmission

Not in P Risk of Vehicle Rolling Away...... 365

Index 425425

Engine Can Now Be Started................... 392

Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See

Operator's Manual................................. 348

Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See

Operator's Manual................................. 348

Hazard Warning Flashers Malfunction-

ing.........................................................357

Head-up Display Currently Unavaila-

ble See Operator's Manual..................... 358

Head-up Display Inoperative...................358

NPermanently Active Risk of Rolling

Away...................................................... 365

Only Shi to 'P' when Vehicle is Sta-

tionary................................................... 364

Parking Assist and PARKTRONIC Inop-

erative See Operator's Manual............... 384

Place theKey in the Marked Space

See Operator's Manual.......................... 352

PRE-SAFE Inoperative See Operator's

Manual.................................................. 349

Reversing Not Possible Service

Required................................................ 365

Run Flat Indicator Inoperative................. 396

Service Required Do Not Shi Gears

Visit Dealer............................................ 365

Stop Vehicle Leave Engine Running

Wait Transmission Cooling......................366

Tire Press. Monitor Currently Unavail-

able....................................................... 392

Tire Press. Monitor Inoperative............... 392

Tire Pressure Monitor Inoperative No

Wheel Sensors....................................... 393

Tires Overheated.................................... 395

To Deselect P or N, Depress Brake

and Start Engine.................................... 364

To switch engine o, press and hold

Start/Stop button for at least 3 sec-

onds or press 3 times............................ 361

Trac Sign Assist Currently Unavaila-

ble See Operator's Manual..................... 377

Trac Sign Assist Inoperative................. 377

Transmission Malfunction Stop............... 365

Wiper Malfunctioning............................. 360

DistDistance contrance controlol

see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC

DIS

DISTRTRONICONIC

see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC

DoorDoor

Locking/unlocking (emergency key).........70

Opening (from inside)...............................68

Power closing function............................. 70

Unlocking (from inside)............................ 68

Door contrDoor control panelol panel......................................... 14

DOTDOT, T, TirireeIdenticationIdentication Number (TIN)Number (TIN)............ 315

DraDrawbarwbar

see Tow-bar system

DrDrinking and drinking and drivingiving..................................... 141

DriviveAwaeAway Assisty Assist.........................................214

DrDrivive positione position

Inserting................................................ 152

Drivive pre progrogram displayam display.................................. 149

426426 Index

DrDrivive pre progrogramsams

see DYNAMIC SELECT

DrDriviver's seater's seat

see Seat

DrDriving safeiving safety systty systemem

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System).............. 165

Active Brake Assist................................. 184

BAS (Brake Assist System).....................166

Cameras................................................163

EBD (electronic brake force distribu-

tion).......................................................168

ESP®Crosswind Assist.......................... 167

Overview................................................ 164

Radar and ultrasonic sensors................. 163

Responsibility......................................... 163

STEER CONTROL................................... 168

DrDriving systiving systemem

DYNAMIC BODY CONTROL.................... 197

DrDriving systiving systemem

see 360° Camera

see Active Blind Spot Assist

see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC

see Active Emergency Stop Assist

see Active Lane Change Assist

see Active Lane Keeping Assist

see Active Parking Assist

see Active Speed Limit Assist

see Active Steering Assist

see AIR BODY CONTROL

see ATTENTION ASSIST

see Blind Spot Assist

see Cruise control

see Driving safety system

see HOLD function

see Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

see Rear view camera

see Trac Sign Assist

DrDriving tipsiving tips

Breaking-in notes................................... 139

Drinking and driving............................... 141

General driving tips................................ 141

Optimized acceleration.......................... 140

Drow

Drowsiness detsiness detectionection

see ATTENTION ASSIST

DDYNYNAMIC BODAMIC BODY CY CONTRONTROLOL

Suspension............................................ 197

Dynamic handling contr

Dynamic handling control systol systemem

see ESP®(Electronic Stability Program)

DDYNYNAMIC SELECTAMIC SELECT

Calling up the fuel consumption indi-

cator...................................................... 150

Conguring drive program I....................149

Displaying engine data........................... 150

Displaying vehicle data........................... 150

Drive program display............................ 149

Drive programs......................................148

Function................................................ 148

Operating (DYNAMIC SELECT switch)..... 149

Selecting the drive program...................149

E10E10.............................................................. 338

Easy entr

Easy entry fy featureeature

Function/notes...................................... 100

Setting...................................................101

Easy eEasy exit fxit featureeature

Function/notes...................................... 100

Setting................................................... 101

EBD (electrEBD (electronic bronic brakake fe fororce disce distrtribution)ibution)

Function/notes...................................... 168

ECECO AssistO Assist

Function/notes...................................... 146

Index 427427

ECECO displayO display

Function................................................ 146

ECECO stO starart/stt/stop functionop function

Switching o/on.................................... 145

ElectrElectric paric parking brking brakeake

Applying automatically........................... 160

Applying/releasing manually.................. 162

Emergency braking................................ 162

Releasing automatically.......................... 161

ElectrElectronic Stonic Stability Prability Progrogramam

see ESP®(Electronic Stability Program)

EmergEmergencyency

First-aid kit (so sided).......................... 283

Overview of the help functions.................16

Reective safetyvest.............................282

Removing thewarning triangle............... 282

Setting up thewarning triangle............... 283

EmergEmergency brency brakingaking...................................... 162

EmergEmergency brency brakingaking

see BAS (Brake Assist System)

Emerg

Emergency callency call

see Mercedes-Benz emergency call system

EmergEmergency keyency key

Locking/unlocking the doors................... 70

EmergEmergency operency operation modeation mode

Starting thevehicle................................138

EmergEmergency rency releaseelease

Trunk lid (from inside)...............................75

EmergEmergency sparency spare wheele wheel

Notes..................................................... 331

Emerg

Emergency Tency Tensioning Deensioning Devicesvices

Activation................................................ 36

EngineEngine

Engine number....................................... 335

Starting (emergency operation mode).... 138

Starting (Remote Online)........................ 139

Engine dataEngine data

Displaying.............................................. 150

Engine number

Engine number............................................. 335

Engine oilEngine oil

Additives................................................ 340

Capacity................................................ 340

Checking the oil level using the on-

board computer..................................... 269

MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval.................. 340

Quality................................................... 340

Relling.................................................. 270

ErrError messageor message

see Display message

ESC (ElectrESC (Electronic Stonic Stability Contrability Control)ol)

see ESP®(Electronic Stability Program)

ESPESP®®

Crosswind Assist.................................... 167

ESPESP®®(Electr(Electronic Stonic Stability Prability Progrogram)am)

Activating/deactivating.......................... 167

Function/notes...................................... 166

ExtExtererior lightingior lighting

Care...................................................... 278

ExtExtererior lightingior lighting

see Lights

ExtExtererior mirrior mirrorsors

Automatic mirrorfolding function........... 128

Parking position..................................... 127

FFatigue detatigue detectionection

see ATTENTION ASSIST

FFirsirst-aid kitt-aid kit (so(so sided)sided).................................283

428428 Index

FlaconFlacon

Inserting/removing................................ 133

Flat tireFlat tire

Changing a wheel................................... 326

MOExtended tires.................................. 284

Notes..................................................... 283

TIREFIT kit.............................................. 285

Flat toFlat towingwing

see Tow-bar system

Floor matsFloor mats...................................................111

FFog light (enhanced)og light (enhanced)..................................... 116

Foil covoil covereringing

Radar and ultrasonic sensors................. 163

FFolding wind scrolding wind screeneen

Care...................................................... 278

Installing.................................................. 79

Removing................................................. 79

FrFragragranceance

see Fragrance system

FrFragragrance systance systemem

Inserting/removing the acon................133

FrFreeee sowsowareare................................................. 34

FFrreqequenciesuencies

Two-way radio........................................ 334

FrFront airbagont airbag................................................... 42

FrFront passengont passenger seater seat

see Seat

Fueluel

Additives................................................ 339

E10........................................................ 338

Fuel reserve........................................... 340

Gasoline................................................ 338

Quality (gasoline)................................... 338

Refueling............................................... 154

Sulfur content........................................ 338

Tank content.......................................... 340

FFuel consumpuel consumption indicattion indicatoror

Calling up.............................................. 150

FFunction seatunction seat

see Door control panel

FFusesuses

Before replacing a fuse.......................... 298

Dashboard fuse box............................... 300

Fuse assignment diagram....................... 298

Fuse box in the engine compartment......299

Fuse box in the front-passenger foot-

well........................................................ 300

Fuse box in the trunk............................. 301

Notes..................................................... 298

FFusesuses

see Fuses

GarGaragage door openere door opener

Clearing the memory.............................. 160

GarGaragage door openerse door openers

Opening/closing the door......................160

Programming buttons............................. 158

Resolving problems................................ 160

Synchronizing therolling code................159

GasolineGasoline...................................................... 338

GearGearshishi rrecommendationecommendation...........................153

Genuine parGenuine partsts................................................ 20

Glide modeGlide mode.................................................. 153

HandbrHandbrakeake

see Electric parking brake

Index 429429

Handling (unusual)Handling (unusual)....................................... 302

HANDS-FREE AHANDS-FREE ACCESSCCESS................................... 73

HazarHazard wd wararning lightsning lights................................... 114

HazarHazardous substdous substancesances

Information.............................................. 23

Head airbag

Head airbag................................................... 42

Head rHead resestrtraintaint

Front (adjusting mechanically).................. 91

Rear (removing/installing)........................ 92

Head space heating (AIRSCHead space heating (AIRSCARF)ARF)..................... 97

Head-up Display

Adjusting brightness (on-board com-

puter).................................................... 222

Adjusting display elements (on-board

computer).............................................. 222

Care...................................................... 280

Function................................................ 221

Menu (on-board computer)..................... 222

Operating the memory function.............. 102

Setting the position (on-board com-

puter).................................................... 222

Switching on/o....................................223

Headlam

Headlampsps

see Automatic driving lights

Headliner (carHeadliner (care)e)...........................................280

HeatingHeating

see Climate control

Help call

see Mercedes-Benz emergency call system

High beamHigh beam

Activating/deactivating.......................... 113

High beam

see Adaptive Highbeam Assist

see Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus

High-beam

High-beam asherasher........................................113

Highwa

Highway modey mode............................................. 116

Hill stHill starart assistt assist............................................. 169

HOLD functionHOLD function

Function/notes...................................... 168

Switching on/o.................................... 168

Home scrHome screen (media displaeen (media display)y)

Overview................................................ 226

HoodHood

Opening/closing.................................... 267

IdenticationIdentication plateplate

Engine...................................................335

Refrigerant.............................................343

Vehicle.................................................. 335

Ignition keyIgnition key

see SmartKey

ImmobilizerImmobilizer.................................................... 85

IndicatIndicator lampor lamp

see Warning/indicator lamp

Individual drIndividual drivive pre progrogramam

Conguring............................................ 149

Selecting............................................... 149

Inside rInside rearearvieview mirrw mirroror

Anti-glare mode (automatic)................... 126

Inside rInside rearearvieview mirrw mirroror

see Outside mirrors

InspectionInspection

see ASSYST PLUS

InsInstrtrument clustument clusterer

Function/notes.............................. 217, 218

430430 Index

InsInstrtrument displayument display

Function/notes...................................... 218

Instrument cluster.................................... 10

Overview of displays............................... 221

Warning/indicator lamps........................ 399

InsInstrtrument displaument display and on-boary and on-board com-d com-

putputerer

Function/notes...................................... 217

Int

Intelligelligent Light Systent Light Systemem

Activating/deactivating.......................... 116

Active headlamps................................... 115

Adaptive Highbeam Assist...................... 117

Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus............... 118

Bad weather light................................... 116

City lighting............................................116

Cornering light....................................... 115

Fog light (enhanced).............................. 116

Highway mode....................................... 116

Overview................................................ 115

IntIntererior lightingior lighting

Adjusting............................................... 120

Ambient lighting.....................................120

Reading lamp......................................... 120

Switch-o delay time.............................. 121

IntInterernenet rt radioadio

see TuneIn

IonizationIonization

Activating/deactivating (MBUX multi-

media system)....................................... 132

iPhoneiPhone®®

see Smartphone integration

JackJack

Storage location.....................................325

JumJump-stp-starart connectiont connection

General notes........................................291

KEYLESS-GO

Deactivating a function............................ 65

Locking/unlocking thevehicle................. 68

Problem................................................... 69

Unlocking setting.....................................65

Kic

Kickdokdownwn

Using..................................................... 153

Knee airbagKnee airbag.................................................... 42

Labeling (tirLabeling (tires)es)

see Tire labeling

LampLamp

see Interior lighting

LamLamp (insp (instrtrument displaument display)y)

see Warning/indicator lamp

Lane detLane detection (autection (automatic)omatic)

see Active Lane Keeping Assist

Lane K

Lane Keeping Assisteeping Assist

see Active Lane Keeping Assist

LanguageLanguage

Notes..................................................... 235

Setting................................................... 235

LATCLATCH-type (ISOFIX) cH-type (ISOFIX) child seat anchild seat anchorhor

Installing.................................................. 55

LevLevel contrel control systol systemem

see AIR BODY CONTROL

Light switchLight switch

Overview................................................ 112

LightingLighting

see Interior lighting

Index 431431

see Lights

LightsLights

Active headlamps................................... 115

Adaptive Highbeam Assist...................... 117

Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus............... 118

Automatic driving lights..........................113

Bad weather light................................... 116

City lighting............................................116

Combination switch............................... 113

Cornering light....................................... 115

Fog light (enhanced).............................. 116

Hazard warning lights............................. 114

High beam............................................. 113

High-beam asher.................................. 113

Highway mode....................................... 116

Intelligent Light System.......................... 115

Light switch........................................... 112

Low beam.............................................. 112

Parking lights......................................... 112

Rear fog light......................................... 112

Responsibility for lighting systems.......... 112

Setting theexterior lighting switch-o

delay time.............................................. 120

Standing lights....................................... 112

Switching the Intelligent Light System

on/o...................................................116

Switching the surround lighting on/o... 120

Turn signal light...................................... 113

LimitLimited Wed Warrarrantyanty

Vehicle..................................................... 29

Liv

LiveeTrTracac InfInforormationmation

Switching the trac information dis-

play on................................................... 241

Load indeLoad index (tirx (tires)es).........................................317

Load-bearLoad-bearing capacity (tiring capacity (tires)es)........................ 317

LoadingLoading

Bag hook............................................... 107

Cargo tie-down rings.............................. 106

Denitions............................................. 319

Notes..................................................... 102

Loading guidelinesLoading guidelines....................................... 102

Loading infLoading inforormation tmation tableable............................. 309

LoadsLoads

Fixing..................................................... 102

LocLocking/unlocking/unlockingking

Emergency key......................................... 70

KEYLESS-GO............................................ 68

Switching the automatic locking fea-

ture on/o..............................................70

Unlocking/opening the doors from

the inside................................................. 68

LoLow beamw beam

Activating/deactivating.......................... 112

Lubrubricant additivicant additiveses

see Additives

LLugguggageage

Parcel net.............................................. 108

Securing................................................ 102

LLumbar supportumbar support

see Lumbar support (4-way)

LLumbar supporumbar support (4-wat (4-way)y)................................. 91

MAMAGIC VISION CGIC VISION CONTRONTROLOL

Windshield wipers.................................. 124

MaintMaintenanceenance

Vehicle..................................................... 22

MaintMaintenanceenance

see ASSYST PLUS

432432 Index

MalfunctionMalfunction

Restraint system......................................36

ManeuvManeuverering aiding aid

see Maneuvering assistance

ManeuvManeuverering assisting assistanceance

Activating/deactivating.......................... 216

Cross Trac Alert.................................. 215

Drive Away Assist................................... 214

Maneuvering brake function................... 215

ManeuvManeuverering bring brakake functione function......................... 215

MapMap

Displaying online map contents.............. 241

Displaying weather information.............. 241

Moving................................................... 240

Selecting the map orientation................ 240

Setting the map scale............................ 240

Switching freeway information on/o..... 240

Massag

Massage pre progrogramam

Overview.................................................. 94

MassagMassage pre progrogramsams

Resetting the settings.............................. 94

Selecting the front seats.......................... 94

Maximum load r

Maximum load ratingating....................................316

Maximum perMaximum permissible loadmissible load

Calculation example...............................311

Determining........................................... 310

Maximum tirMaximum tire pre pressureessure................................. 316

MBUX multimedia systMBUX multimedia systemem

Activating/deactivating standby mode... 163

Conguring drive program I....................149

Home screen......................................... 226

Notes..................................................... 224

Operating thetouchscreen..................... 227

Overview................................................ 224

Restoring (factory settings).................... 235

Setting route-based speed adaptation.... 179

Setting the air distribution...................... 131

Setting the fragrance system.................. 132

Standby mode function.......................... 162

Switching ionization on/o.................... 132

MBUX multimedia systMBUX multimedia systemem

see Display (MBUX multimedia system)

Mec

Mechanical keyhanical key

Inserting/removing.................................. 66

MediaMedia

Overview of the functions and symbols...258

Media modeMedia mode

Connecting Bluetooth®audio equip-

ment......................................................259

Medical aidsMedical aids................................................... 27

Memor

Memory functiony function

Function................................................ 101

Head-up Display..................................... 102

Operating.............................................. 102

Outside mirrors...................................... 102

Seat....................................................... 102

Steering wheel....................................... 102

Menu (on-boarMenu (on-board comd computputer)er)

Head-up Display..................................... 222

Overview................................................ 219

Mer

Mercedes me appcedes me app

Information............................................ 252

MerMercedes me callscedes me calls

Arranging a service appointment............ 249

Calling the Mercedes-Benz customer

center.................................................... 248

Calling the Mercedes-Benz Customer

Center aer automatic accident or

breakdown detection............................. 249

Information............................................ 248

Index 433433

Making a call via theoverhead control

panel..................................................... 248

Transferred data..................................... 250

MerMercedes me connectcedes me connect

Accident and Breakdown Management...251

Information............................................251

Transferred data..................................... 252

MerMercedes-cedes-AMG vAMG vehiclesehicles

Notes..................................................... 136

MerMercedes-Benz emergcedes-Benz emergency call systency call systemem

Automatic emergency call...................... 256

Information............................................255

Information about data transfer.............. 257

Manual emergency call.......................... 256

Overview................................................ 255

Messag

Message (inse (instrtrument displaument display)y)

see Display message

MessagMessage memorye memory.........................................346

MirrMirrorsors

see Outside mirrors

Mobile phoneMobile phone

see Smartphone integration

see Telephone

Model typeModel type

see Vehicle identication plate

MOExtMOExtended tirended tireses........................................284

MULMULTIBEAM LEDTIBEAM LED.......................................... 115

Multifunction stMultifunction steereering wheeling wheel

Overview of buttons............................... 219

Multifunction stMultifunction steereering wheeling wheel

see Steering wheel

Multimedia syst

Multimedia systemem

see MBUX multimedia system

NNaavigvigationation

Notes..................................................... 236

Overview................................................ 237

Showing/hiding the menu...................... 236

Switching on.......................................... 236

NaNavigvigationation

see Destination entry

see Map

see Route

Neutreutralal

Engaging................................................ 151

Occupant safeOccupant safetyty

see Airbag

see Automatic co-driver airbag shuto

see Child seat

see Pets in thevehicle

see PRE-SAFE®(anticipatory occu-

pant protection)

see PRE-SAFE®PLUS (anticipatory

occupant protection plus)

see Restraint system

see Seat belt

OilOil

see Engine oil

On-boarOn-board comd computputerer

Displaying the service due date.............. 266

Head-up Display menu........................... 222

Instrument display................................. 221

Menu overview.......................................219

Operating.............................................. 219

On-boarOn-board diagnosd diagnostics inttics interferfaceace

see Diagnostics connection

On-boarOn-board electrd electrical systical system battem batterery (12 V)y (12 V)

Charging................................................ 292

434434 Index

Replacing...............................................293

Starting assistance................................292

On-boarOn-board electrd electronicsonics

Notes..................................................... 333

Two-way radios...................................... 333

Online serOnline servicesvices

Data storage............................................ 32

Open-sourOpen-sourcece sowsowareare.................................... 34

Opening tOpening the trhe trunk lid using yunk lid using your four footoot

HANDS-FREE ACCESS............................. 73

Oper

Operatingating uidsuids

Additives (fuel)....................................... 339

Brake uid............................................. 341

Coolant (engine).................................... 341

Engine oil............................................... 340

Fuel (gasoline)........................................338

Notes..................................................... 337

Refrigerant (air conditioning system)...... 343

Windshield washer uid.......................... 342

OperOperating safeating safetyty

48 V on-board electrical system............... 23

Declaration of conformity (wireless

vehicle components)................................ 25

Information.............................................. 23

OperOperating systating systemem

see On-board computer

OperOperatator's Manualor's Manual

Vehicle equipment................................... 21

OperOperatator's Manual (digitor's Manual (digital)al)............................. 18

OpOptimized accelertimized accelerationation

Activating............................................... 140

Outside mirr

Outside mirrorsors

Anti-glare mode (automatic)................... 126

Folding in/out........................................ 125

Operating the memory function.............. 102

Setting................................................... 125

OvOvererhead contrhead control panelol panel

Overview.................................................. 12

PPaint (cleaning insaint (cleaning instrtructions)uctions)......................... 275

PPaint codeaint code................................................... 335

PPanel heatinganel heating

Setting..................................................... 96

PPanic alarmanic alarm

Arming/disarming.................................... 65

PParark positionk position

Engaging................................................ 152

Selecting automatically.......................... 152

PPararkingking

see Electric parking brake

PPararking aidking aid

see Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

PPararking Assisking Assist Pt PARKARKTRTRONICONIC

Activating....................................... 208, 209

Adjusting warning tones......................... 209

Function................................................ 205

Switching o.................................. 208, 209

System limitations.................................. 205

PPararking assistking assistance systance systemsems

see Active Parking Assist

PPararking brking brakeake

see Electric parking brake

PPararking fking for an eor an extxtended perended periodiod.....................162

PPararking lightsking lights............................................... 112

Pararking opking optiontion

Selecting............................................... 241

PPararking positionking position

Exterior mirrors...................................... 127

Index 435435

Storing the position of the front-

passenger outside mirror using

reversegear...........................................127

PPararking serking servicevice

Selecting parking options....................... 241

PPASSENASSENGER AIR BAGER AIR BAG stG status displayatus display

see Automatic front passenger airbag shuto

PayPayloadload

Calculation example...............................311

Determining the maximum.....................310

PPererfumefume

see Fragrance system

Pererfume atfume atomizeromizer

Setting...................................................132

PPererfume vialfume vial

see Fragrance system

Pereriod out of useiod out of use

Activating/deactivating standby mode... 163

Standby mode function.......................... 162

PPerermissible tomissible towing metwing methodshods.........................294

PePets in tts in the vhe vehicleehicle.......................................... 63

PlasPlastic trtic trim (Carim (Care)e)........................................ 280

PPoowwer closing functioner closing function

Door........................................................ 70

PowPower supplyer supply

Switching on (start/stop button)............ 136

PowPower wer washer (carasher (care)e)..................................... 274

PRE-SPRE-SAFEAFE®®(anticipat(anticipatorory occupant proty occupant protection)ection)

Function.................................................. 49

PRE-SAFE®Sound................................... 49

Reversing measures................................. 50

PRE-SPRE-SAFEAFE®®PLPLUS (anticipatUS (anticipatorory occupanty occupant

protprotection plus)ection plus)

Function.................................................. 50

Reversing measures................................. 50

PrevPrevententativative occupant prote occupant protection systection systemem

see PRE-SAFE®(anticipatory occu-

pant protection)

see PRE-SAFE®PLUS (anticipatory

occupant protection plus)

Proleole

Creating a new prole............................ 231

Notes..................................................... 230

Selecting prole options......................... 231

PrProgrogramsams

see DYNAMIC SELECT

ProtProtecting tecting the enhe envirvironmentonment

Notes.......................................................20

ProtProtection agection againsainst collisiont collision

see Maneuvering brake function

Pulling awayPulling away

see Driving tips

QR codeQR code

Rescue card.............................................29

QualiedQualied specialist wspecialist workorkshopshop.........................27

RRadar and ultradar and ultrasonic sensorsasonic sensors

Damage................................................. 163

RRadioadio

Overview of the functions and symbols...260

Reading lampeading lamp

see Interior lighting

RReal weal wood (Carood (Care)e).......................................... 280

436436 Index

RRear fear fog lampog lamp

Switching on/o....................................113

RRear seatear seat

see Seats

RRear vieear view cameraw camera

Care...................................................... 278

Function................................................ 200

Opening the camera cover (surround

view camera)......................................... 205

RRear windoear window heatw heaterer...................................... 129

RReectiveeective safesafety vty vestest.................................... 282

Refrefrigigererant (air conditioning systant (air conditioning system)em)

Notes..................................................... 343

RRefuelingefueling

Refueling thevehicle.............................. 154

Regulategulatorory ry radioadio identicationidentication

Indonesia............................................... 335

Small components................................. 335

RRegulategulatorory ry radio infadio inforormationmation

Installation clearances........................... 335

RRemotemote Onlinee Online

Charging the starter battery................... 138

Cooling/heating thevehicle interior....... 138

Starting thevehicle................................139

RReporeporting safeting safety defty defectsects.................................28

RRescue cardescue card................................................... 29

RReserveeserve

Fuel....................................................... 340

Reseeset function (MBUX multimedia systt function (MBUX multimedia system)em).... 235

RResidual heatesidual heat............................................... 132

RRestestororing (fing (factactorory sey settings)ttings)

see Reset function (MBUX multimedia system)

Resestrtraint systaint systemem

Basic instructions forchildren.................. 50

Function in an accident............................ 36

Functionality............................................35

Malfunction............................................. 36

Protection................................................ 35

Reduced protection.................................. 35

Self-test...................................................35

Warning lamp........................................... 35

RevRevererse gse gearear

Engaging................................................ 151

Rims (carRims (care)e).................................................. 278

Roadside Assistoadside Assistance (brance (breakdoeakdown)wn).................. 22

RRoll awaoll away proty protectionection

see HOLD function

RRoll baroll bar

Function.................................................. 49

RRoof loadoof load..................................................... 345

RRouteoute

Calculating............................................. 239

Selecting options................................... 239

Routoute guidance wite guidance with augmenth augmented red realityeality

Activating............................................... 239

Displaying street names and house

numbers................................................ 239

RRoutoute-based speed adapte-based speed adaptationation

Function................................................ 178

Setting...................................................179

RRun-atun-at ccharharactactereristicsistics

MOExtended tires.................................. 284

SafeSafety systty systemsems

see Driving safety system

SatSatellitellite re radioadio

Logging in..............................................264

Index 437437

Setting music and sport alerts................264

SeatSeat

4-way lumbar support.............................. 91

Adjusting (electrically).............................. 90

Adjusting (manually and electrically)......... 88

Automatic adjustment.............................. 93

Conguring settings................................. 93

Correct driver's seat position...................87

Folding back the backrest (rear

passenger compartment)....................... 106

Folding the backrest forwards/back

(with memory function)............................ 94

Massage programoverview...................... 94

Operating the memory function.............. 102

Panel heating........................................... 96

Resetting the settings.............................. 94

Setting options......................................... 14

Switching AIRSCARF on/o.....................97

Workout programoverview.......................94

Seat beltSeat belt

Care...................................................... 280

Fastening................................................. 40

Protection................................................ 37

Warning lamp........................................... 41

Seat belt adjusSeat belt adjustmenttment

Activating/deactivating............................ 41

Function.................................................. 41

Seat belt eSeat belt extxtenderender.......................................... 40

Seat belt wSeat belt wararningning

see Seat belt

Seat beltsSeat belts

Activating/deactivating seat belt

adjustment.............................................. 41

Reduced protection.................................. 38

Releasing................................................. 41

Seat belt adjustment (function)................ 41

Seat belt extender.................................... 40

Seat covSeat cover (Carer (Care)e)......................................... 280

Seat heatingSeat heating

Activating/deactivating............................ 95

Seat vSeat ventilationentilation

Activating/deactivating............................ 96

SeatsSeats

Folding the backrest forwards (rear

passenger compartment)....................... 105

Selecting a g

Selecting a gearear

see Changing gears

SelectSelector levor leverer

see DIRECT SELECT lever

Self-tSelf-testest

Automatic front passenger airbag shut

o............................................................ 46

SensorSensors (cars (care)e)............................................. 278

SerServicevice

see ASSYST PLUS

Ser

Service Centvice Centerer

see Qualied specialist workshop

SerService intvice interverval displayal display

see ASSYST PLUS

SeSetting a speedtting a speed

see Cruise control

Setting ttting the map scalehe map scale

see Map

ShiShi paddlespaddles

see Steering wheel paddle shiers

ShiingShiing ggearsears

Gearshi recommendation..................... 153

Side airbagSide airbag..................................................... 42

438438 Index

Side windowsSide windows

Child safety lock in therear

passenger compartment.......................... 62

Closing using the SmartKey...................... 84

Convenience closing................................84

Convenience opening...............................83

Opening with the SmartKey...................... 83

Opening/closing...................................... 82

Opening/closing (all)............................... 82

Problem................................................... 85

Size designation (tirSize designation (tires)es)................................. 317

SmarSmartKeytKey

Acoustic locking verication signal...........65

Battery..................................................... 66

Deactivating a function............................ 65

Energy consumption................................ 65

Function overview.................................... 64

Keyring attachment................................. 66

Mechanical key........................................ 66

Panic alarm.............................................. 65

Problem................................................... 67

Unlocking setting..................................... 65

Smar

SmartKeytKey

see SmartKey

SmarSmartphonetphone

see Smartphone integration

see Telephone

SmarSmartphone inttphone integregrationation

Overview................................................ 253

SnoSnow cw chainshains................................................303

SockeSocket (12 V)t (12 V)

Front center console.............................. 108

So

So ttopop

Care...................................................... 276

Closing (so-top switch)........................... 75

Closing using the SmartKey...................... 84

Opening (so-top switch)......................... 75

Opening with the SmartKey...................... 83

Problem................................................... 79

Relocking................................................. 77

So-tSo-topop switchswitch............................................... 75

SowSowareare updateupdate

System updates..................................... 232

Sound

PRE-SAFE®Sound................................... 49

Wheels and tires.................................... 302

Wheels/tires.......................................... 302

Sound menuSound menu

Functions overview................................ 265

SparSpare wheele wheel

see Emergency spare wheel

Special seat belt reSpecial seat belt retrtractactoror.............................. 55

SpecialisSpecialist wt workorkshopshop

see Qualied specialist workshop

Speed inde

Speed index (tirx (tires)es)....................................... 317

StStandbandby modey mode

Activating/deactivating.......................... 163

Function................................................ 162

StStanding lightsanding lights.............................................112

Starart-ot-o assistassist

see Optimized acceleration

StStarart/stt/stop buttop buttonon

Parking thevehicle................................. 156

Starting thevehicle................................137

Switching on the power supply/vehicle.. 136

StStarart/stt/stop functionop function

see ECO start/stop function

StStartarter batter batteryery

Charging (Remote Online)......................138

Index 439439

SSttarartingting

see Vehicle

StStararting assistting assistanceance

see Jump-start connection

StStararting-oting-o aidaid

see Hill start assist

SSTEER CTEER CONTRONTROLOL

Function/notes...................................... 168

Steereering wheeling wheel

Adjusting (electrically).............................. 99

Adjusting (manually)................................. 98

Buttons.................................................. 219

Care...................................................... 280

Operating the memory function.............. 102

Steering wheel heater.............................. 99

StSteereering wheel heating wheel heaterer

Switching on/o...................................... 99

StSteereering wheel paddleing wheel paddle shiersshiers......................152

StStororagage are areaseas

see Storage space

StStororagage come comparpartmentstments

see Storage space

SSttororagage spacee space

Armrest.................................................105

Center console...................................... 105

Door...................................................... 105

Glove box...............................................105

StowStowagage are areaseas

see Loading

Stow

Stowagage come comparpartmentstments

see Loading

SStrtreeeet names and house numberst names and house numbers

Displaying.............................................. 239

SuggSuggesestionstions

Conguring............................................ 231

Sulfur contSulfur contentent..............................................338

SurrSurround lightingound lighting

Switching on/o....................................120

Surr

Surround Vound Viewiew

see 360° Camera

SurrSurround vieound view cameraw camera

Care...................................................... 278

Opening the camera cover (rear view

camera)................................................. 205

Selecting a view..................................... 205

SuspensionSuspension

Adjusting thechassis level (AIR BODY

CONTROL)............................................. 198

Damping characteristics.........................197

DYNAMIC BODY CONTROL....................197

SuspensionSuspension

see AIR BODY CONTROL

Switc

Switch-oh-o deladelay timey time

Exterior.................................................. 120

Interior...................................................121

SwitcSwitching on thing on the ignitionhe ignition

see Vehicle

SyncSynchrhronization functiononization function

Activating/deactivating (control panel)... 131

Activating/deactivating (MBUX multi-

media system)....................................... 132

SystSystem seem settingsttings

Overview of the system settings menu.... 232

Reset function (MBUX multimedia sys-

tem)....................................................... 235

SystSystem seem settingsttings

see Language

440440 Index

TTailpipes (carailpipes (care)e)............................................. 278

TTank contank contentent

Fuel....................................................... 340

Reserve (fuel).........................................340

TTecechnical datahnical data

Component-specic information............ 335

Information............................................333

Regulatory radio identication (Indo-

nesia).................................................... 335

Regulatory radio identication of

small components.................................. 335

Regulatory radio information.................. 335

TTelephoneelephone

Connecting a mobile phone (Passkey).... 247

Connecting a mobile phone (Secure

Simple Pairing)....................................... 247

Functions in thetelephone menu............ 247

Notes..................................................... 244

Operating modes................................... 246

Telephone menu overview......................246

Wireless charging (mobile phone)........... 110

TTelephonelephony opery operating modesating modes

Bluetooth®Telephony............................. 246

TTememperperatureature

Setting thevehicle interior tempera-

ture....................................................... 129

TTememperperaturaturegregradeade....................................... 314

ThemesThemes

Fastening...............................................231

ThrThrough-loading fough-loading featureeature

see Seats

TIN (T

TIN (TirireeIdenticationIdentication Number)Number).................... 315

TTirire and Loading Infe and Loading Inforormation placardmation placard............ 309

TTirire ce charharactactererisisticstics....................................... 317

Tirireeinationination comcomprpressoressor

see TIREFIT kit

TTirire infe inforormation tmation tableable................................... 309

Tirire labelinge labeling

Characteristics....................................... 317

DOT, Tire Identication Number (TIN).....315

Load index.............................................317

Load-bearing capacity............................ 317

Maximum tire load................................. 316

Maximum tire pressure.......................... 316

Overview................................................ 314

Speed rating.......................................... 317

Temperature grade................................. 314

Tire Quality Grading...............................314

Tire size designation.............................. 317

Traction grade........................................314

Tread wear grade................................... 314

TTirire load (maximum)e load (maximum).....................................316

Tirire pre pressureessure

Checking (manually)............................... 306

Checking (tire pressure monitoring

system).................................................. 307

Maximum............................................... 316

Notes..................................................... 303

Restarting the tire pressure loss warn-

ing system............................................. 309

Restarting the tire pressure monitor-

ing system............................................. 308

Tire pressure loss warning system

(function)............................................... 308

Tire pressure monitoring system

(function)............................................... 306

Tire pressure table.................................305

TIREFIT kit.............................................. 285

Tirire pre pressuressure loss we loss wararning systning systemem

Function................................................ 308

Restarting.............................................. 309

Index 441441

TTirire pre pressuressure monite monitoror

Checking the tire pressure..................... 307

Checking the tire temperature................ 307

Function................................................ 306

Restarting.............................................. 308

TTirire pre pressuressure te tableable.......................................305

Tirire Quality Gre Quality Gradingading...................................... 314

TTirire te tememperperatureature

Checking (tire pressure monitoring

system)..................................................307

Tire pressure monitoring system

(function)............................................... 306

TTirire tre treadead..................................................... 302

Tirire-ce-changhange te tool kitool kit

Overview................................................ 325

TIREFIT kitTIREFIT kit

Storage location..................................... 285

Using..................................................... 285

Tirireses

Characteristics....................................... 317

Checking............................................... 302

Checking the tire pressure (manually)..... 306

Checking the tire pressure (tire pres-

sure monitoring system)......................... 307

Denitions............................................. 319

DOT, Tire Identication Number (TIN).....315

Flat tire..................................................283

Installing................................................ 329

Load index............................................. 317

Load-bearing capacity............................ 317

Maximum tire load................................. 316

Maximum tire pressure.......................... 316

MOExtended tires.................................. 284

Noise generation.................................... 302

Notes on installing................................. 321

Overview of tire labeling.........................314

Removing............................................... 329

Replacing.......................................321, 326

Replacing the wheel trim........................ 326

Restarting the tire pressure loss warn-

ing system.............................................309

Restarting the tire pressure monitor-

ing system............................................. 308

Rotating................................................. 324

Selection............................................... 321

Snow chains.......................................... 303

Speed rating.......................................... 317

Storing................................................... 325

Temperature grade................................. 314

Tire and Loading Information placard..... 309

Tire pressure (notes).............................. 303

Tire pressure loss warning system

(function)............................................... 308

Tire pressure monitoring system

(function)............................................... 306

Tire pressure table.................................305

Tire Quality Grading...............................314

Tire size designation.............................. 317

TIREFIT kit.............................................. 285

Traction grade........................................314

Tread wear grade................................... 314

Unfamiliar handling................................ 302

TToolool

see Vehicle tool kit

Top Tetop Tetherher...................................................... 57

TToucouch Contrh Controlol

On-board computer................................ 219

Operating.............................................. 227

Toucouchpadhpad

Operating.............................................. 227

TToucouchscrhscreeneen

Operating.............................................. 227

TowTow-bar syst-bar systemem............................................ 216

TowTow-st-starartingting................................................. 298

442442 Index

TToowing awaywing away................................................. 295

ToTowing eyewing eye

Installing................................................ 298

Storage location..................................... 297

ToTowing metwing methodshods...........................................294

TrTraction graction gradeade..............................................314

Tracac infinforormationmation

Switching on the display......................... 241

TrTracac light datlight data sera servicevice

Display in the Instrument Display........... 190

Turning the display on/o...................... 192

TrTracac Sign AssistSign Assist

Function/notes...................................... 189

Setting................................................... 190

System limits......................................... 189

Transmissionansmission

Engaging neutral.................................... 151

TrTransmission position displayansmission position display....................... 150

TrTransporansportingting

Vehicle.................................................. 296

TrTread wead wear grear gradeade......................................... 314

TrTrim element (Carim element (Care)e)...................................... 280

TTrrunk lidunk lid

Closing.................................................... 72

Emergency release (from inside)............... 75

HANDS-FREE ACCESS............................. 73

Locking separately................................... 74

Opening................................................... 71

Opening dimensions.............................. 344

TrTrunk parunk partitiontition

Closing.................................................... 77

Opening................................................... 77

TTuneInuneIn

Calling up.............................................. 263

TTururn signal indicatn signal indicatoror..................................... 113

TTururn signal lightn signal light

Activating/deactivating.......................... 113

TwTwo-wao-way ry radiosadios

Frequencies........................................... 334

Notes on installation.............................. 333

Transmission output (maximum)............. 334

UUnlocnlockingking

see Locking/unlocking

UUpdatpdateses

Important system updates...................... 232

USB portUSB port

Front storage compartment.................... 105

Rear passenger compartment................109

VVehicleehicle

Activating/deactivating standby mode... 163

Correct use..............................................27

Data acquisition....................................... 29

Data storage............................................ 29

Diagnostics connection............................ 26

Equipment............................................... 21

Limited Warranty......................................29

Locking (automatically)............................70

Locking/unlocking (emergency key).........70

Locking/unlocking (from inside)............... 68

Locking/unlocking (KEYLESS-GO)............ 68

Lowering................................................ 330

Maintenance............................................ 22

Medical aids............................................27

Parking for an extended period............... 162

Problem notication................................. 28

QR code rescue card............................... 29

Index 443443

Qualied specialist workshop...................27

Raising................................................... 327

Standby mode function.......................... 162

Starting (emergency operation mode).... 138

Starting (Remote Online)........................ 139

Starting (start/stop button)................... 137

Switching o (start/stop button)............ 156

Switching on (start/stop button)............ 136

Towing................................................... 216

Ventilating (convenience opening)............83

VVehicle battehicle batteryery

see On-board electrical system battery (12 V)

VVehicle cameraehicle camera

Information............................................ 163

VVehicle dataehicle data

Displaying (DYNAMIC SELECT)............... 150

Roof load............................................... 345

Turning circle......................................... 344

Vehicle height........................................344

Vehicle length........................................ 344

Vehicle width......................................... 344

Wheelbase............................................. 344

Vehicle datehicle data sta stororageage

Event data recorders................................ 33

MBUX multimedia system/Mercedes

me connect............................................. 33

VVehicle dimensionsehicle dimensions...................................... 344

VVehicle emergehicle emergency stency startart............................... 298

VVehicleehicle identicationidentication numbernumber

see VIN

VVehicleehicle identicationidentication plateplate

Paint code............................................. 335

VIN........................................................335

Vehicle intehicle intereriorior

Cooling or heating (Remote Online)........138

Vehicle maintehicle maintenanceenance

see ASSYST PLUS

Vehicle operehicle operationation

Outside the USA or Canada...................... 22

VVehicle sensorsehicle sensors

Information............................................ 163

Vehicle tehicle tool kitool kit

TIREFIT kit..............................................285

Towing eye............................................. 297

VVentilatingentilating

Convenience opening...............................83

VVentilationentilation

see Climate control

VVentsents

see Air vents

VINVIN

Identication plate................................. 335

Seat....................................................... 335

Windshield............................................. 335

VVisionision

Removing condensation from the win-

dows...................................................... 132

VVoice Controice Control Systol Systemem

Function................................................ 229

Starting.................................................230

WWararning lampning lamp

see Warning/indicator lamp

WWararning systning systemem

see ATA (anti-the alarm system)

WWararning trning triangleiangle

Removing............................................... 282

Setting up.............................................. 283

444444 Index

WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampor lamp

!ABS warning lamp......................... 411

ÓActive Brake Assist warning lamp..410

JBrake system warning lamp

(Canada only)......................................... 409

$Brake warning lamp (USA only)..... 409

JBrakes warning lamp (yellow)

(Canada only)......................................... 408

ÿCoolant warning lamp (red)........... 403

ÿCoolant warning lamp (yellow).......404

!Electric parking brake indicator

lamp (red) (Canada only)........................ 407

FElectric parking brake indicator

lamp (red) (USA only).............................407

#Electrical malfunction warning

lamp...................................................... 405

;Engine diagnosis warning lamp...... 405

åESP®OFF warning lamp................ 413

÷ESP®warning lamp ashes........... 412

÷ESP®warning lamp lights up......... 412

Fuel reserve warning lamp ashes......... 405

8Fuel reserve warning lamp lights

up.......................................................... 406

ÙPower steering warning lamp

(red)...................................................... 402

éRecuperative Brake System

warning lamp (USA only)........................ 408

6Restraint system warning lamp...... 401

üSeat belt warning lamp ashes...... 401

üSeat belt warning lamp lights up.... 402

äSuspension warning lamp (yel-

low)....................................................... 411

!The electric parking brake (yel-

low) indicator lamp................................. 407

hTire pressure monitoring system

warning lamp ashes............................. 414

hTire pressure monitoring system

warning lamp lights up........................... 414

LWarning lamp for distance

warning function.................................... 410

Overview................................................ 399

PASSENGER AIR BAG............................... 46

Warrarrantyanty........................................................ 29

Washerasher uiduid

see Windshield washer uid

WWashing bashing by hand (cary hand (care)e)................................ 274

WWatater ter tankank

see Air-water duct

WWeateather infher inforormationmation.....................................241

Web broweb browserssers

Overview................................................ 253

Wheel cWheel changehange

Lowering thevehicle.............................. 330

Mounting a new wheel........................... 329

Removing a wheel..................................329

Removing/installing hub caps................ 326

Wheel rotWheel rotationation............................................. 324

WheelsWheels

Care......................................................278

Checking............................................... 302

Index 445445

Checking the tire pressure (manually)..... 306

Checking the tire pressure (tire pres-

sure monitoring system)......................... 307

Denitions............................................. 319

DOT, Tire Identication Number (TIN).....315

Flat tire..................................................283

Installing................................................ 329

Load index............................................. 317

Load-bearing capacity............................ 317

Maximum tire load................................. 316

Maximum tire pressure.......................... 316

MOExtended tires.................................. 284

Noise generation.................................... 302

Notes on installing................................. 321

Overview of tire labeling.........................314

Removing............................................... 329

Replacing.......................................321, 326

Replacing the hub cap............................ 326

Restarting the tire pressure loss warn-

ing system.............................................309

Restarting the tire pressure monitor-

ing system............................................. 308

Rotating................................................. 324

Selection............................................... 321

Snow chains.......................................... 303

Speed rating.......................................... 317

Storing................................................... 325

Temperature grade................................. 314

Tire and Loading Information placard..... 309

Tire characteristics................................ 317

Tire pressure (notes).............................. 303

Tire pressure loss warning system

(function)............................................... 308

Tire pressure monitoring system

(function)............................................... 306

Tire pressure table.................................305

Tire Quality Grading...............................314

Tire size designation.............................. 317

TIREFIT kit.............................................. 285

Traction grade........................................314

Tread wear grade................................... 314

Unfamiliar handling................................ 302

WWi-Fii-Fi

Setting................................................... 233

Windind deectdeectoror

Care...................................................... 277

WWind scrind screeneen

Care...................................................... 277

Windoindowwlierlier

see Side windows

WWindowsindows

Care...................................................... 278

Opening/closing (all)...............................82

WWindowsindows

see Side windows

WWindshieldindshield

Defrosting.............................................. 129

Replacing the wiper blades.....................122

Replacing the wiper blades (MAGIC

VISION CONTROL).................................124

WWindshieldindshield

see Windshield

WWindshield windshield washerasher uiduid

Notes..................................................... 342

Windshield windshield washer systasher systemem

Relling.................................................. 272

WWindshield wipersindshield wipers

Activating/deactivating.......................... 121

Replacing the wiper blades.....................122

Replacing the wiper blades (MAGIC

VISION CONTROL).................................124

Wintinter operer operationation

Snow chains.......................................... 303

446446 Index

WWiper bladesiper blades

Care...................................................... 278

Replacing (MAGIC VISION CONTROL).....124

Replacing (windshield)............................ 122

WWirireless celess charhargingging

Function/notes...................................... 109

Mobile phone......................................... 110

Wirireless veless vehicle comehicle componentsponents

Declaration of conformity.........................25

WWorkorkout prout progrogramam

Overview.................................................. 94

WWorkorkshopshop

see Qualied specialist workshop

Index 447447

Mercedes E-CLASS CABRIOLET 2021 Handleiding

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Misbruik melden

Product:

Spelregels forum

Abonneren

Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Info